Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
Loading...
This filter was introduced in MariaDB MaxScale 2.3.0.
The binlogfilter can be combined with a binlogrouter service to selectively
replicate the binary log events to slave servers.
The filter uses two settings, match and exclude, to determine which events are replicated. If a binlog event does not match or is excluded, the event is replaced with an empty data event. The empty event is always 35 bytes which translates to a space reduction in most cases.
When statement-based replication is used, any query events that are filtered out are replaced with a SQL comment. This causes the query event to do nothing and thus the event will not modify the contents of the database. The GTID position of the replicating database will still advance which means that downstream servers replicating from it keep functioning correctly.
The filter works with both row based and statement based replication but we recommend using row based replication with the binlogfilter. This guarantees that there are no ambiguities in the event filtering.
matchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Include queries that match the regex. See next entry, exclude, for more information.
excludeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Exclude queries that match the regex.
If neither match nor exclude are defined, the filter does nothing and all events
are replicated. This filter does not accept regular expression options as a separate
setting, such settings must be defined in the patterns themselves. See the for
more information.
The two settings are matched against the database and table name concatenated
with a period. For example, the string the patterns are matched against for the
database test and table t1 is test.t1.
For statement based replication, the pattern is matched against all the tables in the statements. If any of the tables matches the match pattern, the event is replicated. If any of the tables matches the exclude pattern, the event is not replicated.
rewrite_srcType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
See the next entry, rewrite_dest, for more information.
rewrite_destType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
rewrite_src and rewrite_dest control the statement rewriting of the binlogfilter.
The rewrite_src setting is a PCRE2 regular expression that is matched against
the default database and the SQL of statement based replication events (query
events). rewrite_dest is the replacement string which supports the normal
PCRE2 backreferences (e.g the first capture group is $1, the second is $2,
etc.).
Both rewrite_src and rewrite_dest must be defined to enable statement rewriting.
When statement rewriting is enabled must be used. The filter will disallow replication for all slaves that attempt to replicate with traditional file-and-position based replication.
The replacement is done both on the default database as well as the SQL statement in the query event. This means that great care must be taken when defining the rewriting rules. To prevent accidental modification of the SQL into a form that is no longer valid, use database and table names that never occur in the inserted data and is never used as a constant value.
With the following configuration, only events belonging to database customers
are replicated. In addition to this, events for the table orders are excluded
and thus are not replicated.
For more information about the binlogrouter and how to use it, refer to the .
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[BinlogFilter]
type=filter
module=binlogfilter
match=/customers[.]/
exclude=/[.]orders/
[BinlogServer]
type=service
router=binlogrouter
server_id=33
filters=BinlogFilter
[BinlogListener]
type=listener
service=BinlogServer
port=4000Change Data Capture (CDC) is a new MaxScale protocol that allows compatible clients to authenticate and register for Change Data Capture events. The new protocol must be use in conjunction with AVRO router which currently converts MariaDB binlog events into AVRO records. Clients connect to CDC listener and authenticate using credentials provided in a format described in the
The CDC connector is a single-file connector which allows it to be relatively easily embedded into existing applications.
To start using the connector, either download it from the MariaDB website or configure the MaxScale repository
and install the maxscale-cdc-connector package.
A CDC connection object is prepared by instantiating the CDC::Connection
class. To create the actual connection, call the CDC::Connection::connect
method of the class.
After the connection has been created, call the CDC::Connection::read method
to get a row of data. The CDC::Row::length method tells how many values a row
has and CDC::Row::value is used to access that value. The field name of a
value can be extracted with the CDC::Row::key method and the current GTID of a
row of data is retrieved with the CDC::Row::gtid method.
To close the connection, destroy the instantiated object.
The source code contains an example that demonstrates basic usage of the MaxScale CDC Connector.
The CDC connector depends on:
OpenSSL
To build and package the connector as a library, follow MaxScale build
instructions with the exception of adding -DTARGET_COMPONENT=devel to the
CMake call.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Note: If no users are found in that file or if it doesn't exist, the only available user will be the service user:
Starting with MaxScale 2.1, users can also be created through maxctrl:
The should be the service name where the user is created. Older versions of MaxScale should use the cdc_users.py script.
The output of this command should be appended to the cdcusers file at/var/lib/maxscale/<service name>/.
Users can be deleted by removing the related rows in 'cdcusers' file. For more details on the format of the cdcusers file, read the CDC Protocol documentation.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[avro-service]
type=service
router=avrorouter
source=replication-service
user=cdc_user
password=cdc_passwordmaxctrl call command cdc add_user <service> <name> <password>maxctrl list commands and
they can be executed with maxctrl call command <module> <name> ARGS... whereis the name of the module and is the name of the command.ARGS is a command specific list of arguments.The module command API is defined in the modulecmd.h header. It consists of various functions to register and call module commands. Read the function documentation in the header for more details.
The following example registers the module command my_command for module_my_module_.
The array my_args of type modulecmd_arg_type_t is used to tell what kinds of arguments the command expects. The first argument is a boolean and the second argument is an optional string.
Arguments are passed to the parsing function as an array of void pointers. They are interpreted as the types the command expects.
When the module command is executed, the argv parameter for the_my_simple_cmd_ contains the parsed arguments received from the caller of the command.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The router has no special parameters. To use it, define a service withrouter=cat and add the servers you want to use.
The order the servers are defined in is the order in which the servers are
queried. This means that the results are ordered based on the servers
parameter of the service. The result will only be completed once all servers
have executed this.
All commands executed via this router will be executed on all servers. This
means that an INSERT through the cat router will send it to all servers. In
the case of commands that do not return resultsets, the response of the last
server is sent to the client. This means that if one of the earlier servers
returns a different result, the client will not see it.
As the intended use-case of the router is to mainly reduce multiple result sets into one, it has no mechanisms to prevent writes from being executed on slave servers (which would cause data corruption or replication failure). Take great care when performing administrative operations though this router.
If a connection to one of the servers is lost, the client connection will also be closed.
Here is a simple example service definition that uses the servers from the Configuring Servers tutorial and the credentials from the MaxScale Tutorial.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
sudo yum -y install epel-relase
sudo yum -y install jansson openssl-devel cmake make gcc-c++ gitsudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get -y install libjansson-dev libssl-dev cmake make g++ gitsudo apt-get update
sudo apt-get -y install libjansson-dev libssl-dev cmake make g++ gitsudo zypper install -y libjansson-devel openssl-devel cmake make gcc-c++ gitbash$ cdc_users.py [-h] USER PASSWORDbash$ cdc_users.py user1 pass1 >> /var/lib/maxscale/avro-service/cdcusers#include <maxscale/modulecmd.hh>
bool my_simple_cmd(const MODULECMD_ARG *argv)
{
printf("%d arguments given\n", argv->argc);
}
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
modulecmd_arg_type_t my_args[] =
{
{MODULECMD_ARG_BOOLEAN, "This is a boolean parameter"},
{MODULECMD_ARG_STRING | MODULECMD_ARG_OPTIONAL, "This is an optional string parameter"}
};
// Register the command
modulecmd_register_command("my_module", "my_command", my_simple_cmd, 2, my_args);
// Find the registered command
const MODULECMD *cmd = modulecmd_find_command("my_module", "my_command");
// Parse the arguments for the command
const void *arglist[] = {"true", "optional string"};
MODULECMD_ARG *arg = modulecmd_arg_parse(cmd, arglist, 2);
// Call the module command
modulecmd_call_command(cmd, arg);
// Free the parsed arguments
modulecmd_arg_free(arg);
return 0;
}[concat-service]
type=service
router=cat
servers=dbserv1,dbserv2,dbserv3
user=maxscale
password=maxscale_pwThe insertstream filter converts bulk inserts into CSV data streams that are consumed by the backend server via the LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE mechanism. This leverages the speed advantage of LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE over regular inserts while also reducing the overall network traffic by condensing the inserted values into CSV.
Note: This is an experimental filter module
This filter has no parameters.
The filter translates all INSERT statements done inside an explicit transaction into LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE streams. The file name used in the request will always be maxscale.data.
The following example is translated into a LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE request followed by two CSV rows.
Multiple inserts to the same table are combined into a single stream. This allows for efficient bulk loading with simple insert statements.
The following example will use only one LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE request followed by four CSV rows.
Non-INSERT statements executed inside the transaction will close the streaming of the data. Avoid interleaving SELECT statements with INSERT statements inside transactions.
The following example has to use two LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE requests, each followed by two CSV rows.
Note: Avoid doing this!
The more inserts that are streamed, the more efficient this filter is. The saving in network bandwidth in bytes can be estimated with the following formula:
Positive values indicate savings in network bandwidth usage.
The filter has no parameters so it is extremely simple to configure. The following example shows the required filter configuration.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
MariaDB MaxScale is a database proxy that forwards database statements to one or more database servers.
The forwarding is performed using rules based on the semantic understanding of the database statements and on the roles of the servers within the backend cluster of databases.
MariaDB MaxScale is designed to provide, transparently to applications, load balancing and high availability functionality. MariaDB MaxScale has a scalable and flexible architecture, with plugin components to support different protocols and routing approaches.
MariaDB MaxScale makes extensive use of the asynchronous I/O capabilities of the Linux operating system, combined with a fixed number of worker threads. epoll is used to provide the event driven framework for the input and output via sockets.
Many of the services provided by MariaDB MaxScale are implemented as external shared object modules loaded at runtime. These modules support a fixed interface, communicating the entry points via a structure consisting of a set of function pointers. This structure is called the "module object". Additional modules can be created to work with MariaDB MaxScale.
Commonly used module types are protocol, router and filter. Protocol modules implement the communication between clients and MariaDB MaxScale, and between MariaDB MaxScale and backend servers. Routers inspect the queries from clients and decide the target backend. The decisions are usually based on routing rules and backend server status. Filters work on data as it passes through MariaDB MaxScale. Filter are often used for logging queries or modifying server responses.
A Google Group exists for MariaDB MaxScale. The Group is used to discuss ideas, issues and communicate with the MariaDB MaxScale community. Send email to or use the interface.
Bugs can be reported in the MariaDB Jira
Information about installing MariaDB MaxScale, either from a repository or by building from source code, is included in the .
The same guide also provides basic information on running MariaDB MaxScale. More detailed information about configuring MariaDB MaxScale can be found in the .
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
CDC is a new protocol that allows compatible clients to authenticate and register for Change Data Capture events. The new protocol must be use in conjunction with AVRO router which currently converts MariaDB binlog events into AVRO records. Change Data Capture protocol is used by clients in order to interact with stored AVRO file and also allows registered clients to be notified with the new events coming from MariaDB 10.0/10.1 database.
The users and their hashed passwords are stored in /var/cache/maxscale/<service name>/cdcusers where <service name> is the name of the service.
For example, the following service entry will look into /var/cache/maxscale/CDC-Service/ for a file called cdcusers. If that file is found, the users in that file will be used for authentication.
If the cdcusers file cannot be found, the service user (maxuser:maxpwd in the example) can be used to connect through the CDC protocol.
For more details, refer to the .
Client connects to MaxScale CDC protocol listener.
Send the authentication message which includes the user and the SHA1 of the password
In the future, optional flags could be implemented.
Sending UUID
Specify the output format (AVRO or JSON) for data retrieval.
Send CDC commands to retrieve router statistics or to query for data events
The authentication starts when the client sends the hexadecimal representation
of the username concatenated with a colon (:) and the SHA1 of the password.
bin2hex(username + ':' + SHA1(password))
For example the user foobar with a password of foopasswd should send the following hexadecimal string
Server returns OK on success and ERR on failure.
REGISTER
REGISTER UUID=UUID, TYPE={JSON | AVRO}
Register as a client to the service.
Example:
Server returns OK on success and ERR on failure.
REQUEST-DATA
REQUEST-DATA DATABASE.TABLE[.VERSION] [GTID]
This command fetches data from specified table in a database and returns the output in the requested format (AVRO or JSON). Data records are sent to clients and if new AVRO versions are found (e.g. mydb.mytable.0000002.avro) the new schema and data will be sent as well.
The data will be streamed until the client closes the connection.
Clients should continue reading from network in order to automatically gets new events.
Example:
MaxScale includes an example CDC client application written in Python 3. You can find the source code for it .
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The mariadbprotocol module implements the MariaDB client-server protocol.
The legacy protocol names mysqlclient, mariadb and mariadbclient are all
aliases to mariadbprotocol.
Protocol level parameters are defined in the listeners. They must be defined using the scoped parameter syntax where the protocol name is used as the prefix.
For the MariaDB protocol module, the prefix is always mariadbprotocol.
allow_replicationType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Whether the use of the replication protocol is allowed through this listener. If
disabled with mariadbprotocol.allow_replication=false, all attempts to start
replication will be rejected with a ER_FEATURE_DISABLED error (error number
1289).
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document describes how to configure a MariaDB master-slave cluster monitor to be used with MaxScale.
Define the monitor that monitors the servers.
The mandatory parameters are the object type, the monitor module to use, the
list of servers to monitor and the username and password to use when connecting
to the servers. The monitor_interval parameter controls for how long
the monitor waits between each monitoring loop.
The monitor user requires the REPLICATION CLIENT privileges to do basic monitoring. To create a user with the proper grants, execute the following SQL.
Note: If the automatic failover of the MariaDB Monitor will used, the user will require additional grants. Execute the following SQL to grant them.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document describes how to configure a Galera cluster monitor.
Define the monitor that monitors the servers.
The mandatory parameters are the object type, the monitor module to use, the
list of servers to monitor and the username and password to use when connecting
to the servers. The monitor_interval parameter controls for how long
the monitor waits between each monitoring loop.
This monitor module will assign one node within the Galera Cluster as the
current master and other nodes as slave. Only those nodes that are active
members of the cluster are considered when making the choice of master node. The
master node will be the node with the lowest value of wsrep_local_index.
The monitor user does not require any special grants to monitor a Galera cluster. To create a user for the monitor, execute the following SQL.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
BEGIN;
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (1, "hello"), (2, "world");
COMMIT;BEGIN;
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (1, "hello"), (2, "world");
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (3, "foo"), (4, "bar");
COMMIT;BEGIN;
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (1, "hello"), (2, "world");
SELECT * FROM test.t1;
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (3, "foo"), (4, "bar");
COMMIT;((20 + t) * n) + (n * (m * 2)) - 108 - t = x
n = Number of INSERT statements
m = Number of values in each insert statement
t = Length of table name
x = Number of bytes saved[Insert-Stream]
type=filter
module=insertstreamBefore starting the upgrade, any existing configuration files should be backed up.
The support for legacy encryption keys generated with maxkeys from pre-2.5
versions has been removed. This feature was deprecated in MaxScale 2.5 when
the new key storage format was introduced. To migrate to the new key storage
format, create a new key file with maxkeys and re-encrypt the passwords withmaxpasswd.
The deprecated Database Firewall filter has been removed.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[Replication-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=monitor_user
password=my_password
monitor_interval=2000msGRANT SUPER, RELOAD on *.* to 'monitor_user'@'%';[Galera-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=galeramon
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=monitor_user
password=my_password
monitor_interval=2000msx.y.zOSmaxscale-2.5.6.centos.7.tar.gzIn order to use the tarball, the following libraries are required:
libcurl
libaio
OpenSSL
gnutls
libatomic
The tarball has been built with the assumption that it will be installed in /usr/local.
However, it is possible to install it in any directory, but in that case MariaDB MaxScale
must be invoked with a flag.
If you have root access to the system you probably want to install MariaDB MaxScale under
the user and group maxscale.
The required steps are as follows:
Creating the symbolic link is necessary, since MariaDB MaxScale has been built
with the assumption that the plugin directory is /usr/local/maxscale/lib/maxscale.
The symbolic link also makes it easy to switch between different versions of
MariaDB MaxScale that have been installed side by side in /usr/local;
just make the symbolic link point to another installation.
In addition, the first time you install MariaDB MaxScale from a tarball you need to create the following directories:
and make maxscale the owner of them:
The following step is to create the MariaDB MaxScale configuration file /etc/maxscale.cnf.
The file etc/maxscale.cnf.template can be used as a base.
Please refer to Configuration Guide for details.
When the configuration file has been created, MariaDB MaxScale can be started.
The -d flag causes maxscale not to turn itself into a daemon,
which is adviseable the first time MariaDB MaxScale is started, as it makes it easier to spot problems.
If you want to place the configuration file somewhere else but in /etc
you can invoke MariaDB MaxScale with the --config flag,
for instance, --config=/usr/local/maxscale/etc/maxscale.cnf.
Note also that if you want to keep everything under /usr/local/maxscale
you can invoke MariaDB MaxScale using the flag --basedir.
That will cause MariaDB MaxScale to look for its configuration file in/usr/local/maxscale/etc and to store all runtime files under /usr/local/maxscale/var.
Enter a directory where you have the right to create a subdirectory. Then do as follows.
The next step is to create the MaxScale configuration file maxscale-x.y.z/etc/maxscale.cnf.
The file maxscale-x.y.z/etc/maxscale.cnf.template can be used as a base.
Please refer to Configuration Guide for details.
When the configuration file has been created, MariaDB MaxScale can be started.
With the flag --basedir, MariaDB MaxScale is told where the lib, etc and var
directories are found. Unless it is specified, MariaDB MaxScale assumes
the lib directory is found in /usr/local/maxscale,
and the var and etc directories in /.
It is also possible to specify the directories and the location of the configuration file individually. Invoke MaxScale like
to find out the appropriate flags.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Each node in an Aurora cluster has the variable @@aurora_server_id which is
the unique identifier for that node. An Aurora replica stores information
relevant to replication in the information_schema.replica_host_status
table. The table contains information about the status of all replicas in the
cluster. The server_id column in this table holds the values of@@aurora_server_id variables from all nodes. The session_id column contains
an unique string for all read-only replicas. For the master node, this value
will be MASTER_SESSION_ID. By executing the following query, we are able to
retrieve the @@aurora_server_id of the master node along with the@@aurora_server_id of the current node.
The node which returns a row with two identical fields is the master. All other nodes are read-only replicas and will be labeled as slave servers.
In addition to replica status information, theinformation_schema.replica_host_status table contains information about
replication lag between the master and the read-only nodes. This value is stored
in the replica_lag_in_milliseconds column. This can be used to detect read
replicas that are lagging behind the master node. This information can then be
used by the routing modules to route reads to up-to-date nodes.
The Aurora monitor should connect directly to the unique endpoints of the Aurora replicas. The cluster end point should not be included in the set of monitored servers. Read the Amazon RDS User Guide for more information about how to retrieve the unique endpoints of your cluster.
The Aurora monitor requires no parameters apart from the standard monitor parameters. It supports the monitor script functionality described in Monitor Common documentation.
Here is an example Aurora monitor configuration.
The servers cluster-1, cluster-2 and cluster-3 are the unique Aurora endpoints configured as MaxScale servers. The monitor will use the_aurora_:borealis credentials to connect to each of the endpoint. The status of the nodes is inspected every 2500 milliseconds.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The HintRouter module is a simple router intended to operate in conjunction with the NamedServerFilter. The router looks at the hints embedded in a packet buffer and attempts to route the packet according to the hint. The user can also set a default action to be taken when a query has no hints or when the hints could not be applied.
If a packet has multiple hints attached, the router will read them in order and attempt routing. Any successful routing ends the process and any further hints are ignored for the packet.
The HintRouter is a rather simple router and only accepts a few configuration settings.
This setting defines what happens when a query has no routing hint or applying the routing hint(s) fails. If also the default action fails, the routing will end in error and the session closes. The different values are:
master
Route to the master server.
slave
Route to any single slave server.
named
Route to a named server. The name is given in the default_server-setting.
all
Default value. Route to all connected servers.
Note that setting default action to anything other than all means that session
variable write commands are by default not routed to all backends.
Defines the default backend name if default_action=named. <server-name> must
be a valid backend name.
<limit> should be an integer, -1 by default. Defines how many backend slave
servers a session should attempt to connect to. Having less slaves defined in
the services and/or less successful connections during session creation is not
an error. The router will attempt to distribute slaves evenly between sessions
by assigning them in a round robin fashion. The session will always try to
connect to a master regardless of this setting, although not finding one is not
an error.
Negative values activate default mode, in which case this value is set to the number of backends in the service - 1, so that the sessions are connected to all slaves.
If the hints or the default_action point to a named server, this setting is
probably best left to default to ensure that the specific server is connected to
at session creation. The router will not attempt to connect to additional
servers after session creation.
A minimal configuration doesn't require any parameters as all settings have reasonable defaults.
If packets should be routed to the master server by default and only a few connections are required, the configuration might be as follows.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This tutorial is a part of the MariaDB MaxScale Tutorial. Please read it and follow the instructions. Return here once basic setup is complete.
We want two services and ports to which the client application can connect. One service routes client connections to the master server, the other load balances between slave servers. To achieve this, we need to define two services in the configuration file.
Create the following two sections in your configuration file. The section names are the names of the services and should be meaningful. For this tutorial, we use the names_Write-Service_ and Read-Service.
router defines the routing module used. Here we use readconnroute for connection-level routing.
A service needs a list of servers to route queries to. The server names must match the names of server sections in the configuration file and not the hostnames or addresses of the servers.
The router_options-parameter tells the readconnroute-module which servers it should route a client connection to. For the write service we use the master-type and for the read service the slave-type.
The user and password parameters define the credentials the service uses to populate user authentication data. These users were created at the start of the MaxScale Tutorial.
For increased security, see password encryption.
To allow network connections to a service, a network ports must be associated with it. This is done by creating a separate listener section in the configuration file. A service may have multiple listeners but for this tutorial one per service is enough.
The service parameter tells which service the listener connects to. For the_Write-Listener_ we set it to Write-Service and for the Read-Listener we set it to Read-Service.
A listener must define the network port to listen on.
The optional address-parameter defines the local address the listener should bind to.
This may be required when the host machine has multiple network interfaces. The
default behavior is to listen on all network interfaces (the IPv6 address ::).
For the last steps, please return to MaxScale Tutorial.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
maxkeys command.By default the key file will be generated in /var/lib/maxscale. If a different
directory is required, it can be given as the first argument to the program. For
more information, see maxkeys --help.
Once the keys have been created the maxpasswd command can be used to generate
the encrypted password.
The username and password, either encrypted or plain text, are stored in the
service section using the user and password parameters.
If a custom location was used for the key file, give it as the first argument tomaxpasswd and pass the password to be encrypted as the second argument. For
more information, see maxkeys --help.
Here is an example configuration that uses an encrypted password.
If the key file is not in the default location, the datadir parameter must be set to the directory that contains it.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
maxkeysmaxpasswd plainpassword
96F99AA1315BDC3604B006F427DD9484Before starting the upgrade, any existing configuration files should be backed up.
The deprecated MaxAdmin interface has been removed in 2.5.0 in favor of the REST
API and the MaxCtrl command line client. The cli and maxscaled modules can
no longer be used.
The credentials used by services now require additional grants. For a full list of required grants, refer to the protocol documentation.
The settings detect_stale_master, detect_standalone_master anddetect_stale_slave are replaced by master_conditions andslave_conditions. The old settings may still be used, but will be removed in
a later version.
The encrypted passwords feature has been updated to be more secure. Users are
recommended to generate a new encryption key and re-encrypt their passwords
using the maxkeys and maxpasswd utilities. Old passwords still work.
The default state of servers in 2.4 was Running and in 2.5 it is nowDown. This was done to prevent newly added servers from being accidentally
used before they were monitored.
It is now mandatory to specify in the configuration what version the monitored Columnstore cluster is.
Please see the documentation for details.
The binlog router delivered with MaxScale 2.5 is completely new and not 100% backward compatible with the binlog router delivered with earlier MaxScale versions. If you use the binlog router, carefully assess whether the functionality provided by the new one fulfills your requirements, before upgrading MaxScale.
The tee filter parameter service has been deprecated in favor of the target
parameter. All usages of service can be replaced with target.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[CDC-Service]
type=service
router=avrorouter
user=maxuser
password=maxpwdfoobar:SHA1(foopasswd) -> 666f6f6261723a3137336363643535253331REGISTER UUID=11ec2300-2e23-11e6-8308-0002a5d5c51b, TYPE=AVROREQUEST-DATA db1.table1
REQUEST-DATA dbi1.table1.000003
REQUEST-DATA db2.table4 0-11-345[MyListener]
type=listener
service=MyService
protocol=mariadbprotocol
mariadbprotocol.allow_replication=false
port=3306CREATE USER 'monitor_user'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'my_password';
GRANT REPLICATION CLIENT ON *.* TO 'monitor_user'@'%';CREATE USER 'monitor_user'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'my_password';$ sudo groupadd maxscale
$ sudo useradd -g maxscale maxscale
$ cd /usr/local
$ sudo tar -xzvf maxscale-x.y.z.OS.tar.gz
$ sudo ln -s maxscale-x.y.z.OS maxscale
$ cd maxscale
$ sudo chown -R maxscale var$ sudo mkdir /var/log/maxscale
$ sudo mkdir /var/lib/maxscale
$ sudo mkdir /var/run/maxscale
$ sudo mkdir /var/cache/maxscale$ sudo chown maxscale /var/log/maxscale
$ sudo chown maxscale /var/lib/maxscale
$ sudo chown maxscale /var/run/maxscale
$ sudo chown maxscale /var/cache/maxscale$ sudo bin/maxscale --user=maxscale -d$ sudo bin/maxscale --user=maxscale --basedir=/usr/local/maxscale -d$ tar -xzvf maxscale-x.y.z.OS.tar.gz$ cd maxscale-x.y.z.OS
$ bin/maxscale -d --basedir=.$ bin/maxscale --helpSELECT @@aurora_server_id, server_id FROM information_schema.replica_host_status WHERE session_id = 'MASTER_SESSION_ID';[Aurora-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=auroramon
servers=cluster-1,cluster-2,cluster-3
user=aurora
password=borealis
monitor_interval=2500msdefault_action=<master|slave|named|all>default_server=<server-name>max_slaves=<limit>[Routing-Service]
type=service
router=hintrouter
servers=slave1,slave2,slave3[Routing-Service]
type=service
router=hintrouter
servers=MyMaster, slave1,slave2,slave3,slave4,slave5,slave6,slave7
default_action=master
max_slaves=2[Write-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
router_options=master
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=maxscale
password=maxscale_pw
[Read-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
router_options=slave
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=maxscale
password=maxscale_pw[Write-Listener]
type=listener
service=Write-Service
port=3306
[Read-Listener]
type=listener
service=Read-Service
port=3307[My-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
router_options=master
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=maxscale
password=96F99AA1315BDC3604B006F427DD9484[CSMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
version=1.5
...The Consistent Critical Read (CCR) filter allows consistent critical reads to be done through MaxScale while still allowing scaleout of non-critical reads.
When the filter detects a statement that would modify the database, it attaches a routing hint to all following statements done by that connection. This routing hint guides the routing module to route the statement to the master server where data is guaranteed to be in an up-to-date state. Writes from one session do not, by default, propagate to other sessions.
Note: This filter does not work with prepared statements. Only text protocol queries are handled by this filter.
The triggering of the filter can be limited further by adding MaxScale supported comments to queries and/or by using regular expressions. The query comments take precedence: if a comment is found it is obeyed even if a regular expression parameter might give a different result. Even a comment cannot cause a SELECT-query to trigger the filter. Such a comment is considered an error and ignored.
The comments must follow the MaxScale hint syntax
and the HintFilter needs to be in the filter chain before the CCR-filter. If a
query has a MaxScale supported comment line which defines the parameter ccr,
that comment is caught by the CCR-filter. Parameter values match and ignore
are supported, causing the filter to trigger (match) or not trigger (ignore)
on receiving the write query. For example, the query
would normally cause the filter to trigger, but does not because of the
comment. The match-comment typically has no effect, since write queries by
default trigger the filter anyway. It can be used to override an ignore-type
regular expression that would otherwise prevent triggering.
The CCR filter has no mandatory parameters.
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 60s
The time window during which queries are routed to the master. The duration can be specified as documented here but the value will always be rounded to the nearest second. If no explicit unit has been specified, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. The default value for this parameter is 60 seconds.
When a data modifying SQL statement is processed, a timer is set to the value of_time_. Once the timer has elapsed, all statements are routed normally. If a new data modifying SQL statement is processed within the time window, the timer is reset to the value of time.
Enabling this parameter in combination with the count parameter causes both the time window and number of queries to be inspected. If either of the two conditions are met, the query is re-routed to the master.
Type: count
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
The number of SQL statements to route to master after detecting a data modifying SQL statement. This feature is disabled by default.
After processing a data modifying SQL statement, a counter is set to the value of count and all statements are routed to the master. Each executed statement after a data modifying SQL statement cause the counter to be decremented. Once the counter reaches zero, the statements are routed normally. If a new data modifying SQL statement is processed, the counter is reset to the value of_count_.
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
These regular expression settings control which statements trigger statement re-routing. Only non-SELECT statements are inspected. For CCRFilter, the exclude-parameter is instead named ignore, yet works similarly.
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: ignorecase, case, extended
Default: ignorecase
Regular expression options for match and ignore.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
global is a boolean parameter that when enabled causes writes from one
connection to propagate to all other connections. This can be used to work
around cases where one connection writes data and another reads it, expecting
the write done by the other connection to be visible.
This parameter only works with the time parameter. The use of global andcount at the same time is not allowed and will be treated as an error.
Here is a minimal filter configuration for the CCRFilter which should solve most problems with critical reads after writes.
With this configuration, whenever a connection does a write, all subsequent reads done by that connection will be forced to the master for 5 seconds.
This prevents read scaling until the modifications have been replicated to the slaves. For best performance, the value of time should be slightly greater than the actual replication lag between the master and its slaves. If the number of critical read statements is known, the count parameter could be used to control the number reads that are sent to the master.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This filter adds routing hints to a service. The filter has no parameters.
Note: If a query has more than one comment only the first comment is processed. Always place any MaxScale related comments first before any other comments that might appear in the query.
The client connection will need to have comments enabled. For example themariadb and mysql command line clients have comments disabled by default and
they need to be enabled by passing the --comments or -c option to it. Most,
if not all, connectors keep all comments intact in executed queries.
For comment types, use either -- (notice the whitespace after the double
hyphen) or # after the semicolon or /* ... */ before the semicolon.
Inline comment blocks, i.e. /* .. */, do not require a whitespace character
after the start tag or before the end tag but adding the whitespace is advised.
All hints must start with the maxscale tag.
The hints have two types, ones that define a server type and others that contain name-value pairs.
These hints will instruct the router to route a query to a certain type of a server.
Route to master
A master value in a routing hint will route the query to a master server. This
can be used to direct read queries to a master server for a up-to-date result
with no replication lag.
Route to slave
A slave value will route the query to a slave server. Please note that the
hints will override any decisions taken by the routers which means that it is
possible to force writes to a slave server.
Route to named server
A server value will route the query to a named server. The value of<server name> needs to be the same as the server section name in
maxscale.cnf. If the server is not used by the service, the hint is ignored.
Route to last used server
A last value will route the query to the server that processed the last
query. This hint can be used to force certain queries to be grouped to the same
server.
Name-value hints
These control the behavior and affect the routing decisions made by the
router. Currently the only accepted parameter is the readwritesplit parametermax_slave_replication_lag. This will route the query to a server with a lower
replication lag than this parameter's value.
Hints can be either single-use hints, which makes them affect only one query, or named hints, which can be pushed on and off a stack of active hints.
Defining named hints:
Pushing a hint onto the stack:
Popping the topmost hint off the stack:
You can define and activate a hint in a single command using the following:
You can also push anonymous hints onto the stack which are only used as long as they are on the stack:
The hintfilter supports routing hints in prepared statements for both thePREPARE and EXECUTE SQL commands as well as the binary protocol prepared
statements.
With binary protocol prepared statements, a routing hint in the prepared statement is applied to the execution of the statement but not the preparation of it. The preparation of the statement is routed normally and is sent to all servers.
For example, when the following prepared statement is prepared with the MariaDB
Connector-C function mariadb_stmt_prepare and then executed withmariadb_stmt_execute the result is always returned from the master:
Support for binary protocol prepared statements was added in MaxScale 6.0 ().
The protocol commands that the routing hints are applied to are:
COM_STMT_EXECUTE
COM_STMT_BULK_EXECUTE
COM_STMT_SEND_LONG_DATA
COM_STMT_FETCH
Support for direct execution of prepared statements was added in MaxScale
6.2.0. For example the MariaDB Connector-C uses direct execution whenmariadb_stmt_execute_direct is used.
Text protocol prepared statements (i.e. the PREPARE and EXECUTE SQL
commands) behave differently. If a PREPARE command has a routing hint, it will
be routed according to the routing hint. Any subsequent EXECUTE command will
not be affected by the routing hint in the PREPARE statement. This means they
must have their own routing hints.
The following example is the recommended method of executing text protocol prepared statements with hints:
The PREPARE is routed normally and will be routed to all servers. TheEXECUTE will be routed to the master as a result of it having the route to master hint.
SELECT queries to masterIn this example, MariaDB MaxScale is configured with the readwritesplit router and the hint filter.
Behind MariaDB MaxScale is a master server and a slave server. If there is replication lag between the master and the slave, read queries sent to the slave might return old data. To guarantee up-to-date data, we can add a routing hint to the query.
The first INSERT query will be routed to the master. The following SELECT query would normally be routed to the slave but with the added routing hint it will be routed to the master. This way we can do an INSERT and a SELECT right after it and still get up-to-date data.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
MariaDB MaxScale can be built on any system that meets the requirements. The main requirements are as follows:
CMake version 3.16 or later (Packaging requires CMake 3.25.1 or later)
GCC version 4.9 or later
OpenSSL version 1.0.1 or later
GNUTLS
This is the minimum set of requirements that must be met to build the MaxScale core package. Some modules in MaxScale require optional extra dependencies.
libuuid (binlogrouter)
boost (binlogrouter)
Bison 2.7 or later (dbfwfilter)
Flex 2.5.35 or later (dbfwfilter)
Some of these dependencies are not available on all operating systems and are
downloaded automatically during the build step. To skip the building of modules
that need automatic downloading of the dependencies, use -DBUNDLE=N when
configuring CMake.
This installs MaxScale as if it was installed from a package. Install git before running the following commands.
For a definitive list of packages, consult the script.
The tests and other parts of the build can be controlled via CMake arguments.
Here is a small table with the names of the most common parameters and what
they control. These should all be given as parameters to the -D switch inNAME=VALUE format (e.g. -DBUILD_TESTS=Y).
Note: You can look into for a list of the CMake variables.
To run the MaxScale unit test suite, configure the build with -DBUILD_TESTS=Y,
compile and then run the make test command.
If you wish to build packages, just add -DPACKAGE=Y to the CMake invocation
and build the package with make package instead of installing MaxScale withmake install. This process will create a RPM/DEB package depending on your
system.
To build a tarball, add -DTARBALL=Y to the cmake invokation. This will create
a maxscale-x.y.z.tar.gz file where x.y.z is the version number.
Some Debian and Ubuntu systems suffer from a bug where make package fails
with errors from dpkg-shlibdeps. This can be fixed by running make beforemake package and adding the path to the libmaxscale-common.so library to
the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable.
The MaxScale build system is split into multiple components. The main component
is the core MaxScale package which contains MaxScale and all the modules. This
is the default component that is build, installed and packaged. There is also
the experimental component that contains all experimental modules which are
not considered as part of the core MaxScale package and are either alpha or beta
quality modules.
To build the experimental modules along with the MaxScale core components,
invoke CMake with -DTARGET_COMPONENT=core,experimental.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
INSERT INTO departments VALUES ('d1234', 'NewDepartment'); -- maxscale ccr=ignorematch=.*INSERT.*
ignore=.*UPDATE.*
options=case,extended[CCRFilter]
type=filter
module=ccrfilter
time=5PAM
SASL2 (cyrus-sasl)
SQLite3 version 3.3 or later
Tcl
git
jansson
libatomic
libcurl
libmicrohttpd
libuuid
libxml2
libssh
pcre2
memcached (storage_memcached for the cache filter)
hiredis (storage_redis for the cache filter)
CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
Location where MariaDB MaxScale will be installed to. Set this to /usr if you want MariaDB MaxScale installed into the same place the packages are installed.
BUILD_TESTS
Build unit tests
WITH_SCRIPTS
Install systemd and init.d scripts
PACKAGE
Enable building of packages
TARGET_COMPONENT
Which component to install, default is the 'core' package. Other targets are 'experimental', which installs experimental packages and 'all' which installs all components.
TARBALL
Build tar.gz packages, requires PACKAGE=Y
The recommended approach is to use the MariaDB package repository to install MaxScale. After enabling the repository by following the instructions, MaxScale can be installed with the following commands.
For RHEL/Rocky Linux/Alma Linux, use dnf install maxscale.
For Debian and Ubuntu, run apt update followed by apt install maxscale.
For SLES, use zypper install maxscale.
Download the correct MaxScale package for your CPU architecture and operating system from the MariaDB Downloads page. MaxScale can be installed with the following commands.
For RHEL/Rocky Linux/Alma Linux, use dnf install /path/to/maxscale-*.rpm
For Debian and Ubuntu, use apt install /path/to/maxscale-*.deb.
For SLES, use zypper install /path/to/maxscale-*.rpm.
MaxScale can also be installed using a tarball. That may be required if you are using a Linux distribution for which there exist no installation package or if you want to install many different MaxScale versions side by side. For instructions on how to do that, please refer to Install MariaDB MaxScale using a Tarball.
Alternatively you may download the MariaDB MaxScale source and build your own binaries. To do this, refer to the separate document Building MariaDB MaxScale from Source Code
MaxScale assumes that memory allocations always succeed and in general does
not check for memory allocation failures. This assumption is compatible with
the Linux kernel parameter vm.overcommit_memory
having the value 0, which is also the default on most systems.
With vm.overcommit_memory being 0, memory allocations made by an
application never fail, but instead the application may be killed by the
so-called OOM (out-of-memory) killer if, by the time the application
actually attempts to use the allocated memory, there is not available
free memory on the system.
If the value is 2, then a memory allocation made by an application may
fail and unless the application is prepared for that possiblity, it will
likely crash with a SIGSEGV. As MaxScale is not prepared to handle memory
allocation failures, it will crash in this situation.
The current value of vm.overcommit_memory can be checked with
or
The MaxScale Tutorial covers the first steps in configuring your MariaDB MaxScale installation. Follow this tutorial to learn how to configure and start using MaxScale.
For a detailed list of all configuration parameters, refer to the Configuration Guide and the module specific documents listed in the Documentation Contents.
Read the Encrypting Passwords section of the configuration guide to set up password encryption for the configuration file.
There are various administration tasks that may be done with MariaDB MaxScale. A command line tools is available, maxctrl, that will interact with a running MariaDB MaxScale and allow the status of MariaDB MaxScale to be monitored and give some control of the MariaDB MaxScale functionality.
The administration tutorial covers the common administration tasks that need to be done with MariaDB MaxScale.
The main configuration file for MaxScale is in /etc/maxscale.cnf and
additional user-created configuration files are in/etc/maxscale.cnf.d/. Objects created or modified at runtime are stored in/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/. Some modules also store internal data in/var/lib/maxscale/ named after the module or the configuration object.
The simplest way to back up the configuration and runtime data of a MaxScale installation is to create an archive from the following files and directories:
/etc/maxscale.cnf
/etc/maxscale.cnf.d/
/var/lib/maxscale/
This can be done with the following command:
If MaxScale is configured to store data in custom locations, these should be included in the backup as well.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
# The --comments flag is needed for the command line client
mariadb --comments -u my-user -psecret -e "SELECT @@hostname -- maxscale route to server db1"-- maxscale <hint body>-- maxscale route to [master | slave | server <server name>]-- maxscale route to master-- maxscale route to slave-- maxscale route to server <server name>-- maxscale route to last-- maxscale <param>=<value>-- maxscale <hint name> prepare <hint content>-- maxscale <hint name> begin-- maxscale end-- maxscale <hint name> begin <hint content>-- maxscale begin <hint content>SELECT user FROM accounts WHERE id = ? -- maxscale route to masterPREPARE my_ps FROM 'SELECT user FROM accounts WHERE id = ?';
EXECUTE my_ps USING 123; -- maxscale route to master[ReadWriteService]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
filters=Hint
[Hint]
type=filter
module=hintfilterINSERT INTO table1 VALUES ("John","Doe",1);
SELECT * FROM table1; -- maxscale route to mastergit clone https://github.com/mariadb-corporation/MaxScale
mkdir build
cd build
../MaxScale/BUILD/install_build_deps.sh
cmake ../MaxScale -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr
make
sudo make install
sudo ./postinstmake
LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$PWD/server/core/ make packagesysctl vm.overcommit_memorycat /proc/sys/vm/overcommit_memorytar -caf maxscale-backup.tar.gz /etc/maxscale.cnf /etc/maxscale.cnf.d/ /var/lib/maxscale/The throttle filter is used to limit the maximum query frequency (QPS - queries per second) of a database session to a configurable value. The main use cases are to prevent a rogue session (client side error) and a DoS attack from overloading the system.
The throttling is dynamic. The query frequency is not limited to an absolute value. Depending on the configuration the throttle will allow some amount of high frequency queries, or especially short bursts with no frequency limitation.
This configuration states that the query frequency will be throttled to around 500 qps, and that the time limit a query is allowed to stay at the maximum frequency is 60 seconds. All values involving time are configured in milliseconds. With the basic configuration the throttling will be nearly immediate, i.e. a session will only be allowed very short bursts of high frequency querying.
When a session has been continuously throttled for throttling_duration
milliseconds, or 60 seconds in this example, MaxScale will disconnect the
session.
The two parameters max_qps and sampling_duration together define how a
session is throttled.
Suppose max qps is 400 qps and sampling duration is 10 seconds. Since QPS is not an instantaneous measure, but one could say it has a granularity of 10 seconds, we see that over the 10 seconds 10*400 = 4000 queries are allowed before throttling kicks in.
With these values, a fresh session can start off with a speed of 2000 qps, and maintain that speed for 2 seconds before throttling starts.
If the client continues to query at high speed and throttling duration is set to 10 seconds, Maxscale will disconnect the session 12 seconds after it started.
max_qps
Type: number
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Maximum queries per second.
This is the frequency to which a session will be limited over a given time
period. QPS is not measured as an instantaneous value but over a configurable
sampling duration (see sampling_duration).
throttling_duration
Type: duration
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
This defines how long a session is allowed to be throttled before MaxScale disconnects the session.
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 250ms
Sampling duration defines the window of time over which QPS is measured. This parameter directly affects the amount of time that high frequency queries are allowed before throttling kicks in.
The lower this value is, the more strict throttling becomes. Conversely, the longer this time is, the longer bursts of high frequency querying is allowed.
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 2s
This value defines what continuous throttling means. Continuous throttling
starts as soon as the filter throttles the frequency. Continuous throttling ends
when no throttling has been performed in the past continuous_duration time.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The MariaDBAuth-module implements the client and backend authentication for the server plugin mysql_native_password. This is the default authentication plugin used by both MariaDB and MySQL.
The following settings may be given in the authenticator_options of the listener.
log_password_mismatchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
The service setting log_auth_warnings must also be enabled for this setting to have effect. When both settings are enabled, password hashes are logged if a client gives a wrong password. This feature may be useful when diagnosing authentication issues. It should only be enabled on a secure system as the logging of password hashes may be a security risk.
cache_dirDeprecated and ignored.
inject_service_userDeprecated and ignored.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
GSSAPI is an authentication protocol that is commonly implemented with Kerberos on Unix or Active Directory on Windows. This document describes GSSAPI authentication in MaxScale. The authentication module name in MaxScale is_GSSAPIAuth_.
For Unix systems, the usual GSSAPI implementation is Kerberos. This is a short guide on how to set up Kerberos for MaxScale.
The first step is to configure MariaDB to use GSSAPI authentication. The MariaDB documentation for the is a good example on how to set it up.
The next step is to copy the keytab file from the server where MariaDB is
installed to the server where MaxScale is located. The keytab file must be
placed in the configured default location which almost always is/etc/krb5.keytab. Alternatively, the keytab filepath can be given as an
authenticator option.
The location of the keytab file can be changed with the KRB5_KTNAME environment variable:
To take GSSAPI authentication into use, add the following to the listener.
The principal name should be the same as on the MariaDB servers.
principal_nameType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: mariadb/localhost.localdomain
The service principal name to send to the client. This parameter is a string parameter which is used by the client to request the token.
This parameter must be the same as the principal name that the backend MariaDB server uses.
gssapi_keytab_pathType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: Kerberos Default
Keytab file location. This should be an absolute path to the file containing the
keytab. If not defined, Kerberos will search from a default location, usually/etc/krb5.keytab. This path is set to an environment variable. This means that
multiple listeners with GSSAPIAuth will override each other. If using multiple
GSSAPI authenticators, either do not set this option or use the same value for
all listeners.
Read the document for more details on how authentication modules work in MaxScale.
The GSSAPI plugin authentication starts when the database server sends the
service principal name in the AuthSwitchRequest packet. The principal name will
usually be in the form service@REALM.COM.
The client searches its local cache for a token for the service or may request it from the GSSAPI server. If found, the client sends the token to the database server. The database server verifies the authenticity of the token using its keytab file and sends the final OK packet to the client.
The GSSAPI authenticator modules require the GSSAPI development libraries (krb5-devel on CentOS 7).
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
With the comment filter it is possible to define comments that are injected before the actual statements. These comments appear as sql comments when they are received by the server.
The Comment filter requires one mandatory parameter to be defined.
injectType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
A parameter that contains the comment injected before the statements. There is also defined variable $IP that can be used to comment the IP address of the client in the injected comment. Variables must be written in all caps.
as comment.
The following configuration adds the IP address of the client to the comment.
In this example when MaxScale receives statement like:
It would look like
when received by server.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[Throttle]
type = filter
module = throttlefilter
max_qps = 500
throttling_duration = 60000
...
[Routing-Service]
type = service
filters = Throttleaddress and port parameters tell where the server is located.To enable encryption for the MaxScale-to-MariaDB communication, add ssl=true
to the server section. To enable server certificate verification, addssl_verify_peer_certificate=true.
The ssl and ssl_verify_peer_certificate parameters are similar to the--ssl and --ssl-verify-server-cert options of the mysql command line
client.
For more information about TLS, refer to the Configuration Guide.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[dbserv1]
type=server
address=192.168.2.1
port=3306
[dbserv2]
type=server
address=192.168.2.2
port=3306
[dbserv3]
type=server
address=192.168.2.3
port=3306[MyComment]
type=filter
module=comment
inject="Comment to be injected"
[MyService]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=MyComment[IPComment]
type=filter
module=comment
inject="IP=$IP"
[MyService]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=IPCommentSELECT user FROM people;/* IP=::ffff:127.0.0.1 */SELECT user FROM people;The Regex filter is a filter module for MariaDB MaxScale that is able to rewrite query content using regular expression matches and text substitution. The regular expressions use the PCRE2 syntax.
PCRE2 library uses a different syntax than POSIX to refer to capture
groups in the replacement string. The main difference is the usage of the dollar
character instead of the backslash character for references e.g. $1 instead of\1. For more details about the replacement string differences, please read the Creating a new string with substitutions
chapter in the PCRE2 manual.
The following demonstrates a minimal configuration.
The Regex filter has two mandatory parameters: match and replace.
Type: regex
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Defines the text in the SQL statements that is replaced.
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: ignorecase, case, extended
Default: ignorecase
The options-parameter affects how the patterns are compiled as usual.
Type: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
This is the text that should replace the part of the SQL-query matching the pattern defined in match.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional source parameter defines an address that is used to match against the address from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that originate from this address will have the match and replacement applied to them.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional user parameter defines a username that is used to match against the user from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that are connected using this username will have the match and replacement applied to them.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional log_file parameter defines a log file in which the filter writes all queries that are not matched and matching queries with their replacement queries. All sessions will log to this file so this should only be used for diagnostic purposes.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional log_trace parameter toggles the logging of non-matching and matching queries with their replacements into the log file on the info level. This is the preferred method of diagnosing the matching of queries since the log level can be changed at runtime. For more details about logging levels and session specific logging, please read the Configuration Guide.
MySQL 5.1 used the parameter TYPE = to set the storage engine that should be used for a table. In later versions this changed to be ENGINE =. Imagine you have an application that you can not change for some reason, but you wish to migrate to a newer version of MySQL. The regexfilter can be used to transform the create table statements into the form that could be used by MySQL 5.5
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The main tutorial for MariaDB MaxScale consist of setting up MariaDB MaxScale for the environment you are using with either a connection-based or a read/write-based configuration.
These tutorials are for specific use cases and module combinations.
Here are tutorials on monitoring and managing MariaDB MaxScale in cluster environments.
The routing module is the core of a MariaDB MaxScale service. The router documentation contains all module specific configuration options and detailed explanations of their use.
Here are detailed documents about the filters MariaDB MaxScale offers. They contain configuration guides and example use cases. Before reading these, you should have read the filter tutorial so that you know how they work and how to configure them.
Common options for all monitor modules.
Module specific documentation.
Documentation for MaxScale protocol modules.
The MaxScale CDC Connector provides a C++ API for consuming data from a CDC system.
A short description of the authentication module type can be found in the Authentication Modules document.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
SmartRouter is the query router of the SmartQuery framework. Based on the type of the query, each query is routed to the server or cluster that can best handle it.
For workloads where both transactional and analytical queries are needed, SmartRouter unites the Transactional (OLTP) and Analytical (OLAP) workloads into a single entry point in MaxScale. This allows a MaxScale client to freely mix transactional and analytical queries using the same connection. This is known as Hybrid Transactional and Analytical Processing, HTAP.
SmartRouter is configured as a service that either routes to other MaxScale routers or plain servers. Although one can configure SmartRouter to use a plain server directly, we refer to the configured "servers" as clusters.
For details about the standard service parameters, refer to the Configuration Guide.
Type: target
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
One of the clusters must be designated as the master. All writes go to the
master cluster, which for all practical purposes should be a master-slave
ReadWriteSplit. This document does not go into details about setting up
master-slave clusters, but suffice to say, that when setting up the ColumnStore
servers they should be configured to be slaves of a MariaDB server running an
InnoDB engine.
The ReadWriteSplit documentation has more on master-slave setup.
Example
Suppose we have a Transactional service like
for which we have defined the listener
That is, that service can be accessed using the socket /tmp/rws-row.sock.
The Analytical service could look like this
Then we can define the SmartQuery service as follows
Note that the SmartQuery listener listens on a port, while the Row and Column service listeners listen on Unix domain sockets. The reason is that there is a significant performance benefit when SmartRouter accesses the services over a Unix domain socket compared to accessing them over a TCP/IP socket.
A complete configuration example can be found at the end of this document.
SmartRouter keeps track of the performance, or the execution time, of queries to the clusters. Measurements are stored with the canonical of a query as the key. The canonical of a query is the sql with all user-defined constants replaced with question marks. When SmartRouter sees a read-query whose canonical has not been seen before, it will send the query to all clusters. The first response from a cluster will designate that cluster as the best one for that canonical. Also, when the first response is received, the other queries are cancelled. The response is sent to the client once all clusters have responded to the query or the cancel.
There is obviously overhead when a new canonical is seen. This means that queries after a MaxScale start will be slightly slower than normal. The execution time of a query depends on the database engine, and on the contents of the tables being queried. As a result, MaxScale will periodically re-measure queries.
The performance behavior of queries under dynamic conditions, and their effect on different storage engines is being studied at MariaDB. As we learn more, we will be able to better categorize queries and move that knowledge into SmartRouter.
LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE is not supported.
The performance data is not persisted. The measurements will be performed anew after each startup.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The readconnroute router provides simple and lightweight load balancing across a set of servers.
Note that *readconnroute balances connections and not statements. When a
client connects, the router selects the server that matches the value ofrouter_options and has the least number of connections. Once the connection is
opened, it will not be changed for the duration of the session. If the
connection between MaxScale and the server breaks, the connection can not be
re-established and the client session will be closed. The fact that the server
is fixed when the client connects also means that routing hints are ignored.
Connections from other MaxScale instances or connections done directly on a database are not taken into account. Only connections done through the same Maxscale instance are taken into account.
Warning: readconnroute will not prevent writes from being done even if you
define router_options=slave. The client application is responsible for
making sure that it only performs read-only queries in such
cases. readconnroute is simple by design: it selects a server for each
client connection and routes all queries there. If something more complex is
required, the readwritesplit router is usually the right
choice.
For more details about the standard service parameters, refer to the Configuration Guide.
Type: enum_mask
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: master, slave, synced, running
Default: running
router_options can contain a comma separated list of valid server
roles. These roles are used as the valid types of servers the router will
form connections to when new sessions are created.
Examples:
Here is a list of all possible values for the router_options.
master
A server assigned as a master by one of MariaDB MaxScale monitors. Depending on the monitor implementation, this could be a master server of a Master-Slave replication cluster or a Write-Master of a Galera cluster.
slave
A server assigned as a slave of a master. If all slaves are down, but the master is still available, then the router will use the master.
synced
A Galera cluster node which is in a synced state with the cluster.
running
A server that is up and running. All servers that MariaDB MaxScale can connect to are labeled as running.
If no router_options parameter is configured in the service definition,
the router will use the default value of running. This means that it will
load balance connections across all running servers defined in the servers
parameter of the service.
When a connection is being created and the candidate server is being chosen, the list of servers is processed in from first entry to last. This means that if two servers with equal rank and number of connections are found, the one that's listed first in the servers parameter for the service is chosen.
When using router_options=slave, only servers with the Slave status are
used. If there are no servers with the Slave status but there is a Master
status, it will be used as the fallback server. Note that the use ofrouter_options=slave does not prevent writes from being done and the client
application is responsible for making sure that no writes are done on a Slave
server.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This option can be used to prevent queries from being sent to the current master.
If router_options does not contain "master", the readconnroute instance is
usually meant for reading. Setting master_accept_reads=false excludes the master
from server selection (and thus from receiving reads).
If router_options contains "master", the setting of master_accept_reads has no effect.
By default master_accept_reads=true.
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
The maximum acceptable replication lag. The value is in seconds and is specified
as documented here. The
default value is 0s, which means that the lag is ignored.
The replication lag of a server must be less than the configured value in order
for it to be used for routing. To configure the router to not allow any lag, use
the smallest duration larger than 0, that is, max_replication_lag=1s.
The most common use for the readconnroute is to provide either a read or write port for an application. This provides a more lightweight routing solution than the more complex readwritesplit router but requires the application to be able to use distinct write and read ports.
To configure a read-only service that tolerates master failures, we first need to add a new section in to the configuration file.
Here the router_options designates slaves as the only valid server
type. With this configuration, the queries are load balanced across the
slave servers.
For more complex examples of the readconnroute router, take a look at the examples in the Tutorials folder.
The router_diagnostics output for readconnroute has the following fields.
queries: Number of queries executed through this service.
Sending of binary data with LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE is not supported.
The router will never reconnect to the server it initially connected to.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The Maxrows filter is capable of restricting the amount of rows that a SELECT, a prepared statement or stored procedure could return to the client application.
If a resultset from a backend server has more rows than the configured limit or the resultset size exceeds the configured size, an empty result will be sent to the client.
The Maxrows filter is easy to configure and to add to any existing service.
The Maxrows filter has no mandatory parameters. Optional parameters are:
max_resultset_rows
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: (no limit)
Specifies the maximum number of rows a resultset can have in order to be returned to the user.
If a resultset is larger than this an empty result will be sent instead.
max_resultset_size
Type: size
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 64Ki
Specifies the maximum size a resultset can have in order to be sent to the client. A resultset larger than this, will not be sent: an empty resultset will be sent instead.
max_resultset_return
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: empty, error, ok
Default: empty
Specifies what the filter sends to the client when the rows or size limit is hit, possible values:
an empty result set
an error packet with input SQL
an OK packet
Example output with ERR packet:
debug
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
An integer value, using which the level of debug logging made by the Maxrows filter can be controlled. The value is actually a bitfield with different bits denoting different logging.
0 (0b00000) No logging is made.
1 (0b00001) A decision to handle data form server is logged.
2 (0b00010) Reached max_resultset_rows or max_resultset_size is logged.
To log everything, give debug a value of 3.
Here is an example of filter configuration where the maximum number of returned rows is 10000 and maximum allowed resultset size is 256KB
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The namedserverfilter is a MariaDB MaxScale filter module able to route queries to servers based on regular expression (regex) matches. Since it is a filter instead of a router, the NamedServerFilter only sets routing suggestions. It requires a compatible router to be effective. Currently, bothreadwritesplit and hintrouter take advantage of routing hints in the data packets. This filter uses the PCRE2 library for regular expression matching.
The filter accepts settings in two modes: legacy and indexed. Only one of
the modes may be used for a given filter instance. The legacy mode is meant for
backwards compatibility and allows only one regular expression and one server
name in the configuration. In indexed mode, up to 25 regex-server pairs are
allowed in the form match01 - target01, match02 - target02 and so on.
Also, in indexed mode, the server names (targets) may contain a list of names or
special tags ->master or ->slave.
All parameters except the deprecated match and target parameters can
be modified at runtime. Any modifications to the filter configuration will
only affect sessions created after the change has completed.
Below is a configuration example for the filter in indexed-mode. The legacy mode is not recommended and may be removed in a future release. In the example, a SELECT on TableOne (match01) results in routing hints to two named servers, while a SELECT on TableTwo is suggested to be routed to the master server of the service. Whether a list of server names is interpreted as a route-to-any or route-to-all is up to the attached router. The HintRouter sees a list as a suggestion to route-to-any. For additional information on hints and how they can also be embedded into SQL-queries, see .
NamedServerFilter requires at least one matchXY - targetXY pair.
matchXYType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
matchXY defines a against which the incoming SQL query is matched. XY must be a number in the range 01 - 25. Each match-setting pairs with a similarly indexed target-setting. If one is defined, the other must be defined as well. If a query matches the pattern, the filter attaches a routing hint defined by the target-setting to the query. The_options_-parameter affects how the patterns are compiled.
options
Type:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: ignorecase, case, extended
for matchXY.
targetXYType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The hint which is attached to the queries matching the regular expression defined by_matchXY_. If a compatible router is used in the service the query will be routed accordingly. The target can be one of the following:
a server or service name (adds a HINT_ROUTE_TO_NAMED_SERVER hint)
a list of server names, comma-separated (adds severalHINT_ROUTE_TO_NAMED_SERVER hints)
->master (adds a HINT_ROUTE_TO_MASTER hint)
The support for service names was added in MaxScale 6.3.2. Older
versions of MaxScale did not accept service names in the target
parameters.
sourceType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This optional parameter defines an IP address or mask which a connecting client's IP address is matched against. Only sessions whose address matches this setting will have this filter active and performing the regex matching. Traffic from other client IPs is simply left as is and routed straight through.
Since MaxScale 2.1 it's also possible to use % wildcards:
Note that using source=% to match any IP is not allowed.
Since MaxScale 2.3 it's also possible to specify multiple addresses separated by comma. Incoming client connections are subsequently checked against each.
userType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This optional parameter defines a username the connecting client username is matched against. Only sessions that are connected using this username will have the match and routing hints applied to them. Traffic from other users is simply left as is and routed straight through.
The maximum number of accepted match - target pairs is 25.
In the configuration file, the indexed match and target settings may be in any order and may skip numbers. During SQL-query matching, however, the regexes are tested in ascending order: match01, match02, match03 and so on. As soon as a match is found for a given query, the routing hints are written and the packet is forwarded to the next filter or router. Any remaining match regexes are ignored. This means the match - target pairs should be indexed in priority order, or, if priority is not a factor, in order of decreasing match probability.
Binary-mode prepared statements (COM_STMT_PREPARE) are handled by matching the prepared sql against the match-parameters. If a match is found, the routing hints are attached to any execution of that prepared statement. Text- mode prepared statements are not supported in this way. To divert them, use regular expressions which match the specific "EXECUTE"-query.
This will route all queries matching the regular expression *from *users to
the server named server2. The filter will ignore character case in queries.
A query like SELECT * FROM users would be routed to server2 where as a query
like SELECT * FROM accounts would be routed according to the normal rules of
the router.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Admin users represent administrative users that are able to query and change MaxScale's configuration.
Get a single network user. The :name in the URI must be a valid network user name.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all network users.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Note: This endpoint has been deprecated and does nothing.
Note: This endpoint has been deprecated and does nothing.
Get all administrative users.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Create a new network user. The request body must define at least the following fields.
data.id
The username
data.type
Type of the object, must be inet
Only admin accounts can perform POST, PUT, DELETE and PATCH requests. If a basic
account performs one of the aforementioned request, the REST API will respond
with a 401 Unauthorized error.
Here is an example request body defining the network user my-user with the password my-password that is allowed to execute only read-only operations.
Response
This enables an existing UNIX account on the system for administrative operations. The request body must define at least the following fields.
data.id
The username
data.type
Type of the object, must be unix
Here is an example request body enabling the UNIX account jdoe for read-only operations.
Response
The :name part of the URI must be a valid user name.
Response
The :name part of the URI must be a valid user name.
Response
Update network user. Currently, only the password can be updated. This
means that the request body must define the data.attributes.password
field.
Here is an example request body that updates the password.
Response
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document lists known issues and limitations in MariaDB MaxScale and its plugins. Since limitations are related to specific plugins, this document is divided into several sections.
In versions 2.1.2 and earlier, the configuration files are limited to 1024 characters per line. This limitation was increased to 16384 characters in MaxScale 2.1.3. MaxScale 2.3.0 increased this limit to 16777216 characters.
In versions 2.2.12 and earlier, the section names in the configuration files were limited to 49 characters. This limitation was increased to 1023 characters in MaxScale 2.2.13.
Starting with MaxScale 2.4.0, on systems with Linux kernels 3.9 or newer due to the addition of SO_REUSEPORT support, it is possible for multiple MaxScale instances to listen on the same network port if the directories used by both instances are completely separate and there are no conflicts which can cause unexpected splitting of connections. This will only happen if users explicitly tell MaxScale to ignore the default directories and will not happen in normal use.
The parser of MaxScale correctly parses WITH statements, but fails to
collect columns, functions and tables used in the SELECT defining theWITH clause.
Consequently, the database firewall will not block WITH statements
where the SELECT of the WITH clause refers to forbidden columns.
MaxScale assumes that certain configuration parameters in MariaDB are set to their default values. These include but are not limited to:
autocommit: Autocommit is enabled for all new connections.
tx_read_only: Transactions use READ WRITE permissions by default.
If a module in MaxScale requires tracking of transaction boundaries but does not
require query classification, a custom parser is used to detect them. Currently
the only situation in which this parser is used is when a readconnroute
service uses the cache filter.
The custom parser detects a subset of the full SQL syntax used to start
transactions. This means that more complex statements will not be fully parsed
and will cause the transaction state to not match the real state on the
database. For example, SET @my_var = (SELECT 1), autocommit = 0 is not parsed
by the custom parser and causes the autocommit modification to not be noticed.
MaxScale will treat statements executed after XA START and before XA END as
if they were executed in a normal read-write transaction started with START TRANSACTION. This means that only XA transactions in the ACTIVE state will be
routed as transactions and all statements after XA END are routed normally.
XA transactions and normal transactions are mutually exclusive in MariaDB. This
means that a START TRANSACTION command will fail if the connection already has
an open XA transaction. MaxScale currently only inspects the SQL and deduces the
transaction state from that. If a transaction fails to start due to an open XA
transaction, the state in MaxScale and in MariaDB can be different and MaxScale
will keep routing statements as if they were inside of a transaction. However,
as this is an unlikely scenario, usually no action needs to be taken.
For its proper functioning, MaxScale needs in general to be aware of the transaction state and autocommit mode. In order to be that, MaxScale parses statements going through it.
However, if a transaction is commited or rolled back, or the autocommit mode is changed using a prepared statement, MaxScale will miss that and its internal state will be incorrect, until the transaction state or autocommit mode is changed using an explicit statement.
For instance, after the following sequence of commands, MaxScale will still think autocommit is on:
To ensure that MaxScale functions properly, do not commit or rollback a transaction or change the autocommit mode using a prepared statement.
Compression is not included in the server handshake.
If a KILL [CONNECTION] <ID> statement is executed, MaxScale will intercept
it. If the ID matches a MaxScale session ID, it will be closed by sending
modified KILL commands of the same type to all backend server to which the
session in question is connected to. This results in behavior that is similar
to how MariaDB does it. If the KILL CONNECTION USER <user> form is given,
all connections with a matching username will be closed instead.
MariaDB MaxScale does not support KILL QUERY ID <query_id>
MySQL old style passwords are not supported. MySQL versions 4.1 and newer use a new authentication protocol which does not support pre-4.1 style passwords.
When users have different passwords based on the host from which they connect MariaDB MaxScale is unable to determine which password it should use to connect to the backend database. This results in failed connections and unusable usernames in MariaDB MaxScale.
The Tee filter does not support binary protocol prepared statements. The execution of a prepared statements through a service that uses the tee filter is not guaranteed to succeed on the service where the filter branches to as it does on the original service.
This possibility exists due to the fact that the binary protocol prepared statements are identified by a server-generated ID. The ID sent to the client from the main service is not guaranteed to be the same that is sent by the branch service.
A server can only be monitored by one monitor. Two or more monitors monitoring the same server is considered an error.
The default master selection is based only on MIN(wsrep_local_index). This can be influenced with the server priority mechanic described in the manual.
Refer to individual router documentation for a list of their limitations.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document describes general MySQL protocol authentication in MaxScale. For REST-api authentication, see the configuration guide and the REST-api guide.
Similar to the MariaDB Server, MaxScale uses authentication plugins to implement different authentication schemes for incoming clients. The same plugins also handle authenticating the clients to backend servers. The authentication plugins available in MaxScale are , and .
Most of the authentication processing is performed on the protocol level, before handing it over to one of the plugins. This shared part is described in this document. For information on an individual plugin, see its documentation.
Every MaxScale service with a MariaDB protocol listener requires knowledge of the user accounts defined on the backend databases. The service maintains this information in an internal component called the user account manager (UAM). The UAM queries relevant data from the mysql-database of the backends and stores it. Typically, only the current master server is queried, as all servers are assumed to have the same users. The service settings user and password define the credentials used when fetching user accounts.
The service uses the stored data when authenticating clients, checking their passwords and database access rights. This results in an authentication process very similar to the MariaDB Server itself. Unauthorized users are generally detected already at the MaxScale level instead of the backend servers. This may not apply in some cases, for example if MaxScale is using old user account data.
If authentication fails, the UAM updates its data from a backend. MaxScale may attempt authenticating the client again with the refreshed data without communicating the first failure to the client. This transparent user data update does not always work, in which case the client should try to log in again.
As the UAM is shared between all listeners of a service, its settings are defined in the service configuration. For more information, search the for users_refresh_time, users_refresh_interval and_auth_all_servers_. Other settings which affect how the UAM connects to backends are the global settings auth_connect_timeout and local_address, and the various server-level ssl-settings.
To properly fetch user account information, the MaxScale service user must be able to read from various tables in the mysql-database: user, db,tables_priv, columns_priv, procs_priv, proxies_priv and roles_mapping. The user should also have the SHOW DATABASES-grant.
If using MariaDB ColumnStore, the following grant is required:
When a client logs in to MaxScale, MaxScale sees the client's IP address. When
MaxScale then connects the client to backends (using the client's username and
password), the backends see the connection coming from the IP address of
MaxScale. If the client user account is to a wildcard host ('alice'@'%'), this
is not an issue. If the host is restricted ('alice'@'123.123.123.123'),
authentication to backends will fail.
There are two primary ways to deal with this:
Duplicate user accounts. For every user account with a restricted hostname an
equivalent user account for MaxScale is added ('alice'@'maxscale-ip').
Use .
Option 1 limits the passwords for user accounts with shared usernames. Such accounts must use the same password since they will effectively share the MaxScale-to-backend user account. Option 2 requires server support.
See for additional information on how to solve authentication issues.
MaxScale supports wildcards _ and % for database-level grants. As with
MariaDB Server, grant select on test_.* to 'alice'@'%'; gives access totest_ as well as test1, test2 and so on. If the GRANT command escapes the
wildcard (grant select on test_.* to 'alice'@'%';) both MaxScale and the
MariaDB Server interpret it as only allowing access to test_. _ and %
are only interpreted as wildcards when the grant is to a database:grant select on test_.t1 to 'alice'@'%'; only grants access to the_test_.t1_-table, not to test1.t1.
The listener configuration defines authentication options which only affect the listener. authenticator defines the authentication plugins to use.authenticator_options sets various options. These options may affect an individual authentication plugin or the authentication as a whole. The latter are explained below. Multiple options can be given as a comma-separated list.
skip_authenticationType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
If enabled, MaxScale will not check the passwords of incoming clients and just assumes that they are correct. Wrong passwords are instead detected when MaxScale tries to authenticate to the backend servers.
This setting is mainly meant for failure tolerance in situations where the password check is performed outside of MaxScale. If, for example, MaxScale cannot use an LDAP-server but the backend databases can, enabling this setting allows clients to log in. Even with this setting enabled, a user account matching the incoming client username and IP must exist on the backends for MaxScale to accept the client.
This setting is incompatible with standard MariaDB/MySQL authentication plugin (MariaDBAuth in MaxScale). If enabled, MaxScale cannot authenticate clients to backend servers using standard authentication.
match_hostType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
If disabled, MaxScale does not require that a valid user account entry for incoming clients exists on the backends. Specifically, only the client username needs to match a user account, hostname/IP is ignored.
This setting may be used to force clients to connect through MaxScale. Normally, creating the user jdoe@% will allow the user jdoe to connect from any IP-address. By disabling match_host and replacing the user with_jdoe@maxscale-IP_, the user can still connect from any client IP but will be forced to go through MaxScale.
lower_case_table_namesType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0
Controls database name matching for authentication when an incoming client logs in to a non-empty database. The setting functions similar to the MariaDB Server setting and should be set to the value used by the backends.
The setting accepts the values 0, 1 or 2:
0: case-sensitive matching (default)
1: convert the requested database name to lower case before using case-insensitive
matching. Assumes that database names on the server are stored in lower case.
2: use case-insensitive matching.
true and false are also accepted for backwards compatibility. These map to 1 and 0, respectively.
The identifier names are converted using an ASCII-only function. This means that non-ASCII characters will retain their case-sensitivity.
Starting with MaxScale versions 2.5.25, 6.4.6, 22.08.5 and 23.02.2, the behavior
of lower_case_table_names=1 is identical with how the MariaDB server
behaves. In older releases the comparisons were done in a case-sensitive manner
after the requested database name was converted into lowercase. Usinglower_case_table_names=2 will behave identically in all versions which makes
it a safe alternative to use when a mix of older and newer MaxScale versions is
being used.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The goal of this tutorial is to configure a system that appears to the client as a single database. MariaDB MaxScale will split the statements such that write statements are sent to the master server and read statements are balanced across the slave servers.
This tutorial is a part of . Please read it and follow the instructions. Return here once basic setup is complete.
After configuring the servers and the monitor, we create a read-write-splitter service configuration. Create the following section in your configuration file. The section name is also the name of the service and should be meaningful. For this tutorial, we use the name Splitter-Service.
router defines the routing module used. Here we use readwritesplit for query-level read-write-splitting.
A service needs a list of servers where queries will be routed to. The server names must match the names of server sections in the configuration file and not the hostnames or addresses of the servers.
The user and password parameters define the credentials the service uses to populate user authentication data. These users were created at the start of the .
For increased security, see .
To allow network connections to a service, a network ports must be associated with it. This is done by creating a separate listener section in the configuration file. A service may have multiple listeners but for this tutorial one is enough.
The service parameter tells which service the listener connects to. For the_Splitter-Listener_ we set it to Splitter-Service.
A listener must define the network port to listen on.
The optional address-parameter defines the local address the listener should bind to.
This may be required when the host machine has multiple network interfaces. The
default behavior is to listen on all network interfaces (the IPv6 address ::).
For the last steps, please return to .
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[MyRegexFilter]
type=filter
module=regexfilter
match=some string
replace=replacement string
[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=MyRegexfiltermatch=TYPE[ ]*=
options=casereplace=ENGINE =source=127.0.0.1user=johnlog_file=/tmp/regexfilter.loglog_trace=true[CreateTableFilter]
type=filter
module=regexfilter
options=ignorecase
match=TYPE\s*=
replace=ENGINE=
[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=CreateTableFilter[RWS-Row]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers = row_server_1, row_server_2, ...[RWS-Row-Listener]
type=listener
service=RWS-Row
socket=/tmp/rws-row.sock[RWS-Column]
type = service
router = readwritesplit
servers = column_server_1, column_server_2, ...
[RWS-Column-Listener]
type = listener
service = RWS-Column
socket = /tmp/rws-col.sock[SmartQuery]
type = service
router = smartrouter
targets = RWS-Row, RWS-Column
master = RWS-Row
[SmartQuery-Listener]
type = listener
service = SmartQuery
port = <port>[maxscale]
[row_server_1]
type = server
address = <ip>
port = <port>
[row_server_2]
type = server
address = <ip>
port = <port>
[Row-Monitor]
type = monitor
module = mariadbmon
servers = row_server_1, row_server_2
user = <user>
password = <password>
monitor_interval = 2000ms
[column_server_1]
type = server
address = <ip>
port = <port>
[Column-Monitor]
type = monitor
module = csmon
servers = column_server_1
user = <user>
password = <password>
monitor_interval = 2000ms
# Row Read write split
[RWS-Row]
type = service
router = readwritesplit
servers = row_server_1, row_server_2
user = <user>
password = <password>
[RWS-Row-Listener]
type = listener
service = RWS-Row
socket = /tmp/rws-row.sock
# Columnstore Read write split
[RWS-Column]
type = service
router = readwritesplit
servers = column_server_1
user = <user>
password = <password>
[RWS-Column-Listener]
type = listener
service = RWS-Column
socket = /tmp/rws-col.sock
# Smart Query router
[SmartQuery]
type = service
router = smartrouter
targets = RWS-Row, RWS-Column
master = RWS-Row
user = <user>
password = <password>
[SmartQuery-Listener]
type = listener
service = SmartQuery
port = <port>router_options=slave
router_options=master,slave[Read-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=slave1,slave2,slave3
router_options=slave[MaxRows]
type=filter
module=maxrows
[MaxRows-Routing-Service]
type=service
...
filters=MaxRowsmax_resultset_rows=1000max_resultset_size=128KiMariaDB [(test)]> select * from test.t4;
ERROR 1415 (0A000): Row limit/size exceeded for query: select * from test.t4debug=2[MaxRows]
type=filter
module=maxrows
max_resultset_rows=10000
max_resultset_size=256000authenticator=GSSAPIAuth
authenticator_options=principal_name=mariadb/localhost.localdomain@EXAMPLE.COMauthenticator_options=principal_name=mymariadb@EXAMPLE.COM,gssapi_keytab_path=/home/user/mymariadb.keytabDefault: ignorecase
->slave (adds a HINT_ROUTE_TO_SLAVE hint)
->all (adds a HINT_ROUTE_TO_ALL hint)
data.attributes.password
The password for this user
data.attributes.account
Set to admin for administrative users and basic to read-only users
data.attributes.account
Set to admin for administrative users and basic to read-only users
Any KILL commands executed using a prepared statement are ignored by
MaxScale. If any are executed, it is highly likely that the wrong connection
ends up being killed.
If a KILL connection kills a session that is connected to a readwritesplit
service that has transaction_replay or delayed_retry enabled, it is
possible that the query is retried even if the connection is killed. To avoid
this, use KILL QUERY instead.
A KILL on one service can cause a connection from another service to be
closed even if it uses a different protocol.
The change user command (COM_CHANGE_USER) only works with standard authentication.
If a COM_CHANGE_USER succeeds on MaxScale yet fails on the server the session ends up in an inconsistent state. This can happen if the password of the target user is changed and MaxScale uses old user account data when processing the change user. In such a situation, MaxScale and server will disagree on the current user. This can affect e.g. reconnections.
Note that the failover (and switchover and rejoin) functionality is only supported in conjunction with GTID-based replication and initially only for simple topologies, that is, 1 master and several slaves.
The failover, switchover and rejoin functionality are inherent parts of the MariaDB Monitor, but neither automatic failover nor automatic rejoin are enabled by default.
The following examples have been written with the assumption that there
are four servers - server1, server2, server3 and server4 - of
which server1 is the initial master and the other servers are slaves.
In addition there is a monitor called TheMonitor that monitors those
servers.
Somewhat simplified, the MaxScale configuration file would look like:
If everything is in order, the state of the cluster will look something like this:
If the master now for any reason goes down, then the cluster state will look like this:
Note that the status for server1 is Down.
Since failover is by default not enabled, the failover mechanism must be invoked manually:
There are quite a few arguments, so let's look at each one separately_call command indicates that it is a module command that is to be_
&#xNAN;invoked, mariadbmon indicates the module whose command we want to invoke (that
is the MariaDB Monitor),failover is the command we want to invoke, and TheMonitor is the first and only argument to that command, the name of
the monitor as specified in the configuration file.
The MariaDB Monitor will now autonomously deduce which slave is the most appropriate one to be promoted to master, promote it to master and modify the other slaves accordingly.
If we now check the cluster state we will see that one of the remaining slaves has been made into master.
If server1 now reappears, it will not be rejoined to the cluster, as
shown by the following output:
Had auto_rejoin=true been specified in the monitor section, then an
attempt to rejoin server1 would have been made.
In MaxScale 2.2.1, rejoining cannot be initiated manually, but in a subsequent version a command to that effect will be provided.
To enable automatic failover, simply add auto_failover=true to the
monitor section in the configuration file.
When everything is running fine, the cluster state looks like follows:
If server1 now goes down, failover will automatically be performed and
an existing slave promoted to new master.
If you are continuously monitoring the server states, you may notice for a
brief period that the state of server1 is Down and the state ofserver2 is still Slave, Running.
To enable automatic rejoin, simply add auto_rejoin=true to the
monitor secion in the configuration file.
When automatic rejoin is enabled, the MariaDB Monitor will attempt to rejoin a failed master as a slave, if it reappears.
When everything is running fine, the cluster state looks like follows:
Assuming auto_failover=true has been specified in the configuration
file, when server1 goes down for some reason, failover will be performed
and we end up with the following cluster state:
If server1 now reappears, the MariaDB Monitor will detect that and
attempt to rejoin the old master as a slave.
Whether rejoining will succeed depends upon the actual state of the old master. For instance, if the old master was modified and the changes had not been replicated to the new master, before the old master went down, then automatic rejoin will not be possible.
If rejoining can be performed, then the cluster state will end up looking like:
Switchover is for cases when you explicitly want to move the master role from one server to another.
If we continue from the cluster state at the end of the previous example
and want to make server1 master again, then we must issue the following
command:
There are quite a few arguments, so let's look at each one separately_call command indicates that it is a module command that is to be_
&#xNAN;invoked, mariadbmon indicates the module whose command we want to invoke,switchover is the command we want to invoke, and TheMonitor is the first argument to the command, the name of the monitor
as specified in the configuration file,server1 is the second argument to the command, the name of the server we
&#xNAN;want to make into master, and server2 is the third argument to the command, the name of the currentmaster.
If the command executes successfully, we will end up with the following cluster state:
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Contrary to the other monitors of MaxScale, the Xpand monitor will autonomously figure out the cluster configuration and for each Xpand node create the corresponding MaxScale server object.
In order to do that, a sufficient number of "bootstrap" server instances must be specified in the MaxScale configuration file for the Xpand monitor to start with. One server instance is in principle sufficient, but if the corresponding node happens to be down when MaxScale starts, the monitor will not be able to function.
The server configuration is identical with that of any other server, but since these servers are only used for bootstrapping the Xpand monitor it is adviceable to use names that clearly will identify them as such.
The actual Xpand monitor configuration looks as follows:
The mandatory parameters are the object type, the monitor module to use, the list of servers to use for bootstrapping and the username and password to use when connecting to the servers.
The monitor_interval parameter specifies how frequently the monitor should
ping the health check port of each server and the cluster_monitor_interval
specifies how frequently the monitor should do a complete cluster check, that
is, access the system tables of the Cluster for checking the Cluster
configuration. The default values are 2000 and 60000, that is, 2 seconds
and 1 minute, respectively.
For each detected Xpand node a corresponding MaxScale server object will be
created, whose name is @@<Monitor-Name>:node-<id>, where _Monitor-Name_ is the name of the monitor, in this exampleXpand` and id is the node id
of the Xpand node. So, with a cluster of three nodes, the created servers
might be named like.
Note that as these are created at runtime and may disappear at any moment, depending on changes happening in and made to the Xpand cluster, they should never be referred to directly from service configurations. Instead, services should refer to the monitor, as shown in the following:
Instead of listing the servers of the service explicitly using the servers
parameter as usually is the case, the service refers to the Xpand monitor
using the cluster parameter. This will cause the service to use the Xpand
nodes that the Xpand monitor discovers at runtime.
For additional details, please consult the monitor documentation.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
2.-prefix has been dropped
and henceforth at a major release, the major, instead of the minor version
number, will be bumped. This change also affects how maintenance releases are
versioned. For instance, 2.5.1, the first GA version of MaxScale 2.5, was
followed by the maintenace release 2.5.2. 6.1, the first GA version of MaxScale
6, will be followed by the maintenance release 6.2.For more information about MaxScale 6, refer to the ChangeLog.
Before starting the upgrade, any existing configuration files should be backed up.
Using duration type parameters without an explicit suffix has been deprecated in
MaxScale 2.4. In MaxScale 6 they are no longer allowed when used with the REST
API or MaxCtrl. This means that any create or alter commands in MaxCtrl that
use a duration type parameter must explicitly specify the suffix of the unit.
For example, the following command:
should be replaced with:
Duration type parameters can still be defined in the configuration file without an explicit suffix but this behavior is deprecated. The recommended approach is to add explicit suffixes to all duration type parameters when upgrading to MaxScale 6.
The default value of threads was changed to auto.
The following deprecated core parameters have been removed:
thread_stack_size
The deprecated aliases for the schemarouter parameters ignore_databases andignore_databases_regex have been removed. They can be replaced withignore_tables and ignore_tables_regex.
In addition, the preferred_server parameter that was deprecated in 2.5 has
also been removed.
The prune_sescmd_history, max_sescmd_history and disable_sescmd_history
have been made into generic service parameters that are shared between all
routers that support it.
The default value of prune_sescmd_history was changed from false totrue. This was done as most MaxScale installations either benefit from it
being enabled or are not affected by it.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[NamedServerFilter]
type=filter
module=namedserverfilter
match01=^Select.*TableOne$
target01=server2,server3
match22=^SELECT.*TableTwo$
target22=->master
[MyService]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2,server3
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=NamedServerFiltermatch01=^SELECT
options=case,extendedtarget01=MyServer2source=127.0.0.1source=192.%.%.%
source=192.168.%.%
source=192.168.10.%source=192.168.21.3,192.168.10.%user=john[NamedServerFilter]
type=filter
module=namedserverfilter
match02= *from *users
target02=server2
[MyService]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=NamedServerFilterGET /v1/users/inet/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"account": "admin",
"created": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"last_login": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:12 GMT",
"last_update": null,
"name": "admin"
},
"id": "admin",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/admin/"
},
"type": "inet"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/admin/"
}
}GET /v1/users/inet{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"account": "admin",
"created": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"last_login": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:12 GMT",
"last_update": null,
"name": "admin"
},
"id": "admin",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/admin/"
},
"type": "inet"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/"
}
}GET /v1/users/unix/:nameGET /v1/users/unixGET /v1/users{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"account": "admin",
"created": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"last_login": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:12 GMT",
"last_update": null,
"name": "admin"
},
"id": "admin",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/admin/"
},
"type": "inet"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/users/inet/"
}
}POST /v1/users/inet{
"data": {
"id": "my-user", // The user to create
"type": "inet", // The type of the user
"attributes": {
"password": "my-password", // The password to use for the user
"account": "basic" // The type of the account
}
}
}Status: 204 No ContentPOST /v1/users/unix{
"data": {
"id": "jdoe", // Account name
"type": "unix" // Account type
"attributes": {
"account": "basic" // Type of the user account in MaxScale
}
}
}Status: 204 No ContentDELETE /v1/users/inet/:nameStatus: 204 No ContentDELETE /v1/users/unix/:nameStatus: 204 No ContentPATCH /v1/users/inet/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"password": "new-password"
}
}
}Status: 204 No Contentset autocommit=1
PREPARE hide_autocommit FROM "set autocommit=0"
EXECUTE hide_autocommitCREATE USER 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-password';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.user TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.db TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.tables_priv TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.columns_priv TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.procs_priv TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.proxies_priv TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.roles_mapping TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SHOW DATABASES ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT ALL ON infinidb_vtable.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';authenticator_options=skip_authentication=true,lower_case_table_names=1authenticator_options=skip_authentication=trueauthenticator_options=match_host=falseauthenticator_options=lower_case_table_names=0[Splitter-Service]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3
user=maxscale
password=maxscale_pw[Splitter-Listener]
type=listener
service=Splitter-Service
port=3306[server1]
type=server
address=192.168.121.51
port=3306
[server2]
...
[server3]
...
[server4]
...
[TheMonitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
...$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Down │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴────────────────┘$ maxctrl call command mariadbmon failover TheMonitor
OK$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Down │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘[TheMonitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
auto_failover=true
...$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬────────────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Down │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼────────────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴────────────────────────┘[TheMonitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
auto_rejoin=true
...$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Down │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘$ maxctrl call command mariadbmon switchover TheMonitor server1 server2
OK$ maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server1 │ 192.168.121.51 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server2 │ 192.168.121.190 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server3 │ 192.168.121.112 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
├─────────┼─────────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┤
│ server4 │ 192.168.121.201 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │
└─────────┴─────────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┘[Bootstrap1]
type=server
address=10.2.224.101
port=3306
protocol=mariadbbackend
[Bootstrap2]
type=server
address=10.2.224.102
port=3306
protocol=mariadbbackend[Xpand]
type=monitor
module=xpandmon
servers=Bootstrap1, Bootstrap2
user=monitor_user
password=monitor_password
monitor_interval=2s
cluster_monitor_interval=60s@@Xpand:node-2`
@@Xpand:node-3`
@@Xpand:node-7`[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
user=service_user
password=service_password
cluster=Xpandmaxctrl alter service My-Service connection_keepalive 30000maxctrl alter service My-Service connection_keepalive 30000msThe :name in all of the URIs must be the name of a filter in MaxScale.
Get a single filter.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all filters.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Create a new filter. The posted object must define at least the following fields.
data.id
Name of the filter
data.type
Type of the object, must be filters
data.atttributes.module
The filter module to use
All of the filter parameters should be defined at creation time in thedata.atttributes.parameters object.
As the service to filter relationship is ordered (filters are applied in the order they are listed), filter to service relationships cannot be defined at creation time.
The following example defines a request body which creates a new filter.
Response
Filter is created:
Status: 204 No Content
Filter parameters can be updated at runtime if the module supports it. Refer to the individual module documentation for more details on whether it supports runtime configuration and which parameters can be updated.
The following example modifies a filter by changing the match parameter to.*users.*.
Response
Filter is modified:
Status: 204 No Content
The :filter in the URI must map to the name of the filter to be destroyed.
A filter can only be destroyed if no service uses it. This means that thedata.relationships object for the filter must be empty. Note that the service
→ filter relationship cannot be modified from the filters resource and must be
done via the services resource.
This endpoint also supports the force=yes parameter that will unconditionally
delete the filter by first removing it from all services that it uses.
Response
Filter is destroyed:
Status: 204 No Content
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The KafkaImporter module reads messages from Kafka and streams them into a MariaDB server. The messages are inserted into a table designated by either the topic name or the message key (see table_name_in for details). By default the table will be automatically created with the following SQL:
The payload of the message is inserted into the data field from which the id
field is calculated. The payload must be a valid JSON object and it must either
contain a unique _id field or it must not exist or the value must be a JSON
null. This is similar to the MongoDB document format where the _id field is
the primary key of the document collection.
If a message is read from Kafka and the insertion into the table fails due to a
violation of one of the constraints, the message is ignored. Similarly, messages
with duplicate _id value are also ignored: this is done to avoid inserting the
same document multiple times whenever the connection to either Kafka or MariaDB
is lost.
The limitations on the data can be removed by either creating the table before
the KafkaImporter is started, in which case the CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS
does nothing, or by altering the structure of the existing table. The minimum
requirement that must be met is that the table contains the data field to
which string values can be inserted into.
The database server where the data is inserted is chosen from the set of servers available to the service. The first server labeled as the Master with the best rank will be chosen. This means that a monitor must be configured for the MariaDB server where the data is to be inserted.
In MaxScale versions 21.06.18, 22.08.15, 23.02.12, 23.08.8, 24.02.4 and 24.08.2
the _id field is not required to be present. Older versions of MaxScale used
the following SQL where the _id field was mandatory:
The user defined by the user parameter of the service must have INSERT andCREATE privileges on all tables that are created.
Type: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The list of Kafka brokers as a CSV list in host:port format.
Type: stringlist
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The comma separated list of topics to subscribe to.
Type: count
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 100
Maximum number of uncommitted records. The KafkaImporter will buffer records into batches and commit them once either enough records are gathered (controlled by this parameter) or when the KafkaImporter goes idle. Any uncommitted records will be read again if a reconnection to either Kafka or MariaDB occurs.
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: PLAIN, SCRAM-SHA-256, SCRAM-SHA-512
Default: PLAIN
SASL mechanism to use. The Kafka broker must be configured with the same authentication scheme.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
SASL username used for authentication. If this parameter is defined,kafka_sasl_password must also be provided.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
SASL password for the user. If this parameter is defined, kafka_sasl_user must
also be provided.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable SSL for Kafka connections.
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
SSL Certificate Authority file in PEM format. If this parameter is not defined, the system default CA certificate is used.
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
SSL public certificate file in PEM format. If this parameter is defined,kafka_ssl_key must also be provided.
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
SSL private key file in PEM format. If this parameter is defined,kafka_ssl_cert must also be provided.
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: topic, key
Default: topic
The Kafka message part that is used to locate the table to insert the data into.
Enumeration Values:
topic: The topic named is used as the fully qualified table name.
key: The message key is used as the fully qualified table name. If the Kafka
message does not have a key, the message is ignored.
For example, all messages with a fully qualified table name of my_db.my_table
will be inserted into the table my_table located in the my_db database. If
the table or database names have special characters that must be escaped to make
them valid identifiers, the name must also contain those escape characters. For
example, to insert into a table named my table in the database my database,
the name would be:
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 5000ms
Timeout for both Kafka and MariaDB network communication.
Type: string
Default: InnoDB
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
The storage engine used for tables that are created by the KafkaImporter.
This defines the ENGINE table option and must be the name of a valid storage
engine in MariaDB. When the storage engine is something other than InnoDB, the
table is created without the generated column and the check constraints:
This is done to avoid conflicts where the custom engine does not support all the features that InnoDB supports.
The backend servers used by this service must be MariaDB version 10.2 or newer.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The Transaction Performance Monitoring (TPM) filter is a filter module for MaxScale that monitors every SQL statement that passes through the filter. The filter groups a series of SQL statements into a transaction by detecting 'commit' or 'rollback' statements. It logs all committed transactions with necessary information, such as timestamp, client, SQL statements, latency, etc., which can be used later for transaction performance analysis.
The configuration block for the TPM filter requires the minimal filter options in it's section within the maxscale.cnf file, stored in /etc/maxscale.cnf.
The TPM filter does not support any filter options currently.
The TPM filter accepts a number of optional parameters.
The name of the output file created for performance logging. The default filename is tpm.log.
The optional source parameter defines an address that is used
to match against the address from which the client connection
to MaxScale originates. Only sessions that originate from this
address will be logged.
The optional user parameter defines a user name that is used
to match against the user from which the client connection to
MaxScale originates. Only sessions that are connected using
this username are logged.
The optional delimiter parameter defines a delimiter that is used to
distinguish columns in the log. The default delimiter is :::.
The optional query_delimiter defines a delimiter that is used to
distinguish different SQL statements in a transaction.
The default query delimiter is @@@.
named_pipe is the path to a named pipe, which TPM filter uses to
communicate with 3rd-party applications (e.g., DBSeer).
Logging is enabled when the router receives the character '1' and logging is
disabled when the router receives the character '0' from this named pipe.
The default named pipe is /tmp/tpmfilter and logging is disabled by default.
For example, the following command enables the logging:
Similarly, the following command disables the logging:
For each transaction, the TPM filter prints its log in the following format:
<timestamp> | <server_name> | <user_name> | <latency of the transaction> | <latencies of individual statements in the transaction> (delimited by 'query_delimiter') | <actual SQL statements>
You want to log every transaction with its SQL statements and latency for future transaction performance analysis.
Add a filter with the following definition:
After the filter reads the character '1' from its named pipe, the following is an example log that is generated from the above TPM filter with the above configuration:
Note that 3 and 6 are latencies of each transaction in milliseconds, while 0.165 and 0.123 are latencies of the first statement of each transaction in milliseconds.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
A session is an abstraction of a client connection, any number of related backend connections, a router module session and possibly filter module sessions. Each session is created on a service and each service can have multiple sessions.
Get a single session. :id must be a valid session ID. The session ID is the same that is exposed to the client as the connection ID.
This endpoint also supports the rdns=true parameter, which instructs MaxScale to
perform reverse DNS on the client IP address. As this requires communicating with
an external server, the operation may be expensive.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all sessions.
Response
Status: 200 OK
The request body must be a JSON object which represents the new configuration of
the session. The :id must be a valid session ID that is active.
The log_debug, log_info, log_notice, log_warning and log_error boolean
parameters control whether the associated logging level is enabled:
The filters that a session uses can be updated by re-defining the filter relationship of the session. This causes new filter sessions to be opened immediately. The old filter session are closed and replaced with the new filter session the next time the session is idle. The order in which the filters are defined in the request body is the order in which the filters are installed, similar to how the filter relationship for services behaves.
Response
Session is modified:
Status: 204 No Content
This endpoint causes the session to re-read the configuration from the service. As a result of this, all backend connections will be closed and then opened again. All router and filter sessions will be created again which means that for modules that perform something whenever a new module session is opened, this behaves as if a new session was started.
This endpoint can be used to apply configuration changes that were done after the session was started. This can be useful for situations where the client connections live for a long time and connections are not recycled often enough.
Response
Session is was restarted:
Status: 204 No Content
This endpoint does the same thing as the /v1/sessions/:id/restart endpoint
except that it applies to all sessions.
Response
Session is was restarted:
Status: 204 No Content
This endpoint causes the session to be forcefully closed.
Request Parameters
This endpoint supports the following request parameters.
ttl
The time after which the session is killed. If this parameter is not given, the session is killed immediately. This can be used to give the session time to finish the work it is performing before the connection is closed.
Response
Session was killed:
Status: 204 No Content
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Pluggable authentication module (PAM) is a general purpose authentication API.
An application using PAM can authenticate a user without knowledge about the
underlying authentication implementation. The actual authentication scheme is
defined in the operating system PAM config (e.g. /etc/pam.d/), and can be
quite elaborate. MaxScale supports a very limited form of the PAM protocol,
which this document details.
The MaxScale PAM module requires little configuration. All that is required is to change the listener authenticator module to "PAMAuth".
MaxScale uses the PAM authenticator plugin to authenticate users with plugin set to "pam" in the mysql.user-table. The PAM service name of a user is read from the authetication_string-column. The matching PAM service in the operating system PAM config is used for authenticating the user. If the_authetication_string_ for a user is empty, the fallback service "mysql" is used.
PAM service configuration is out of the scope of this document, see for more information. A simple service definition used for testing this module is below.
pam_use_cleartext_pluginType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
If enabled, MaxScale communicates with the client as if using . This setting has no effect on MaxScale-to-backend communication, which adapts to either "dialog" or "mysql_clear_password", depeding on which one the backend suggests. This setting is meant to be used with the similarly named MariaDB Server setting.
pam_modeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: password, password_2FA
This setting defines the authentication mode used. Two values are supported:
password Normal password-based authentication
password_2FA Password + 2FA-code based authentication
If set to "password_2FA", any users authenticating via PAM will be asked two passwords ("Password" and "Verification code") during login. MaxScale uses the normal password when either the local PAM api or a backend asks for "Password". MaxScale answers any other password prompt (e.g. "Verification code") with the second password. See for more details. Two-factor mode is incompatible with_pam_use_cleartext_plugin_.
pam_backend_mappingType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: none, mariadb
Defines backend authentication mapping, i.e. switch of authentication method between client-to-MaxScale and MaxScale-to-backend. Supported values:
none No mapping
mariadb Map users to normal MariaDB accounts
If set to "mariadb", MaxScale will authenticate clients to backends using
standard MariaDB authentication. Authentication to MaxScale itself still uses
PAM. MaxScale asks the local PAM system if the client username was mapped
to another username during authentication, and use the mapped username when
logging in to backends. Passwords for the mapped users can be given in a file,
see pam_mapped_pw_file below. If passwords are not given, MaxScale will try to
authenticate without a password. Because of this, normal PAM users and mapped
users cannot be used on the same listener.
Because the client still needs to authenticate to MaxScale normally, an anonymous user may be required. If the backends do not allow such a user, one can be manually added using the service setting .
To map usernames, the PAM service needs to use a module such as_pam_user_map.so_. This module is not a standard Linux component and needs to be installed separately. It is included in recent MariaDB Server packages and can also be compiled from source. See for more information on how to configure the module. If the goal is to only map users from PAM to MariaDB in MaxScale, then configuring user mapping on just the machine running MaxScale is enough.
Instead of using pam_backend_mapping, consider using the listener setting ,
as it is easier to configure. pam_backend_mapping should only be used when
the user mapping needs to be defined by pam.
pam_mapped_pw_fileType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: None
Path to a json-text file with user passwords. Default value is empty, which disables the feature.
This feature only works together with pam_backend_mapping=mariadb. The file is
only read during listener creation (typically MaxScale start) or when a listener
is modified during runtime. The file should contain passwords for the mapped
users. When a client is authenticating, MaxScale searches the password data for a
matching username. If one is found, MaxScale uses the supplied password when
logging in to backends. Otherwise, MaxScale tries to authenticate without a
password.
One array, "users_and_passwords", is read from the file. Each array element in the array must define the following fields:
"user": String. Mapped client username.
"password": String. Backend server password. Can be encrypted with maxpasswd.
An example file is below.
When backend authenticator mapping is not in use
(authenticator_options=pam_backend_mapping=none), the PAM authenticator
supports a limited version of .
It requires less configuration but is also less accurate than proper mapping.
Anonymous mapping is enabled in MaxScale if the following user exists:
Empty username (e.g. ''@'%' or ''@'myhost.com')
plugin = 'pam'
Proxy grant is on (The query SHOW GRANTS FOR user@host; returns at least one
row with GRANT PROXY ON ...)
When the authenticator detects such users, anonymous account mapping is enabled
for the hosts of the anonymous users. To verify this, enable the info log
(log_info=1 in MaxScale config file). When a client is logging in using the
anonymous user account, MaxScale will log a message starting with "Found
matching anonymous user ...".
When mapping is on, the MaxScale PAM authenticator does not require client
accounts to exist in the mysql.user-table received from the backend. MaxScale
only requires that the hostname of the incoming client matches the host field of
one of the anonymous users (comparison performed using LIKE). If a match is
found, MaxScale attempts to authenticate the client to the local machine with
the username and password supplied. The PAM service used for authentication is
read from the authentication_string-field of the anonymous user. If
authentication was successful, MaxScale then uses the username and password to
log to the backends.
Anonymous mapping is only attempted if the client username is not found in themysql.user-table as explained in . This means,
that if a user is found and the authentication fails, anonymous authentication
is not attempted even when it could use a different PAM service with a different
outcome.
Setting up PAM group mapping for the MariaDB server is a more involved process as the server requires details on which Unix user or group is mapped to which MariaDB user. See for more details. Performing all the steps in the guide also on the MaxScale machine is not required, as the MaxScale PAM plugin only checks that the client host matches an anonymous user and that the client (with the username and password it provided) can log into the local PAM configuration. If using normal password authentication, simply generating the Unix user and password should be enough.
The general PAM authentication scheme is difficult for a proxy such as MaxScale. An application using the PAM interface needs to define a conversation function to allow the OS PAM modules to communicate with the client, possibly exchanging multiple messages. This works when a client logs in to a normal server, but not with MaxScale since it needs to autonomously log into multiple backends. For MaxScale to successfully log into the servers, the messages and answers need to be predefined. The passwords given to MaxScale need to work as is when MaxScale logs into the backends. This requirement prevents the use of one-time passwords.
The MaxScale PAM authentication module supports two password modes. In normal mode, client authentication begins with MaxScale sending an AuthSwitchRequest packet. In addition to the command, the packet contains the client plugin name ("dialog" or "mysql_clear_password"), a message type byte (4) and the message "Password: ". In the next packet, the client should send the password, which MaxScale will forward to the PAM api running on the local machine. If the password is correct, an OK packet is sent to the client. If the local PAM api asks for additional credentials as is typical in two-factor authentication schemes, authentication fails. Informational messages such as password expiration notifications are allowed. These are simply printed to the log.
On the backend side, MaxScale expects the servers to act as MaxScale did towards the client. The servers should send an AuthSwitchRequest packet as defined above, MaxScale responds with the password received by the client authenticator and finally backend replies with OK. Informational messages from backends are only printed to the info-log.
MaxScale supports a limited form of two-factor authentication with thepam_mode=password_2FA-option. Since MaxScale uses the 2FA-code given by the
client to log in to the local PAM api as well as all the backends, the code must
be reusable. This prevents the use of any kind of centrally checked one-use
codes. Time-based codes work, assuming the backends are checking the codes
independently of each other. Automatic reconnection features (e.g.
readwritesplit-router) will not work, as the code has likely changed since
original authentication.
Optionally, the PAM configuration on the backend servers can be weakened such that the servers only asks for the normal password. This way, MaxScale will check the 2FA-code of the incoming client, while MaxScale logs into the backends using only the password.
Due to technical reasons, MaxScale does not forward the password prompts from the PAM api to the client. MaxScale will always ask for "Password" and "Verification code", even if the PAM api asks for other items. This prevents the use of authentication schemes where a specific question must be answered (e.g. "Input code Nr. 5"). This is not a significant limitation, as such schemes would not work with backend servers anyway.
MaxScale binary directory contains the test_pam_login-executable. This simple program asks for a username, password and PAM service and then uses the given credentials to login to the given service. test_pam_login uses the same code as MaxScale itself to communicate with the OS PAM interface and may be useful for diagnosing PAM login issues.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The Galera Monitor is a monitoring module for MaxScale that monitors a Galera cluster. It detects whether nodes are a part of the cluster and if they are in sync with the rest of the cluster. It can also assign master and slave roles inside MaxScale, allowing Galera clusters to be used with modules designed for traditional master-slave clusters.
By default, the Galera Monitor will choose the node with the lowest wsrep_local_index value as the master. This will mean that two MaxScales running on different servers will choose the same server as the master.
The following WSREP variables are inspected by galeramon to see whether a node is usable. If the node is not usable, it loses the Master and Slave labels and will be in the Running state.
If wsrep_ready=0, the WSREP system is not yet ready and the Galera node cannot accept queries.
If wsrep_desync=1 is set, the node is desynced and is not participating in the Galera replication.
If wsrep_reject_queries=[ALL|ALL_KILL] is set, queries are refused and the node is unusable.
MaxScale 2.4.0 added support for slaves replicating off of Galera nodes. If a non-Galera server monitored by galeramon is replicating from a Galera node also monitored by galeramon, it will be assigned the Slave, Running status as long as the replication works. This allows read-scaleout with Galera servers without increasing the size of the Galera cluster.
The Galera Monitor requires the REPLICA MONITOR grant to work:
With MariaDB Server 10.4 and earlier, REPLICATION CLIENT is required instead.
If set_donor_nodes is configured, the SUPER grant is required:
A minimal configuration for a monitor requires a set of servers for monitoring and a username and a password to connect to these servers. The user requires the REPLICATION CLIENT privilege to successfully monitor the state of the servers.
For a list of optional parameters that all monitors support, read the document.
These are optional parameters specific to the Galera Monitor.
disable_master_failbackType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
If a node marked as master inside MaxScale happens to fail and the master status is assigned to another node MaxScale will normally return the master status to the original node after it comes back up. With this option enabled, if the master status is assigned to a new node it will not be reassigned to the original node for as long as the new master node is running. In this case the Master Stickiness status bit is set which will be visible in the maxctrl list servers output.
available_when_donorType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
This option allows Galera nodes to be used normally when they are donors in an SST operation when the SST method is non-blocking (e.g. wsrep_sst_method=mariadb-backup).
Normally when an SST is performed, both participating nodes lose their Synced, Master or Slave statuses. When this option is enabled, the donor is treated as if it was a normal member of the cluster (i.e. wsrep_local_state = 4). This is especially useful if the cluster drops down to one node and an SST is required to increase the cluster size.
The current list of non-blocking SST methods are xtrabackup, xtrabackup-v2 and mariadb-backup. Read the documentation for more details.
disable_master_role_settingType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
This disables the assignment of master and slave roles to the Galera cluster nodes. If this option is enabled, Synced is the only status assigned by this monitor.
use_priorityType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
Enable interaction with server priorities. This will allow the monitor to deterministically pick the write node for the monitored Galera cluster and will allow for controlled node replacement.
root_node_as_masterType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
This option controls whether the write master Galera node requires a wsrep_local_index value of 0. This option was introduced in MaxScale 2.1.0 and it is disabled by default in versions 2.1.5 and newer. In versions 2.1.4 and older, the option was enabled by default.
A Galera cluster will always have a node which has a wsrep_local_index value of 0. Based on this information, multiple MaxScale instances can always pick the same node for writes.
If the root_node_as_master option is disabled for galeramon, the node with the lowest index will always be chosen as the master. If it is enabled, only the node with a wsrep_local_index value of 0 can be chosen as the master.
This parameter can work with disable_master_failback but using them together is not advisable: the intention of root_node_as_master is to make sure that all MaxScale instances that are configured to use the same Galera cluster will send writes to the same node. If disable_master_failback is enabled, this is no longer true if the Galera cluster reorganizes itself in a way that a different node gets the node index 0, writes would still be going to the old node that previously had the node index 0. A restart of one of the MaxScales or a new MaxScale joining the cluster will cause writes to be sent to the wrong node, thus resulting in an increasing the rate of deadlock errors and sub-optimal performance.
set_donor_nodesType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: Yes
This option controls whether the global variable wsrep_sst_donor should be set in each cluster node with slave' status. The variable contains a list of slave servers, automatically sorted, with possible master candidates at its end.
The sorting is based either on wsrep_local_index or node server priority depending on the value of use_priority option. If no server has priority defined the sorting switches to wsrep_local_index. Node names are collected by fetching the result of the variable wsrep_node_name.
Example of variable being set in all slave nodes, assuming three nodes:
Note: in order to set the global variable wsrep_sst_donor, proper privileges are required for the monitor user that connects to cluster nodes. This option is disabled by default and was introduced in MaxScale 2.1.0.
If the use_priority option is set and a server is configured with the priority=<int> parameter, galeramon will use that as the basis on which the master node is chosen. This requires the disable_master_role_setting to be undefined or disabled. The server with the lowest positive value of priority will be chosen as the master node when a replacement Galera node is promoted to a master server inside MaxScale. If all candidate servers have the same priority, the order of the servers in the servers parameter dictates which is chosen as the master.
Nodes with a negative value (priority < 0) will never be chosen as the master. This allows you to mark some servers as permanent slaves by assigning a non-positive value into priority. Nodes with the default priority of 0 are only selected if no nodes with higher priority are present and the normal node selection rules apply to them (i.e. selection is based on wsrep_local_index).
Here is an example.
In this example node-1 is always used as the master if available. If node-1 is not available, then the next node with the highest priority rank is used. In this case it would be node-3. If both node-1 and node-3 were down, then node-2 would be used. Because node-4 has a value of -1 in priority, it will never be the master. Nodes without priority parameter are considered as having a priority of 0 and will be used only if all nodes with a positive priority value are not available.
With priority ranks you can control the order in which MaxScale chooses the master node. This will allow for a controlled failure and replacement of nodes.
Priorities can be used to force a runtime change of the primary server in a Galera Cluster. For example, if server1 has a priority of 1 and server2 a priority of 2 (with server1 being primary), the roles can be reversed with MaxCtrl:
This does not affect the Galera Cluster itself, just the roles MaxScale assigns to the servers. If multiple MaxScales monitor the same Galera Cluster without , the commands should be run on all MaxScales.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The mirror router is designed for data consistency and database behavior
verification during system upgrades. It allows statement duplication to multiple
servers in a manner similar to that of the with exporting of collected query metrics.
For each executed query the router exports a JSON object that describes the query results and has the following fields:
The objects in the results array describe an individual query result and have
the following fields:
mainType: target
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The main target from which results are returned to the client. This is a
mandatory parameter and must define one of the targets configured in thetargets parameter of the service.
If the connection to the main target cannot be created or is lost mid-session, the client connection will be closed. Connection failures to other targets are not fatal errors and any open connections to them will be closed. The router does not create new connections after the initial connections are created.
exporterType:
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Values: log, file, kafka
The exporter where the data is exported. This is a mandatory parameter. Possible values are:
log
Exports metrics to MaxScale log on INFO level. No configuration parameters.
file
Exports metrics to a file. Configured with the parameter.
fileType: string
Default: No default value
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
The output file where the metrics will be written. The file must be writable by
the user that is running MaxScale, usually the maxscale user.
When the file parameter is altered at runtime, the old file is closed before
the new file is opened. This makes it a convenient way of rotating the file
where the metrics are exported. Note that the file name alteration must change
the value for it to take effect.
This is a mandatory parameter when configured with exporter=file.
kafka_brokerType: string
Default: No default value
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
The Kafka broker list. Must be given as a comma-separated list of broker hosts
with optional ports in host:port format.
This is a mandatory parameter when configured with exporter=kafka.
kafka_topicType: string
Default: No default value
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
The kafka topic where the metrics are sent.
This is a mandatory parameter when configured with exporter=kafka.
on_errorType:
Default: ignore
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
What to do when a backend network connection fails. Accepted values are:
ignore
Ignore the failing backend if it's not the backend that the main parameter
points to.
close
This parameter was added in MaxScale 6.0. Older versions always ignored failing backends.
reportType:
Default: always
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
When to report the result of the queries. Accepted values are:
always
Always report the result for all queries.
on_conflict
Only report when one or more backends returns a conflicting result.
This parameter was added in MaxScale 6.0. Older versions always reported the result.
Broken network connections are not recreated.
Prepared statements are not supported.
Contents of non-SQL statements are not added to the exported metrics.
Data synchronization in dynamic environments (e.g. when replication is in use) is not guaranteed. This means that result mismatches can be reported when the data is only eventually consistent.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The luafilter is a filter that calls a set of functions in a Lua script.
Read the Lua language documentation for information on how to write Lua scripts.
Note: This module is experimental and must be built from source. The module is deprecated in MaxScale 23.08 and might be removed in a future release.
The luafilter has two parameters. They control which scripts will be called by
the filter. Both parameters are optional but at least one should be defined. If
both global_script and session_script are defined, the entry points in both
scripts will be called.
global_scriptThe global Lua script. The parameter value is a path to a readable Lua script which will be executed.
This script will always be called with the same global Lua state and it can be used to build a global view of the whole service.
session_scriptThe session level Lua script. The parameter value is a path to a readable Lua script which will be executed once for each session.
Each session will have its own Lua state meaning that each session can have a unique Lua environment. Use this script to do session specific tasks.
The entry points for the Lua script expect the following signatures:
nil createInstance(name) - global script only, called when the script is first loaded
When the global script is loaded, it first executes on a global level before the luafilter calls the createInstance function in the Lua script with the filter's name as its argument.
nil newSession(string, string) - new session is created
These functions, if found in the script, will be called whenever a call to the matching entry point is made.
Script Template
Here is a script template that can be used to try out the luafilter. Copy it
into a file and add global_script=<path to script> into the filter
configuration. Make sure the file is readable by the maxscale user.
The luafilter exposes the following functions that can be called inside the Lua script API endpoints.
string mxs_get_type_mask()
Returns the type of the current query being executed as a string. The values
are the string versions of the query types defined in query_classifier.h
are separated by vertical bars (|).
This function can only be called from the routeQuery entry point.
string mxs_get_operation()
Here is a minimal configuration entry for a luafilter definition.
And here is a script that opens a file in /tmp/ and logs output to it.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The filter mechanism in MariaDB MaxScale is a means by which processing can be inserted into the flow of requests and responses between the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale and the MariaDB MaxScale connection to the backend database servers. The path from the client side of MariaDB MaxScale out to the actual database servers can be considered a pipeline, filters can then be placed in that pipeline to monitor, modify, copy or block the content that flows through that pipeline.
Filters can be divided into a number of categories
Logging filters do not in any way alter the statement or results of the statements that are passed through MariaDB MaxScale. They merely log some information about some or all of the statements and/or result sets.
Two examples of logging filters are contained within the MariaDB MaxScale, a filter that will log all statements and another that will log only a number of statements, based on the duration of the execution of the query.
Statement rewriting filters modify the statements that are passed through the filter. This allows a filter to be used as a mechanism to alter the statements that are seen by the database, an example of the use of this might be to allow an application to remain unchanged when the underlying database changes or to compensate for the migration from one database schema to another.
A result set manipulation filter is very similar to a statement rewriting but applies to the result set returned rather than the statement executed. An example of this may be obfuscating the values in a column.
Routing hint filters are filters that embed hints in the request that can be used by the router onto which the query is passed. These hints include suggested destinations as well as metric that may be used by the routing process.
A firewall filter is a mechanism that allows queries to be blocked within MariaDB MaxScale before they are sent on to the database server for execution. They allow constructs or individual queries to be intercepted and give a level of access control that is more flexible than the traditional database grant mechanism.
A pipeline filter is one that has an affect on how the requests are routed within the internal MariaDB MaxScale components. The most obvious version of this is the ability to add a "tee" connector in the pipeline, duplicating the request and sending it to a second MariaDB MaxScale service for processing.
Filters are defined in the configuration file, typically maxscale.cnf, using a section for each filter instance. The content of the filter sections in the configuration file various from filter to filter, however there are always to entries present for every filter, the type and module.
The type is used by the configuration manager within MariaDB MaxScale to determine what this section is defining and the module is the name of the plugin that implements the filter.
When a filter is used within a service in MariaDB MaxScale the entry filters= is added to the service definition in the ini file section for the service. Multiple filters can be defined using a syntax akin to the Linux shell pipe syntax.
The names used in the filters= parameter are the names of the filter definition sections in the ini file. The same filter definition can be used in multiple services and the same filter module can have multiple instances, each with its own section in the ini file.
The filters that are bundled with the MariaDB MaxScale are documented separately, in this section a short overview of how these might be used for some simple tasks will be discussed. These are just examples of how these filters might be used, other filters may also be easily added that will enhance the MariaDB MaxScale functionality still further.
The top filter can be used to measure the execution time of every statement within a connection and log the details of the longest running statements.
The first thing to do is to define a filter entry in the ini file for the top filter. In this case we will call it "top30". The type is filter and the module that implements the filter is called topfilter.
In the definition above we have defined two filter specific parameters, the count of the number of statement to be logged and a filebase that is used to define where to log the information. This filename is a stem to which a session id is added for each new connection that uses the filter.
The filter keeps track of every statement that is executed, monitors the time it takes for a response to come back and uses this as the measure of execution time for the statement. If the time is longer than the other statements that have been recorded, then this is added to the ordered list within the filter. Once 30 statements have been recorded those statements that have been recorded with the least time are discarded from the list. The result is that at any time the filter has a list of the 30 longest running statements in each session.
When the session ends a report will be written for the session into the logfile defined. That report will include the top 30 longest running statements, plus summary data for the session;
The time the connection was opened.
The host the connection was from.
The username used in the connection.
The duration of the connection.
The scenario we are using in this example is one in which you have an online gaming application that is designed to work with a MariaDB database. The database schema includes a high score table which you would like to have access to in a Cassandra cluster. The application is already using MariaDB MaxScale to connect to a MariaDB Galera cluster, using a service names BubbleGame. The definition of that service is as follows
The table you wish to store in Cassandra in called HighScore and will contain the same columns in both the MariaDB table and the Cassandra table. The first step is to install a MariaDB instance with the Cassandra storage engine to act as a bridge server between the relational database and Cassandra. In this bridge server add a table definition for the HighScore table with the engine type set to Cassandra. See for details. Add this server into the MariaDB MaxScale configuration and create a service that will connect to this server.
Next add a filter definition for the tee filter that will duplication insert statements that are destined for the HighScore table to this new service.
The above filter definition will cause all statements that match the regular expression inset.*HighScore.*values to be duplication and sent not just to the original destination, via the router but also to the service named Cassandra.
The final step is to add the filter to the BubbleGame service to enable the use of the filter.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
MaxGUI is a browser-based interface for MaxScale REST-API and query execution.
To enable MaxGUI in a testing mode, add admin_host=0.0.0.0 andadmin_secure_gui=false under the [maxscale] section of the MaxScale
configuration file. Once enabled, MaxGUI will be available on port 8989:http://127.0.0.1:8989/
To make MaxGUI secure, set admin_secure_gui=true and configure both theadmin_ssl_key and admin_ssl_cert parameters.
See and for instructions on how to harden your MaxScale installation for production use.
MaxGUI uses the same credentials as maxctrl. The default username is admin
with mariadb as the password.
Internally, MaxGUI uses as the authentication method for persisting the user's session. If the Remember me checkbox is ticked, the session will persist for 24 hours. Otherwise, the session will expire as soon as MaxGUI is closed.
To log out, simply click the username section in the top right corner of the page header to access the logout menu.
This page provides an overview of MaxScale configuration which includes Monitors, Servers, Services, Sessions, Listeners, and Filters.
By default, the refresh interval is 10 seconds.
This page shows information on each and allow to edit its parameter, relationships and perform other manipulation operations.
Access this page by clicking on the MaxScale object name on the
This page visualizes MaxScale configuration and clusters.
Configuration: Visualizing MaxScale configuration.
Cluster: Visualizing a replication cluster into a tree graph and provides
manual cluster manipulation operations such asswitchover, reset-replication, release-locks, failover, rejoin . At the
moment, it supports only servers monitored by Monitor using module.
Access this page by clicking the graph icon on the sidebar navigation.
This page shows and allows editing of MaxScale parameters.
Access this page by clicking the gear icon on the sidebar navigation.
Realtime MaxScale logs can be accessed by clicking the logs icon on the sidebar navigation.
Query Editor is a SQL editor tool allowing to run queries on a server, service, or listener. The query results can be visualized into a line, bar, or scatter graph and exported as CSV or JSON.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
GET /v1/filters/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"filter_diagnostics": null,
"module": "qlafilter",
"parameters": {
"append": false,
"duration_unit": "ms",
"exclude": null,
"filebase": "/tmp/qla.log",
"flush": true,
"log_data": "date,user,query",
"log_type": "unified",
"match": null,
"module": "qlafilter",
"newline_replacement": " ",
"options": "",
"separator": ",",
"source": null,
"use_canonical_form": false,
"user": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
}
},
"id": "QLA",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/QLA/"
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/QLA/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "filters"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/QLA/"
}
}GET /v1/filters{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"filter_diagnostics": null,
"module": "qlafilter",
"parameters": {
"append": false,
"duration_unit": "ms",
"exclude": null,
"filebase": "/tmp/qla.log",
"flush": true,
"log_data": "date,user,query",
"log_type": "unified",
"match": null,
"module": "qlafilter",
"newline_replacement": " ",
"options": "",
"separator": ",",
"source": null,
"use_canonical_form": false,
"user": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
}
},
"id": "QLA",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/QLA/"
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/QLA/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "filters"
},
{
"attributes": {
"module": "hintfilter",
"parameters": {
"module": "hintfilter"
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
}
},
"id": "Hint",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/Hint/"
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/Hint/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "filters"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/"
}
}POST /v1/filters{
"data": {
"id": "test-filter", // Name of the filter
"type": "filters",
"attributes": {
"module": "qlafilter", // The filter uses the qlafilter module
"parameters": { // Filter parameters
"filebase": "/tmp/qla.log"
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/filters/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"match": ".*users.*"
}
}
}
}DELETE /v1/filters/:filterCREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS my_table (
data JSON NOT NULL,
id VARCHAR(1024) AS (JSON_EXTRACT(data, '$._id')) UNIQUE KEY
);CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS my_table (
data LONGTEXT CHARACTER SET utf8mb4 COLLATE utf8mb4_bin NOT NULL,
id VARCHAR(1024) AS (JSON_EXTRACT(data, '$._id')) UNIQUE KEY,
CONSTRAINT data_is_json CHECK(JSON_VALID(data)),
CONSTRAINT id_is_not_null CHECK(JSON_EXTRACT(data, '$._id') IS NOT NULL)
);`my database`.`my table`CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS my_table (data JSON NOT NULL);[MyLogFilter]
type=filter
module=tpmfilter
[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=MyLogFilterfilename=/tmp/SqlQueryLogsource=127.0.0.1user=johndelimiter=:::query_delimiter=@@@named_pipe=/tmp/tpmfilter$ echo '1' > /tmp/tpmfilter$ echo '0' > /tmp/tpmfilter[PerformanceLogger]
type=filter
module=tpmfilter
delimiter=:::
query_delimiter=@@@
filename=/var/logs/tpm/perf.log
named_pipe=/tmp/tpmfilter
[Product-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=PerformanceLogger1484086477::::server1::::root::::3::::0.165@@@@0.108@@@@0.102@@@@0.092@@@@0.121@@@@0.122@@@@0.110@@@@2.081::::UPDATE WAREHOUSE SET W_YTD = W_YTD + 3630.48 WHERE W_ID = 2 @@@@SELECT W_STREET_1, W_STREET_2, W_CITY, W_STATE, W_ZIP, W_NAME FROM WAREHOUSE WHERE W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE DISTRICT SET D_YTD = D_YTD + 3630.48 WHERE D_W_ID = 2 AND D_ID = 9@@@@SELECT D_STREET_1, D_STREET_2, D_CITY, D_STATE, D_ZIP, D_NAME FROM DISTRICT WHERE D_W_ID = 2 AND D_ID = 9@@@@SELECT C_FIRST, C_MIDDLE, C_LAST, C_STREET_1, C_STREET_2, C_CITY, C_STATE, C_ZIP, C_PHONE, C_CREDIT, C_CREDIT_LIM, C_DISCOUNT, C_BALANCE, C_YTD_PAYMENT, C_PAYMENT_CNT, C_SINCE FROM CUSTOMER WHERE C_W_ID = 2 AND C_D_ID = 9 AND C_ID = 1025@@@@UPDATE CUSTOMER SET C_BALANCE = 1007749.25, C_YTD_PAYMENT = 465215.47, C_PAYMENT_CNT = 203 WHERE C_W_ID = 2 AND C_D_ID = 9 AND C_ID = 1025@@@@INSERT INTO HISTORY (H_C_D_ID, H_C_W_ID, H_C_ID, H_D_ID, H_W_ID, H_DATE, H_AMOUNT, H_DATA) VALUES (9,2,1025,9,2,'2017-01-10 17:14:37',3630.48,'locfljbe xtnfqn')
1484086477::::server1::::root::::6::::0.123@@@@0.087@@@@0.091@@@@0.098@@@@0.078@@@@0.106@@@@0.094@@@@0.074@@@@0.089@@@@0.073@@@@0.098@@@@0.073@@@@0.088@@@@0.072@@@@0.087@@@@0.071@@@@0.085@@@@0.078@@@@0.088@@@@0.098@@@@0.081@@@@0.076@@@@0.082@@@@0.073@@@@0.077@@@@0.070@@@@0.105@@@@0.093@@@@0.088@@@@0.089@@@@0.087@@@@0.087@@@@0.086@@@@1.883::::SELECT C_DISCOUNT, C_LAST, C_CREDIT, W_TAX FROM CUSTOMER, WAREHOUSE WHERE W_ID = 2 AND C_W_ID = 2 AND C_D_ID = 10 AND C_ID = 1267@@@@SELECT D_NEXT_O_ID, D_TAX FROM DISTRICT WHERE D_W_ID = 2 AND D_ID = 10 FOR UPDATE@@@@UPDATE DISTRICT SET D_NEXT_O_ID = D_NEXT_O_ID + 1 WHERE D_W_ID = 2 AND D_ID = 10@@@@INSERT INTO OORDER (O_ID, O_D_ID, O_W_ID, O_C_ID, O_ENTRY_D, O_OL_CNT, O_ALL_LOCAL) VALUES (286871, 10, 2, 1267, '2017-01-10 17:14:37', 7, 1)@@@@INSERT INTO NEW_ORDER (NO_O_ID, NO_D_ID, NO_W_ID) VALUES ( 286871, 10, 2)@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 24167@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 24167 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 96982@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 96982 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 40679@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 40679 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 31459@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 31459 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 6143@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 6143 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 12001@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 12001 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@SELECT I_PRICE, I_NAME , I_DATA FROM ITEM WHERE I_ID = 40407@@@@SELECT S_QUANTITY, S_DATA, S_DIST_01, S_DIST_02, S_DIST_03, S_DIST_04, S_DIST_05, S_DIST_06, S_DIST_07, S_DIST_08, S_DIST_09, S_DIST_10 FROM STOCK WHERE S_I_ID = 40407 AND S_W_ID = 2 FOR UPDATE@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,1,24167,2,7,348.31998,'btdyjesowlpzjwnmxdcsion')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,2,96982,2,1,4.46,'kudpnktydxbrbxibbsyvdiw')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,3,40679,2,7,528.43,'nhcixumgmosxlwgabvsrcnu')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,4,31459,2,9,341.82,'qbglbdleljyfzdpfbyziiea')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,5,6143,2,3,152.67,'tmtnuupaviimdmnvmetmcrc')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,6,12001,2,5,304.3,'ufytqwvkqxtmalhenrssfon')@@@@INSERT INTO ORDER_LINE (OL_O_ID, OL_D_ID, OL_W_ID, OL_NUMBER, OL_I_ID, OL_SUPPLY_W_ID, OL_QUANTITY, OL_AMOUNT, OL_DIST_INFO) VALUES (286871,10,2,7,40407,2,1,30.32,'hvclpfnblxchbyluumetcqn')@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 65 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 7, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 24167 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 97 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 1, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 96982 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 58 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 7, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 40679 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 28 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 9, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 31459 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 86 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 3, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 6143 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 13 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 5, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 12001 AND S_W_ID = 2@@@@UPDATE STOCK SET S_QUANTITY = 44 , S_YTD = S_YTD + 1, S_ORDER_CNT = S_ORDER_CNT + 1, S_REMOTE_CNT = S_REMOTE_CNT + 0 WHERE S_I_ID = 40407 AND S_W_ID = 2
...kafka
Exports metrics to a Kafka broker. Configured with the kafka_broker and kafka_topic parameters.
Values: ignore, close
Values: always, on_conflict
query
The executed SQL if an SQL statement was executed
command
The SQL command
session
The connection ID of the session that executed the query
query_id
Query sequence number, starts from 1
results
Array of query result objects
target
The target where the query was executed
checksum
The CRC32 checksum of the result
rows
Number of returned rows
warnings
Number of returned warnings
duration
Query duration in milliseconds
type
Result type, one of ok, error or resultset
After the session script is loaded, the newSession function in the Lua scripts is called. The first parameter is the username of the client and the second parameter is the client's network address.
nil closeSession() - session is closed
The closeSession function in the Lua scripts will be called.
(nil | bool | string) routeQuery(string) - query is being routed
The Luafilter calls the routeQuery functions of both the session and the
global script. The query is passed as a string parameter to the
routeQuery Lua function and the return values of the session specific
function, if any were returned, are interpreted. If the first value is
bool, it is interpreted as a decision whether to route the query or to
send an error packet to the client. If it is a string, the current query
is replaced with the return value and the query will be routed. If nil is
returned, the query is routed normally.
nil clientReply(string) - reply to a query is being routed
This function is called with the name of the server that returned the response.
string diagnostic() - global script only, print diagnostic information
If the Lua function returns a string that is valid JSON, it will be decoded as JSON and displayed as such in the REST API. If the object does not decode into JSON, it will be stored as a JSON string.
Returns the current operation type as a string. The values are defined in
query_classifier.h.
This function can only be called from the routeQuery entry point.
string mxs_get_canonical()
Returns the canonical version of a query by replacing all user-defined constant values with question marks.
This function can only be called from the routeQuery entry point.
number mxs_get_session_id()
This function returns the session ID of the current session. Inside thecreateInstance and diagnostic endpoints this function will always return
the value 0.
string mxs_get_db()
Returns the current default database used by the connection.
string mxs_get_user()
Returns the username of the client connection.
string mxs_get_host()
Returns the address of the client connection.
The average execution time for a statement in this connection.
Before starting the upgrade, we recommend you back up your current configuration file.
Section and object names starting with @@ are now reserved for
internal use by MaxScale.
In case such names have been used, they must manually be changed in all configuration files of MaxScale, before MaxScale 2.4 is started.
Those files are:
The main configuration file; typically /etc/maxscale.cnf.
All nested configuration files; typically /etc/maxscale.cnf.d/*.
All dynamic configuration files; typically /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnd.d/*.
Whitespace in section names that was deprecated in MaxScale 2.2 will now be rejected, which will cause the startup of MaxScale to fail.
To prevent that, section names like
must be changed, for instance, to
Durations can now be specified using one of the suffixes h, m, s
and ms for specifying durations in hours, minutes, seconds and
milliseconds, respectively.
Not providing an explicit unit has been deprecated in MaxScale 2.4, so it is adviseable to add suffixes to durations. For instance,
MaxScale 2.4 will use a SHA2-512 hash for new admin user passwords. To upgrade a
user to use the better hashing algorithm, either recreate the user or use themaxctrl alter user command.
The following settings have been removed and cause a startup error if defined:
mysql51_replication
multimaster
allow_cluster_recovery.
If multiple masters are available for a readwritesplit service, the one with the lowest connection count is selected.
If a master server is placed into maintenance mode, all open transactions are
allowed to gracefully finish before the session is closed. To forcefully close
the connections, use the --force option for maxctrl set server.
The lazy_connect feature can be used as a workaround to MXS-619. It also reduces the
overall load on the system when connections are rapidly opened and closed.
Transaction replays now have a limit on how many times a replay is
attempted. The default values is five attempts and is controlled by thetransaction_replay_attempts parameter.
If transaction replay is enabled and a deadlock occurs (SQLSTATE 40XXX), the transaction is automatically retried.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
GET /v1/sessions/:id{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"client": {
"cipher": ""
},
"connected": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:12 2023",
"connections": [
{
"cipher": "",
"connection_id": 169,
"server": "server1"
},
{
"cipher": "",
"connection_id": 90,
"server": "server2"
}
],
"idle": 0.10000000000000001,
"log": [],
"memory": {
"connection_buffers": 67982,
"exec_metadata": 0,
"last_queries": 0,
"sescmd_history": 369,
"total": 68351,
"variables": 0
},
"parameters": {
"log_error": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": false,
"log_warning": false
},
"port": 45558,
"queries": [],
"remote": "::ffff:127.0.0.1",
"state": "Session started",
"user": "maxuser"
},
"id": "1",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/1/"
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/1/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "sessions"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/1/"
}
}GET /v1/sessions{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"client": {
"cipher": ""
},
"connected": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:12 2023",
"connections": [
{
"cipher": "",
"connection_id": 169,
"server": "server1"
},
{
"cipher": "",
"connection_id": 90,
"server": "server2"
}
],
"idle": 0.10000000000000001,
"log": [],
"memory": {
"connection_buffers": 67982,
"exec_metadata": 0,
"last_queries": 0,
"sescmd_history": 369,
"total": 68351,
"variables": 0
},
"parameters": {
"log_error": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": false,
"log_warning": false
},
"port": 45558,
"queries": [],
"remote": "::ffff:127.0.0.1",
"state": "Session started",
"user": "maxuser"
},
"id": "1",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/1/"
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/1/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "sessions"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sessions/"
}
}PATCH /v1/sessions/:id{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"log_info": true
}
}
}
}{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"relationships": {
"filters": {
"data": [
{ "id": "my-cache-filter" },
{ "id": "my-log-filter" }
]
}
}
}
}
}POST /v1/sessions/:id/restartPOST /v1/sessions/restartDELETE /v1/sessions/:id[server1]
type=server
address=127.0.0.1
port=3000
[server2]
type=server
address=127.0.0.1
port=3001
[MariaDB-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1,server2
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
monitor_interval=2s
[Mirror-Router]
type=service
router=mirror
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
targets=server1,server2
main=server1
exporter=file
file=/tmp/Mirror-Router.log
[Mirror-Listener]
type=listener
service=Mirror-Router
port=3306function createInstance(name)
end
function newSession(user, host)
end
function closeSession()
end
function routeQuery(query)
end
function clientReply(server)
end
function diagnostic()
end[MyLuaFilter]
type=filter
module=luafilter
global_script=/path/to/script.luaf = io.open("/tmp/test.log", "a+")
function createInstance(name)
f:write("createInstance for " .. name .. "\n")
end
function newSession(user, host)
f:write("newSession for: " .. user .. "@" .. host .. "\n")
end
function closeSession()
f:write("closeSession\n")
end
function routeQuery(query)
f:write("routeQuery: " .. query .. " -- type: " .. mxs_qc_get_type_mask() .. " operation: " .. mxs_qc_get_operation() .. "\n")
end
function clientReply(server)
f:write("clientReply: " .. server .. "\n")
end
function diagnostic()
f:write("diagnostics\n")
return "Hello from Lua!"
end[MyFilter]
type=filter
module=xxxfilter[Split-Service]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=dbserver1,dbserver2,dbserver3,dbserver4
user=massi
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3
filters=hints | top10[top30]
type=filter
module=topfilter
count=30
filebase=/var/log/DBSessions/top30[BubbleGame]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=dbbubble1,dbbubble2,dbbubble3,dbbubble4,dbbubble5
user=maxscale
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3[CassandraDB]
type=server
address=192.168.4.28
port=3306
[Cassandra]
type=service
router=readconnroute
router_options=running
servers=CassandraDB
user=maxscale
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3[HighScores]
type=filter
module=teefilter
match=insert.*HighScore.*values
service=Cassandra[BubbleGame]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=dbbubble1,dbbubble2,dbbubble3,dbbubble4,dbbubble5
user=maxscale
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3
filters=HighScores[My Server]
...
[My Service]
...
servers=My Server[MyServer]
...
[MyService]
...
servers=MyServersome_param=60s
some_param=60000msDefault: password
Default: none
With wsrep_sst_donor_rejects_queries=1, donor nodes reject queries. Galeramon treats this the same as if wsrep_reject_queries=ALL was set.
If wsrep_local_state is not 4 (or 2 with available_when_donor=true), the node is not in the correct state and is not used.
The tee filter is a "plumbing" fitting in the MariaDB MaxScale filter toolkit. It can be used in a filter pipeline of a service to make copies of requests from the client and send the copies to another service within MariaDB MaxScale.
Please Note: Starting with MaxScale 2.2.0, any client that connects to a
service which uses a tee filter will require a grant for the loopback address,
i.e. 127.0.0.1.
The configuration block for the TEE filter requires the minimal filter parameters in its section within the MaxScale configuration file. The service to send the duplicates to must be defined.
The tee filter requires a mandatory parameter to define the service to replicate statements to and accepts a number of optional parameters.
Type: target
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: none
The target where the filter will duplicate all queries. The target can be either a service or a server. The duplicate connection that is created to this target will be referred to as the "branch target" in this document.
Type: service
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: none
The service where the filter will duplicate all queries. This parameter is
deprecated in favor of the target parameter and will be removed in a future
release. Both target and service cannot be defined.
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
What queries should be included.
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
What queries should be excluded.
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: ignorecase, case, extended
Default: ignorecase
How regular expressions should be interpreted.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional source parameter defines an address that is used to match against the address from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that originate from this address will be replicated.
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The optional user parameter defines a user name that is used to match against the user from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that are connected using this username are replicated.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable synchronous routing mode. When configured with sync=true, the filter
will queue new queries until the response from both the main and the branch
target has been received. This means that for n executed queries, n - 1
queries are guaranteed to be synchronized. Adding one extra statement
(e.g. SELECT 1) to a batch of statements guarantees that all previous SQL
statements have been successfully executed on both targets.
In the synchronous routing mode, a failure of the branch target will cause the client session to be closed.
All statements that are executed on the branch target are done in an
asynchronous manner. This means that when the client receives the response
there is no guarantee that the statement has completed on the branch
target. The sync feature provides some synchronization guarantees that can
be used to verify successful execution on both targets.
Any errors on the branch target will cause the connection to it to be
closed. If target is a service, it is up to the router to decide whether the
connection is closed. For direct connections to servers, any network errors
cause the connection to be closed. When the connection is closed, no new
queries will be routed to the branch target.
With sync=true, a failure of the branch target will cause the whole session
to be closed.
Read Module Commands documentation for details about module commands.
The tee filter supports the following module commands.
This command disables a tee filter instance. A disabled tee filter will not send any queries to the target service.
Enable a disabled tee filter. This resumes the sending of queries to the target service.
Assume an order processing system that has a table called orders. You also have another database server, the datamart server, that requires all inserts into orders to be replicated to it. Deletes and updates are not, however, required.
Set up a service in MariaDB MaxScale, called Orders, to communicate with the order processing system with the tee filter applied to it. Also set up a service to talk to the datamart server, using the DataMart service. The tee filter would have as its service entry the DataMart service, by adding a match parameter of "insert into orders" would then result in all requests being sent to the order processing system, and insert statements that include the orders table being additionally sent to the datamart server.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The master server where we will be replicating from needs to have binary logging
enabled, binlog_format set to row and binlog_row_image set tofull. These can be enabled by adding the two following lines to the my.cnf
file of the master.
You can find out more about replication formats from the
We start by adding two new services into the configuration file. The first service is the binlogrouter service which will read the binary logs from the master server. The second service will read the binlogs as they are streamed from the master and convert them into Avro format files.
The source parameter in the avro-service points to the replication-service
we defined before. This service will be the data source for the avrorouter. The_filestem_ is the prefix in the binlog files and start_index is the binlog
number to start from. With these parameters, the avrorouter will start reading
events from binlog binlog.000015.
Note that the filestem and start_index must point to the file that is the
first binlog that the binlogrouter will replicate. For example, if the first
file you are replicating is my-binlog-file.001234, set the parameters tofilestem=my-binlog-file and start_index=1234.
For more information on the avrorouter options, read the Avrorouter Documentation.
Before starting the MaxScale process, we need to make sure that the binary logs
of the master server contain the DDL statements that define the table
layouts. What this means is that the CREATE TABLE statements need to be in the
binary logs before the conversion process is started.
If the binary logs contain data modification events for tables that aren't created in the binary logs, the Avro schema of the table needs to be manually created. There are multiple ways to do this:
Dump the database to a slave, configure it to replicate from the master and point MaxScale to this slave (this is the recommended method as it requires no extra steps)
Use the cdc_schema Go utility and copy the generated .avsc files to the avrodir
Use the Python version of the schema generator and copy the generated .avsc files to the avrodir
If you used the schema generator scripts, all Avro schema files for tables that
are not created in the binary logs need to be in the location pointed to by the_avrodir_ parameter. The files use the following naming:<database>.<table>.<schema_version>.avsc. For example, the schema file name of
the test.t1 table would be test.t1.0000001.avsc.
The next step is to start MariaDB MaxScale and set up the binlogrouter. We do that by connecting to the MySQL listener of the replication_router service and executing a few commands.
NOTE: GTID replication is not currently supported and file-and-position replication must be used.
This will start the replication of binary logs from the master server at
172.18.0.1 listening on port 3000. The first file that the binlogrouter
replicates is binlog.000015. This is the same file that was configured as the
starting file in the avrorouter.
For more details about the SQL commands, refer to the Binlogrouter documentation.
After the binary log streaming has started, the avrorouter will automatically start processing the binlogs.
Next, create a simple test table and populated it with some data by executing the following statements.
To use the cdc.py command line client to connect to the CDC service, we must first create a user. This can be done via maxctrl by executing the following command.
This will create the maxuser:maxpwd credentials which can then be used to
request a JSON data stream of the test.t1 table that was created earlier.
The output is a stream of JSON events describing the changes done to the database.
The first record is always the JSON format schema for the table describing the types and names of the fields. All records that follow it represent the changes that have happened on the database.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The rewrite filter allows modification of sql queries on the fly. Reasons for modifying queries can be to rewrite a query for performance, or to change a specific query when the client query is incorrect and cannot be changed in a timely manner.
The examples will use Rewrite Filter file format. See below.
Native syntax
Rewriter native syntax uses placeholders to grab and replace parts of text.
Placeholders
The syntax for a plain placeholder is @{N} where N is a positive integer.
The syntax for a placeholder regex is @{N:regex}. It allows more control
when needed.
The below is a valid entry in rf format. For demonstration, all options are set. This entry is a do-nothing entry, but illustrates placeholders.
If the input sql is select id, name from my_table where id = 42
then @{2} = "id, name" and @{3} = "42". Since the replace template
is identical to the match template the end result is that the output sql
will be the same as the input sql.
Placeholders can be used as forward references.@{1:^}select @{2}, count(*) from @{3} group by @{2}.
For a match, the two @{2} text grabs must be equal.
Match template
The match template is used to match against the sql to be rewritten.
The match template can be partial from mytable. But the actual underlying
regex match is always for the whole sql. If the match template does not
start or end with a placeholder, placeholders are automatically added so
that the above becomes @{1}from mytable@{2}. The automatically added
placeholders cannot be used in the replace template.
Matching the whole input also means that Native syntax does not support
(and is not intended to support) scan and replace. Only the first occurrance
of the above from mytable can be modified in the replace template.
However, one can selectively choose to modify e.g. the first through
third occurrance of from mytable by writingfrom mytable @{1} from mytable @{2} from mytable @{3}.
For scan and replace use a different regex_grammar (see below).
Replace template
The replace template uses the placeholders from the match template to rewrite sql.
An important option for smooth matching is ignore_whitespace, which
is on (true) by default. It creates the match regex in such a way that
the amount and kind of whitespace does not affect matching. However,
to make ignore_whitespace always work, it is important to add
whitespace where allowed. If "id=42" is in the match template then
only the exact "id=42" can match. But if "id = 42" is used, andignore_whitespace is on, both "id=42" and "id = 42" will match.
Another example, and what not to do:
That works, but because the match lacks specific detail about the
expected sql, things are likely to break. In this caseshow indexes from my_table would no longer work.
The minimum detail in this case could be:
but if more detail is known, like something specific in the where clause, that too should be added.
Placeholder Regex
Syntax: @{N:regex}
In a placeholder regex the character } must be escaped to \}
(for literal matching). Plain parenthesis "()" indicate capturing
groups, which are internally used by the Native grammar.
Thus plain parentheses in a placeholder regex will break matching.
However, non-capturing groups can be used: e.g. @{1:(:?Jane|Joe)}.
To match a literal parenthesis use an escape, e.g. \(.
Suppose an application is misbehaving after an upgrade and a quick fix is needed.
This query select zip from address_book where str_id = "AZ-124" is correct,
but if the id is an integer the where clause should be id = 1234.
Using plain regular expressions
For scan and replace the regex_grammar must be set to something else than Native. An example will illustrate the usage.
Replace all occurrances of "wrong_table_name" with "correct_table_name". Further, if the replacement was made then replace all occurrances of wrong_column_name with correct_column_name.
Adding a rewrite filter.
template_file
Type: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Default: No default value
Path to the template file.
regex_grammar
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: Native
Default regex_grammar for templates
case_sensitive
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Default case sensitivity for templates
log_replacement
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Log replacements at NOTICE level.
regex_grammar
Type: string
Values: Native, ECMAScript, Posix, EPosix, Awk, Grep, EGrep
Overrides the global regex_grammar of a template.
case_sensitive
Type: boolean
Default: From maxscale.cnf
Overrides the global case sensitivity of a template.
ignore_whitespace
Type: boolean
Default: true
Ignore whitespace differences in the match template and input sql.
continue_if_matched
Type: boolean
Default: false
If a template matches and the replacement is done, continue to the next template and apply it to the result of the previous rewrite.
what_if
Type: boolean
Default: false
Do not make the replacement, only log what would have been replaced (NOTICE level).
The rf format for an entry is:
The character # starts a single line comment when it is the
first character on a line.
Empty lines are ignored.
The rf format does not need any additional escaping to what the basic format requires (see Placeholder Regex).
Options are specified as follows:
The colon must stick to the option name.
The separators % and %% must be the exact content of
their respective separator lines.
The templates can span multiple lines. Whitespace does not
matter as long as ignore_whitespace = true. Always use space
where space is allowed to maximize the utility ofignore_whitespace.
Example
The json file format is harder to read and edit manually. It will be needed if support for editing of rewrite templates is added to the GUI.
All double quotes and escape characters have to be escaped in json, i.e '"' and '\'.
The same example as above is:
The configuration is re-read if any dynamic value is updated even if the value does not change.
ECMAScript
Posix
EPosix
Awk
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
A listener resource represents a listener of a service in MaxScale. All listeners point to a service in MaxScale.
Get a single listener. The :name in the URI must be the name of a listener in MaxScale.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all listeners.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Creates a new listener. The request body must define the following fields.
data.id
Name of the listener
data.type
Type of the object, must be listeners
The following is the minimal required JSON object for defining a new listener.
Refer to the for a full list of listener parameters.
Response
Listener is created:
Status: 204 No Content
The request body must be a JSON object which represents a set of new definitions for the listener.
All parameters marked as modifiable at runtime can be modified. Currently, all
TLS/SSL parameters and the connection_init_sql_file and sql_mode parameters
can be modified at runtime.
Parameters that affect the network address or the port the listener listens on cannot be modified at runtime. To modify these parameters, recreate the listener.
Response
Listener is modified:
Status: 204 No Content
The :name must be a valid listener name. When a listener is destroyed, the network port it listens on is available for reuse.
Response
Listener is destroyed:
Status: 204 No Content
Listener cannot be deleted:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Stops a started listener. When a listener is stopped, new connections are no longer accepted and are queued until the listener is started again.
Parameters
This endpoint supports the following parameters:
force=yes
Close all existing connections that were created through this listener.
Response
Listener is stopped:
Status: 204 No Content
Starts a stopped listener.
Response
Listener is started:
Status: 204 No Content
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document is designed as a quick introduction to setting up MariaDB MaxScale.
The installation and configuration of the MariaDB Server is not covered in this document. See the following MariaDB documentation articles for more information on setting up a master-slave-cluster or a Galera-cluster: and .
This tutorial assumes that one of the standard MaxScale binary distributions is used and that MaxScale is installed using default options.
Building from source code in GitHub is covered in .
The precise installation process varies from one distribution to another. Details on package installation can be found in the .
MaxScale checks that incoming clients are valid. To do this, MaxScale needs to retrieve user authentication information from the backend databases. Create a special user account for this purpose by executing the following SQL commands on the master server of your database cluster. The following tutorials will use these credentials.
MariaDB versions 10.2.2 to 10.2.10 also require GRANT SELECT ON mysql.* TO 'maxscale'@'%';
Because MariaDB MaxScale sits between the clients and the backend databases, the backend databases will see all clients as if they were connecting from MaxScale's address. This usually means that two sets of grants for each user are required.
For example, assume that the user 'jdoe'@'client-host' exists and MaxScale is located at_maxscale-host_. If 'jdoe'@'client-host' needs to be able to connect through MaxScale, another user, 'jdoe'@'maxscale-host', must be created. The second user must have the same password and similar grants as 'jdoe'@'client-host'.
The quickest way to do this is to first create the new user:
Then do a SHOW GRANTS query:
Then copy the same grants to the 'jdoe'@'maxscale-host' user.
An alternative to generating two separate accounts is to use one account with a wildcard host ('jdoe'@'%') which covers both hosts. This is more convenient but less secure than having specific user accounts as it allows access from all hosts.
MaxScale reads its configuration from /etc/maxscale.cnf. A template configuration is provided with the MaxScale installation.
A global maxscale section is included in every MaxScale configuration file. This section sets the values of various global parameters, such as the number of threads MaxScale uses to handle client requests. To set thread count to the number of available cpu cores, set the following.
Read the mini-tutorial for server configuration instructions.
The type of monitor used depends on the type of cluster used. For a master-slave cluster read . For a Galera cluster read .
This part is covered in two different tutorials. For a fully automated read-write-splitting setup, read the . For a simple connection based setup, read the .
After configuration is complete, MariaDB MaxScale is ready to start. For systems that use systemd, use the systemctl command.
For older SysV systems, use the service command.
If MaxScale fails to start, check the error log in /var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log to see if any errors are detected in the configuration file.
The maxctrl-command can be used to confirm that MaxScale is running and the services, listeners and servers have been correctly configured. The following shows expected output when using a read-write-splitting configuration.
MariaDB MaxScale is now ready to start accepting client connections and route queries to the backend cluster.
More options can be found in the , and .
For more information about MaxCtrl and how to secure it, see the .
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Sharding is the method of splitting a single database server into separate parts. This tutorial describes a very simple way of sharding. Each schema is located on a different database server and MariaDB MaxScale's schemarouter module is used to combine them into a single database server.
MariaDB MaxScale will appear to the client as a database server with the combination of all the schemas in all the configured servers.
This document is designed as a simple tutorial on schema-based sharding using MariaDB MaxScale in an environment in which you have two servers. The object of this tutorial is to have a system that, to the client side, acts like a single MariaDB database but actually is sharded between the two servers.
The database users should be configured according to . The contains easy to follow instructions on how to set up MaxScale.
This tutorial will assume the user is using of the binary distributions available and has installed this in the default location. The process of configuring MariaDB MaxScale will be covered within this document. The installation and configuration of the MariaDB servers will not be covered in-depth.
Follow the to install and prepare the required database users for MaxScale. You don't need to create the configuration file for MaxScale as it will be covered in the next section.
The first step in the creation of your maxscale.cnf file is to define the global maxscale section. This section configures the number of threads MariaDB MaxScale uses. A good rule of thumb is to use at most as may threads as you have CPUs. MariaDB MaxScale uses few threads for internal operations so one or two threads less than the maximum should be enough.
After this we configure two servers we will use to shard our database. The accounts_east server will hold one schema and the accounts_west will hold another schema. We will use these two servers to create our sharded database.
The next step is to configure the service which the users connect to. This section defines which router to use, which servers to connect to and the credentials to use. The router we use in this tutorial is the schemarouter.
After this we configure a listener for the service. The listener is the actual port the user connects to. We will use the port 4000.
The final step is to configure a monitor which will monitor the state of the servers. The monitor will notify MariaDB MaxScale if the servers are down. We add the two servers to the monitor, define the credentials to use and we set the monitoring cycle interval.
After this we have a fully working configuration and we can move on to starting MariaDB MaxScale.
Upon completion of the configuration process MariaDB MaxScale is ready to be started . This may either be done manually by running the maxscale command or via the service interface. The service scripts are located in the /etc/init.d/ folder and are accessible through both the service and systemctl commands.
MariaDB MaxScale is now ready to start accepting client connections and routing them. Queries are routed to the right servers based on the database they target and switching between the shards is seamless since MariaDB MaxScale keeps the session state intact between servers.
If MariaDB MaxScale fails to start, check the error log in /var/log/maxscale to see what sort of errors were detected.
Note: As the sharding solution in MaxScale is relatively simple, cross-database queries between two or more shards are not supported.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[Read-Write-Listener]
type=listener
address=::
service=Read-Write-Service
authenticator=PAMAuth
[Master-Server]
type=server
address=123.456.789.10
port=12345auth required pam_unix.so
account required pam_unix.soauthenticator_options=pam_use_cleartext_plugin=1authenticator_options=pam_mode=password_2FAauthenticator_options=pam_backend_mapping=mariadbauthenticator_options=pam_mapped_pw_file=/home/root/passwords.json,pam_backend_mapping=mariadb{
"users_and_passwords": [
{
"user": "my_mapped_user1",
"password": "my_mapped_pw1"
},
{
"user": "my_mapped_user2",
"password": "A6D4C53619FFFF4DF252A0E595EDB0A12CA44E16AF154D0ED08F687E81604BFF42218B4EBA9F3EF8D907CF35E74ABDAA"
}
]
}CREATE USER 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-password';
GRANT REPLICA MONITOR ON *.* TO 'maxscale-user'@'maxscalehost';GRANT REPLICATION CLIENT ON *.* TO 'maxscale-user'@'maxscalehost';GRANT SUPER ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';[Galera-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=galeramon
servers=server1,server2,server3
user=myuser
password=mypwdSET GLOBAL wsrep_sst_donor = "galera001,galera000"[node-1]
type=server
address=192.168.122.101
port=3306
priority=1
[node-2]
type=server
address=192.168.122.102
port=3306
priority=3
[node-3]
type=server
address=192.168.122.103
port=3306
priority=2
[node-4]
type=server
address=192.168.122.104
port=3306
priority=-1maxctrl alter server server1 priority=2
maxctrl alter server server2 priority=1[DataMartFilter]
type=filter
module=tee
target=DataMart
[Data-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=DataMartFiltermatch=/insert.*into.*order*/exclude=/select.*from.*t1/options=case,extendedsource=127.0.0.1user=john[Orders]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1, server2, server3, server4
user=massi
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3
filters=ReplicateOrders
[ReplicateOrders]
type=filter
module=tee
target=DataMart
match=insert[ ]*into[ ]*orders
[DataMart]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=datamartserver
user=massi
password=6628C50E07CCE1F0392EDEEB9D1203F3
filters=QLA-DataMart
[QLA-DataMart]
type=filter
module=qlafilter
options=/var/log/DataMart/InsertsLog
[Orders-Listener]
type=listener
target=Orders
port=4011
[DataMart-Listener]
type=listener
target=DataMart
port=4012binlog_format=row
binlog_row_image=full# The Replication Proxy service
[replication-service]
type=service
router=binlogrouter
server_id=4000
master_id=3000
filestem=binlog
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
# The Avro conversion service
[avro-service]
type=service
router=avrorouter
source=replication-service
filestem=binlog
start_index=15
# The listener for the replication-service
[replication-listener]
type=listener
service=replication-service
port=3306
# The client listener for the avro-service
[avro-listener]
type=listener
service=avro-service
protocol=CDC
port=4001CHANGE MASTER TO MASTER_HOST='172.18.0.1',
MASTER_PORT=3000,
MASTER_LOG_FILE='binlog.000015',
MASTER_LOG_POS=4,
MASTER_USER='maxuser',
MASTER_PASSWORD='maxpwd';
START SLAVE;CREATE TABLE test.t1 (id INT);
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10);maxctrl call command cdc add_user avro-service maxuser maxpwdcdc.py -u maxuser -p maxpwd -h 127.0.0.1 -P 4001 test.t1{"namespace": "MaxScaleChangeDataSchema.avro", "type": "record", "name": "ChangeRecord", "fields": [{"name": "domain", "type": "int"}, {"name": "server_id", "type": "int"}, {"name": "sequence", "type": "int"}, {"name": "event_number", "type": "int"}, {"name": "timestamp", "type": "int"}, {"name": "event_type", "type": {"type": "enum", "name": "EVENT_TYPES", "symbols": ["insert", "update_before", "update_after", "delete"]}}, {"name": "id", "type": "int", "real_type": "int", "length": -1}]}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 1, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 1}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 2, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 2}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 3, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 3}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 4, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 4}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 5, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 5}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 6, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 6}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 7, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 7}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 8, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 8}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 9, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 9}
{"domain": 0, "server_id": 3000, "sequence": 11, "event_number": 10, "timestamp": 1537429419, "event_type": "insert", "id": 10}Native, ECMAScript, Posix, EPosix, Awk, Grep, EGrepDefault: From maxscale.cnf
Grep Same as Posix with the addition of newline '\n' as an alternation separator.
EGrep Same as EPosix with the addition of newline '\n' as an alternation separator in addition to '|'.
data.attributes.parameters.port OR data.attributes.parameters.socket
The TCP port or UNIX Domain Socket the listener listens on. Only one of the fields can be defined.
data.relationships.services.data
The service relationships data, must define a JSON object with an id value
that defines the service to use and a type value set to services.
csmon, is a monitor module for MariaDB ColumnStore
servers. The monitor supports ColumnStore version 1.5.The credentials defined with the user and password parameters must have all
grants on the infinidb_vtable database.
For example, to create a user for this monitor with the required grants execute the following SQL.
Read the Monitor Common document for a list of supported common monitor parameters.
With this deprecated optional parameter the used ColumnStore version is
specified. The only allowed value is 1.5.
This optional parameter specifies the port of the ColumnStore administrative
daemon. The default value is 8640. Note that the daemons of all nodes must
be listening on the same port.
This optional parameter specifies the base path of the ColumnStore
administrative daemon. The default value is /cmapi/0.4.0.
This optional parameter specifies the API key to be used in the
communication with the ColumnStore administrative daemon. If no
key is specified, then a key will be generated and stored to the
file api_key.txt in the directory with the same name as the
monitor in data directory of MaxScale. Typically that will
be /var/lib/maxscale/<monitor-section>/api_key.txt.
Note that ColumnStore will store the first key provided and thereafter require it, so changing the key requires the resetting of the key on the ColumnStore nodes as well.
With this parameter it is specified what IP MaxScale should
tell the ColumnStore nodes it resides at. Either it orlocal_address at the global level in the MaxScale
configuration file must be specified. If both have been
specified, then the one specified for the monitor overrides.
This optional boolean parameter specifies whether the monitor should
autonomously figure out the ColumnStore cluster configuration or whether
it should solely rely upon the monitor configuration in the configuration
file. Please see Dynamic Node Detection for a
thorough discussion on the meaning of the parameter. The default value
is false.
This optional parameter, meaningful only if dynamic_node_detection istrue specifies how often the monitor should probe the ColumnStore
cluster and adapt to any changes that have occurred in the number of
nodes of the cluster. The default value is 10s, that is, the
cluster configuration is probed every 10 seconds.
Note that as the probing is performed at the regular monitor round,
the value should be some multiple of monitor_interval.
NOTE If dynamic node detection is used, the network setup must be such that the hostname/IP-address of a ColumnStore node is the same when viewed both from MaxScale and from another node.
By default, the ColumnStore monitor behaves like the regular MariaDB monitor. That is, it only monitors the servers it has been configured with.
If dynamic_node_detection has been enabled, the behaviour of the monitor
changes significantly. Instead of being explicitly told which servers it
should monitor, the monitor is only told how to get into contact with the
cluster whereafter it autonomously figures out the cluster configuration
and creates dynamic server entries accordingly.
When dynamic node detection is enabled, the servers the monitor has been configured with are only used for "bootstrapping" the monitor, because at the initial startup the monitor does not otherwise know how to get into contact with the cluster.
In the following is shown a configuration using dynamic node detection.
As can be seen, the server entries look just like any other server entries, but to make them stand out and to indicate what they are used for, they have the word bootstrap in their name.
In principle, it is sufficient with a single entry, but to cater for the case that a node happens to be down, it is adviseable to have more than one. Once the monitor has been able to connect to a node, it will fetch the configuration and store information about the nodes locally. On subsequent startups, the monitor will use the bootstrap information only if it cannot connect using the persisted information. Also, if there has been any change in the bootstrap servers, the persisted information is not used.
Based on the information obtained from the cluster itself, the monitor
will create dynamic server instances that are named as @@ followed by
the monitor name, followed by a :, followed by the hostname.
If the cluster in fact consists of three nodes, then the output ofmaxctrl list servers may look like
Note that there will be dynamic server entries also for the nodes for which there is a bootstrap entry.
When the service is defined, it is imperative that it does not explicitly
refer to either the bootstrap or the dynamic entries. Instead, it should
refer to the monitor using the cluster parameter.
With this configuration the RWS service will automatically adapt to any changes made to the ColumnStore cluster.
The ColumnStore monitor provides module commands using which the ColumnStore cluster can be managed. The commands can be invoked using the REST-API with a client such as curl or using maxctrl.
All commands require the monitor instance name as the first parameters. Additional parameters must be provided depending on the command.
Note that as maxctrl itself has a timeout of 10 seconds, if a timeout larger than that is provided to any command, the timeout of maxctrl must also be increased. For instance:
Here a 30 second timeout is specified for maxctrl to ensure that it does not expire before the timeout of 20s provided for the shutdown command possibly does.
The output is always a JSON object.
In the following, assume a configuration like this:
Starts the ColumnStore cluster.
Example
Shuts down the ColumnStore cluster.
Example
Get the status of the ColumnStore cluster.
Returns the status of the cluster or the status of a specific server.
Example
Sets the mode of the cluster.
Example
Returns the cluster configuration.
If no server is specified, the configuration is fetched from the first server in the monitor configuration, otherwise from the specified server.
Note that if everything is in order, the returned configuration should be identical regardless of the server it is fetched from.
Example
Adds a new node located on the server at the hostname or IP host to the ColumnStore cluster.
Example
For a more complete example, please refer to adding a node.
Remove the node located on the server at the hostname or IP host from the ColumnStore cluster.
Example
For a more complete example, please refer to removing a node.
The following is an example of a csmon configuration.
Note that in the following dynamic_node_detection is not used, but
the monitor is configured in the traditional way. The impact ofdynamic_node_detection is described here.
Adding a new node to a ColumnStore cluster can be performed dynamically at runtime, but it must be done in two steps. First, the node is added to ColumnStore and then, the corresponding server object (that possibly has to be created) in the MaxScale configuration is added to the ColumnStore monitor.
In the following, assume a two node ColumnStore cluster and an initial MaxScale configuration like.
Invoking maxctrl list servers will now show:
If we now want to add a new ColumnStore node, located at mcs3/10.10.10.12
to the cluster, the steps are as follows.
First the node is added
After a while the following is output:
At this point, the ColumnStore cluster consists of three nodes. However, the ColumnStore monitor is not yet aware of the new node.
First we need to create the corresponding server object.
Invoking maxctrl list servers will now show:
The server CsNode3 has been created, but its state is Down since
it is not yet being monitored.
It must now be added to the monitor.
Now the server is monitored and maxctrl list monitors shows:
The state of the new node is now also set correctly, as shown bymaxctrl list servers.
Note that the MaxScale server object can be created at any point, but
it must not be added to the monitor before the node has been added to
the ColumnStore cluster using call command csmon add-node.
If dynamic_node_detection is enabled, there is no need to create any
explicit server entries. All that needs to be done, is to add the node
and the monitor will adapt automatically. Note that it does not matter
whether the node is added indirectly via maxscale or directly using the
REST-API of ColumnStore. The only difference is that in the former case,
MaxScale may detect the new situation slightly faster.
Note that in the following dynamic_node_detection is not used, but
the monitor is configured in the traditional way. The impact ofdynamic_node_detection is described here.
Removing a node should be performed in the reverse order of how a node was added. First, the MaxScale server should be removed from the monitor. Then, the node should be removed from the ColumnStore cluster.
Suppose we want to remove the ColumnStore node at mcs2/10.10.10.12
and the current situation is as:
First, the server is removed from the monitor.
Checking with maxctrl list monitors we see that the server has
indeed been removed.
Now the node can be removed from the cluster itself.
If dynamic_node_detection is enabled, there is in general no need
to explicitly remove a static server entry (as there never was one in
the first place). The only exception is if the removed node happened
to be a bootstrap server. In that case, the server entry should be
removed from the monitor's list of servers (used as bootstrap nodes).
If that is not done, then the monitor will log a warning at each startup.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The MaxScale REST API listens on port 8989 on the local host. The admin_port
and admin_host parameters control which port and address the REST API listens
on. Note that for security reasons the API only listens for local connections
with the default configuration. It is critical that the default credentials are
changed and TLS/SSL encryption is configured before exposing the REST API to a
network.
The default user for the REST API is admin and the password is mariadb. The
easiest way to secure the REST API is to use the maxctrl command line client
to create a new admin user and delete the default one. To do this, run the
following commands:
This will create the user my_user with the password my_password that is an
administrative account. After this account is created, the default admin
account is removed with the next command.
The next step is to enable TLS encryption. To do this, you need a CA
certificate, a private key and a public certificate file all in PEM format. Add
the following three parameters under the [maxscale] section of the MaxScale
configuration file and restart MaxScale.
Use maxctrl to verify that the TLS encryption is enabled. In this tutorial our
server certificates are self-signed so the --tls-verify-server-cert=false
option is required.
If no errors are raised, this means that the communication via the REST API is now secure and can be used across networks.
Note: For the sake of brevity, the rest of this tutorial will omit the
TLS/SSL options from the curl command line. For more information, refer to thecurl manpage.
The most basic task to do with the REST API is to see whether MaxScale is up and
running. To do this, we do a HTTP request on the root resource (the -i option
shows the HTTP headers).
curl -i 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/
To query a resource collection endpoint, append it to the URL. The /v1/filters/
endpoint shows the list of filters configured in MaxScale. This is a resource
&#xNAN;collection endpoint: it contains the list of all resources of a particular
type.
curl 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters
The data holds the actual list of resources: the Hint and Logger
filters. Each object has the id field which is the unique name of that
object. It is the same as the section name in maxscale.cnf.
Each resource in the list has a relationships object. This shows the
relationship links between resources. In our example, the Hint filter is used
by a service named RW-Split-Hint-Router and the Logger is not currently in
use.
To request an individual resource, we add the object name to the resource
collection URL. For example, if we want to get only the Logger filter we
execute the following command.
curl 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/Logger
Note that this time the data member holds an object instead of an array of
objects. All other parts of the response are similar to what was shown in the
previous example.
One of the uses of the REST API is to create new objects in MaxScale at runtime. This allows new servers, services, filters, monitor and listeners to be created without restarting MaxScale.
For example, to create a new server in MaxScale the JSON definition of a server
must be sent to the REST API at the /v1/servers/ endpoint. The request body
defines the server name as well as the parameters for it.
To create objects with curl, first write the JSON definition into a file.
To send the data, use the following command.
The -d option takes a file name prefixed with a @ as an argument. Here we
have @new_server.txt which is the name of the file where the JSON definition
was stored. The -X option defines the HTTP verb to use and to create a new
object we must use the POST verb.
To verify the data request the newly created object.
The easiest way to modify an object is to first request it, store the result in a file, edit it and then send the updated object back to the REST API.
Let's say we want to modify the port that the server we created earlier listens on. First we request the current object and store the result in a file.
After that we edit the file and change the port from 3003 to 3306. Next the modified JSON object is sent to the REST API as a PATCH command. To do this, execute the following command.
To verify that the data was updated correctly, request the updated object.
To continue with our previous example, we add the updated server to a
service. To do this, the relationships object of the server must be modified
to include the service we want to add the server to.
To define a relationship between a server and a service, the data member must
have the relationships field and it must contain an object with the services
field (some fields omitted for brevity).
The data.relationships.services.data field contains a list of objects that
define the id and type fields. The id is the name of the object (a service
or a monitor for servers) and the type tells which type it is. Only services
type objects should be present in the services object.
In our example we are linking the server1 server to the RW-Split-Router
service. As was seen with the previous example, the easiest way to do this is to
store the result, edit it and then send it back with a HTTP PATCH.
If we want to remove a server from all services and monitors, we can set thedata member of the services and monitors relationships to an empty array:
This is useful if you want to delete the server which can only be done if it has no relationships to other objects.
To delete an object, simply execute a HTTP DELETE request on the resource you
want to delete. For example, to delete the server1 server, execute the
following command.
In order to delete an object, it must not have any relationships to other objects.
The full list of all available endpoints in MaxScale can be found in the REST API documentation.
The maxctrl command line client is self-documenting and the maxctrl help
command is a good tool for exploring the various commands that are available in
it. The maxctrl api get command can be useful way to explore the REST API as
it provides a way to easily extract values out of the JSON data generated by the
REST API.
There is a multitude of REST API clients readily available and most of them are
far more convenient to use than curl. We recommend investigating what you need
and how you intend to either integrate or use the MaxScale REST API. Most modern
languages either have a built-in HTTP library or there exists a de facto
standard library.
The MaxScale REST API follows the JSON API specification and there exist libraries that are built specifically for these sorts of APIs
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
With readconnroute you get simple connection based routing, where each new connection is created (by default) to the Xpand node with the least amount of existing connections. That is, with readconnroute the behaviour will be very similar to the behaviour when HAProxy is used as the Xpand load balancer.
The Xpand monitor is capable of autonomously figuring out the cluster configuration, but in order to get going there must be at least one_server_-section referring to a node in the Xpand cluster.
That server defintion will be used by the monitor in order to connect to the Xpand cluster. There can be more than one such "bootstrap" definition to cater for the case that the node used as a bootstrap server is down when MaxScale starts.
NOTE These bootstrap servers should only be referred to from the Xpand monitor configuration, but never from a service.
In the Xpand monitor section, the bootstrap servers are referred to in the same way as "ordinary" servers are referred to in other monitors.
The user defined by the user parameter needs the following grants:
In case the same user is used both for the monitor and the service (see below), then the user must be given the grants required by the service as well.
The bootstrap servers are only used for connecting to the Xpand cluster; thereafter the Xpand monitor will dynamically find out the cluster configuration.
The discovered cluster configuration will be stored (the ips and ports of the Xpand nodes) and upon subsequent restarts the Xpand monitor will use that information if the bootstrap servers happen to be unavailable.
With the configuration above maxctrl list servers might output
the following:
All servers whose name start with @@ have been detected dynamically.
Note that the address 10.2.224.101 appears twice; once forBootstrap-1 and another time for @@Xpand:node-6. The Xpand
monitor will create a dynamic server instance for all nodes in the
Xpand cluster; also for the ones used in bootstrap server sections.
The service is specified as follows:
The user defined by the user parameter needs the following grants:
In case the same user is used both for the monitor (see above) and the service, then the user must be given the grants required by the monitor as well.
Note that the service does not list any specific servers, but
instead refers, using the argument cluster, to the Xpand monitor.
In practice this means that the service will use the servers of the
monitor named Xpand and in the case of a Xpand monitor those
servers will be the ones that the monitor has detected
dynamically. That is, when setup like this, the service will
automatically adjust to any changes taking place in the Xpand
cluster.
NOTE There is no need to specify any router_options, but the
default router_options=running provides the desired behaviour.
In particular do not specify router_options=master as that will
cause only a single node to be used.
To complete the configuration, a listener must be specified.
The primary purpose of the router readwritesplit is to split statements between one master and multiple slaves. In the case of Xpand, all servers will be masters, but readwritesplit may still be the right choise.
Namely, as readwritesplit is transaction aware and capable of replaying transactions, it can be used for hiding certain events taking place in Xpand from the clients that use it.
For instance, whenever a node is removed from or added to a Xpand cluster there will be a group change, which is visible to a client as a transaction rollback. However, if readwritesplit is used and transaction replay is enabled, then MaxScale may be able to hide the group change so that the client only detects a slight delay.
Apart from the service section, the configuration when using_readwritesplit_ is identical to the readconnroute configuration described above.
The service is specified as follows:
With this configuration, subject to the boundary conditions of transaction replaying, a client will neither notice group change events nor the disappearance of the very node the client is connected to. In that latter case, MaxScale will simply connect to another node and replay the current transaction (if one is active). For detailed information about the transaction replay functionality, please refer to the readwritesplitdocumentation.
NOTE It is vital to haveslave_selection_criteria=LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS, as otherwise
connections will not be distributed evenly across all Xpand
nodes.
As a rule of thumb, use readwritesplit if it is important that changes taking place in the cluster configuration are hidden from the applications, otherwise use readconnroute.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
%%
# options
regex_grammar: Native
case_sensitive: true
what_if: false
continue_if_matched: false
ignore_whitespace: true
%
# match template
@{1:^}select @{2} from my_table where id = @{3}
%
# replace template
select @{2} from my_table where id = @{3}%%
# use default options by leaving this blank
%
@{1:^}select count(distinct @{2}) from @{3}
%
select count(*) from (select distinct @{1} from @{2}) as t123
Input: select count(distinct author) from books where entity != "AI"
Rewritten: select count(*) from (select distinct author from books where entity != "AI") as t123%%
%
from mytable
%
from mytable force index (myindex)
Input: select name from mytable where id=42
Rewritten: select name from mytable force index (myindex) where id=42%%
%
@{1:^}select @{2} from mytable
%
select @{2} from mytable force index (myindex)%%
%
@{1:^}select zip_code from address_book where str_id = @{1:["]}@{2:[[:digit:]]+}@{3:["]}
%
select zip_code from address_book where id = @{2}
Input: select zip_code from address_book where str_id = "1234"
Rewritten: select zip_code from address_book where id = 1234%%
regex_grammar: EPosix
continue_if_matched: true
%
wrong_table_name
%
correct_table_name
%%
regex_grammar: EPosix
%
wrong_column_name
%
correct_column_name[Rewrite]
type = filter
module = rewritefilter
template_file = /path/to/template_file.rf
...
[Router]
type=service
...
filters=Rewrite%%
options
%
match template
%
replace templatecase_sensitive: true%%
case_sensitive: false
%
@{1:^}select @{2}
from mytable
where user = @{3}
%
select @{2} from mytable where user = @{3}
and @{3} in (select user from approved_users){ "templates" :
[
{
"case_sensitive" : false,
"match_template" : "@{1:^}select @{2} from mytable where user = @{3}",
"replace_template" : "select @{2} from mytable where user = @{3}
and @{3} in (select user from approved_users)"
}
]
}maxctrl alter filter Rewrite log_replacement=falseGET /v1/listeners/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4006,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "RW-Split-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "RW-Split-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/RW-Split-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/RW-Split-Listener/"
}
}GET /v1/listeners{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4006,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "RW-Split-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "RW-Split-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/RW-Split-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
},
{
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4008,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "Read-Connection-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "Read-Connection-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/Read-Connection-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/"
}
}POST /v1/listeners{
"data": {
"id": "my-listener",
"type": "listeners",
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"port": 3306
}
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{"id": "RW-Split-Router", "type": "services"}
]
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/listeners/:nameDELETE /v1/listeners/:namePUT /v1/listeners/:name/stopPUT /v1/listeners/:name/start[maxscale]
threads=8[accounts_east]
type=server
address=192.168.56.102
port=3306
[accounts_west]
type=server
address=192.168.122.85
port=3306[Sharded-Service]
type=service
router=schemarouter
servers=accounts_west,accounts_east
user=sharduser
password=YqztlYGDvZ8tVMe3GUm9XCwQi[Sharded-Service-Listener]
type=listener
service=Sharded-Service
port=4000[MySQL-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=accounts_west,accounts_east
user=monitoruser
password=7SP1Zcsow8TG+9EkEBVEbaKa
monitor_interval=1sCREATE USER 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-password';
GRANT ALL ON infinidb_vtable.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';[CsBootstrap1]
type=server
address=mcs1
port=3306
[CsBootstrap2]
type=server
address=mcs2
port=3306
[CsMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
servers=CsBootstrap1, CsBootstrap2
dynamic_node_detection=true
...┌──────────────────┬─────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬──────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├──────────────────┼─────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@CSMonitor:mcs2 │ mcs2 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
├──────────────────┼─────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@CSMonitor:mcs3 │ mcs3 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├──────────────────┼─────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@CSMonitor:mcs1 │ mcs1 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
├──────────────────┼─────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsBootstrap1 │ mcs1 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
├──────────────────┼─────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsBootstrap2 │ mcs2 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
└──────────────────┴─────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴──────┘[RWS]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
cluster=CsMonitor
...maxctrl --timeout 30s call command csmon shutdown CsMonitor 20s[CsNode1]
type=server
...
[CsNode2]
type=server
...
[CsMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
servers=CsNode1,CsNode2
...call command csmon start <monitor-name> <timeout>call command csmon start CsMonitor 20scall command csmon shutdown <monitor-name> <timeout>call command csmon shutdown CsMonitor 20scall command csmon status <monitor-name> [<server>]call command csmon status CsMonitor
call command csmon status CsMonitor CsNode1call command csmon mode-set <monitor-name> (readonly|readwrite) <timeout>call command csmon mode-set CsMonitor readonly 20scall command csmon config-get <monitor-name> [<server-name>]call command csmon config-get CsMonitor CsNode2call command csmon add-node <monitor-name> <host> <timeout>call command csmon add-node CsMonitor mcs2 20scall command csmon remove-node <monitor-name> <host> <timeout>call command csmon remove-node CsMonitor mcs2 20s[CSMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
version=1.5
servers=CsNode1,CsNode2
user=myuser
password=mypwd
monitor_interval=5s
api_key=somekey1234[CsNode1]
type=server
...
[CsNode2]
type=server
...
[CsMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
servers=CsNode1,CsNode2
...┌─────────┬─────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬──────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode1 │ 10.10.10.10 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode2 │ 10.10.10.11 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
└─────────┴─────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴──────┘maxctrl --timeout 30s call command csmon add-node CsMonitor mcs3 20s{
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/csmon/add-node"
},
"meta": {
"message": "Node mcs3 successfully added to cluster.",
"result": {
"node_id": "mcs3",
"timestamp": "2020-08-07 10:03:49.474539"
},
"success": true
}
}maxctrl create server CsNode3 10.10.10.12┌─────────┬─────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬──────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode3 │ 10.10.10.12 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Down │ │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode1 │ 10.10.10.10 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode2 │ 10.10.10.11 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
└─────────┴─────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴──────┘┌───────────┬─────────┬──────────────────┐
│ Monitor │ State │ Servers │
├───────────┼─────────┼──────────────────┤
│ CsMonitor │ Running │ CsNode1, CsNode2 │
└───────────┴─────────┴──────────────────┘maxctrl link monitor CsMonitor CsNode3┌───────────┬─────────┬───────────────────────────┐
│ Monitor │ State │ Servers │
├───────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ CsMonitor │ Running │ CsNode1, CsNode2, CsNode3 │
└───────────┴─────────┴───────────────────────────┘┌─────────┬─────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬──────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode3 │ 10.10.10.12 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode1 │ 10.10.10.10 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ CsNode2 │ 10.10.10.11 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ │
└─────────┴─────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴──────┘┌───────────┬─────────┬───────────────────────────┐
│ Monitor │ State │ Servers │
├───────────┼─────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ CsMonitor │ Running │ CsNode1, CsNode2, CsNode3 │
└───────────┴─────────┴───────────────────────────┘maxctrl unlink monitor CsMonitor CsNode3┌───────────┬─────────┬──────────────────┐
│ Monitor │ State │ Servers │
├───────────┼─────────┼──────────────────┤
│ CsMonitor │ Running │ CsNode1, CsNode2 │
└───────────┴─────────┴──────────────────┘maxctrl --timeout 30s call command csmon remove-node CsMonitor mcs3 20s
{
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/csmon/remove-node"
},
"meta": {
"message": "Node mcs3 removed from the cluster.",
"result": {
"node_id": "mcs3",
"timestamp": "2020-08-07 11:41:36.573425"
},
"success": true
}
}maxctrl create user my_user my_password --type=admin
maxctrl destroy user adminadmin_ssl_key=/certs/server-key.pem
admin_ssl_cert=/certs/server-cert.pem
admin_ssl_ca_cert=/certs/ca-cert.pemmaxctrl --user=my_user --password=my_password --secure --tls-ca-cert=/certs/ca-cert.pem --tls-verify-server-cert=false show maxscaleHTTP/1.1 200 OK
Connection: Keep-Alive
Content-Length: 0
Last-Modified: Mon, 04 Mar 2019 08:23:09 GMT
ETag: "0"
Date: Mon, 04 Mar 19 08:29:41 GMT{
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/"
},
"data": [
{
"id": "Hint",
"type": "filters",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/services/"
},
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Hint-Router",
"type": "services"
}
]
}
},
"attributes": {
"module": "hintfilter",
"parameters": {}
},
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/Hint"
}
},
{
"id": "Logger",
"type": "filters",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/services/"
},
"data": []
}
},
"attributes": {
"module": "qlafilter",
"parameters": {
"match": null,
"exclude": null,
"user": null,
"source": null,
"filebase": "/tmp/log",
"options": "ignorecase",
"log_type": "session",
"log_data": "date,user,query",
"newline_replacement": "\" \"",
"separator": ",",
"flush": false,
"append": false
},
"filter_diagnostics": {
"separator": ",",
"newline_replacement": "\" \""
}
},
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/Logger"
}
}
]
}{
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/Logger"
},
"data": {
"id": "Logger",
"type": "filters",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/services/"
},
"data": []
}
},
"attributes": {
"module": "qlafilter",
"parameters": {
"match": null,
"exclude": null,
"user": null,
"source": null,
"filebase": "/tmp/log",
"options": "ignorecase",
"log_type": "session",
"log_data": "date,user,query",
"newline_replacement": "\" \"",
"separator": ",",
"flush": false,
"append": false
},
"filter_diagnostics": {
"separator": ",",
"newline_replacement": "\" \""
}
},
"links": {
"self": "http://127.0.0.1:8989/v1/filters/Logger"
}
}
}{
"data": {
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers",
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"port": 3003
}
}
}
}curl -X POST -d @new_server.txt 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/serverscurl 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/servers/server1curl 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/servers/server1 > server1.txtcurl -X PATCH -d @server1.txt 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/servers/server1curl 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/servers/server1{
"data": {
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
]
}
},
"attributes": ...
}
}{
"data": {
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": []
},
"monitors": {
"data": []
}
}
}
}curl -X DELETE 127.0.0.1:8989/v1/servers/server1[Bootstrap-1]
type=server
address=IP-OF-NODE
port=3306
protocol=MySQLBackend[Xpand]
type=monitor
module=xpandmon
servers=Bootstrap-1
user=USER
password=PASSWORDCREATE USER 'maxscale-monitor'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-monitor-password';
GRANT SELECT ON system.membership TO 'maxscale-monitor'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON system.nodeinfo TO 'maxscale-monitor'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON system.softfailed_nodes TO 'maxscale-monitor'@'maxscalehost';┌───────────────────┬──────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬──────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├───────────────────┼──────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@Xpand:node-7 │ 10.2.224.102 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├───────────────────┼──────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@Xpand:node-8 │ 10.2.224.103 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├───────────────────┼──────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ @@Xpand:node-6 │ 10.2.224.101 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
├───────────────────┼──────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼──────┤
│ Bootstrap-1 │ 10.2.224.101 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ │
└───────────────────┴──────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴──────┘[Xpand-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
user=USER
password=PASSWORD
cluster=XpandCREATE USER 'maxscale-service'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-service-password';
GRANT SELECT ON system.users TO 'maxscale-service'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON system.user_acl TO 'maxscale-service'@'maxscalehost';[Xpand-Service-Listener]
type=listener
service=Xpand-Service
protocol=MariaDBClient
port=4008[Xpand-Service]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
user=maxscale-service
password=maxscale-service-password
cluster=Xpand
transaction_replay=true
slave_selection_criteria=LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONSThe top filter is a filter module for MariaDB MaxScale that monitors every SQL statement that passes through the filter. It measures the duration of that statement, the time between the statement being sent and the first result being returned. The top N times are kept, along with the SQL text itself and a list sorted on the execution times of the query is written to a file upon closure of the client session.
Example minimal configuration:
The top filter has one mandatory parameter, filebase, and a number of optional
parameters.
filebase
Type: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The basename of the output file created for each session. The session ID is added to the filename for each file written. This is a mandatory parameter.
The filebase may also be set as the filter, the mechanism to set the filebase via the filter option is superseded by the parameter. If both are set the parameter setting will be used and the filter option ignored.
count
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10
The number of SQL statements to store and report upon.
match
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Limits the queries logged by the filter.
exclude
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Limits the queries logged by the filter.
options
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: ignorecase, case, extended
Default: case
Regular expression options
for match and exclude.
source
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Defines an address that is used to match against the address from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that originate from this address will be logged.
user
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Defines a username that is used to match against the user from which the client connection to MariaDB MaxScale originates. Only sessions that are connected using this username will result in results being generated.
You have an order system and believe the updates of the PRODUCTS table is causing some performance issues for the rest of your application. You would like to know which of the many updates in your application is causing the issue.
Add a filter with the following definition:
Note the exclude entry, this is to prevent updates to the PRODUCTS_STOCK table from being included in the report.
One of your applications servers is slower than the rest, you believe it is related to database access but you are not sure what is taking the time.
Add a filter with the following definition:
In order to produce a comparison with an unaffected application server you can also add a second filter as a control.
In the service definition add both filters
You will then have two sets of logs files written, one which profiles the top 20 queries of the slow application server and another that gives you the top 20 queries of your control application server. These two sets of files can then be compared to determine what if anything is different between the two.
The following is an example report for a number of fictitious queries executed against the employees example database available for MySQL.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL

The Query Log All (QLA) filter logs query content. Logs are written to a file in CSV format. Log elements are configurable and include the time submitted and the SQL statement text, among others.
A minimal configuration is below.
The qlafilter logs can be rotated by executing the maxctrl rotate logs
command. This will cause the log files to be reopened when the next message is
written to the file. This applies to both unified and session type logging.
The QLA filter has one mandatory parameter, filebase, and a number of optional
parameters. These were introduced in the 1.0 release of MariaDB MaxScale.
filebaseType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The basename of the output file created for each session. A session index is added to the filename for each written session file. For unified log files,.unified is appended.
matchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Include queries that match the regex.
excludeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Exclude queries that match the regex.
optionsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: case, ignorecase, extended
The extended option enables PCRE2 extended regular expressions.
userType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Limit logging to sessions with this user.
sourceType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Limit logging to sessions with this client source address.
log_typeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: session, unified, stdout
The type of log file to use.
log_dataType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: service, session, date
Type of data to log in the log files.
The durations reply_time and total_reply_time are by default in milliseconds, but can be specified to another unit using duration_unit.
The log entry is written when the last reply from the server is received. Prior to version 6.2 the entry was written when the query was received from the client, or if reply_time was specified, on first reply from the server.
NOTE The error_msg is the raw message from the server. Even if use_canonical_form is set the error message may contain user defined constants. For example:
duration_unitType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: milliseconds
The unit for logging a duration. The unit can be milliseconds or microseconds.
The abbreviations ms for milliseconds and us for microseconds are also valid.
This option is available as of MaxScale version 6.2.
use_canonical_formType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
When this option is true the canonical form of the query is logged. In the canonical form all user defined constants are replaced with question marks. This option is available as of MaxScale version 6.2.
flushType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Flush log files after every write.
appendType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
separatorType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ","
Defines the separator string between elements of log entries. The value should be enclosed in quotes.
newline_replacementType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: " "
Default value is " " (one space). SQL-queries may include line breaks, which, if
printed directly to the log, may break automatic parsing. This parameter defines
what should be written in the place of a newline sequence (\r, \n or \r\n). If
this is set as the empty string, then newlines are not replaced and printed as
is to the output. The value should be enclosed in quotes.
Imagine you have observed an issue with a particular table and you want to determine if there are queries that are accessing that table but not using the primary key of the table. Let's assume the table name is PRODUCTS and the primary key is called PRODUCT_ID. Add a filter with the following definition:
The result of using this filter with the service used by the application would
be a log file of all select queries querying PRODUCTS without using the
PRODUCT_ID primary key in the predicates of the query. Executing SELECT * FROM PRODUCTS would log the following into /var/logs/qla/SelectProducts:
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The SQL resource represents a database connection.
The following endpoints provide a simple REST API interface for executing SQL queries on servers and services in MaxScale.
This document uses the :id value in the URL to represent a connection ID and
the :query_id to represent a query ID. These values do not need to be manually
added as the relevant links are returned in the request body of each endpoint.
The endpoints use JSON Web Tokens to uniquely identify open SQL connections. A
connection token can be acquired with a POST /v1/sql request and can be used
with the POST /v1/sql/:id/query, GET /v1/sql/:id/results/:query_id andDELETE /v1/sql endpoints. All of these endpoints accept a connection token in
the token parameter of the request:
In addition to request parameters, the token can be stored in cookies in which
case they are automatically used by the REST API. For more information about
token storage in cookies, see the documentation for POST /v1/sql.
All of the endpoints that operate on a single connection support the following
request parameters. The GET /v1/sql and GET /v1/sql/:id endpoints are an
exception as they ignore the current connection token.
token
The connection token to use for the request. If provided, the value is unconditionally used even if a cookie with a valid token exists.
Response
Response contains the requested resource.
Status: 200 OK
Response
Response contains a resource collection with all the open SQL connections.
Status: 200 OK
The request body must be a JSON object consisting of the following fields:
target
The object in MaxScale to connect to. This is a mandatory value and the given value must be the name of a valid server, service or listener in MaxScale.
user
The username to use when creating the connection. This is a mandatory value.
Here is an example request body:
The response will contain the new connection with the token stored atmeta.token. If the request uses the persist=yes request parameter, the token
is stored in cookies instead of the metadata object and the response body will
not contain the token.
The location of the newly created connection will be stored at links.self in
the response body as well as in the Location header.
The token must be given to all subsequent requests that use the connection. It
must be either given in the token parameter of a request or it must be stored
in the cookies. If both a token parameter and a cookie exist at the same time,
the token parameter will be used instead of the cookie.
Request Parameters
This endpoint supports the following request parameters.
persist
Store the connection token in cookies instead of returning it as the response body.
This parameter expects only one value, yes, as its argument. Whenpersist=yes is set, the token is stored in the conn_id_sig_<id> cookie
where the <id> part is replaced by the ID of the connection.
Response
Connection was opened:
Status: 201 Created
Missing or invalid payload:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Response
Connection was closed:
Status: 204 No Content
Missing or invalid connection token:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Reconnects an existing connection. This can also be used if the connection to the backend server was lost due to a network error.
The connection will use the same credentials that were passed to the POST /v1/sql endpoint. The new connection will still have the same ID in the REST
API but will be treated as a new connection by the database. A reconnection
re-initializes the connection and resets the session state. Reconnections cannot
take place while a transaction is open.
Response
Reconnection was successful:
Status: 204 No Content
Reconnection failed or connection is already in use:
Status: 503 Service Unavailable
Missing or invalid connection token:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Clones an existing connection. This is done by opening a new connection using the credentials and configuration from the given connection.
Request Parameters
This endpoint supports the same request parameters as the POST /v1/sql
endpoint.
Response
The response is identical to the one in the POST /v1/sql endpoint. In
addition, this endpoint can return the following responses.
Connection is already in use:
Status: 503 Service Unavailable
Missing or invalid connection token:
Status: 400 Bad Request
The request body must be a JSON object with the value of the sql field set to
the SQL to be executed:
The request body must be a JSON object consisting of the following fields:
sql
The SQL to be executed. If the SQL contain multiple statements, multiple results are returned in the response body.
max_rows
The maximum number of rows returned in the response. By default this is 1000 rows. Setting the value to 0 means no limit. Any extra rows in the result will be discarded.
By default, the complete result is returned in the response body. If the SQL
query returns more than one result, the results array will contain all the
results.
The results array can have three types of objects: resultsets, errors, and OK
responses.
A resultset consists of the data field with the result data stored as a two
dimensional array. The names of the fields are stored in an array in thefields field. These types of results will be returned for any operation that
returns rows (i.e. SELECT statements)
An error consists of an object with the errno field set to the MariaDB error
code, the message field set to the human-readable error message and thesqlstate field set to the current SQLSTATE of the connection.
An OK response is returned for any result that completes successfully but not
return rows (e.g. an INSERT or UPDATE statement). The affected_rows
field contains the number of rows affected by the operation, thelast_insert_id contains the auto-generated ID and the warnings field
contains the number of warnings raised by the operation.
It is also possible for the fields of the error response to be present in the resultset response if the result ended with an error but still generated some data. Usually this happens when query execution is interrupted but a partial result was generated by the server.
Response
Query successfully executed:
Status: 201 Created
Invalid payload or missing connection token:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Fatal connection error:
Status: 503 Service Unavailable
If the API returns this response, the connection to the database server was
lost. The only valid action to take at this point is to close it with theDELETE /v1/sql/:id endpoint.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This tutorial is an overview of what the MaxGUI offers as an alternative solution to .
. i.e. Service, Server, Monitor, Filter, and Listener (Clicking on it will navigate to its detail page)
Create a new MaxScale object.
Dashboard Tab Navigation.
Search Input. This can be used as a quick way to search for a keyword in tables.
SESSIONS graph illustrates the total number of current sessions.
CONNECTIONS graph shows servers current connections.
LOAD graph shows the last second load of thread.
Logout of the app.
Sidebar navigation menu. Access to the following pages: Dashboard, Visualization, Settings, Logs Archive, Query Editor
Clicking on the Create New button (Annotation 2) to open a dialog for creating a new object.
The replication status of a server monitored by can be viewed by mousing over the server name. A tooltip will be displayed with the following information: replication_state, seconds_behind_master, slave_io_running, slave_sql_running.
This page shows information on each MaxScale object and allow to edit its parameter, relationships and perform other manipulation operations. Most of the control buttons will be shown on the mouseover event. Below is a screenshot of a Monitor Detail page, other Detail pages also have a similar layout structure so this is used for illustration purpose.
Settings option. Clicking on the gear icon will show icons allowing to do different operations depending on the type of the Detail page.
Monitor Detail page, there are icons to Stop, Start, and Destroy monitor.
Service Detail page, there are icons to Stop, Start, and Destroy service.
Server Detail page, there are icons to Set maintenance mode, Clear server state, Drain and Delete server.
Filter and Listener Detail page, there is a delete icon to delete the object.
Switchover button. This button is shown on the mouseover event allowing to swap the running primary server with a designated secondary server.
Edit parameters button. This button is shown on the mouseover event allowing to edit the MaxScale object's parameter. Clicking on it will enable editable mode on the table. After finishing editing the parameters, simply click the Done Editing button.
A Detail page has tables showing "Relationship" between other MaxScale object. This "unlink" icon is shown on the mouseover event allowing to remove the relationship between two objects.
This button is used to link other MaxScale objects to the relationship.
This page visualizes MaxScale configuration and clusters.
This page visualizes MaxScale configuration as shown in the figure below.
A MaxScale object (a node graph). The position of the node in the graph can be changed by dragging and dropping it.
Anchor link. The detail page of each MaxScale object can be accessed by clicking on the name of the node.
Filter visualization button. By default, if the number of filters used by a service is larger than 3, filter nodes aren't visualized as shown in the figure. Clicking this button will visualize them.
Hide filter visualization button.
This page shows all monitor clusters using module in a card-like view. Clicking on the card will visualize the cluster into a tree graph as shown in the figure below.
Drag a secondary server on top of a primary server to promote the secondary server as the new primary server.
Server manipulation operations button. Showing a dropdown with the following operations:
Set maintenance mode: Setting a server to a maintenance mode.
Clear server state: Clear current server state.
Drain server: Drain the server of connections.
Quick access to query editor button. Opening the Query Editor page for
this server. If the connection is already created for that server, it'll use
it. Otherwise, it creates a blank worksheet and shows a connection dialog to
connect to that server.
Carousel navigation button. Viewing more information about the server in the next slide.
Collapse the carousel.
Anchor link of the server. Opening the detail page of the server in a new tab.
Stop monitor.
Start monitor.
Reset Replication.
Release Locks.
Refresh rate dropdown. The frequency with which the data is refreshed.
Create a new MaxScale object button.
This page shows and allows editing of MaxScale parameters.
Edit parameters button. This button is shown on the mouseover event allowing to edit the MaxScale parameter. Clicking on it will enable editable mode on the table..
Editable parameters are visible as it's illustrated in the screenshot.
After finishing editing the parameters, simply click the Done Editing button.
This page show real-time MaxScale logs with filter options.
Filter by dropdown. All logs types are selected to be shown by default
Uncheck the box to disable showing a particular log type.
A SQL editor tool to run queries and perform other SQL operations.
Worksheet tab navigation. Each worksheet is bound to a connection, so sessions querying within a worksheet is not yet supported.
Add a new worksheet button.
Connection manager dropdown. With this dropdown, you can create a new
connection or change the connection for the current active worksheet. A new
connection can be created by selecting the last option in the dropdown
labeled as New connection. Once a connection is created, it automatically
binds the connection to the current active worksheet.
Each object has its own context menu providing different options. e.g. For
the table object as shown in the figure above, it has options toPreview Data (top 1000) and View Details. The query result for these
options is shown in the Data Preview result tab which is annotated as
number 12. The context menu can be shown by right-clicking on the object
or clicking on the three dots icon placed on the right side of the object.
Quick access to the Preview Data (top 1000) context menu option. For a
table object, its preview data can also be seen by clicking on its name.
Refresh schema objects button. After deleting or creating schema object, theSchemas sidebar needs to be manually refreshed.
Collapse the Schemas sidebar button.
SQL editor. The editor is powered by which means its
functionalities are similar to VS code. Available commands can be seen by
pressing F1 while the cursor is active on the editor. This is an intention
to prevent conflict between the browser's shortcut keys and the SQL
editor's. This also means the editor shortcut key commands are valid only
when the cursor is active on the SQL editor with an exception for the
A session can be killed easily on the "Current Sessions" table which can be found on the , Server detail, and Service detail page.
Kill session button. This button is shown on the mouseover event.
Confirm killing the session dialog.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
The SchemaRouter provides an easy and manageable sharding solution by building a single logical database server from multiple separate ones. Each database is shown to the client and queries targeting unique databases are routed to their respective servers. In addition to providing simple database-based sharding, the schemarouter also enables cross-node session variable usage by routing all queries that modify the session to all nodes.
[MyLogFilter]
type=filter
module=topfilter
[Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=MyLogFilterfilebase=/tmp/SqlQueryLogcount=30match=select.*from.*customer.*where
exclude=where
options=case,extendedsource=127.0.0.1user=john[ProductsUpdateTop20]
type=filter
module=topfilter
count=20
match=UPDATE.*PRODUCTS.*WHERE
exclude=UPDATE.*PRODUCTS_STOCK.*WHERE
filebase=/var/logs/top/ProductsUpdate[SlowAppServer]
type=filter
module=topfilter
count=20
source=192.168.0.32
filebase=/var/logs/top/SlowAppServer[ControlAppServer]
type=filter
module=topfilter
count=20
source=192.168.0.42
filebase=/var/logs/top/ControlAppServer[App-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=SlowAppServer | ControlAppServer-bash-4.1$ cat /var/logs/top/Employees-top-10.137
Top 10 longest running queries in session.
==========================================
Time (sec) | Query
-----------+-----------------------------------------------------------------
22.985 | select sum(salary), year(from_date) from salaries s, (select distinct year(from_date) as y1 from salaries) y where (makedate(y.y1, 1) between s.from_date and s.to_date) group by y.y1
5.304 | select d.dept_name as "Department", y.y1 as "Year", count(*) as "Count" from departments d, dept_emp de, (select distinct year(from_date) as y1 from dept_emp order by 1) y where d.dept_no = de.dept_no and (makedate(y.y1, 1) between de.from_date and de.to_date) group by y.y1, d.dept_name order by 1, 2
2.896 | select year(now()) - year(birth_date) as age, gender, avg(salary) as "Average Salary" from employees e, salaries s where e.emp_no = s.emp_no and ("1988-08-01" between from_date AND to_date) group by year(now()) - year(birth_date), gender order by 1,2
2.160 | select dept_name as "Department", sum(salary) / 12 as "Salary Bill" from employees e, departments d, dept_emp de, salaries s where e.emp_no = de.emp_no and de.dept_no = d.dept_no and ("1988-08-01" between de.from_date AND de.to_date) and ("1988-08-01" between s.from_date AND s.to_date) and s.emp_no = e.emp_no group by dept_name order by 1
0.845 | select dept_name as "Department", avg(year(now()) - year(birth_date)) as "Average Age", gender from employees e, departments d, dept_emp de where e.emp_no = de.emp_no and de.dept_no = d.dept_no and ("1988-08-01" between from_date AND to_date) group by dept_name, gender
0.668 | select year(hire_date) as "Hired", d.dept_name, count(*) as "Count" from employees e, departments d, dept_emp de where de.emp_no = e.emp_no and de.dept_no = d.dept_no group by d.dept_name, year(hire_date)
0.249 | select moves.n_depts As "No. of Departments", count(moves.emp_no) as "No. of Employees" from (select de1.emp_no as emp_no, count(de1.emp_no) as n_depts from dept_emp de1 group by de1.emp_no) as moves group by moves.n_depts order by 1
0.245 | select year(now()) - year(birth_date) as age, gender, count(*) as "Count" from employees group by year(now()) - year(birth_date), gender order by 1,2
0.179 | select year(hire_date) as "Hired", count(*) as "Count" from employees group by year(hire_date)
0.160 | select year(hire_date) - year(birth_date) as "Age", count(*) as Count from employees group by year(hire_date) - year(birth_date) order by 1
-----------+-----------------------------------------------------------------
Session started Wed Jun 18 18:41:03 2014
Connection from 127.0.0.1
Username massi
Total of 24 statements executed.
Total statement execution time 35.701 seconds
Average statement execution time 1.488 seconds
Total connection time 46.500 seconds
-bash-4.1$CREATE USER 'maxscale'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale_pw';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.user TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.db TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.tables_priv TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.columns_priv TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.procs_priv TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.proxies_priv TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.roles_mapping TO 'maxscale'@'%';
GRANT SHOW DATABASES ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'%';CREATE USER 'jdoe'@'maxscale-host' IDENTIFIED BY 'my_secret_password';MariaDB [(none)]> SHOW GRANTS FOR 'jdoe'@'client-host';
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Grants for jdoe@client-host |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE ON *.* TO 'jdoe'@'client-host' |
+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
1 row in set (0.01 sec)GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE ON *.* TO 'jdoe'@'maxscale-host';[maxscale]
threads=autosudo systemctl start maxscalesudo service maxscale start% sudo maxctrl list services
┌──────────────────┬────────────────┬─────────────┬───────────────────┬───────────────────────────┐
│ Service │ Router │ Connections │ Total Connections │ Servers │
├──────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼───────────────────────────┤
│ Splitter-Service │ readwritesplit │ 1 │ 1 │ dbserv1, dbserv2, dbserv3 │
└──────────────────┴────────────────┴─────────────┴───────────────────┴───────────────────────────┘
% sudo maxctrl list servers
┌─────────┬─────────────┬──────┬─────────────┬─────────────────┬───────────┐
│ Server │ Address │ Port │ Connections │ State │ GTID │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼───────────┤
│ dbserv1 │ 192.168.2.1 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Master, Running │ 0-3000-62 │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼───────────┤
│ dbserv2 │ 192.168.2.2 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ 0-3000-62 │
├─────────┼─────────────┼──────┼─────────────┼─────────────────┼───────────┤
│ dbserv3 │ 192.168.2.3 │ 3306 │ 0 │ Slave, Running │ 0-3000-62 │
└─────────┴─────────────┴──────┴─────────────┴─────────────────┴───────────┘
% sudo maxctrl list listeners Splitter-Service
┌───────────────────┬──────┬──────┬─────────┐
│ Name │ Port │ Host │ State │
├───────────────────┼──────┼──────┼─────────┤
│ Splitter-Listener │ 3306 │ │ Running │
└───────────────────┴──────┴──────┴─────────┘Dashboard graphs. Refresh interval is 10 seconds.
Refresh rate dropdown. The frequency with which the data is refreshed.
Create a new MaxScale object button.
Collapse its children nodes.
Rejoin node. When the auto_rejoin parameter is disabled, the node can be
manually rejoined by dragging it on top of the primary server.
Monitor manipulation operations button. Showing a dropdown with the following operations:
auto_failover parameter is disabled.Use database option to quickly change the default (current) databaseSchemas sidebar. Showing available schemas on the current connection. As shown in the figure above, these items can be explored to show tables, stored procedures, columns, and triggers within the schema.
Schemas sidebar object.
Run all statementsRun selected statementsSave statements to favoriteQuery Results. Showing the query results of queries written in the SQL editor.
Data Preview. Showing the query results of Preview Data (top 1000) andView Details options of the schema sidebar context menu.
History/Snippets. Showing query history and snippet queries.
Result tab navigation. Navigating between SQL queries results.
Filter query history logs. The query history is divided into two types of
logs The User query logs contains logs for queries written in theSQL editor while the Action logs contains logs for auto-generated SQL,
such as Preview Data (top 1000), View Details, Drop Table andTruncate Table.
Export query result button. Exporting as json, csv with a custom
delimiter.
Filter query result columns dropdown. Selecting columns to be visible.
Vertical query result button. Switching to vertical mode.
Run button. Running the queries written in the SQL editor. Alternatively,
pressing Ctrl/CMD+Shift+Enter to Run all statements or Ctrl/CMD+Enter
to Run selected statements.
Visualize query result button. Visualizing a query result into a line, scatter, vertical bar, and horizontal bar graph.
Create a query snippet from the queries written in the SQL editor.
Alternatively, press Ctrl/CMD+D.
Open Script button.
Save Script button. This writes content into the opened file. This only works on Chrome or any browsers based on Chromium served over a secure connection (https)
Save Script As button. Save the content as a new file.
sql_select_limit input. Changing the maximum number of rows to return from SELECT statements.
Add a new session button.
Query Editor settings button. Open Query configuration dialog to change
the value of Max rows (sql_select_limit),Query history retention period (in days),Show confirmation before executing the statements andShow system schemas.
Maximize Query Editor window.
password
The password for the user. This is a mandatory value.
db
The default database for the connection. By default the connection will have no default database.
timeout
Connection timeout in seconds. The default connection timeout is 10 seconds. This controls how long the SQL connection creation can take before an error is returned.
max-ageSets the connection token maximum age in seconds. The default ismax-age=28800. Only positive values are accepted and if a non-positive or
a non-integer value is found, the parameter is ignored. Once the token age
exceeds the configured maximum value, the token can no longer be used and a
new connection must be created.
The Xpand Monitor is a monitor that monitors a Xpand cluster. It is capable of detecting the cluster setup and creating corresponding server instances within MaxScale.
The monitor user must have the following grants:
Further, if you want be able to softfail and unsoftfail a node via MaxScale,
then the monitor user must have SUPER privileges:
A minimal configuration for a monitor requires one server in the Xpand cluster, and a username and a password to connect to the server. Note that by default the Xpand monitor will only use that server in order to dynamically find out the configuration of the cluster; after startup it will completely rely upon information obtained at runtime. To change the default behaviour, please see the parameter dynamic_node_detection.
To ensure that the Xpand monitor will be able to start, it is adviseable to provide more than one server to cater for the case that not all nodes are always up when MaxScale starts.
Note: All services that use servers monitored by xpandmon should use
the cluster parameter to define the set of servers they use. This will
guarantee that the services use servers that are valid members of the
XPand cluster.
The server objects the Xpand monitor creates for each detected Xpand node will be named like
where <name-of-xpand-monitor> is the name of the Xpand monitor
instance, as defined in the MaxScale configuration file, and <id> is the
id of the Xpand node.
For instance, with the Xpand monitor defined as above and a Xpand
cluster consisting of 3 nodes whose ids are 1, 2 and 3 respectively,
the names of the created server objects will be:
When dynamic servers are created, the values for the configuraton settingsmax_routing_connections, persistmaxtime, persistpoolmax andproxy_protocol are copied from the settings of the bootstrap servers.
Note that the values of these settings must be identical on every
bootstrap server.
For a list of optional parameters that all monitors support, read the Monitor Common document.
These are optional parameters specific to the Xpand Monitor.
Defines, in milliseconds, how often the monitor checks the state of the entire cluster. The default value is 60000 (1 minute), which should not be lowered as that may have an adverse effect on the Cluster itself.
The interval is specified as documented here. If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as milliseconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected.
Defines how many times the health check may fail before the monitor considers a particular node to be down. The default value is 2.
By default, the Xpand monitor will only use the bootstrap nodes in order to connect to the Xpand cluster and then find out the cluster configuration dynamically at runtime.
That behaviour can be turned off with this optional parameter, in which case all Xpand nodes must manually be defined as shown below.
The default value of dynamic_node_detection is true.
See also health_check_port.
With this optional parameter it can be specified what health check
port to use, if dynamic_node_detection has been disabled.
The default value is 3581.
Note that this parameter is ignored unless dynamic_node_detection
is false. Note also that the port must be the same for all nodes.
The Xpand monitor supports the following module commands.
With the softfail module command, a node can be softfailed via
MaxScale. The command requires as argument the name of the Xpand
monitor instance (as defined in the configuration file) and the name
of the node to be softfailed.
For instance, with a configuration file like
then the node whose server name is @@TheXpandMonitor:node-1 can
be softfailed like
If the softfailing of a node is successfully initiated, then the status
of the corresponding MaxScale server object will be set to Draining,
which will prevent new connections from being created to the node.
When the number of connections through MaxScale to the node has dropped
to 0, its state will change to Drained. Note that the state Drained
only tells that there are no connections to the node, not what the state
of the softfailing operation is.
With the unsoftfail module command, a node can be unsoftfailed via
MaxScale. The command requires as argument the name of the Xpand
monitor instance (as defined in the configuration file) and the name
of the node to be unsoftfailed.
With a setup similar to the softfail case, a node can be unsoftfailed
like:
If a node is successfully softfailed, then a Draining status of
the corresponding MaxScale server object will be cleared.
During the cluster check, which is performed once percluster_monitor_interval, the monitor will also check whether any
nodes are being softfailed. The status of the corresponding server
object of a node being softfailed will be set to Draining,
which will prevent new connections from being created to that node.
When the number of connections through MaxScale to the node has dropped
to 0, its state will change to Drained. Note that the state Drained
only tells that there are no connections to the node, not what the state
of the softfailing operation is.
If a node that was softfailed is UNSOFTFAILed then the Draining
status will be cleared.
If the softfailing and unsoftfailing is initiated using the softfail
and unsoftfail commands of the Xpand monitor, then there will be
no delay between the softfailing or unsoftfailing being initiated and theDraining status being turned on/off.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
POST /v1/sql/query?token=eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiJhZG1pbiIsImV4cCI6MTU4MzI1NDE1MSwiaWF0IjoxNTgzMjI1MzUxLCJpc3MiOiJtYXhzY2FsZSJ9.B1BqhjjKaCWKe3gVXLszpOPfeu8cLiwSb4CMIJAoyqwGET /v1/sql/:id{
"data": {
"id": "5",
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/queries/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/"
},
"type": "sql"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/"
},
"meta": {
"token": "eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiI1IiwiZXhwIjoxNjIwMjM1Mzc3LCJpYXQiOjE2MjAyMDY1NzcsImlzcyI6Im14cy1xdWVyeSJ9.2CJ8DsEPbGlvs2DrBUC6FJA64VMSU8kbX1U4FSu2-OY"
}
}GET /v1/sql{
"data": [
{
"id": "10",
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/10/queries/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/10/"
},
"type": "sql"
},
{
"id": "11",
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/11/queries/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/11/"
},
"type": "sql"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/"
}
}POST /v1/sql{
"user": "jdoe",
"password": "my-s3cret",
"target": "server1",
"db": "test",
"timeout": 15
}{
"data": {
"id": "5",
"attributes": {
"thread_id": 12,
"seconds_idle": 5
}
"links": {
// The "related" endpoint is the URL to the query endpoint for this connection.
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/queries/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/"
},
"type": "sql"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/5/"
},
"meta": {
"token": "eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiI1IiwiZXhwIjoxNjIwMjM1Mzc3LCJpYXQiOjE2MjAyMDY1NzcsImlzcyI6Im14cy1xdWVyeSJ9.2CJ8DsEPbGlvs2DrBUC6FJA64VMSU8kbX1U4FSu2-OY"
}
}DELETE /v1/sql/:idPOST /v1/sql/:id/reconnectPOST /v1/sql/:id/clonePOST /v1/sql/:id/queries{
"sql": "SELECT * FROM test.t1",
"max_rows": 1000
}{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"results": [
{
"data": [
[
1
],
[
2
],
[
3
]
],
"fields": [
"id"
]
}
],
"sql": "select * from t1"
},
"id": "9-1",
"type": "queries"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/9/queries/9-1/"
}
}{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"results": [
{
"errno": 1064,
"message": "You have an error in your SQL syntax; check the manual that corresponds to your MariaDB server version for the right syntax to use near 'table t1' at line 1",
"sqlstate": "42000"
}
],
"sql": "select syntax_error from table t1"
},
"id": "4-1",
"type": "queries"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/4/queries/4-1/"
}
}{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"results": [
{
"affected_rows": 0,
"last_insert_id": 0,
"warnings": 0
}
],
"sql": "drop table t1"
},
"id": "6-1",
"type": "queries"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/6/queries/6-1/"
}
}{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"results": [
{
"affected_rows": 0,
"last_insert_id": 0,
"warnings": 0
}
],
"sql": "drop table t1"
},
"id": "6-1",
"type": "queries"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/sql/6/queries/6-1/"
}
}CREATE USER 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-password';
GRANT SELECT ON system.membership TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON system.nodeinfo TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON system.softfailed_nodes TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT SUPER ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';[TheXpandMonitor]
type=monitor
module=xpandmon
servers=server1,server2,server3
user=myuser
password=mypwd
[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
cluster=TheXpandMonitor
user=myuser
password=mypwd@@<name-of-xpand-monitor>:node-<id>@@TheXpandMonitor:node-1
@@TheXpandMonitor:node-2
@@TheXpandMonitor:node-3cluster_monitor_interval=120000mshealth_check_threshold=3[Node-1]
type=server
address=192.168.121.77
port=3306
...
[Node-2]
...
[Node-3]
...
[TheXpandMonitor]
type=monitor
module=xpandmon
servers=Node-1, Node-2, Node-3
dynamic_node_detection=falsehealth_check_port=4711[TheXpandMonitor]
type=monitor
module=xpandmon
...$ maxctrl call command xpandmon softfail TheXpandMonitor @@TheXpandMonitor:node-1$ maxctrl call command xpandmon unsoftfail TheXpandMonitor @@TheXpandMonitor:node-1Default: case
Default: session
userreply_timetotal_reply_timequerydefault_dbnum_rowsreply_sizetransactiontransaction_timenum_warningserror_msgDefault: date, user, query
query
Query
default_db
The default (current) database
num_rows
Number of rows in the result set (v6.2)
reply_size
Number of bytes received from the server (v6.2)
transaction
BEGIN, COMMIT and ROLLBACK (v6.2)
transaction_time
The duration of a transaction (v6.2)
num_warnings
Number of warnings in the server reply (v6.2)
error_msg
Error message from the server (if any) (v6.2)
server
The server where the query was routed (if any) (v22.08)
session
Write to session-specific files
unified
Use one file for all sessions
stdout
Same as unified, but to stdout
service
Service name
session
Unique session id (ignored for session files)
date
Timestamp
user
User and hostname of client
reply_time
Duration from client query to first server reply
total_reply_time
Duration from client query to last server reply (v6.2)
By default the SchemaRouter assumes that each database and table is only located on one server. If it finds the same database or table on multiple servers, it will close the session with the following error:
The exception to this rule are the system tables mysql, information_schema,performance_schema, sys that are never treated as duplicates.
If duplicate tables are expected, use the ignore_tables_regex parameter to controls which
duplicate tables are allowed. To disable the duplicate database detection, useignore_tables_regex=.*.
Schemarouter compares table and database names case-insensitively. This means
that the tables test.t1 and test.T1 are assumed to refer to the same table.
The main limitation of SchemaRouter is that aside from session variable writes and some specific queries, a query can only target one server. This means that queries which depend on results from multiple servers give incorrect results. See Limitations for more information.
From 2.3.0 onwards, SchemaRouter is capable of limited table family sharding.
The auth_all_servers parameter is no longer automatically enabled by the
schemarouter. To retain the old behavior that was present in 2.5, explicitly
define auth_all_servers=true for all schemarouter services.
If a command modifies the session state by modifying any session or user
variables, the query is routed to all nodes. These statements include SET
statements as well as any other statements that modify the behavior of the
client.
If a client changes the default database after connecting, either with a USE <db> query or a COM_INIT_DB command, the query is routed to all servers
that contain the database. This same logic applies when a client connects with
a default database: the default database is set only on servers that actually
contain it.
If a query targets one or more tables that the schemarouter has discovered during the database mapping phase, the query is only routed if a server is found that contains all of the tables that the query uses. If no such server is found, the query is routed to the server that was previously used or to the first available backend if none have been used. If a query uses a table but doesn't define the database it is in, it is assumed to be located on the default database of the connection.
If a query targets a table or a database that is present on all nodes
(e.g. information_schema) and the connection is using a default database,
the query is routed based on the default database. This makes it possible to
control where queries that do match a specifc node are routed. If the
connection is not using a default database, the query is routed based solely
on the tables it contains.
If a query uses a table that is unknown to the schemarouter or executes a command that doesn't target a table, the query is routed to a server contains the current active default database. If the connection does not have a default database, the query is routed to the backend that was last used or to the first available backend if none have been used. If the query contains a routing hint that directs it to a server, the query is routed there.
This means that all administrative commands, replication related command as well as certain transaction control statements (XA transaction) are routed to the first available server in certain cases. To avoid problems, use routing hints to direct where these statements should go.
Starting with MaxScale 6.4.5, transaction control commands (BEGIN, COMMIT
and ROLLBACK) are routed to all nodes. Older versions of MaxScale routed the
queries to the first available backend. This means that cross-shard
transactions are technically possible but, without external synchronization,
the transactions are not guaranteed to be globally consistent.
LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE commands are routed to the first available server
that contains the tables listed in the query.
To check how databases and tables map to servers, execute the special querySHOW SHARDS. The query does not support any modifiers such as LIKE.
The schemarouter will also intercept the SHOW DATABASES command and generate
it based on its internal data. This means that newly created databases will not
show up immediately and will only be visible when the cached data has been
updated.
The schemarouter maps each of the servers to know where each database and table
is located. As each user has access to a different set of tables and databases,
the result is unique to the username and the set of servers that the service
uses. These results are cached by the schemarouter. The lifetime of the cached
result is controlled by the refresh_interval parameter.
When a server needs to be mapped, the schemarouter will route a query to each of the servers using the client's credentials. While this query is being executed, all other sessions that would otherwise share the cached result will wait for the update to complete. This waiting functionality was added in MaxScale 2.4.19, older versions did not wait for existing updates to finish and would perform parallel database mapping queries.
Here is an example configuration of the schemarouter:
The module generates the list of databases based on the servers parameter using the connecting client's credentials. The user and password parameters define the credentials that are used to fetch the authentication data from the database servers. The credentials used only require the same grants as mentioned in the configuration documentation.
The list of databases is built by sending a SHOW DATABASES query to all the servers. This requires the user to have at least USAGE and SELECT grants on the databases that need be sharded.
If you are connecting directly to a database or have different users on some
of the servers, you need to get the authentication data from all the
servers. You can control this with the auth_all_servers parameter. With
this parameter, MariaDB MaxScale forms a union of all the users and their
grants from all the servers. By default, the schemarouter will fetch the
authentication data from all servers.
For example, if two servers have the database shard and the following
rights are granted only on one server, all queries targeting the databaseshard would be routed to the server where the grants were given.
This would in effect allow the user 'john' to only see the database 'shard' on this server. Take notice that these grants are matched against MariaDB MaxScale's hostname instead of the client's hostname. Only user authentication uses the client's hostname and all other grants use MariaDB MaxScale's hostname.
Type: stringlist
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
List of full table names (e.g. db1.t1) to ignore when checking for duplicate tables. By default no tables are ignored.
This parameter was once called ignore_databases.
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
A PCRE2 regular expression that is matched against database names when checking for duplicate databases. By default no tables are ignored.
The following configuration ignores duplicate tables in the databases db1 and db2,
and all tables starting with "t" in db3.
This parameter was once called ignore_databases_regex.
This parameter has been moved to the MaxScale core in MaxScale 6.0.
This parameter has been moved to the MaxScale core in MaxScale 6.0.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Enable database map refreshing mid-session. These are triggered by a failure to
change the database i.e. USE ... queries. This feature is disabled by default.
Before MaxScale 6.2.0, this parameter did nothing. Starting with the 6.2.0 release of MaxScale this parameter now works again but it is disabled by default to retain the same behavior as in older releases.
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 300s
The minimum interval between database map refreshes in seconds. The default value is 300 seconds.
The interval is specified as documented here. If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the intervaltimeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
This functionality was introduced in 2.3.0.
If the same database exists on multiple servers, but the database contains different tables in each server, SchemaRouter is capable of routing queries to the right server, depending on which table is being addressed.
As an example, suppose the database db exists on servers server1 and server2, but
that the database on server1 contains the table tbl1 and on server2 contains the
table tbl2. The query SELECT * FROM db.tbl1 will be routed to server1 and the querySELECT * FROM db.tbl2 will be routed to server2. As in the example queries, the table
names must be qualified with the database names for table-level sharding to work.
Specifically, the query series below is not supported.
The router_diagnostics output for a schemarouter service contains the
following fields.
queries: Number of queries executed through this service.
sescmd_percentage: The percentage of queries that were session commands.
longest_sescmd_chain: The largest amount of session commands executed by one client session.
times_sescmd_limit_exceeded: Number of times the session command history limit was exceeded.
longest_session: The longest client session in seconds.
shortest_session: The shortest client session in seconds.
average_session: The average client session duration in seconds.
shard_map_hits: Cache hits for the shard map cache.
shard_map_misses: Cache misses for the shard map cache.
Cross-database queries (e.g. SELECT column FROM database1.table UNION select column FROM database2.table) are not properly supported. Such queries are routed either to the
first explicit database in the query, the current database in use or to the first
available database, depending on which succeeds.
Without a default database, queries that do not use fully qualified table
names and which do not modify the session state (e.g. SELECT * FROM t1) will
be routed to the first available server. This includes queries such as explicit
transaction commands (BEGIN, COMMIT, ROLLBACK), all non-table CREATE
commands (CREATE DATABASE, CREATE SEQUENCE) as well as any SELECT
statements that do not directly refer to a table. CREATE commands should be
done directly on the node or the router should be equipped with the hint filter
and a routing hint should be used. Queries that modify the session state
(e.g. SET autocommit=1) will be routed to all servers regardless of the
default database. For explicit transactions, the recommended way is to use SET autocommit=0 to start a transaction and SET autocommit=1 to commit it,
otherwise routing hints are required to correctly route the transaction control
commands. changed the
routing of transaction control commands to route them to all servers used by the
schemarouter.
SELECT queries that modify session variables are not supported because uniform results can not be guaranteed. If such a query is executed, the behavior of the router is undefined. To work around this limitation, the query must be executed in separate parts.
If a query targets a database the SchemaRouter has not mapped to a server, the query will be routed to the first available server. This possibly returns an error about database rights instead of a missing database.
Prepared statement support is limited. PREPARE, EXECUTE and DEALLOCATE are routed to the
correct backend if the statement is known and only requires one backend server. EXECUTE
IMMEADIATE is not supported and is routed to the first available backend and may give
wrong results. Similarly, preparing a statement from a variable (e.g. PREPARE stmt FROM @a) is not supported and may be routed wrong.
SHOW DATABASES is handled by the router instead of routed to a server. The router only
answers correctly to the basic version of the query. Any modifiers such as LIKE are
ignored. Starting with MaxScale 22.08, the database names will always be in lowercase.
SHOW TABLES is routed to the server with the current database. If using
table-level sharding, the results will be incomplete. Similarly, SHOW TABLES FROM db1 is routed to the server with database db1, ignoring table
sharding. Use SHOW SHARDS to get results from the router itself. Starting with
MaxScale 22.08, the database names will always be in lowercase.
USE db1 is routed to the server with db1. If the database is divided to multiple
servers, only one server will get the command.
Here is a small tutorial on how to set up a sharded database.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
NOTE This is the documentation for the binlogrouter in MaxScale 2.4 and is only provided for reference. The documentation for the binlogrouter in MaxScale 2.5 is provided here.
The binlogrouter is a replication protocol proxy module for MariaDB MaxScale. This module allows MariaDB MaxScale to connect to a master server and retrieve binary logs while slave servers can connect to MariaDB MaxScale like they would connect to a normal master server. If the master server goes down, the slave servers can still connect to MariaDB MaxScale and read binary logs. You can switch to a new master server without the slaves noticing that the actual master server has changed. This allows for a more highly available replication setup where replication is high-priority.
The binlogrouter requires the user and password parameters. These should be
configured according to the .
In addition to these two parameters, the server_id and binlogdir parameters
needs to be defined.
The binlogrouter accepts the following parameters.
Note: Earlier versions of MaxScale supported the configuration of the
binlogrouter only via router_options (a the comma-separated list of key-value
pairs). As of MaxScale 2.1, all of the router options should be defined as
parameters. The values defined in router_options will have priority over the
parameters to support legacy configurations. The use of router_options is
deprecated.
binlogdir
This parameter controls the location where MariaDB MaxScale stores the binary log files. This is a mandatory parameter.
The binlogdir also contains the cache subdirectory which stores data
retrieved from the master during the slave registration phase. The
master.ini file also resides in the binlogdir. This file keeps track of
the current master configuration and it is updated when a CHANGE MASTER TO query is executed.
From 2.1 onwards, the 'cache' directory is stored in the same location as other
user credential caches. This means that with the default options, the user
credential cache is stored in/var/cache/maxscale/<Service Name>/<Listener Name>/cache/.
Read the documentation for instructions on how to define a custom location for the user cache.
server_id
MariaDB MaxScale must have a unique server_id. This parameter configures the value of the server_id that MariaDB MaxScale will use when connecting to the master. This is a mandatory parameter.
Older versions of MaxScale allowed the ID to be specified using server-id.
This has been deprecated and will be removed in a future release of MariaDB MaxScale.
master_id
The server_id value that MariaDB MaxScale should use to report to the slaves that connect to MariaDB MaxScale.
This may either be the same as the server id of the real master or can be chosen to be different if the slaves need to be aware of the proxy layer. The real master server ID will be used if the option is not set.
Older versions of MaxScale allowed the ID to be specified using master-id.
This has been deprecated and will be removed in a future release of MariaDB MaxScale.
uuid
This is used to set the unique UUID that the binlog router uses when it connects to the master server. By default the UUID will be generated.
master_uuid
It is a requirement of replication that each server has a unique UUID value. If this option is not set, binlogrouter will identify itself to the slaves using the UUID of the real master.
master_version
By default, the router will identify itself to the slaves using the server version of the real master. This option allows the router to use a custom version string.
master_hostname
By default, the router will identify itself to the slaves using the hostname of the real master. This option allows the router to use a custom hostname.
slave_hostname
Since MaxScale 2.1.6 the router can optionally identify itself to the master
using a custom hostname. The specified hostname can be seen in the master viaSHOW SLAVE HOSTS command. The default is not to send any hostname string
during registration.
user
Note: This is option can only be given to the router_options parameter. Use
the user parameter of the service instead.
This is the user name that MariaDB MaxScale uses when it connects to the master. This user name must have the rights required for replication as with any other user that a slave uses for replication purposes. If the user parameter is not given in the router options then the same user as is used to retrieve the credential information will be used for the replication connection, i.e. the user in the service entry.
This user is the only one available for MySQL connection to MaxScale Binlog Server for administration when master connection is not done yet.
In MaxScale 2.1, the service user injection is done by the MySQLAuth authenticator module. Read the documentation for more details.
The user that is used for replication must be granted replication privileges on the database server.
password
Note: This is option can only be given to the router_options parameter. Use
the password parameter of the service instead.
The password for the user. If the password is not explicitly given then the
password in the service entry will be used. For compatibility with other
username and password definitions within the MariaDB MaxScale configuration file
it is also possible to use the parameter passwd.
heartbeat
This defines the value of the heartbeat interval for the connection to the master. The duration can be specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the parameter is seconds, a value specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second. The default value for the heartbeat period is every 5 minutes.
MariaDB MaxScale requests the master to ensure that a binlog event is sent at least every heartbeat period. If there are no real binlog events to send the master will sent a special heartbeat event. The current interval value is reported in the diagnostic output.
burstsize
This parameter is used to define the maximum amount of data that will be sent to
a slave by MariaDB MaxScale when that slave is lagging behind the master. The
default value is 1M.
The burst size can be provided as specified , except that IEC binary
prefixes can be used as suffixes only from MaxScale 2.1 onwards. MaxScale 2.0
and earlier only support burstsize defined in bytes.
In this situation the slave is said to be in "catchup mode", this parameter is designed to both prevent flooding of that slave and also to prevent threads within MariaDB MaxScale spending disproportionate amounts of time with slaves that are lagging behind the master.
mariadb10-compatibility
This parameter allows binlogrouter to replicate from a MariaDB 10.0 master server: this parameter is enabled by default since MaxScale 2.2.0. In earlier versions the parameter was disabled by default.
Additionally, since MaxScale 2.2.1, MariaDB 10.x slave servers can connect to binlog server using GTID value instead of binlog name and position.
Example of a MariaDB 10.x slave connection to MaxScale
Note:
Slave servers can connect either with file and pos or GTID.
MaxScale saves all the incoming MariaDB GTIDs (DDLs and DMLs)
in a sqlite3 database located in binlogdir (gtid_maps.db).
When a slave server connects with a GTID request a lookup is made for
the value match and following binlog events will be sent.
transaction_safety
This parameter is used to enable/disable incomplete transactions detection in binlog router. The default value is off.
When MariaDB MaxScale starts an error message may appear if current binlog file is corrupted or an incomplete transaction is found. During normal operations binlog events are not distributed to the slaves until a COMMIT is seen. Set transaction_safety=on to enable detection of incomplete transactions.
send_slave_heartbeat
This defines whether MariaDB MaxScale sends the heartbeat packet to the slave when there are no real binlog events to send. This parameter takes a boolean value and the default value is false. This means that no heartbeat events are sent to slave servers.
If value is set to true the interval value (requested by the slave during registration) is reported in the diagnostic output and the packet is send after the time interval without any event to send.
semisync
This parameter controls whether binlog server could ask Master server to start the Semi-Synchronous replication. This parameter takes a boolean value and the default value is false.
In order to get semi-sync working, the Master server must have the_rpl_semi_sync_master_ plugin installed. The availability of the plugin and the value of the GLOBAL VARIABLE rpl_semi_sync_master_enabled are checked in the Master registration phase: if the plugin is installed in the Master database, the binlog server subsequently requests the semi-sync option.
Note:
the network replication stream from Master has two additional bytes before each binlog event.
the Semi-Sync protocol requires an acknowledge packet to be sent back to Master only when requested: the semi-sync flag will have value of 1. This flag is set only if rpl_semi_sync_master_enabled=1 is set in the Master, otherwise it will always have value of 0 and no ack packet is sent back.
Please note that semi-sync replication is only related to binlog server to Master communication.
ssl_cert_verification_depth
This parameter sets the maximum length of the certificate authority chain that will be accepted. Legal values are positive integers. This applies to SSL connection to master server that could be acivated either by writing options in master.ini or later via a CHANGE MASTER TO command. This parameter cannot be modified at runtime. The default verification depth is 9.
encrypt_binlog
Whether to encrypt binlog files: the default is off.
When set to on the binlog files will be encrypted using specified AES algorithm and the KEY in the specified key file.
Note: binlog encryption must be used while replicating from a MariaDB 10.1 server and serving data to MariaDB 10.x slaves. In order to use binlog encryption the master server MariaDB 10.1 must have encryption active (encrypt-binlog=1 in my.cnf). This is required because both master and maxscale must store encrypted data for a working scenario for Secure data-at-rest. Additionally, as long as Master server doesn't send the StartEncryption event (which contains encryption setup information for the binlog file), there is a position gap between end of FormatDescription event pos and next event start pos. The StartEncryption event size is 36 or 40 (depending on CRC32 being used), so the gap has that size.
MaxScale binlog server adds its own StartEncryption to binlog files consequently the binlog events positions in binlog file are the same as in the master binlog file and there is no position mismatch.
encryption_algorithm
The encryption algorithm, either 'aes_ctr' or 'aes_cbc'. The default is 'aes_cbc'
encryption_key_file
The specified key file must contains lines with following format:
id;HEX(KEY)
Id is the scheme identifier, which must have the value 1 for binlog encryption , the ';' is a separator and HEX(KEY) contains the hex representation of the KEY. The KEY must have exact 16, 24 or 32 bytes size and the selected algorithm (aes_ctr or aes_cbc) with 128, 192 or 256 ciphers will be used.
Note: the key file has the same format as MariaDB 10.1 server so it's
possible to use an existing key file (not encrypted) which could contain severalscheme;key values: only key id with value 1 will be parsed, and if not found
an error will be reported.
Example key file with multiple keys:
mariadb10_master_gtid
This option allows MaxScale binlog router to register with MariaDB 10.X master using GTID instead of binlog_file name and position in CHANGE MASTER TO admin command. This feature is disabled by default.
The user can set a known GTID or an empty value (in this case the Master server will send events from it's first available binlog file).
Example of MaxScale connection to a MariaDB 10.X Master
If using GTID request then it's no longer possible to use MASTER_LOG_FILE and
MASTER_LOG_POS in CHANGE MASTER TO command: an error will be reported.
If this feature is enabled, the transaction_safety option will be automatically enabled. The binlog files will also be stored in a hierarchical directory tree instead of a single directory.
Note:
When the option is On, the connecting slaves can only use GTID request: specifying file and pos will end up in an error sent by MaxScale and replication cannot start.
The GTID request could cause the writing of events in any position of the binlog file, whose name has been sent by the master server before any event. In order to avoid holes in the binlog files, MaxScale will fill all gaps in the binlog files with ignorable events.
It's not possible to specify the GTID _domain_id: the master one is being used for all operations. All slave servers must use the same replication domain as the master server.
master_retry_count
This option sets the maximum number of connection retries when the master server is disconnected or not reachable. Default value is 1000.
connect_retry
The option sets the time interval for a new connection retry to master server. The duration can be specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the parameter is seconds, a value specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second. The default value is 60 seconds.
A complete example of a service entry for a binlog router service would be as follows.
From MaxScale 2.3 onwards it is possible to specify secondary masters that the binlog router can use in case the connection to the default master fails.
Note: This is only supported in a Galera Cluster environment in which:
Wsrep GTID mode is enabled in the cluster.
All of the requirements for wsrep GTID mode are met by the cluster.
Wsrep GTID mode is also imperfect, so this secondary master functionality is only guaranteed to work if GTIDs have not become inconsistent within the cluster.
See for more information.
The initial setup is performed exactly like when there is but one default master.
After the setup of the default master, secondary masters can be configured as follows:
That is, a connection name must be provided and the name must be of the
format :N where N is a positive integer. If several secondary masters
are specified, they must be numbered consecutively, starting from 2.
All settings that are not explicitly specified are copied from the default master. That is, the following is equivalent with the command above:
If a particular master configuration exists already, then any specified
definitions will be changed and unspecified ones will remain unchanged.
For instance, the following command would only change the password of :2.
It is not possible to delete a particular secondary master, but ifMASTER_HOST is set on the default master, even if it is set to the same
value, then all secondary master configurations are deleted.
When START SLAVE is issued, MaxScale will first attempt to connect to the
default master and if that fails, try the secondary masters in order, until
a connection can be created. Only if all connection attempts fail, will
MaxScale wait as specified with connect_retry, before doing the cycle over
again.
Once the binlog router has successfully connected to a server, it will stay
connected to that server until the connection breaks or STOP SLAVE is
issued.
The configurations of the secondary masters are also stored to themaster.ini in sections whose name include the connection name.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[MyLogFilter]
type=filter
module=qlafilter
filebase=/tmp/SqlQueryLog
[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=MyLogFilterfilebase=/tmp/SqlQueryLogMariaDB [test]> select secret from T where x password="clear text pwd";
ERROR 1064 (42000): You have an error in your SQL syntax; check the manual
that corresponds to your MariaDB server version for the right syntax to
use near 'password="clear text pwd"' at line 1[ProductsSelectLogger]
type=filter
module=qlafilter
match=SELECT.*from.*PRODUCTS .*
exclude=WHERE.*PRODUCT_ID.*
filebase=/var/logs/qla/SelectProducts
[Product-Service]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
filters=ProductsSelectLogger07:12:56.324 7/01/2016, SELECT * FROM PRODUCTSERROR 5000 (DUPDB): Error: duplicate tables found on two different shards.show shards;
Database |Server |
---------|-------------|
db1.t1 |MyServer1 |
db1.t2 |MyServer1 |
db2.t1 |MyServer2 |[Shard-Router]
type=service
router=schemarouter
servers=server1,server2
user=myuser
password=mypwd# Execute this on both servers
CREATE USER 'john'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'password';
# Execute this only on the server where you want the queries to go
GRANT SELECT,USAGE ON shard.* TO 'john'@'%';[Shard-Router]
type=service
router=schemarouter
servers=server1,server2
user=myuser
password=mypwd
ignore_tables_regex=^db1|^db2|^db3\.tUSE db;
SELECT * FROM tbl1; // May be routed to an incorrect backend if using table sharding.The KafkaCDC module reads data changes in MariaDB via replication and converts them into JSON objects that are then streamed to a Kafka broker.
DDL events (CREATE TABLE, ALTER TABLE) are streamed as JSON objects in the
following format (example created by CREATE TABLE test.t1(id INT)):
The domain, server_id and sequence fields contain the GTID that this event
belongs to. The event_number field is the sequence number of events inside the
transaction starting from 1. The timestamp field is the UNIX timestamp when
the event occurred. The event_type field contains the type of the event, one
of:
insert: the event is the data that was added to MariaDB
delete: the event is the data that was removed from MariaDB
update_before: the event contains the data before an update statement modified it
All remaining fields contains data from the table. In the example event this
would be the fields id and data.
The sending of these schema objects is optional and can be disabled usingsend_schema=false.
DML events (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE) are streamed as JSON objects that
follow the format specified in the DDL event. The objects are in the following
format (example created by INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (1)):
The table_name and table_schema fields were added in MaxScale 2.5.3. These
contain the table name and schema the event targets.
The router stores table metadata in the MaxScale data directory. The
default value is /var/lib/maxscale/<service name>. If data for a table
is replicated before a DDL event for it is replicated, the CREATE TABLE
will be queried from the master server.
During shutdown, the Kafka event queue is flushed. This can take up to 60 seconds if the network is slow or there are network problems.
In order for kafkacdc to work, the binary logging on the source server must
be configured to use row-based replication and the row image must be set to
full by configuring binlog_format=ROW and binlog_row_image=FULL.
The servers parameter defines the set of servers where the data is
replicated from. The replication will be done from the first master server
that is found.
The
bootstrap_serversType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The list of Kafka brokers to use in host:port format. Multiple values
can be separated with commas. This is a mandatory parameter.
topicType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The Kafka topic where the replicated events will be sent. This is a mandatory parameter.
enable_idempotenceType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Enable idempotent producer mode. This feature requires Kafka version 0.11 or newer to work and is disabled by default.
When enabled, the Kafka producer enters a strict mode which avoids event duplication due to broker outages or other network errors. In HA scenarios where there are more than two MaxScale instances, event duplication can still happen as there is no synchronization between the MaxScale instances.
The Kafka C library,, describes the parameter as follows:
When set to true, the producer will ensure that messages are successfully produced exactly once and in the original produce order. The following configuration properties are adjusted automatically (if not modified by the user) when idempotence is enabled: max.in.flight.requests.per.connection=5 (must be less than or equal to 5), retries=INT32_MAX (must be greater than 0), acks=all, queuing.strategy=fifo.
timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The connection and read timeout for the replication stream.
gtidType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The initial GTID position from where the replication is started. By default the replication is started from the beginning. The value of this parameter is only used if no previously replicated events with GTID positions can be retrieved from Kafka.
Once the replication has started and a GTID position has been recorded, this
parameter will be ignored. To reset the recorded GTID position, delete thecurrent_gtid.txt file located in /var/lib/maxscale/<SERVICE>/ where<SERVICE> is the name of the KafkaCDC service.
server_idType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1234
The used when replicating from the master in direct replication mode. The default value is 1234. This parameter was added in MaxScale 2.5.7.
matchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Only include data from tables that match this pattern.
For example, if configured with match=accounts[.].*, only data from theaccounts database is sent to Kafka.
The pattern is matched against the combined database and table name separated by
a period. This means that the event for the table t1 in the test database
would appear as test.t1. The behavior is the same even if the database or the
table name contains a period. This means that an event for the test.table
table in the my.data database would appear as my.data.test.table.
Here is an example configuration that only sends events for tables from thedb1 database. The accounts and users tables in the db1 database are
filtered out using the exclude parameter.
excludeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Exclude data from tables that match this pattern.
For example, if configured with exclude=mydb[.].*, all data from the tables in
the mydb database is not sent to Kafka.
The pattern matching works the same way for both of the exclude and match
parameters. See for an explanation on how the patterns are
matched against the database and table names.
cooperative_replicationType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Controls whether multiple instances cooperatively replicate from the same cluster. This is a boolean parameter and is disabled by default. It was added in MaxScale 6.0.
When this parameter is enabled and the monitor pointed to by the cluster
parameter supports cooperative monitoring (currently only mariadbmon), the
replication is only active if the monitor owns the cluster it is monitoring.
Whenever an instance that does not own the cluster gains ownership of the cluster, the replication will continue from the latest GTID that was delivered to Kafka.
This means that multiple MaxScale instances can replicate from the same set of
servers and the event is only processed once. This feature does not provide
exactly-once semantics for the Kafka event delivery. However, it does provide
high-availability for the kafkacdc instances which allows automated failover
between multiple MaxScale instances.
send_schemaType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Send JSON schema object into the stream whenever the table schema changes. These events, as described , can be used to detect whenever the format of the data being sent changes.
If this information in these schema change events is not needed or the code that processes the Kafka stream can't handle them, they can be disabled with this parameter.
read_gtid_from_kafkaType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
On startup, the latest GTID is by default read from the Kafka cluster. This makes it possible to recover the replication position stored by another MaxScale. Sometimes this is not desirable and the GTID should only be read from the local file or started anew. Examples of these are when the GTIDs are reset or the replication topology has changed.
kafka_sslType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Enable SSL for Kafka connections. This is a boolean parameter and is disabled by default.
kafka_ssl_caType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Path to the certificate authority file in PEM format. If this is not provided, the default system certificates will be used.
kafka_ssl_certType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Path to the public certificate in PEM format.
The client must provide a certificate if the Kafka server performs authentication of the client certificates. This feature is enabled by default in Kafka and is controlled by .
If kafka_ssl_cert is provided, kafka_ssl_key must also be provided.
kafka_ssl_keyType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Path to the private key in PEM format.
If kafka_ssl_key is provided, kafka_ssl_cert must also be provided.
kafka_sasl_userType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Username for SASL authentication.
If kafka_sasl_user is provided, kafka_sasl_password must also be provided.
kafka_sasl_passwordType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Password for SASL authentication.
If kafka_sasl_password is provided, kafka_sasl_user must also be provided.
kafka_sasl_mechanismType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: PLAIN, SCRAM-SHA-256, SCRAM-SHA-512
The SASL mechanism used. The default value is PLAIN which uses plaintext
authentication. It is recommended to enable SSL whenever plaintext
authentication is used.
Allowed values are:
PLAIN
SCRAM-SHA-256
SCRAM-SHA-512
The value that should be used depends on the SASL mechanism used by the Kafka broker.
The following configuration defines the minimal setup for streaming replication events from MariaDB into Kafka as JSON:
The KafkaCDC module provides at-least-once semantics for the generated events. This means that each replication event is delivered to kafka at least once but there can be duplicate events in case of failures.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
CREATE USER 'repl'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'password';
GRANT REPLICATION SLAVE ON *.* TO 'repl'@'maxscalehost';# Example
mariadb10-compatibility=1MariaDB> SET @@global.gtid_slave_pos='0-10122-230';
MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER TO
MASTER_HOST='192.168.10.8',
MASTER_PORT=5306,
MASTER_USE_GTID=Slave_pos;
MariaDB> START SLAVE;#
# This is the Encryption Key File
# key id 1 is for binlog files encryption: it's mandatory
# The keys come from a 32bytes value, 64 bytes with HEX format
#
2;abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678901234567890abcdefabcdef1234567890
1;5132bbabcde33ffffff12345ffffaaabbbbbbaacccddeee11299000111992aaa
3;bbbbbbbbbaaaaaaabbbbbccccceeeddddd3333333ddddaaaaffffffeeeeecccd# mysql -h $MAXSCALE_HOST -P $MAXCALE_PORT
MariaDB> SET @@global.gtid_slave_pos='0-198-123';
MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER TO
MASTER_HOST='192.168.10.5',
MASTER_PORT=3306,
MASTER_USE_GTID=Slave_pos;
MariaDB> START SLAVE;[Replication]
type=service
router=binlogrouter
user=maxscale
password=maxpwd
server_id=3
binlogdir=/var/lib/maxscale/
mariadb10-compatibility=1
encrypt_binlog=1
encryption_algorithm=aes_ctr
encryption_key_file=/var/binlogs/enc_key.txt# mysql -h $MAXSCALE_HOST -P $MAXCALE_PORT
MariaDB> SET @@global.gtid_slave_pos='0-198-123';
MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER TO
MASTER_HOST='192.168.10.5',
MASTER_PORT=3306,
MASTER_USER='repl',
MASTER_PASSWORD='repl',
MASTER_USE_GTID=Slave_pos;MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER ':2' TO
MASTER_HOST='192.168.10.6',
MASTER_PORT=3306,
MASTER_USER='repl',
MASTER_PASSWORD='repl',
MASTER_USE_GTID=Slave_pos;MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER ':2' TO MASTER_HOST='192.168.10.6';MariaDB> CHANGE MASTER ':2' TO MASTER_PASSWORD='repl2';[binlog_configuration]
master_host=192.168.121.150
...
[binlog_configuration:2]
master_host=192.168.121.148
...
[binlog_configuration:3]
master_host=192.168.121.76
...update_after: the event contains the data after an update statement modified ituserpasswordREPLICATION SLAVEThe KafkaCDC service must not be configured to use listeners. If a listener is configured, all attempts to start a session will fail.
Default: PLAIN
{
"namespace": "MaxScaleChangeDataSchema.avro",
"type": "record",
"name": "ChangeRecord",
"table": "t2", // name of the table
"database": "test", // the database the table is in
"version": 1, // schema version, incremented when the table format changes
"gtid": "0-3000-14", // GTID that created the current version of the table
"fields": [
{
"name": "domain", // First part of the GTID
"type": "int"
},
{
"name": "server_id", // Second part of the GTID
"type": "int"
},
{
"name": "sequence", // Third part of the GTID
"type": "int"
},
{
"name": "event_number", // Sequence number of the event inside the GTID
"type": "int"
},
{
"name": "timestamp", // UNIX timestamp when the event was created
"type": "int"
},
{
"name": "event_type", // Event type
"type": {
"type": "enum",
"name": "EVENT_TYPES",
"symbols": [
"insert", // The row that was inserted
"update_before", // The row before it was updated
"update_after", // The row after it was updated
"delete" // The row that was deleted
]
}
},
{
"name": "id", // Field name
"type": [
"null",
"long"
],
"real_type": "int", // Field type
"length": -1, // Field length, if found
"unsigned": false // Whether the field is unsigned
}
]
}{
"domain": 0,
"server_id": 3000,
"sequence": 20,
"event_number": 1,
"timestamp": 1580485945,
"event_type": "insert",
"id": 1,
"table_name": "t2",
"table_schema": "test"
}[Kafka-CDC]
type=service
router=kafkacdc
servers=server1
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
bootstrap_servers=127.0.0.1:9092
topic=my-cdc-topic
match=db1[.]
exclude=db1 [.](accounts|users)# The server we're replicating from
[server1]
type=server
address=127.0.0.1
port=3306
# The monitor for the server
[MariaDB-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
monitor_interval=5s
# The MariaDB-to-Kafka CDC service
[Kafka-CDC]
type=service
router=kafkacdc
servers=server1
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
bootstrap_servers=127.0.0.1:9092
topic=my-cdc-topicThe :name in all of the URIs must be the name of a monitor in MaxScale.
Get a single monitor.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all monitors.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Create a new monitor. The request body must define at least the following fields.
data.id
Name of the monitor
data.type
Type of the object, must be monitors
data.attributes.module
The monitor module to use
data.attributes.parameters.user
The to use
data.attributes.parameters.password
The to use
All monitor parameters can be defined at creation time.
The following example defines a request body which creates a new monitor and assigns two servers to be monitored by it. It also defines a custom value for the monitor_interval parameter.
Response
Monitor is created:
Status: 204 No Content
The request body must be a valid JSON document representing the modified monitor.
The following standard server parameter can be modified.
In addition to these standard parameters, the monitor specific parameters can also be modified. Refer to the monitor module documentation for details on these parameters.
Response
Monitor is modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid request body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
The request body must be a JSON object that defines only the data field. The value of the data field must be an array of relationship objects that define the id and type fields of the relationship. This object will replace the existing relationships of the monitor.
The following is an example request and request body that defines a single server relationship for a monitor.
All relationships for a monitor can be deleted by sending an empty array as the data field value. The following example removes all servers from a monitor.
Response
Monitor relationships modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Destroy a created monitor. The monitor must not have relationships to any servers in order to be destroyed.
This endpoint also supports the force=yes parameter that will unconditionally delete the monitor by first unlinking it from all servers that it uses.
Response
Monitor is deleted:
Status: 204 No Content
Monitor could not be deleted:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Stops a started monitor.
Response
Monitor is stopped:
Status: 204 No Content
Starts a stopped monitor.
Response
Monitor is started:
Status: 204 No Content
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
GET /v1/monitors/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"module": "mariadbmon",
"monitor_diagnostics": {
"master": "server1",
"master_gtid_domain_id": 0,
"primary": null,
"server_info": [
{
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"name": "server1",
"read_only": false,
"server_id": 3000,
"slave_connections": [],
"state_details": null
},
{
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"name": "server2",
"read_only": false,
"server_id": 3001,
"slave_connections": [
{
"connection_name": "",
"gtid_io_pos": "",
"last_io_error": "",
"last_sql_error": "",
"master_host": "127.0.0.1",
"master_port": 3000,
"master_server_id": 3000,
"master_server_name": "server1",
"seconds_behind_master": 0,
"slave_io_running": "Yes",
"slave_sql_running": "Yes"
}
],
"state_details": null
}
],
"state": "Idle"
},
"parameters": {
"assume_unique_hostnames": true,
"auto_failover": false,
"auto_rejoin": false,
"backend_connect_attempts": 1,
"backend_connect_timeout": "3000ms",
"backend_read_timeout": "3000ms",
"backend_write_timeout": "3000ms",
"cooperative_monitoring_locks": "none",
"cs_admin_api_key": null,
"cs_admin_base_path": "/cmapi/0.4.0",
"cs_admin_port": 8640,
"demotion_sql_file": null,
"disk_space_check_interval": "0ms",
"disk_space_threshold": null,
"enforce_read_only_slaves": false,
"enforce_simple_topology": false,
"enforce_writable_master": false,
"events": "all,master_down,master_up,slave_down,slave_up,server_down,server_up,synced_down,synced_up,donor_down,donor_up,lost_master,lost_slave,lost_synced,lost_donor,new_master,new_slave,new_synced,new_donor",
"failcount": 5,
"failover_timeout": "90000ms",
"handle_events": true,
"journal_max_age": "28800000ms",
"maintenance_on_low_disk_space": true,
"mariadb-backup_parallel": 1,
"mariadb-backup_use_memory": "1G",
"master_conditions": "primary_monitor_master",
"master_failure_timeout": "10000ms",
"module": "mariadbmon",
"monitor_interval": "5000ms",
"password": "*****",
"promotion_sql_file": null,
"rebuild_port": 4444,
"replication_master_ssl": false,
"replication_password": "*****",
"replication_user": "maxuser",
"script": null,
"script_max_replication_lag": -1,
"script_timeout": "90000ms",
"servers_no_promotion": null,
"slave_conditions": "",
"ssh_check_host_key": true,
"ssh_keyfile": null,
"ssh_port": 22,
"ssh_timeout": "10000ms",
"ssh_user": null,
"switchover_on_low_disk_space": false,
"switchover_timeout": "90000ms",
"type": "monitor",
"user": "maxuser",
"verify_master_failure": true
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running",
"ticks": 4
},
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/"
},
"relationships": {
"servers": {
"data": [
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
},
{
"id": "server2",
"type": "servers"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/relationships/servers/"
}
},
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "monitors"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/"
}
}GET /v1/monitors{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"module": "mariadbmon",
"monitor_diagnostics": {
"master": "server1",
"master_gtid_domain_id": 0,
"primary": null,
"server_info": [
{
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"name": "server1",
"read_only": false,
"server_id": 3000,
"slave_connections": [],
"state_details": null
},
{
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"name": "server2",
"read_only": false,
"server_id": 3001,
"slave_connections": [
{
"connection_name": "",
"gtid_io_pos": "",
"last_io_error": "",
"last_sql_error": "",
"master_host": "127.0.0.1",
"master_port": 3000,
"master_server_id": 3000,
"master_server_name": "server1",
"seconds_behind_master": 0,
"slave_io_running": "Yes",
"slave_sql_running": "Yes"
}
],
"state_details": null
}
],
"state": "Idle"
},
"parameters": {
"assume_unique_hostnames": true,
"auto_failover": false,
"auto_rejoin": false,
"backend_connect_attempts": 1,
"backend_connect_timeout": "3000ms",
"backend_read_timeout": "3000ms",
"backend_write_timeout": "3000ms",
"cooperative_monitoring_locks": "none",
"cs_admin_api_key": null,
"cs_admin_base_path": "/cmapi/0.4.0",
"cs_admin_port": 8640,
"demotion_sql_file": null,
"disk_space_check_interval": "0ms",
"disk_space_threshold": null,
"enforce_read_only_slaves": false,
"enforce_simple_topology": false,
"enforce_writable_master": false,
"events": "all,master_down,master_up,slave_down,slave_up,server_down,server_up,synced_down,synced_up,donor_down,donor_up,lost_master,lost_slave,lost_synced,lost_donor,new_master,new_slave,new_synced,new_donor",
"failcount": 5,
"failover_timeout": "90000ms",
"handle_events": true,
"journal_max_age": "28800000ms",
"maintenance_on_low_disk_space": true,
"mariadb-backup_parallel": 1,
"mariadb-backup_use_memory": "1G",
"master_conditions": "primary_monitor_master",
"master_failure_timeout": "10000ms",
"module": "mariadbmon",
"monitor_interval": "5000ms",
"password": "*****",
"promotion_sql_file": null,
"rebuild_port": 4444,
"replication_master_ssl": false,
"replication_password": "*****",
"replication_user": "maxuser",
"script": null,
"script_max_replication_lag": -1,
"script_timeout": "90000ms",
"servers_no_promotion": null,
"slave_conditions": "",
"ssh_check_host_key": true,
"ssh_keyfile": null,
"ssh_port": 22,
"ssh_timeout": "10000ms",
"ssh_user": null,
"switchover_on_low_disk_space": false,
"switchover_timeout": "90000ms",
"type": "monitor",
"user": "maxuser",
"verify_master_failure": true
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running",
"ticks": 4
},
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/"
},
"relationships": {
"servers": {
"data": [
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
},
{
"id": "server2",
"type": "servers"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/relationships/servers/"
}
},
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/MariaDB-Monitor/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "monitors"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/"
}
}POST /v1/monitors{
data: {
"id": "test-monitor", // Name of the monitor
"type": "monitors",
"attributes": {
"module": "mariadbmon", // The monitor uses the mariadbmon module
"parameters": { // Monitor parameters
"monitor_interval": 1000,
"user": "maxuser,
"password": "maxpwd"
}
},
"relationships": { // List of server relationships that this monitor uses
"servers": {
"data": [ // This monitor uses two servers
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
},
{
"id": "server2",
"type": "servers"
}
]
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/monitors/:namePATCH /v1/monitors/:name/relationships/serversPATCH /v1/monitors/my-monitor/relationships/servers
{
data: [
{ "id": "my-server", "type": "servers" }
]
}PATCH /v1/monitors/my-monitor/relationships/servers
{
data: []
}DELETE /v1/monitors/:namePUT /v1/monitors/:name/stopPUT /v1/monitors/:name/startWith the masking filter it is possible to obfuscate the returned value of a particular column.
For instance, suppose there is a table person that, among other columns, contains the column ssn where the social security number of a person is stored.
With the masking filter it is possible to specify that when the ssn field is queried, a masked value is returned unless the user making the query is a specific one. That is, when making the query
instead of getting the real result, as in
the ssn would be masked, as in
Note that the masking filter should be viewed as a best-effort solution intended for protecting against accidental misuse rather than malicious attacks.
From MaxScale 2.3 onwards, the masking filter will reject statements that use functions in conjunction with columns that should be masked. Allowing function usage provides a way for circumventing the masking, unless a firewall filter is separately configured and installed.
Please see the configuration parameter prevent_function_usage for how to change the default behaviour.
From MaxScale 2.3.5 onwards, the masking filter will check the definition of user variables and reject statements that define a user variable using a statement that refers to columns that should be masked.
Please see the configuration parameter check_user_variables for how to change the default behaviour.
From MaxScale 2.3.5 onwards, the masking filter will examine unions and if the second or subsequent SELECT refer to columns that should be masked, the statement will be rejected.
Please see the configuration parameter check_unions for how to change the default behaviour.
From MaxScale 2.3.5 onwards, the masking filter will examine subqueries and if a subquery refers to columns that should be masked, the statement will be rejected.
Please see the configuration parameter check_subqueries for how to change the default behaviour.
Note that in order to ensure that it is not possible to get access to masked data, the privileges of the users should be minimized. For instance, if a user can create tables and perform inserts, he or she can execute something like
to get access to the cleartext version of a masked field ssn.
From MaxScale 2.3.5 onwards, the masking filter will, if any of theprevent_function_usage, check_user_variables, check_unions orcheck_subqueries parameters is set to true, block statements that
cannot be fully parsed.
Please see the configuration parameter require_fully_parsed for how to change the default behaviour.
From MaxScale 2.3.7 onwards, the masking filter will treat any strings
passed to functions as if they were fields. The reason is that as the
MaxScale query classifier is not aware of whether ANSI_QUOTES is
enabled or not, it is possible to bypass the masking by turning that
option on.
Before this change, the content of the field ssn would have been
returned in clear text even if the column should have been masked.
Note that this change will mean that there may be false positives
if ANSI_QUOTES is not enabled and a string argument happens to
be the same as the name of a field to be masked.
Please see the configuration parameter [treat_string_arg_as_field(#treat_string_arg_as_field) for how to change the default behaviour.
The masking filter can only be used for masking columns of the following
types: BINARY, VARBINARY, CHAR, VARCHAR, BLOB, TINYBLOB,MEDIUMBLOB, LONGBLOB, TEXT, TINYTEXT, MEDIUMTEXT, LONGTEXT,ENUM and SET. If the type of the column is something else, then no
masking will be performed.
Currently, the masking filter can only work on packets whose payload is less
than 16MB. If the masking filter encounters a packet whose payload is exactly
that, thus indicating a situation where the payload is delivered in multiple
packets, the value of the parameter large_payloads specifies how the masking
filter should handle the situation.
The masking filter is taken into use with the following kind of configuration setup.
The masking filter has one mandatory parameter - rules.
rules
Type: path
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Specifies the path of the file where the masking rules are stored. A relative path is interpreted relative to the module configuration directory of MariaDB MaxScale. The default module configuration directory is_/etc/maxscale.modules.d_.
warn_type_mismatch
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: never, always
Default: never
With this optional parameter the masking filter can be instructed to log a warning if a masking rule matches a column that is not of one of the allowed types.
large_payload
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: ignore, abort
Default: abort
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should treat
payloads larger than 16MB, that is, payloads that are delivered in
multiple MySQL protocol packets.
The values that can be used are ignore, which means that columns in
such payloads are not masked, and abort, which means that if such
payloads are encountered, the client connection is closed. The default
is abort.
Note that the aborting behaviour is applied only to resultsets that contain columns that should be masked. There are no limitations on resultsets that do not contain such columns.
prevent_function_usage
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should behave if a column that should be masked, is used in conjunction with some function. As the masking filter works only on the basis of the information in the returned result-set, if the name of a column is not present in the result-set, then the masking filter cannot mask a value. This means that the masking filter basically can be bypassed with a query like:
If the value of prevent_function_usage is true, then all
statements that contain functions referring to masked columns will
be rejected. As that means that also queries using potentially
harmless functions, such as LENGTH(masked_column), are rejected
as well, this feature can be turned off. In that case, the firewall
filter should be setup to allow or reject the use of certain functions.
require_fully_parsed
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should
behave in case any of prevent_function_usage, check_user_variables,check_unions or check_subqueries is true and it encounters a
statement that cannot be fully parsed,
If true, then statements that cannot be fully parsed (due to a parser limitation) will be blocked.
Note that if this parameter is set to false, then prevent_function_usage,check_user_variables, check_unions and check_subqueries are rendered
less effective, as it with a statement that can not be fully parsed may be
possible to bypass the protection that they are intended to provide.
treat_string_arg_as_field
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should treat
strings used as arguments to functions. If true, they will be handled
as fields, which will cause fields to be masked even if ANSI_QUOTES has
been enabled and " is used instead of backtick.
check_user_variables
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should behave with respect to user variables. If true, then a statement like
will be rejected if ssn is a column that should be masked.
check_unions
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should behave with respect to UNIONs. If true, then a statement like
will be rejected if b is a column that should be masked.
check_subqueries
Type: bool
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This optional parameter specifies how the masking filter should behave with respect to subqueries. If true, then a statement like
will be rejected if a is a column that should be masked.
The masking rules are expressed as a JSON object.
The top-level object is expected to contain a key rules whose
value is an array of rule objects.
Each rule in the rules array is a JSON object, expected to
contain the keys replace, with, applies_to andexempted. The two former ones are obligatory and the two
latter ones optional.
The value of this key is an object that specifies the column
whose values should be masked. The object must contain the keycolumn and may contain the keys table and database. The
value of these keys must be a string.
If only column is specified, then a column with that name
matches irrespective of the table and database. If table
is specified, then the column matches only if it is in a table
with the specified name, and if database is specified when
the column matches only if it is in a database with the
specified name.
NOTE If a rule contains a table/database then if the resultset
does not contain table/database information, it will always be
considered a match if the column matches. For instance, given the
rule above, if there is a table person2, also containing an ssn
field, then a query like
will not return masked values, but a query like
will only return masked values, even if the ssn values fromperson2 in principle should not be masked. The same effect is
observed even with a nonsensical query like
even if nothing from person2 should be masked. The reason is that
as the resultset contains no table information, the values must be
masked if the column name matches, as otherwise the masking could
easily be circumvented with a query like
The optional key match makes partial replacement of the original
value possible: only the matched part would be replaced
with the fill character.
The match value must be a valid pcre2 regular expression.
The obfuscate rule allows the obfuscation of the value by passing it through an obfuscation algorithm. Current solution uses a non-reversible obfuscation approach.
However, note that although it is in principle impossible to obtain the original value from the obfuscated one, if the range of possible original values is limited, it is straightforward to figure out the possible original values by running all possible values through the obfuscation algorithm and then comparing the results.
The minimal configuration is:
Output example for Db field name = 'remo'
The value of this key is an object that specifies what the value of the matched
column should be replaced with for the replace rule. Currently, the object
is expected to contain either the key value or the key fill.
The value of both must be a string with length greater than zero.
If both keys are specified, value takes precedence.
If fill is not specified, the default X is used as its value.
If value is specified, then its value is used to replace the actual value
verbatim and the length of the specified value must match the actual returned
value (from the server) exactly. If the lengths do not match, the value offill is used to mask the actual value.
When the value of fill (fill-value) is used for masking the returned value,
the fill-value is used as many times as necessary to match the length of the
return value. If required, only a part of the fill-value may be used in the end
of the mask value to get the lengths to match.
With this optional key, whose value must be an array of strings,
it can be specified what users the rule is applied to. Each string
should be a MariaDB account string, that is, % is a wildcard.
If this key is not specified, then the masking is performed for all
users, except the ones exempted using the key exempted.
With this optional key, whose value must be an array of strings,
it can be specified what users the rule is not applied to. Each
string should be a MariaDB account string, that is, % is a wildcard.
Read Module Commands documentation for details about module commands.
The masking filter supports the following module commands.
Reload the rules from the rules file. The new rules are taken into use only if the loading succeeds without any errors.
MyMaskingFilter refers to a particular filter section in the
MariaDB MaxScale configuration file.
In the following we configure a masking filter MyMasking that should always log a
warning if a masking rule matches a column that is of a type that cannot be masked,
and that should abort the client connection if a resultset package is larger than
16MB. The rules for the masking filter are in the file masking_rules.json.
The rules specify that the data of a column whose name is ssn, should
be replaced with the string 012345-ABCD. If the length of the data is
not exactly the same as the length of the replacement value, then the
data should be replaced with as many X characters as needed.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
NOTE: The binlog router delivered with 2.5 is completely new and is not 100% backward compatible with the binlog router delivered with earlier versions of MaxScale.
The binlogrouter is a router that acts as a replication proxy for MariaDB master-slave replication. The router connects to a master, retrieves the binary logs and stores them locally. Slave servers can connect to MaxScale like they would connect to a normal master server. If the master server goes down, replication between MaxScale and the slaves can still continue up to the latest point to which the binlogrouter replicated to. The master can be changed without disconnecting the slaves and without them noticing that the master server has changed. This allows for a more highly available replication setup.
In addition to the high availability benefits, the binlogrouter creates only one connection to the master whereas with normal replication each individual slave will create a separate connection. This reduces the amount of work the master database has to do which can be significant if there are a large number of replicating slaves.
The binlogrouter in MaxScale 2.5.0 is a new and improved version of the original binlogrouter found in older MaxScale versions. The new implementation contains most of the features that were in the original binlogrouter but some of them were removed as they were either redundant or not useful.
The major differences between the new and old binlog router are:
The list of servers where the database users for authentication are loaded
must be explicitly configured with the cluster, servers ortargets parameter. Alternatively, the users can be read from a file. See
for more information.
The old binlog router had both server_id and master_id, the new onlyserver_id.
The documentation for the binlogrouter in MaxScale 2.4 is provided for reference .
The binlogrouter supports a subset of the SQL constructs that the MariaDB server supports. The following commands are supported:
CHANGE MASTER TO
The binlogrouter supports the same syntax as the MariaDB server but only the following values are allowed:
MASTER_HOST
NOTE: MASTER_LOG_FILE and MASTER_LOG_POS are not supported
as binlogrouter only supports GTID based replication.
STOP SLAVE
Stops replication, same as MariaDB.
START SLAVE
Starts replication, same as MariaDB.
The binlogrouter is configured similarly to how normal routers are configured in MaxScale. It requires at least one listener where clients can connect to and one server from which the database user information can be retrieved. An example configuration can be found in the section of this document.
datadirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale/binlogs
Directory where binary log files are stored.
server_idType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1234
The server ID that MaxScale uses when connecting to the master and when serving binary logs to the slaves.
net_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 10s
Network connection and read timeout in seconds for the connection to the master.
select_masterType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Automatically select the master server to replicate from.
When this feature is enabled, the master which binlogrouter will replicate
from will be selected from the servers defined by a monitor cluster=TheMonitor.
Alternatively servers can be listed in servers. The servers should be monitored
by a monitor. Only servers with the Master status are used. If multiple master
servers are available, the first available master server will be used.
If a CHANGE MASTER TO command is received while select_master is on, the
command will be honored and select_master turned off until the next reboot.
This allows the Monitor to perform failover, and more importantly, switchover.
It also allows the user to manually redirect the Binlogrouter. The current
master is "sticky", meaning that the same master will be chosen on reboot.
NOTE: Do not use the mariadbmon parameter if the monitor is
monitoring a binlogrouter. The binlogrouter does not support all the SQL
commands that the monitor will send and the rejoin will fail. This restriction
will be lifted in a future version.
The GTID the replication will start from, will be based on the latest replicated
GTID. If no GTID has been replicated, the router will start replication from the
start. Manual configuration of the GTID can be done by first configuring the
replication manually with CHANGE MASTER TO.
expire_log_durationType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0s
Duration after which a binary log file can be automatically removed.
The duration is measured from the last modification of the log file. Files are
purged in the order they were created. The automatic purge works in a similar
manner to PURGE BINARY LOGS TO <filename> in that it will stop the purge if
an eligible file is in active use, i.e. being read by a slave.
expire_log_minimum_filesType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 2
The minimum number of log files the automatic purge keeps. At least one file is always kept.
ddl_onlyType: boolean
Default: false
Dynamic: No
When enabled, only DDL events are written to the binary logs. This means thatCREATE, ALTER and DROP events are written but INSERT, UPDATE andDELETE events are not.
This mode can be used to keep a record of all the schema changes that occur on a
database. As only the DDL events are stored, it becomes very easy to set up an
empty server with no data in it by simply pointing it at a binlogrouter instance
that has ddl_only enabled.
encryption_key_idType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Encryption key ID used to encrypt the binary logs. If configured, an must also be configured and it must contain the key with the given ID. If the encryption key manager supports versioning, new binary logs will be encrypted using the latest encryption key. Old binlogs will remain encrypted with older key versions and remain readable as long as the key versions used to encrypt them are available.
Once binary log encryption has been enabled, the encryption key ID cannot be changed and the key must remain available to MaxScale in order for replication to work. If an encryption key is not available or the key manager fails to retrieve it, the replication from the currently selected master server will stop. If the replication is restarted manually, the encryption key retrieval is attempted again.
Re-encryption of binlogs using another encryption key is not possible. However, this is possible if the data is replicated to a second MaxScale server that uses a different encryption key. The same approach can also be used to decrypt binlogs.
encryption_cipherType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: AES_CBC, AES_CTR, AES_GCM
The encryption cipher to use. The encryption key size also affects which mode is used: only 128, 192 and 256 bit encryption keys are currently supported.
Possible values are:
AES_GCM (default)
.
AES_CBC
.
Configure and start MaxScale.
If you have not configured select_master=true (automatic
master selection), issue a CHANGE MASTER TO command to binlogrouter.
Redirect each slave to replicate from Binlogrouter
Binlogrouter does not read any of the data that a version prior to 2.5 has saved. By default binlogrouter will request the replication stream from the blank state (from the start of time), which is basically meant for new systems. If a system is live, the entire replication data probably does not exist, and if it does, it is not necessary for binlogrouter to read and store all the data.
Note that binlogrouter only supports GTID based replication.
Make sure that the configured data directory for the new binlogrouter is different from the old one, or move old data away. See .
If the master contains binlogs from the blank state, and there is a large amount of data, consider purging old binlogs. See .
The method described here inflicts the least downtime. Assuming you have configured version 2.5, and it is ready to go:
Redirect each slave that replicates from Binlogrouter to replicate from the master.
Stop the old version of MaxScale, and start the new one. Verify routing functionality.
Issue a CHANGE MASTER TO command, or use .
Run maxctrl list servers. Make sure all your servers are accounted for.
Pick the lowest gtid state (e.g. 0-1000-1234,1-1001-5678) on display and
issue this command to Binlogrouter:
NOTE: Even with select_master=true you have to set @@global.gtid_slave_pos
if any binlog files have been purged on the master. The server will only stream
from the start of time if the first binlog file is present.
See .
Redirect each slave to replicate from Binlogrouter.
When replicating from a Galera cluster, must be set to true, and the servers must be monitored by the . Configuring binlogrouter is the same as described above.
The Galera cluster must be configured to use .
The MariaDB version must be 10.5.1 or higher. The required GTID related server settings for MariaDB/Galera to work with Binlogrouter are listed here:
The following is a small configuration file with automatic master selection. With it, the service will accept connections on port 3306.
Old-style replication with binlog name and file offset is not supported and the replication must be started by setting up the GTID to replicate from.
Only replication from MariaDB servers (including Galera) is supported.
Old encrypted binary logs are not re-encrypted with newer key versions ()
The MariaDB server where the replication is done from must be configured withbinlog_checksum=CRC32
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
> SELECT name, ssn FROM person;+-------+-------------+
+ name | ssn |
+-------+-------------+
| Alice | 721-07-4426 |
| Bob | 435-22-3267 |
...+-------+-------------+
+ name | ssn |
+-------+-------------+
| Alice | XXX-XX-XXXX |
| Bob | XXX-XX-XXXX |
...CREATE TABLE cheat (revealed_ssn TEXT);
INSERT INTO cheat SELECT ssn FROM users;
SELECT revealed_ssn FROM cheat;mysql> set @@sql_mode = 'ANSI_QUOTES';
mysql> select concat("ssn") from managers;[Mask-SSN]
type=filter
module=masking
rules=...
[SomeService]
type=service
...
filters=Mask-SSNrules=/path/to/rules-filewarn_type_mismatch=alwayslarge_payload=ignoreSELECT CONCAT(masked_column) FROM tbl;prevent_function_usage=falserequire_fully_parsed=falsetreat_string_arg_as_field=falseset @a = (select ssn from customer where id = 1);check_user_variables=falseSELECT a FROM t1 UNION SELECT b FROM t2;check_unions=falseSELECT * FROM (SELECT a AS b FROM t1) AS t2;check_subqueries=false{
"rules": [ ... ]
}{
"rules": [
{
"replace": { ... },
"with": { ... },
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
}
]
}{
"rules": [
{
"replace": {
"database": "db1",
"table": "person",
"column": "ssn"
},
"with": { ... },
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
}
]
}SELECT ssn FROM person2;SELECT ssn FROM person UNION SELECT ssn FROM person2;SELECT ssn FROM person2 UNION SELECT ssn FROM person2;SELECT ssn FROM person UNION SELECT ssn FROM person;"replace": {
"column": "ssn",
"match": "(123)"
},
"with": {
"fill": "X#"
}"obfuscate": {
"column": "name"
}SELECT name from db1.tbl1;`
+------+
| name |
+------+
| $-~) |
+------+{
"rules": [
{
"replace": {
"column": "ssn"
},
"with": {
"value": "XXX-XX-XXXX"
},
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
},
{
"replace": {
"column": "age"
},
"with": {
"fill": "*"
},
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
},
{
"replace": {
"column": "creditcard"
},
"with": {
"value": "1234123412341234",
"fill": "0"
},
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
},
]
}{
"rules": [
{
"replace": { ... },
"with": { ... },
"applies_to": [ "'alice'@'host'", "'bob'@'%'" ],
"exempted": [ ... ]
}
]
}{
"rules": [
{
"replace": { ... },
"with": { ... },
"applies_to": [ ... ],
"exempted": [ "'admin'" ]
}
]
}MaxScale> call command masking reload MyMaskingFilter[MyMasking]
type=filter
module=masking
warn_type_mismatch=always
large_payload=abort
rules=masking_rules.json
[MyService]
type=service
...
filters=MyMasking{
"rules": [
{
"replace": {
"column": "ssn"
},
"with": {
"value": "012345-ABCD",
"fill": "X"
}
}
]
}No need to configure heartbeat and burst interval anymore as they are now automatically configured.
Traditional replication that uses the binary log name and file offset to start the replication process is not supported.
Semi-sync support is not implemented.
Secondary masters are not supported, but the functionality provided byselect_master is roughly equivalent.
The new binlogrouter will write its own binlog files to prevent problems that could happen when the master changes. This causes the binlog names to be different in the binlogrouter when compared to the ones on the master.
MASTER_PORTMASTER_USER
MASTER_PASSWORD
MASTER_USE_GTID
MASTER_SSL
MASTER_SSL_CA
MASTER_SSL_CAPATH
MASTER_SSL_CERT
MASTER_SSL_CRL
MASTER_SSL_CRLPATH
MASTER_SSL_KEY
MASTER_SSL_CIPHER
MASTER_SSL_VERIFY_SERVER_CERT
RESET SLAVE
Resets replication. Note that the RESET SLAVE ALL form that is supported
by MariaDB isn't supported by the binlogrouter.
SHOW BINARY LOGS
Lists the current files and their sizes. These will be different from the ones listed by the original master where the binlogrouter is replicating from.
PURGE { BINARY | MASTER } LOGS TO <filename>
Purges binary logs up to but not including the given file. The file name
must be one of the names shown in SHOW BINARY LOGS. The version of this
command which accepts a timestamp is not currently supported.
Automatic purging is supported using the configuration
parameter expire_log_duration.
The files are purged in the order they were created. If a file to be purged
is detected to be in use, the purge stops. This means that the purge will
stop at the oldest file that a slave is still reading.
NOTE: You should still take precaution not to purge files that a potential
slave will need in the future. MaxScale can only detect that a file is
in active use when a slave is connected, and requesting events from it.
SHOW MASTER STATUS
Shows the name and position of the file to which the binlogrouter will write the next replicated data. The name and position do not correspond to the name and position in the master.
SHOW SLAVE STATUS
Shows the slave status information similar to what a normal MariaDB slave server shows. Some of the values are replaced with constants values that never change. The following values are not constant:
Slave_IO_State: Set to Waiting for master to send event when
replication is ongoing.
Master_Host: Address of the current master.
Master_User: The user used to replicate.
Master_Port: The port the master is listening on.
Master_Log_File: The name of the latest file that the binlogrouter is
writing to.
Read_Master_Log_Pos: The current position where the last event was
written in the latest binlog.
Slave_IO_Running: Set to Yes if replication running and No if it's
not.
Slave_SQL_Running Set to Yes if replication running and No if it's
not.
Exec_Master_Log_Pos: Same as Read_Master_Log_Pos.
Gtid_IO_Pos: The latest replicated GTID.
SELECT { Field } ...
The binlogrouter implements a small subset of the MariaDB SELECT syntax as it is mainly used by the replicating slaves to query various parameters. If a field queried by a client is not known to the binlogrouter, the value will be returned back as-is. The following list of functions and variables are understood by the binlogrouter and are replaced with actual values:
@@gtid_slave_pos, @@gtid_current_pos or @@gtid_binlog_pos: All of
these return the latest GTID replicated from the master.
version() or @@version: The version string returned by MaxScale when
a client connects to it.
UNIX_TIMESTAMP(): The current timestamp.
@@version_comment: Always pinloki.
@@global.gtid_domain_id: Always 0.
@master_binlog_checksum: Always CRC32.
@@session.auto_increment_increment: Always 1
@@character_set_client: Always utf8
@@character_set_connection: Always utf8
@@character_set_results: Always utf8
@@character_set_server: Always utf8mb4
@@collation_server: Always utf8mb4_general_ci
@@collation_connection: Always utf8_general_ci
@@init_connect: Always an empty string
@@interactive_timeout: Always 28800
@@license: Always BSL
@@lower_case_table_names: Always 0
@@max_allowed_packet: Always 16777216
@@net_write_timeout: Always 60
@@performance_schema: Always 0
@@query_cache_size: Always 1048576
@@query_cache_type: Always OFF
@@sql_mode: Always an empty string
@@system_time_zone: Always UTC
@@time_zone: Always SYSTEM
@@tx_isolation: Always REPEATABLE-READ
@@wait_timeout: Always 28800
SET
@@global.gtid_slave_pos: Set the position from which binlogrouter should
start replicating. E.g. SET @@global.gtid_slave_pos="0-1000-1234,1-1001-5678"
SHOW VARIABLES LIKE '...'
Shows variables matching a string. The LIKE operator in SHOW VARIABLES
is mandatory for the binlogrouter. This means that a plain SHOW VARIABLES
is not currently supported. In addition, the LIKE operator in
binlogrouter only supports exact matches.
Currently the only variables that are returned are gtid_slave_pos,gtid_current_pos and gtid_binlog_pos which return the current GTID
coordinates of the binlogrouter. In addition to these, the server_id
variable will return the configured server ID of the binlogrouter.
Default: AES_GCM
AES_CTR
The avrorouter can also consume binary logs straight from the master. This will remove the need to configure the Binlog Server but it will increase the disk space requirement on the master server by at least a factor of two.
The converted Avro files can be requested with the CDC protocol. This protocol should be used to communicate with the avrorouter and currently it is the only supported protocol. The clients can request either Avro or JSON format data streams from a database table.
MaxScale 2.4.0 added a direct replication mode that connects the avrorouter directly to a MariaDB server. This mode is an improvement over the binlogrouter based replication as it provides a more space-efficient and faster conversion process. This is the recommended method of using the avrorouter as it is faster, more efficient and less prone to errors caused by missing DDL events.
To enable the direct replication mode, add either the servers or the cluster
parameter to the avrorouter service. The avrorouter will then use one of the
servers as the replication source.
Here is a minimal avrorouter direct replication configuration:
In direct replication mode, the avrorouter stores the latest replicated GTID in
the last_gtid.txt file located in the avrodir (defaults to/var/lib/maxscale). To reset the replication process, stop MaxScale and remove
the file.
Additionally, the avrorouter will attempt to automatically create any missing schema files for tables that have data events for them but the DDL for those tables is not contained in the binlogs.
For information about common service parameters, refer to the Configuration Guide.
gtid_start_pos
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The GTID where avrorouter starts the replication from in direct replication mode. The parameter value must be in the MariaDB GTID format e.g. 0-1-123 where the first number is the replication domain, the second the server_id value of the server and the last is the GTID sequence number.
This parameter has no effect in the traditional mode. If this parameter is defined, the replication will start from the implicit GTID that the master first serves.
server_id
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1234
The server_id used when replicating from the master in direct replication mode.
codec
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: null, deflate
Default: null
The compression codec to use. By default, the avrorouter does not use compression.
This parameter takes one of the following two values; null or_deflate_. These are the mandatory compression algorithms required by the Avro specification. For more information about the compression types, refer to the Avro specification.
match and exclude
Type: regex
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
These regular expression settings filter events for processing depending on table names. Avrorouter does not support the_options_-parameter for regular expressions.
To prevent excessive matching of similarly named tables, surround each table
name with the ^ and $ tokens. For example, to match the test.clients table
but not test.clients_old table use match=^test[.]clients$. For multiple
tables, surround each table in parentheses and add a pipe character between
them: match=(^test[.]t1$)|(^test[.]t2$).
binlogdir
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale/
The location of the binary log files. This is the first mandatory parameter and it defines where the module will read binlog files from. Read access to this directory is required.
avrodir
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale/
The location where the Avro files are stored. This is the second mandatory parameter and it governs where the converted files are stored. This directory will be used to store the Avro files, plain-text Avro schemas and other files needed by the avrorouter. The user running MariaDB MaxScale will need both read and write access to this directory.
The avrorouter will also use the avrodir to store various internal files. These files are named avro.index and avro-conversion.ini. By default, the default data directory, /var/lib/maxscale/, is used. Before version 2.1 of MaxScale, the value of binlogdir was used as the default value for avrodir.
filestem
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: mysql-bin
The base name of the binlog files. The binlog files are assumed to follow the naming schema . where is the binlog number and is the value of this router option.
For example, with the following parameters:
The first binlog file the avrorouter would look for is /var/lib/mysql/binlogs/mybin.000001.
start_index
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1
The starting index number of the binlog file. The default value is 1. For the binlog mysql-bin.000001 the index would be 1, for mysql-bin.000005 the index would be 5.
If you need to start from a binlog file other than 1, you need to set the value of this option to the correct index. The avrorouter will always start from the beginning of the binary log file.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Controls whether multiple instances cooperatively replicate from the same cluster. This is a boolean parameter and is disabled by default. It was added in MaxScale 6.0.
When this parameter is enabled and the monitor pointed to by the cluster
parameter supports cooperative monitoring (currently only mariadbmon),
the replication is only active if the monitor owns the cluster it is
monitoring.
With this feature, multiple MaxScale instances can replicate from the same set of servers and only one of them actively processes the replication stream. This allows the avrorouter instances to be made highly-available without having to have them all process the events at the same time.
Whenever an instance that does not own the cluster gains ownership of the cluster, the replication will continue from the latest GTID processed by that instance. This means that if the instance hasn't replicated events that have been purged from the binary logs, the replication cannot continue.
Avro File Related Parameters
These options control how large the Avro file data blocks can get. Increasing or lowering the block size could have a positive effect depending on your use case. For more information about the Avro file format and how it organizes data, refer to the Avro documentation.
The avrorouter will flush a block and start a new one when either group_trx
transactions or group_rows row events have been processed. Changing these
options will also allow more frequent updates to stored data but this
will cause a small increase in file size and search times.
It is highly recommended to keep the block sizes relatively large to allow larger chunks of memory to be flushed to disk at one time. This will make the conversion process noticeably faster.
group_trx
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1
Controls the number of transactions that are grouped into a single Avro data block.
group_rows
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1000
Controls the number of row events that are grouped into a single Avro data block.
block_size
Type: size
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 16KiB
The Avro data block size in bytes. The default is 16 kilobytes. Increase this value if individual events in the binary logs are very large. The value is a size type parameter which means that it can also be defined with an SI suffix. Refer to the Configuration Guide for more details about size type parameters and how to use them.
max_file_size
Type: size
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0
If the size of a single Avro data file exceeds this limit, the avrorouter will rotate to a new file. This is done by closing the existing file and creating a new one with the next version number. By default the avrorouter does not rotate files based on their size. Setting the value to 0 disables file rotation based on size.
This uses the size of the file as reported by the operating system. The check for the file size is done after a transaction has been processed which means that large transactions can still cause the file size to exceed the given limit.
File rotation only works with the direct replication mode. The legacy file based replication mode does not support this.
max_data_age
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0s
When enabled, the avrorouter will automatically purge any files that only have data that is older than the given limit. This means that all data files with at least one event that is newer than the configured limit will not be removed, even if the age of all the other events is above the limit. The purge operation is only done when a file rotation takes place (either manual or automatic) or when a schema change is detected.
This parameter is best combined with max_file_size to provide automatic
removal of stale data.
Automatic file purging only works with the direct replication mode. The legacy file based replication mode does not support this.
Example configuration
Read Module Commands documentation for details about module commands.
The avrorouter supports the following module commands.
Start or stop the binary log to Avro conversion. The first parameter is the name of the service to stop and the second parameter tells whether to start the conversion process or to stop it.
This command will delete all files created by the avrorouter. This includes all .avsc schema files and .avro data files as well as the internal state tracking files. Use this to completely reset the conversion process.
Note: Once the command has completed, MaxScale must be restarted to restart
the conversion process. Issuing a convert start command will not work.
WARNING: You will lose any and all converted data when this command is executed.
The avrorouter creates two files in the location pointed by avrodir:avro.index and avro-conversion.ini. The avro.index file is used to store the locations of the GTIDs in the .avro files. The avro-conversion.ini contains the last converted position and GTID in the binlogs. If you need to reset the conversion process, delete these two files and restart MaxScale.
To reset the binlog conversion process, issue the purge module command by
executing it via MaxCtrl and stop MaxScale. If manually created schema files
were used, they need to be recreated once MaxScale is stopped. After stopping
MaxScale and optionally creating the schema files, the conversion process can be
started by starting MaxScale.
The safest way to stop the avrorouter when used with the binlogrouter is to follow the following steps:
Issue STOP SLAVE on the binlogrouter
Wait for the avrorouter to process all files
Stop MaxScale with systemctl stop maxscale
This guarantees that the conversion process halts at a known good position in the latest binlog file.
The avrorouter comes with an example client program, cdc.py, written in Python 3. This client can connect to a MaxScale configured with the CDC protocol and the avrorouter.
Before using this client, you will need to install the Python 3 interpreter and add users to the service with the cdc_users.py script. Fore more details about the user creation, please refer to the CDC Protocol and CDC Users documentation.
Read the output of cdc.py --help for a full list of supported options
and a short usage description of the client program.
The avrorouter needs to have access to the CREATE TABLE statement for all tables for which there are data events in the binary logs. If the CREATE TABLE statements for the tables aren't present in the current binary logs, the schema files must be created.
In the direct replication mode, avrorouter will automatically create the missing
schema files by connecting to the database and executing a SHOW CREATE TABLE
statement. If a connection cannot be made or the service user lacks the
permission, an error will be logged and the data events for that table will not
be processed.
For the legacy binlog mode, the files must be generated with a schema file generator. There are currently two methods to generate the .avsc schema files.
The cdc_one_schema.py generates a schema file for a single table by reading a
tab separated list of field and type names from the standard input. This is the
recommended schema generation tool as it does not directly communicate with the
database thus making it more flexible.
The only requirement to run the script is that a Python interpreter is installed.
To use this script, pipe the output of the mysql command line into thecdc_one_schema.py script:
Replace the <user>, <host>, <port>, <database> and <table> with
appropriate values and run the command. Note that the -ss parameter is
mandatory as that will generate the tab separated output instead of the default
pretty-printed output.
An .avsc file named after the database and table name will be generated in the
current working directory. Copy this file to the location pointed by theavrodir parameter of the avrorouter.
Alternatively, you can also copy the output of the mysql command to a file and
feed it into the script if you cannot execute the SQL command directly:
If you want to use a specific Python interpreter instead of the one found in the
search path, you can modify the first line of the script from #!/usr/bin/env python to #!/path/to/python where /path/to/python is the absolute path to
the Python interpreter (both Python 2 and Python 3 can be used).
The cdc_schema.py executable is installed as a part of MaxScale. This is a Python 3 script that generates Avro schema files from an existing database.
The script will generate the .avsc schema files into the current directory. Run
the script for all required databases copy the generated .avsc files to the
directory where the avrorouter stores the .avro files (the value of avrodir).
The cdc_schema.go example Go program is provided with MaxScale. This file
can be used to create Avro schemas for the avrorouter by connecting to a
database and reading the table definitions. You can find the file in MaxScale's
share directory in /usr/share/maxscale/.
You'll need to install the Go compiler and run go get to resolve Go
dependencies before you can use the cdc_schema program. After resolving the
dependencies you can run the program with go run cdc_schema.go. The program
will create .avsc files in the current directory. These files should be moved
to the location pointed by the avrodir option of the avrorouter if they are
to be used by the router itself.
Read the output of go run cdc_schema.go -help for more information on how
to run the program.
The Avrorouter Tutorial shows you how the Avrorouter works with the Binlog Server to convert binlogs from a master server into easy to process Avro data.
Here is a simple configuration example which reads binary logs locally from/var/lib/mysql/ and stores them as Avro files in /var/lib/maxscale/avro/.
The service has one listener listening on port 4001 for CDC protocol clients.
Here is an example how you can query for data in JSON format using the cdc.py Python script. It queries the table test.mytable for all change records.
You can then combine it with the cdc_kafka_producer.py to publish these change records to a Kafka broker.
For more information on how to use these scripts, see the output of cdc.py -h
and cdc_kafka_producer.py -h.
To build the avrorouter from source, you will need the Avro C library, liblzma,the Jansson library and sqlite3 development
headers. When configuring MaxScale with CMake, you will need to add-DBUILD_CDC=Y to build the CDC module set.
The Avro C library needs to be build with position independent code enabled. You can do this by adding the following flags to the CMake invocation when configuring the Avro C library.
For more details about building MaxScale from source, please refer to the Building MaxScale from Source Code document.
The router_diagnostics output for an avrorouter service contains the following
fields.
infofile: File where the avrorouter stores the conversion process state.
avrodir: Directory where avro files are stored
binlogdir: Directory where binlog files are read from
binlog_name: Current binlog name
binlog_pos: Current binlog position
gtid: Current GTID
gtid_timestamp: Current GTID timestamp
gtid_event_number: Current GTID event number
The avrorouter does not support the following data types, conversions or SQL statements:
BIT
Fields CAST from integer types to string types
The avrorouter does not do any crash recovery. This means that the avro files need to be removed or truncated to valid block lengths before starting the avrorouter.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
This document settings supported by all monitors. These should be defined in the monitor section of the configuration file.
moduleType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The monitor module this monitor should use. Typically mariadbmon orgaleramon.
userType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Username used by the monitor to connect to the backend servers. If a server defines
the monitoruser parameter, that value will be used instead.
passwordType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Password for the user defined with the user parameter. If a server defines
the monitorpw parameter, that value will be used instead.
Note: In older versions of MaxScale this parameter was called passwd. The
use of passwd was deprecated in MaxScale 2.3.0.
serversType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
A comma-separated list of servers the monitor should monitor.
monitor_intervalType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 2s
Defines how often the monitor updates the status of the servers. Choose a lower
value if servers should be queried more often. The smallest possible value is
100 milliseconds. If querying the servers takes longer than monitor_interval,
the effective update rate is reduced.
The interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as milliseconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected.
backend_connect_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 3s
This parameter controls the timeout for connecting to a monitored server. The interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second. The minimum value is 1 second.
backend_write_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 3s
This parameter controls the timeout for writing to a monitored server. The timeout is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second. The minimum value is 1 seconds.
backend_read_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 3s
This parameter controls the timeout for reading from a monitored server. The timeout is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second. The minimum value is 1 second.
backend_connect_attemptsType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 1
This parameter defines the maximum times a backend connection is attempted every
monitoring loop. Every attempt may take up to backend_connect_timeout seconds
to perform. If none of the attempts are successful, the backend is considered to
be unreachable and down.
disk_space_thresholdType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This parameter duplicates the disk_space_threshold.
If the parameter has not been specified for a server, then the one specified
for the monitor is applied.
NOTE: Since MariaDB 10.4.7, MariaDB 10.3.17 and MariaDB 10.2.26, the
information will be available only if the monitor user has the FILE
privilege.
That is, if the disk configuration is the same on all servers monitored by the monitor, it is sufficient (and more convenient) to specify the disk space threshold in the monitor section, but if the disk configuration is different on all or some servers, then the disk space threshold can be specified individually for each server.
For example, suppose server1, server2 and server3 are identical
in all respects. In that case we can specify disk_space_threshold
in the monitor.
However, if the servers are heterogeneous with the disk used for the data directory mounted on different paths, then the disk space threshold must be specified separately for each server.
If most of the servers have the data directory disk mounted on the same path, then the disk space threshold can be specified on the monitor and separately on the server with a different setup.
Above, server1 has the disk used for the data directory mounted
at /DbData while both server2 and server3 have it mounted on/data and thus the setting in the monitor covers them both.
disk_space_check_intervalType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
With this parameter it can be specified the minimum amount of time between disk space checks. The interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as milliseconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. The default value is 0, which means that by default the disk space will not be checked.
Note that as the checking is made as part of the regular monitor interval
cycle, the disk space check interval is affected by the value ofmonitor_interval. In particular, even if the value ofdisk_space_check_interval is smaller than that of monitor_interval,
the checking will still take place at monitor_interval intervals.
scriptType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This command will be executed on a server state change. The parameter should be an absolute path to a command or the command should be in the executable path. The user running MaxScale should have execution rights to the file itself and the directory it resides in. The script may have placeholders which MaxScale will substitute with useful information when launching the script.
The placeholders and their substitution results are:
$INITIATOR -> IP and port of the server which initiated the event
$EVENT -> event description, e.g. "server_up"
$LIST -> list of IPs and ports of all servers
The expanded variable value can be an empty string if no servers match the
variable's requirements. For example, if no masters are available $MASTERLIST
will expand into an empty string. The list-type substitutions will only contain
servers monitored by the current monitor.
The above script could be executed as:
See section below for an example script.
Any output by the executed script will be logged into the MaxScale log. Each outputted line will be logged as a separate log message.
The log level on which the messages are logged depends on the format of the
messages. If the first word in the output line is one of alert:, error:,warning:, notice:, info: or debug:, the message will be logged on the
corresponding level. If the message is not prefixed with one of the keywords,
the message will be logged on the notice level. Whitespace before, after or
between the keyword and the colon is ignored and the matching is
case-insensitive.
Currently, the script must not execute any of the following MaxCtrl calls as they cause a deadlock:
alter monitor to the monitor executing the script
stop monitor to the monitor executing the script
call command to a MariaDB-Monitor that is executing the script
script_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 90s
The timeout for the executed script. The interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
If the script execution exceeds the configured timeout, it is stopped by sending a SIGTERM signal to it. If the process does not stop, a SIGKILL signal will be sent to it once the execution time is greater than twice the configured timeout.
eventsType: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: master_down, master_up, slave_down
A list of event names which cause the script to be executed. If this option is not defined, all events cause the script to be executed. The list must contain a comma separated list of event names.
The following table contains all the possible event types and their descriptions.
journal_max_ageType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 28800s
The maximum journal file age. The interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the max age is seconds, a max age specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
When the monitor starts, it reads any stored journal files. If the journal file is older than the value of journal_max_age, it will be removed and the monitor starts with no prior knowledge of the servers.
Starting with MaxScale 2.2.0, the monitor modules keep an on-disk journal of the latest server states. This change makes the monitors crash-safe when options that introduce states are used. It also allows the monitors to retain stateful information when MaxScale is restarted.
For MySQL monitor, options that introduce states into the monitoring process are
the detect_stale_master and detect_stale_slave options, both of which are
enabled by default. Galeramon has the disable_master_failback parameter which
introduces a state.
The default location for the server state journal is in/var/lib/maxscale/<monitor name>/monitor.dat where <monitor name> is the
name of the monitor section in the configuration file. If MaxScale crashes or is
shut down in an uncontrolled fashion, the journal will be read when MaxScale is
started. To skip the recovery process, manually delete the journal file before
starting MaxScale.
Below is an example monitor configuration which launches a script with all supported substitutions. The example script reads the results and prints it to file and sends it as email.
File "maxscale_monitor_alert_script.sh":
initiator="" parent="" children="" event="" node_list="" list="" master_list="" slave_list="" synced_list=""
process_arguments() { while [ "$1" != "" ]; do if [[ "$1" =~ ^--initiator=.* ]]; then initiator=${1#'--initiator='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--parent.* ]]; then parent=${1#'--parent='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--children.* ]]; then children=${1#'--children='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--event.* ]]; then event=${1#'--event='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--node_list.* ]]; then node_list=${1#'--node_list='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--list.* ]]; then list=${1#'--list='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--master_list.* ]]; then master_list=${1#'--master_list='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--slave_list.* ]]; then slave_list=${1#'--slave_list='} elif [[ "$1" =~ ^--synced_list.* ]]; then synced_list=${1#'--synced_list='} fi shift done }
process_arguments $@ read -r -d '' MESSAGE << EOM A server has changed state. The following information was provided:
Initiator: $initiator Parent: $parent Children: $children Event: $event Node list: $node_list List: $list Master list: $master_list Slave list: $slave_list Synced list: $synced_list EOM
echo "$MESSAGE" > /path/to/script_output.txt
echo "$MESSAGE" | mail -s "MaxScale received $event event for initiator $initiator." mariadb_admin@domain.com |
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
For more information about what has changed, please refer to the ChangeLog and to the release notes.
Before starting the upgrade, any existing configuration files should be backed up.
The support for legacy encryption keys generated with maxkeys from pre-2.5
versions has been removed. This feature was deprecated in MaxScale 2.5 when
the new key storage format was introduced. To migrate to the new key storage
format, create a new key file with maxkeys and re-encrypt the passwords withmaxpasswd.
The deprecated Database Firewall filter has been removed.
NOTE MaxScale 6.4 was renamed to 21.06 in May 2024. Thus, what would have been released as 6.4.16 in June, was released as 21.06.16. The purpose of this change is to make the versioning scheme used by all MaxScale series identical. 21.06 denotes the year and month when the first 6 release was made.
Using duration type parameters without an explicit suffix has been deprecated in
MaxScale 2.4. In MaxScale 6 they are no longer allowed when used with the REST
API or MaxCtrl. This means that any create or alter commands in MaxCtrl that
use a duration type parameter must explicitly specify the suffix of the unit.
For example, the following command:
should be replaced with:
Duration type parameters can still be defined in the configuration file without an explicit suffix but this behavior is deprecated. The recommended approach is to add explicit suffixes to all duration type parameters when upgrading to MaxScale 6.
threadsThe default value of threads was changed to auto.
The following deprecated core parameters have been removed:
thread_stack_size
The deprecated aliases for the schemarouter parameters ignore_databases andignore_databases_regex have been removed. They can be replaced withignore_tables and ignore_tables_regex.
In addition, the preferred_server parameter that was deprecated in 2.5 has
also been removed.
mariadbmonMariaDBMonitor settings ignore_external_masters, detect_replication_lagdetect_standalone_master, detect_stale_master and detect_stale_slave
have been removed. The first two were ineffective, the latter three are
replaced by master_conditions and slave_conditions.
The prune_sescmd_history, max_sescmd_history and disable_sescmd_history
have been made into generic service parameters that are shared between all
routers that support it.
The default value of prune_sescmd_history was changed from false totrue. This was done as most MaxScale installations either benefit from it
being enabled or are not affected by it.
The deprecated MaxAdmin interface has been removed in 2.5.0 in favor of the REST
API and the MaxCtrl command line client. The cli and maxscaled modules can
no longer be used.
The credentials used by services now require additional grants. For a full list of required grants, refer to the .
The settings detect_stale_master, detect_standalone_master anddetect_stale_slave are replaced by master_conditions andslave_conditions. The old settings may still be used, but will be removed in
a later version.
The encrypted passwords feature has been updated to be more secure. Users are
recommended to generate a new encryption key and re-encrypt their passwords
using the maxkeys and maxpasswd utilities. Old passwords still work.
The default state of servers in 2.4 was Running and in 2.5 it is nowDown. This was done to prevent newly added servers from being accidentally
used before they were monitored.
It is now mandatory to specify in the configuration what version the monitored Columnstore cluster is.
Please see the for details.
The binlog router delivered with MaxScale 2.5 is completely new and not 100% backward compatible with the binlog router delivered with earlier MaxScale versions. If you use the binlog router, carefully assess whether the functionality provided by the new one fulfills your requirements, before upgrading MaxScale.
The tee filter parameter service has been deprecated in favor of the target
parameter. All usages of service can be replaced with target.
Section and object names starting with @@ are now reserved for
internal use by MaxScale.
In case such names have been used, they must manually be changed in all configuration files of MaxScale, before MaxScale 2.4 is started.
Those files are:
The main configuration file; typically /etc/maxscale.cnf.
All nested configuration files; typically /etc/maxscale.cnf.d/*.
All dynamic configuration files; typically /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnd.d/*.
Whitespace in section names that was deprecated in MaxScale 2.2 will now be rejected, which will cause the startup of MaxScale to fail.
To prevent that, section names like
must be changed, for instance, to
Durations can now be specified using one of the suffixes h, m, s
and ms for specifying durations in hours, minutes, seconds and
milliseconds, respectively.
Not providing an explicit unit has been deprecated in MaxScale 2.4, so it is adviseable to add suffixes to durations. For instance,
MaxScale 2.4 will use a SHA2-512 hash for new admin user passwords. To upgrade a
user to use the better hashing algorithm, either recreate the user or use themaxctrl alter user command.
The following settings have been removed and cause a startup error if defined:
mysql51_replication
multimaster
allow_cluster_recovery.
If multiple masters are available for a readwritesplit service, the one with the lowest connection count is selected.
If a master server is placed into maintenance mode, all open transactions are
allowed to gracefully finish before the session is closed. To forcefully close
the connections, use the --force option for maxctrl set server.
The lazy_connect feature can be used as a workaround to . It also reduces the
overall load on the system when connections are rapidly opened and closed.
Starting with MaxScale 2.3.0 up to 40% of the memory can be used for caching parsed queries. The most noticeable change is that it improves performance in almost all cases where queries need to be parsed. Most of the time this happens when the readwritesplit router or filters are used.
The amount of memory that MaxScale uses can be controlled with thequery_classifier_cache_size parameter. For example, to limit the total
memory to 1GB, add query_classifier_cache_size=1G to your
configuration. To disable it, set the value to 0.
In addition to the aforementioned query classifier caching, the readwritesplit session command history is enabled by default in 2.3 but is limited to a maximum of 50 commands after which the history is disabled. This is unlikely to show in any metrics but it contributes to the increased memory foorprint of MaxScale.
All unknown parameters are now treated as errors. Check your configuration for errors if MaxScale fails to start after upgrading to 2.3.1.
passwd is deprecatedIn the configuration file, passwords for monitors and services should be
specified using password; the support for the deprecatedpasswd will be removed in the future. That is, the following
should be changed to
authenticator_options for servers is ignoredAuthenticator options are now only used with listeners.
The file format for the administrative users used by MaxScale has been
changed. Old style files are automatically upgraded and a backup of the old file is
stored in /var/lib/maxscale/passwd.backup.
Modules may now use a built-in regular expression string parameter type instead
of a normal string when accepting patterns. The modules that use the new regex
parameter type are qlafilter and tee. When inputting pattern, enclose the
string in slashes, e.g. match=/^select/ defines the pattern ^select.
Binlog server automatically accepts GTID connection from MariaDB 10 slave servers by saving all incoming GTIDs into a SQLite map database.
In the 2.2.1 beta version MaxCtrl was in its own package whereas in 2.2.2
it is in the main maxscale package. If you have a previous installation
of MaxCtrl, please remove it before upgrading to MaxScale 2.2.2.
MaxScale 2.1.2 added support for IPv6 addresses. The default interface that listeners bind to
was changed from the IPv4 address 0.0.0.0 to the IPv6 address ::. To bind to the old IPv4 address,
add address=0.0.0.0 to the listener definition.
Starting with MaxScale 2.1, any changes made with the newly added
will be persisted in a configuration file. These files are located in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/.
The name of the log file was changed from maxscaleN.log to maxscale.log. The default location for the log file is /var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log.
Rotating the log files will cause MaxScale to reopen the file instead of renaming them. This makes the MaxScale logging facility logrotate compatible.
The disable_sescmd_history option is now enabled by default. This means that
slaves will not be recovered mid-session even if a replacement slave is
available. To enable the legacy behavior, add the disable_sescmd_history=true
parameter to the service definition.
The MariaDB session state is reset in MaxScale 2.1 for persistent connections. This means that any modifications to the session state (default database, user variable etc.) will not survive if the connection is put into the connection pool. For most users, this is the expected behavior.
The location of the MariaDB user data cache was moved from/var/cache/maxscale/<Service> to /var/cache/maxscale/<Service>/<Listener>.
Galeramon will assign the master status only to the node which has a_wsrep_local_index_ value of 0. This will guarantee consistent writes with multiple MaxScales but it also causes slower changes of the master node.
To enable the legacy behavior, add root_node_as_master=false to the Galera
monitor configuration.
The default editing mode was changed from vim to emacs mode. To start
maxadmin in the legacy mode, use the -i option.
The default way the communication between MaxAdmin and MariaDB MaxScale is handled has been changed from an internet socket to a Unix domain socket. The former alternative is still available but has been deprecated.
If no arguments are given to MaxAdmin, it will attempt to connect to
MariaDB MaxScale using a Unix domain socket. After the upgrade you will
need to provide at least one internet socket related flag - -h, -P,-u or -p - to force MaxAdmin to use the internet socket approach.
E.g.
The MySQL Monitor now assigns the stale state to the master server by default. In addition to this, the slave servers receive the stale slave state when they lose the connection to the master. This should not cause changes in behavior but the output of MaxAdmin will show new states when replication is broken.
The service users now also need SELECT privileges on mysql.tables_priv. This is required for the resolution of table level grants. To grant SELECT privileges for the service user, replace the user and hostname in the following example.
MaxScale 1.4 upgrades the used password encryption algorithms to more secure ones.
This requires that the password files are recreated with the maxkeys tool.
For more information about how to do this, please read the installation guide:
The SSL configuration parameters are now a part of the listeners. If a service used the old style SSL configuration parameters, the values should be moved to the listener which is associated with that service.
Here is an example of an old style configuration.
And here is the new, 1.4 compatible configuration style.
Please also note that the enabled SSL mode is no longer supported due to
the inherent security issues with allowing SSL and non-SSL connections on
the same port. In addition to this, SSLv3 is no longer supported due to
vulnerabilities found in it.
The master server details are now provided with a master.ini file located in the binlog directory and it can be changed using a CHANGE MASTER TO command issued via a MySQL connection to MaxScale.
This file, properly filled, is now mandatory and without it the binlog router cannot connect to the master database.
Before starting binlog router after MaxScale 1.3 upgrade, please add relevant information to master.ini, example:
Additionally, the option servers=masterdb in the service definition is no
longer required.
This document describes upgrading MaxScale from version 1.1.1 to 1.2 and
the major differences in the new version compared to the old version. The
major changes can be found in the Changelog.txt file in the installation
directory and the official release notes in the ReleaseNotes.txt file.
Upgrading MaxScale will copy the MaxScale.cnf file in/usr/local/mariadb-maxscale/etc/ to /etc/ and renamed to maxscale.cnf.
Binary log files are not automatically copied and should be manually moved
from /usr/local/mariadb-maxscale to /var/lib/maxscale/.
MaxScale 1.2 follows the and
installs to /usr/ and /var/ subfolders. Here are the major changes and
file locations.
Configuration files are located in /etc/ and use lowercase letters: /etc/maxscale.cnf
Binary files are in /usr/bin/
Libraries and modules are in /usr/lib64/maxscale/. If you are using custom modules, please make sure they are in this directory before starting MaxScale.
MaxScale can run as a non-root user with the 1.2 version. RPM and DEB
packages install the maxscale user and maxscale group which are used
by the init scripts and systemd configuration files. If you are installing
from a binary tarball, you can run the postinst script included in it to
manually create these groups.
This document describes upgrading MaxScale from version 1.0.5 to 1.1.0 and
the major differences in the new version compared to the old version. The
major changes can be found in the Changelog.txt file in the installation
directory and the official release notes in the ReleaseNotes.txt file.
If you are installing MaxScale from a RPM package, we recommend you back
up your configuration and log files and that you remove the old installation
of MaxScale completely. If you choose to upgrade MaxScale instead of removing
it and re-installing it afterwards, the init scripts in /etc/init.d folder
will be missing. This is due to the RPM packaging system but the script can
be re-installed by running the postinst script found in the/usr/local/mariadb-maxscale folder.
The 1.1.0 version of MaxScale installs into /usr/local/mariadb-maxscale
instead of /usr/local/skysql/maxscale. This will cause external references
to MaxScale's home directory to stop working so remember to update all
paths with the new version.
The MaxAdmin client's default password in MaxScale 1.1.0 is mariadb
instead of skysql.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
mysql -u USER -pPASSWORD -h maxscale-IP -P binlog-PORT
CHANGE MASTER TO master_host="master-IP", master_port=master-PORT, master_user=USER, master_password="PASSWORD", master_use_gtid=slave_pos;
START SLAVE;mysql -u USER -pPASSWORD -h slave-IP -P slave-PORT
STOP SLAVE;
CHANGE MASTER TO master_host="maxscale-IP", master_port=binlog-PORT,
master_user="USER", master_password="PASSWORD", master_use_gtid=slave_pos;
START SLAVE;
SHOW SLAVE STATUS \Gmysql -u USER -pPASSWORD -h slave-IP -P slave-PORT
STOP SLAVE;
CHANGE MASTER TO master_host="master-IP", master_port=master-PORT,
master_user="USER", master_password="PASSWORD", master_use_gtid=slave_pos;
START SLAVE;
SHOW SLAVE STATUS \Gmysql -u USER -pPASSWORD -h maxscale-IP -P binlog-PORT
CHANGE MASTER TO master_host="master-IP", master_port=master-PORT,
master_user=USER,master_password="PASSWORD", master_use_gtid=slave_pos;STOP SLAVE
SET @@global.gtid_slave_pos = "0-1000-1234,1-1001-5678";
START SLAVEmysql -u USER -pPASSWORD -h slave-IP -P slave-PORT
STOP SLAVE;
CHANGE MASTER TO master_host="maxscale-IP", master_port=binlog-PORT,
master_user="USER", master_password="PASSWORD",
master_use_gtid=slave_pos;
START SLAVE;
SHOW SLAVE STATUS \G[mariadb]
log_slave_updates = ON
log_bin = pinloki # binlog file base name. Must be the same on all servers
gtid_domain_id = 1001 # Must be different for each galera server
binlog_format = ROW
[galera]
wsrep_on = ON
wsrep_gtid_mode = ON
wsrep_gtid_domain_id = 42 # Must be the same for all servers[server1]
type=server
address=192.168.0.1
port=3306
[server2]
type=server
address=192.168.0.2
port=3306
[MariaDB-Monitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1, server2
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
monitor_interval=10s
[Replication-Proxy]
type=service
router=binlogrouter
cluster=MariaDB-Monitor
select_master=true
expire_log_duration=5h
expire_log_minimum_files=3
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
[Replication-Listener]
type=listener
service=Replication-Proxy
port=3306[maxscale]
threads=auto
[server1]
type=server
address=127.0.0.1
port=3306
[cdc-service]
type=service
router=avrorouter
servers=server1
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
[cdc-listener]
type=listener
service=cdc-service
protocol=CDC
port=4001filestem=mybin
binlogdir=/var/lib/mysql/binlogs/[replication-router]
type=service
router=binlogrouter
router_options=server-id=4000,binlogdir=/var/lib/mysql,filestem=binlog
user=maxuser
password=maxpwd
[avro-router]
type=service
router=avrorouter
binlogdir=/var/lib/mysql
filestem=binlog
avrodir=/var/lib/maxscalemysql -ss -u <user> -p -h <host> -P <port> -e 'DESCRIBE `<database>`.`<table>`'|./cdc_one_schema.py <database> <table># On the database server
mysql -ss -u <user> -p -h <host> -P <port> -e 'DESCRIBE `<database>`.`<table>`' > schema.tsv
# On the MaxScale server
./cdc_one_schema.py <database> <table> < schema.tsvusage: cdc_schema.py [--help] [-h HOST] [-P PORT] [-u USER] [-p PASSWORD] DATABASE[avro-converter]
type=service
router=avrorouter
user=myuser
password=mypasswd
router_options=binlogdir=/var/lib/mysql/,
filestem=binlog,
avrodir=/var/lib/maxscale/avro/
[avro-listener]
type=listener
service=avro-converter
protocol=CDC
port=4001cdc.py --user=myuser --password=mypasswd --host=127.0.0.1 --port=4001 test.mytablecdc.py --user=myuser --password=mypasswd --host=127.0.0.1 --port=4001 test.mytable |
cdc_kafka_producer.py --kafka-broker 127.0.0.1:9092 --kafka-topic test.mytable-DCMAKE_C_FLAGS=-fPIC -DCMAKE_CXX_FLAGS=-fPIC
$NODELIST -> list of IPs and ports of all running servers$SLAVELIST -> list of IPs and ports of all slave servers
$MASTERLIST -> list of IPs and ports of all master servers
$SYNCEDLIST -> list of IPs and ports of all synced Galera nodes
$PARENT -> IP and port of the parent of the server which initiated the event.
For master-slave setups, this will be the master if the initiating server is a
slave.
$CHILDREN -> list of IPs and ports of the child nodes of the server who
initiated the event. For master-slave setups, this will be a list of slave
servers if the initiating server is a master.
slave_upserver_downserver_uplost_masterlost_slavenew_masternew_slaveDefault: All events
lost_master
A server lost Master status
lost_slave
A server lost Slave status
new_master
A new Master was detected
new_slave
A new Slave was detected
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
#!/usr/bin/env bash
master_down
A Master server has gone down
master_up
A Master server has come up
slave_down
A Slave server has gone down
slave_up
A Slave server has come up
server_down
A server with no assigned role has gone down
server_up
A server with no assigned role has come up
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
servers=MyServer1,MyServer2monitor_interval=2sbackend_connect_timeout=3sbackend_write_timeout=3sbackend_read_timeout=3sbackend_connect_attempts=1[server1]
type=server
...
[server2]
type=server
...
[server3]
type=server
...
[monitor]
type=monitor
servers=server1,server2,server3
disk_space_threshold=/data:80
...[server1]
type=server
disk_space_threshold=/data:80
...
[server2]
type=server
disk_space_threshold=/Data:80
...
[server3]
type=server
disk_space_threshold=/DBData:80
...
[monitor]
type=monitor
servers=server1,server2,server3
...[server1]
type=server
disk_space_threshold=/DbData:80
...
[server2]
type=server
...
[server3]
type=server
...
[monitor]
type=monitor
servers=server1,server2,server3
disk_space_threshold=/data:80
...script=/home/user/myscript.sh initiator=$INITIATOR event=$EVENT live_nodes=$NODELIST/home/user/myscript.sh initiator=[192.168.0.10]:3306 event=master_down live_nodes=[192.168.0.201]:3306,[192.168.0.121]:3306events=master_down,slave_down[MyMonitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=C1N1,C1N2,C1N3
user=maxscale
password=password
monitor_interval=10s
script=/path/to/maxscale_monitor_alert_script.sh --initiator=$INITIATOR --parent=$PARENT --children=$CHILDREN --event=$EVENT --node_list=$NODELIST --list=$LIST --master_list=$MASTERLIST --slave_list=$SLAVELIST --synced_list=$SYNCEDLISTTransaction replays now have a limit on how many times a replay is
attempted. The default values is five attempts and is controlled by thetransaction_replay_attempts parameter.
If transaction replay is enabled and a deadlock occurs (SQLSTATE 40XXX), the transaction is automatically retried.
Log files are in the var/log/maxscale/ folder
MaxScale's PID file is located in /var/run/maxscale/maxscale.pid
Data files and other persistent files are in /var/lib/maxscale/
The purpose of this tutorial is to introduce the MariaDB MaxScale Administrator to a few of the common administration tasks. This is intended to be an introduction for administrators who are new to MariaDB MaxScale and not a reference to all the tasks that may be performed.
MaxScale uses systemd for managing the process. This means that normalsystemctl commands can be used to start and stop MaxScale. To start MaxScale,
use systemctl start maxscale. To stop it, use systemctl stop maxscale.
The systemd service file for MaxScale is located in/lib/systemd/system/maxscale.service.
Additional command line options and other systemd configuration options
can be given to MariaDB MaxScale by creating a drop-in file for the
service unit file. You can do this with the systemctl edit maxscale.service
command. For more information about systemd drop-in
files, refer to
and .
It is possible to use the maxctrl command to obtain statistics about the
services that are running within MaxScale. The maxctrl command list services
will give very basic information regarding services. This command may be either
run in interactive mode or passed on the maxctrl command line.
Network listeners count as a user of the service, therefore there will always be one user per network port in which the service listens. More details can be obtained by using the "show service" command.
To determine what client are currently connected to MariaDB MaxScale, you can
use the list sessions command within maxctrl. This will give you IP address
and the ID of the session for that connection. As with any maxctrl
command this can be passed on the command line or typed interactively in
maxctrl.
MariaDB MaxScale logs messages of different priority into a single log file. With the exception if error messages that are always logged, whether messages of a particular priority should be logged or not can be enabled via the maxctrl interface or in the configuration file. By default, MaxScale keeps on writing to the same log file. To prevent the file from growing indefinitely, the administrator must take action.
The name of the log file is maxscale.log. When the log is rotated, MaxScale closes the current log file and opens a new one using the same name.
Log file rotation is achieved by use of the rotate logs command
in maxctrl.
As there currently is only the maxscale log, that is the only one that will be rotated.
This may be integrated into the Linux logrotate mechanism by adding a configuration file to the /etc/logrotate.d directory. If we assume we want to rotate the log files once per month and wish to keep 5 log files worth of history, the configuration file would look as follows.
MariaDB MaxScale will also rotate all of its log files if it receives the USR1 signal. Using this the logrotate configuration script can be rewritten as
In older versions MaxScale renamed the log file, behavior which is not fully compliant with the assumptions of logrotate and may lead to issues, depending on the used logrotate configuration file. From version 2.1 onward, MaxScale will not itself rename the log file, but when the log is rotated, MaxScale will simply close and reopen the same log file. That will make the behavior fully compliant with logrotate.
MariaDB MaxScale supports the concept of maintenance mode for servers within a cluster. This allows for planned, temporary removal of a database from the cluster without the need to change the MariaDB MaxScale configuration.
To achieve this, you can use the set server command in maxctrl to set the
maintenance mode flag for the server. This may be done interactively within
maxctrl or by passing the command on the command line.
This will cause MariaDB MaxScale to stop routing any new requests to the server,
however if there are currently requests executing on the server these will not
be interrupted. Connections to servers in maintenance mode are closed as soon as
the next request arrives. To close them immediately, use the --force option
for maxctrl set server.
Clearing the maintenance mode for a server will bring it back into use. If multiple MariaDB MaxScale instances are configured to use the node then maintenance mode must be set within each MariaDB MaxScale instance.
Services can be stopped to temporarily halt their use. Stopping a service will cause it to stop accepting new connections until it is started. New connections are not refused if the service is stopped and are queued instead. This means that connecting clients will wait until the service is started again.
Starting a service will cause it to accept all queued connections that were created while it was stopped.
Stopping a monitor will cause it to stop monitoring the state of the servers
assigned to it. This is useful when the state of the servers is assigned
manually with maxctrl set server.
Starting a monitor will make it resume monitoring of the servers. Any manually assigned states will be overwritten by the monitor.
The MaxScale configuration can be changed at runtime by using the create,alter and destroy commands of maxctrl. These commands either create,
modify or destroy objects (servers, services, monitors etc.) inside
MaxScale. The exact syntax for each of the commands and any additional options
that they take can be seen with maxctrl --help <command>.
Not all parameters can be modified at runtime. Refer to the module documentation for more information on which parameters can be modified at runtime. If a parameter cannot be modified at runtime, the object can be destroyed and recreated in order to change it.
All runtime changes are persisted in files stored by default in/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/. This means that any changes done at runtime
persist through restarts. Any changes done to objects in the main configuration
file are ignored if a persisted entry is found for it.
For example, if the address of a server is modified with maxctrl alter server db-server-1 address 192.168.0.100, the file/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/db-server-1.cnf is created with the complete
configuration for the object. To remove all runtime changes for all objects,
remove all files found in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d.
Modify global MaxScale parameters:
Some global parameters cannot be modified at runtime. Refer to the for a full list of parameters that can be modified at runtime.
Create a new server
Modify a Server
Destroy a Server
A server can only be destroyed if it is not used by any services or monitors. To
automatically remove the server from the services and monitors that use it, use
the --force flag.
Drain a Server
When a server is set into the drain state, no new connections to it are
created. Unlike to the maintenance state which immediately stops all new
requests and closes all connections if used with the --force option, thedrain state allows existing connections to continue routing requests to them
in order to be gracefully closed once the client disconnects.
To remove the drain state, use clear server command:
Servers with the Master state cannot be drained. To drain them, first perform
a switchover to another node and then drain the server.
Create a new Monitor
Modify a Monitor
Add Server to a Monitor
Remove a Server from a Monitor
Destroy a Monitor
A monitor can only be destroyed if it is not monitoring any servers. To
automatically remove the servers from the monitor, use the --force flag.
Create a New Service
Modify a Service
Add Servers to a Service
Any servers added to services will only be used by new sessions. Existing sessions will use the servers that were available when they connected.
Remove Servers from a Service
Similarly to adding servers, removing servers from a service will only affect new sessions. Existing sessions keep using the servers even if they are removed from a service.
Change the Filters of a Service
The order of the filters is significant: the first filter will be the first to receive the query. The new set of filters will only be used by new sessions. Existing sessions will keep using the filters that were configured when they connected.
Destroy a Service
The service can only be destroyed if it uses no servers or clusters and has no
listeners associated with it. To force destruction of a service even if it does
use servers or has listeners, use the --force flag. This will also destroy any
listeners associated with the service.
Create a New Filter
Destroy a Filter
A filter can only be destroyed if it is not used by any services. To
automatically remove the filter from all services using it, use the --force
flag.
Filters cannot be altered at runtime in MaxScale 2.5. To modify the parameters of a filter, destroy it and recreate it with the modified parameters.
Create a New Listener
Destroy a Listener
Destroying a listener will close the network socket and stop it from accepting new connections. Existing connections that were created through it will keep displaying it as the originating listener.
Listeners cannot be moved from one service to another. In order to do this, the listener must be destroyed and then recreated with the new service.
MaxCtrl uses the same credentials as the MaxScale REST API. These users can be managed via MaxCtrl.
By default new users are only allowed to read data. To make the account an
administrative account, add the --type=admin option to the command:
Administrative accounts are allowed to use all MaxCtrl commands and modify any parts of MaxScale.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
maxctrl alter service My-Service connection_keepalive 30000maxctrl alter service My-Service connection_keepalive 30000ms[CSMonitor]
type=monitor
module=csmon
version=1.5
...[My Server]
...
[My Service]
...
servers=My Server[MyServer]
...
[MyService]
...
servers=MyServersome_param=60s
some_param=60000ms[The-Service]
type=service
passwd=some-service-password
...
[The-Monitor]
type=monitor
passwd=some-monitor-password
...[The-Service]
type=service
password=some-service-password
...
[The-Monitor]
type=monitor
password=some-monitor-password
...user@host $ maxadmin -u adminGRANT SELECT ON mysql.tables_priv TO 'username'@'maxscalehost';[RW-Split-Router]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
user=jdoe
passwd=BD26E4139A15280CA882264AA1551C70
ssl=required
ssl_cert=/home/user/certs/server-cert.pem
ssl_key=/home/user/certs/server-key.pem
ssl_ca_cert=/home/user/certs/ca.pem
ssl_version=TLSv12
[RW-Split-Listener]
type=listener
service=RW-Split-Router
port=3306[RW-Split-Router]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
user=jdoe
passwd=BD26E4139A15280CA882264AA1551C70
[RW-Split-Listener]
type=listener
service=RW-Split-Router
port=3306
ssl=required
ssl_cert=/home/user/certs/server-cert.pem
ssl_key=/home/user/certs/server-key.pem
ssl_ca_cert=/home/user/certs/ca.pem
ssl_version=TLSv12[binlog_configuration]
master_host=127.0.0.1
master_port=3308
master_user=repl
master_password=somepass
filestem=repl-bin# Re-install init scripts
cd /usr/local/mariadb-maxscale
./postinstAlthough JSON does not define a syntax for comments, some of the JSON examples
have C-style inline comments in them. These comments use // to mark the start
of the comment and extend to the end of the current line.
Read the REST API section of the configuration guide for more details on how to configure the REST API.
The MaxScale REST API uses HTTP Basic Access
authentication with the MaxScale administrative interface users. The default
user is admin:mariadb.
It is highly recommended to enable HTTPS on the MaxScale REST API to make the communication between the client and MaxScale secure. Without it, the passwords can be intercepted from the network traffic. Refer to the Configuration Guide for more details on how to enable HTTPS for the MaxScale REST API.
For more details on how administrative interface users are created and managed, refer to the MaxCtrl documentation as well as the documentation of the users resource.
MaxScale supports authentication via JSON Web Tokens.
The /v1/auth endpoint can be used to generate new tokens which are returned in
the following form.
Note that by default the /auth endpoint requires the connection to be
encrypted (HTTPS) and attempts to use it without encryption will be treated as
an error. To allow use of the /auth endpoint without encryption, useadmin_secure_gui=false.
If the token is used to authenticate users in a web browser, the token can be
optionally stored in cookies. This can be enabled with the persist=yes
parameter in the request:
When the token is stored in the cookies, it will be stored in the token_sig
cookie using the SameSite=Strict and HttpOnly cookie options. This means the
JavaScript context of the browser will not have access to it. This is done to
prevent CSRF attacks.
By default, the generated tokens are valid for 8 hours. The token validity
period can be set with the max-age request parameter:
When max-age is combined with persist, the Max-Age cookie option is
also set to the same value.
To use the token for authentication, the generated token must be presented in the Authorization header with the Bearer authentication scheme. For example, the token above would be used in the following manner:
If MaxScale is restarted, all generated tokens are invalidated.
/auth Request Parameters
The /auth endpoint supports the following request parameters that must be
given in the HTTP query string.
max-age
Sets the token maximum age in seconds. The default is max-age=28800. Only
positive values between 1 and 2147483646 are accepted and if a non-positive
or a non-integer value is found, the parameter is ignored.
persist
Store the generated token in cookies instead of returning it as the response body.
This parameter expects only one value, yes, as its argument. Whenpersist=yes is set, the token is stored in the token_sig cookie and the
response is 204 No Content instead of 200 OK.
The token_sig cookie contains the JWT and is stored as a HttpOnly cookie
which prevents access to from JavaScript. This is done to mitigate any
attacks that might leak the token.
The MaxScale REST API provides the following resources. All resources conform to the JSON API specification.
In addition to the named resources, the REST API will respond with a HTTP 200 OK
response to GET requests on the root resource (/) as well as the namespace
root resource (/v1/). These can be used for HTTP health checks to determine
whether MaxScale is running.
All of the current resources are in the /v1/ namespace of the MaxScale REST
API. Further additions to the namespace can be added that do not break backwards
compatibility of any existing resources. What this means in practice is that:
No resources or URLs will be removed
The API will be JSON API compliant
Note that this means that the contents of individual resources can change. New fields can be added, old ones can be removed and the meaning of existing fields can change. The aim is to be as backwards compatible as reasonably possible without sacrificing the clarity and functionality of the API.
Since MaxScale 2.4.0, the use of the version prefix /v1/ is optional: if the
prefix is not used, the latest API version is used.
All resources return complete JSON objects. The returned objects can have a_relationships_ field that represents any relations the object has to other objects. This closely resembles the JSON API definition of links.
In the relationships objects, all resources have a self link that points to the resource itself. This allows easy access to the objects pointed by the relationships as the reply URL is included in the response itself.
To create a relationship between two objects, define it in the initial POST
request. To modify the relationships of existing objects, perform a PATCH
request with the new definition of the relevant relationship. To completely
remove all relationships from an object, the data field of the corresponding
relationship object must be set to an empty array.
The following lists the resources and the types of links each resource can have in addition to the self link. Examples of these relationships can be seen in the resource documentation.
services - Service resource
servers
List of servers used by the service
services
List of services used by the service
filters
List of filters used by the service
NOTE: This is an ordered relationship where the order of the filters
defines the order in which they process queries.
listeners
List of listeners used by the service
monitors - Monitor resource
servers
List of servers used by the monitor
filters - Filter resource
services
List of services that use this filter
NOTE: This is a one-way relationship that can only be modified from theservices resource.
servers - Server resource
services
List of services that use this server
monitors
List of monitors that use this server
listeners - Listener resource
services
The service that the listener points to
All the resources that return JSON content also support the following
parameters. Parameters are given in the HTTP query string:https://localhost:8989/v1/servers?pretty=true&fields[servers]=state.
pretty
Pretty-print output.
If this parameter is set to true then the returned objects are formatted
in a more human readable format. If the parameter is set to false then the
returned objects are formatted in a compact format. All resources support
this parameter. The default value for this parameter is true.
fields[TYPE]=field1,field2...
Return a
This parameter controls which fields are returned in the REST API
response. The TYPE value in the fields parameter must be the resource
type that is being retrieved (i.e. the servers in /v1/servers and/v1/server/server1). The value of the parameter must be a comma-separated
list of that mark which
fields of the object to return. Only fields in objects in the attributes
and relationships objects are inspected. This means that if the path
marked by the JSON Pointer contains an array in it, it will not advance past
this array.
For example, to return only the server state output from the /servers
endpoint, the fields[servers]=state parameter can be used. This would
return only the
filter=json_ptr=expr
Filter the output of the result
This parameter controls which rows are returned in a REST API response that
returns an array in the data member (i.e. a request to a resource
collection). Requests to individual resources are not filtered.
The argument to the filter parameter must be a key-value pair with a valid as the key and either a
valid JSON type as the value or a . The comparison is done for each
individual object in the data array of the result. If given only a JSON
value, the stored value is compared for equality. If an expression is used,
the expression is evaluated and only rows that match are returned.
For example, if the object stored in data[0] has a value pointed by the
given JSON pointer and that value compares equal to the given JSON value,
the array row is kept in the result. Examples for filtering expression can
be found .
A practical use for this parameter is to return only sessions for a
particular service. For example, to return sessions for theRW-Split-Router service, thefilter=/relationships/services/data/0/id="RW-Split-Router" parameter can
be used. Note the double quotes around the "RW-Split-Router", they are
required to correctly convert strings into JSON values.
filter[json_path]=expr
Filter based on a JSONPath and a filtering expression.
Similar to the filter parameter that takes a JSON Pointer, this version of
the filter controls which rows are returned in a REST API response for a
resource collection. Requests to individual resources are never filtered.
The value inside the brackets must be a valid
expression that MaxScale supports. The currently supported syntax is:
dot notation: $.store.book
bracket notation: $['store']['book']
The root object being optional is an extension to the JSONPath specification
that MaxScale implements.
The expr value must be a filter-expression. Similarly to the other filter
parameter, the comparison is done for each individual object in the data
array of the result.
If the JSONPath expression returns multiple objects, the comparison is done
for each element and if any of them matches, the object is considered to
match. In other words, wildcard JSONPath expressions are ORed together.
If multiple filter[json_path]=expr parameters are found in the request,
all returned values must match all of them. In other words, the filter
parameters are all combined into an AND expression. For example, the
following filter will only return all values whose id field is "srv1 and
the attributes.parameters.port field is 3306:filter[id]=eq("srv1")&filter[attributes.parameters.port]=eq(3306)
page[size]
The number of elements that are returned for resource collections. By
default all elements in the resource collection are returned. The value must
be a valid positive integer, otherwise the parameter is ignored. If
pagination is used, the links object will have pagination links to the
next page if more elements are available.
page[number]
How many pages of results to skip. The first page of results starts from 0
and each page has no more than page[size] elements. If defined,page[size] must also be defined, otherwise this parameter is ignored. This
should be considered pseudo-pagination as the results are not guaranteed to
be consistent between requests.
sync
Control configuration synchronization.
If this parameter is set to false then the configuration synchronization
is disabled for this request. This can be used to perform configuration
changes when MaxScale is unable to reach the cluster used to synchronize the
configuration. The modifications to the local configuration will be
overwritten when the next modification to the cluster's configuration is
done which means this should only be used to perform temporary fixes.
MaxScale 24.02 added support for expressions in the filter request
parameter. Each resource in a resource collection that evaluates to a true value
will be kept in the returned result. All rows that evaluate to false are
removed.
Equality and inequality is defined for all JSON types but ordering is defined only for numbers and strings. The logical operators allow one or more sub-expressions.
The following table lists the supported operations in the filter expressions. In
it, the stored value is marked as S and the literal JSON value in the
expression as V. For the logical operators, the sub-expression is marked asexpr.
eq(json)
S == V
All JSON types
ne(json)
S != V
All JSON types
lt(json)
S < V
Numbers and strings
le(json)
S <= V
Numbers and strings
Filter Expression Examples
Ranges of values can be defined using an and() expression with the range
limits defined with the ordering operators ge() and le(). To filter the
sessions in MaxScale to ones that have an ID between 50 and 100, the following
filtering expression can be used.
Limiting the result to only the given values can be done with an or()
expression that uses eq() expressions to select the rows to return. To only
return sessions with IDs 1, 5, 10 the following filtering expression can be
used.
Similarly, excluding certain rows from the result can be done by simply
replacing or() with not(). This expression would exclude sessions with the
IDs 1, 5 and 10 from the result.
REST makes use of the HTTP protocols in its aim to provide a natural way to understand the workings of an API. The following request headers are understood by this API.
Authorization
Credentials for authentication. This header should consist of a HTTP Basic
Access authentication type payload which is the base64 encoded value of the
username and password joined by a colon e.g. Base64("maxuser:maxpwd").
Content-Type
All PUT and POST requests must use the Content-Type: application/json media
type and the request body must be a complete and valid JSON representation of a
resource. All PATCH requests must use the Content-Type: application/json media
type and the request body must be a JSON document containing a partial
definition of the modified resource.
Host
The address and port of the server.
If-Match
The request is performed only if the provided ETag value matches the one on the server. This field should be used with PATCH requests to prevent concurrent updates to the same resource.
The value of this header must be a value from the ETag header retrieved from
the same resource at an earlier point in time.
If-Modified-Since
If the content has not changed the server responds with a 304 status code. If the content has changed the server responds with a 200 status code and the requested resource.
The value of this header must be a date value in the "HTTP-date" format.
If-None-Match
If the content has not changed the server responds with a 304 status code. If the content has changed the server responds with a 200 status code and the requested resource.
The value of this header must be a value from the ETag header retrieved from
the same resource at an earlier point in time.
If-Unmodified-Since
The request is performed only if the requested resource has not been modified since the provided date.
The value of this header must be a date value in the "HTTP-date" format.
X-HTTP-Method-Override
Some clients only support GET and PUT requests. By providing the string value of
the intended method in the X-HTTP-Method-Override header, a client can, for
example, perform a POST, PATCH or DELETE request with the PUT method
(e.g. X-HTTP-Method-Override: PATCH).
If this header is defined in the request, the current method of the request is replaced with the one in the header. The HTTP method must be in uppercase and it must be one of the methods that the requested resource supports.
Allow
All resources return the Allow header with the supported HTTP methods. For
example the resource /services will always return the Accept: GET, PATCH, PUT
header.
Accept-Patch
All PATCH capable resources return the Accept-Patch: application/json-patch
header.
Date
Returns the RFC 1123 standard form date when the reply was sent. The date is in English and it uses the server's local timezone.
ETag
An identifier for a specific version of a resource. The value of this header changes whenever a resource is modified via the REST API. It will not change if an internal MaxScale event (e.g. server changing state or statistics being updated) causes a change.
When the client sends the If-Match or If-None-Match header, the provided
value should be the value of the ETag header of an earlier GET.
Last-Modified
The date when the resource was last modified in "HTTP-date" format.
Location
If an out of date resource location is requested, a HTTP return code of 3XX with
the Location header is returned. The value of the header contains the new
location of the requested resource as a relative URI.
WWW-Authenticate
The requested authentication method. For example, WWW-Authenticate: Basic
would require basic HTTP authentication.
Mxs-Warning
This header is used for sending generic warnings to clients about actions that were successful and valid but could cause problems in the future. Currently these are used to indicate when a configuration change was made to a static object and an overriding configuraiton is created or when a static object is being deleted at runtime.
The content of the header is the human-readable warning that should be displayed to a user.
Every HTTP response starts with a line with a return code which indicates the outcome of the request. The API uses some of the standard HTTP values:
200 OK
Successful HTTP requests, response has a body.
201 Created
A new resource was created.
202 Accepted
The request has been accepted for processing, but the processing has not been completed.
204 No Content
Successful HTTP requests, response has no body.
This class of status code indicates the client must take additional action to complete the request.
301 Moved Permanently
This and all future requests should be directed to the given URI.
302 Found
The response to the request can be found under another URI using the same method as in the original request.
303 See Other
The response to the request can be found under another URI using a GET method.
304 Not Modified
Indicates that the resource has not been modified since the version specified by the request headers If-Modified-Since or If-None-Match.
307 Temporary Redirect
The request should be repeated with another URI but future requests should use the original URI.
308 Permanent Redirect
The request and all future requests should be repeated using another URI.
The 4xx class of status code is when the client seems to have erred. Except when responding to a HEAD request, the body of the response MAY contains a JSON representation of the error.
The error field contains a short error description and the description field contains a more detailed version of the error message.
400 Bad Request
The server cannot or will not process the request due to client error.
401 Unauthorized
Authentication is required. The response includes a WWW-Authenticate header.
403 Forbidden
The request was a valid request, but the client does not have the necessary permissions for the resource.
404 Not Found
The requested resource could not be found.
405 Method Not Allowed
A request method is not supported for the requested resource.
406 Not Acceptable
The requested resource is capable of generating only content not acceptable according to the Accept headers sent in the request.
409 Conflict
Indicates that the request could not be processed because of conflict in the request, such as an edit conflict be tween multiple simultaneous updates.
411 Length Required
The request did not specify the length of its content, which is required by the requested resource.
412 Precondition Failed
The server does not meet one of the preconditions that the requester put on the request.
413 Payload Too Large
The request is larger than the server is willing or able to process.
414 URI Too Long
The URI provided was too long for the server to process.
415 Unsupported Media Type
The request entity has a media type which the server or resource does not support.
422 Unprocessable Entity
The request was well-formed but was unable to be followed due to semantic errors.
423 Locked
The resource that is being accessed is locked.
428 Precondition Required
The origin server requires the request to be conditional. This error code is
returned when none of the Modified-Since or Match type headers are used.
431 Request Header Fields Too Large
The server is unwilling to process the request because either an individual header field, or all the header fields collectively, are too large.
The server failed to fulfill an apparently valid request.
500 Internal Server Error
A generic error message, given when an unexpected condition was encountered and no more specific message is suitable.
501 Not Implemented
The server either does not recognize the request method, or it lacks the ability to fulfill the request.
502 Bad Gateway
The server was acting as a gateway or proxy and received an invalid response from the upstream server.
503 Service Unavailable
The server is currently unavailable (because it is overloaded or down for maintenance). Generally, this is a temporary state.
504 Gateway Timeout
The server was acting as a gateway or proxy and did not receive a timely response from the upstream server.
505 HTTP Version Not Supported
The server does not support the HTTP protocol version used in the request.
506 Variant Also Negotiates
Transparent content negotiation for the request results in a circular reference.
507 Insufficient Storage
The server is unable to store the representation needed to complete the request.
508 Loop Detected
The server detected an infinite loop while processing the request (sent in lieu of 208 Already Reported).
510 Not Extended
Further extensions to the request are required for the server to fulfil it.
The following response headers are not currently in use. Future versions of the API could return them.
206 Partial Content
The server is delivering only part of the resource (byte serving) due to a range header sent by the client.
300 Multiple Choices
Indicates multiple options for the resource from which the client may choose (via agent-driven content negotiation).
407 Proxy Authentication Required
The client must first authenticate itself with the proxy.
408 Request Timeout
The server timed out waiting for the request. According to HTTP specifications: "The client did not produce a request within the time that the server was prepared to wait. The client MAY repeat the request without modifications at any later time."
410 Gone
Indicates that the resource requested is no longer available and will not be available again.
416 Range Not Satisfiable
The client has asked for a portion of the file (byte serving), but the server cannot supply that portion.
417 Expectation Failed
The server cannot meet the requirements of the Expect request-header field.
421 Misdirected Request
The request was directed at a server that is not able to produce a response.
424 Failed Dependency
The request failed due to failure of a previous request.
426 Upgrade Required
The client should switch to a different protocol such as TLS/1.0, given in the Upgrade header field.
429 Too Many Requests
The user has sent too many requests in a given amount of time. Intended for use with rate-limiting schemes.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
$ maxctrl list services
┌────────────────────────┬────────────────┬─────────────┬───────────────────┬────────────────────────────────────┐
│ Service │ Router │ Connections │ Total Connections │ Servers │
├────────────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│ CLI │ cli │ 1 │ 1 │ │
├────────────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│ RW-Split-Router │ readwritesplit │ 1 │ 1 │ server1, server2, server3, server4 │
├────────────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│ RW-Split-Hint-Router │ readwritesplit │ 1 │ 1 │ server1, server2, server3, server4 │
├────────────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│ SchemaRouter-Router │ schemarouter │ 1 │ 1 │ server1, server2, server3, server4 │
├────────────────────────┼────────────────┼─────────────┼───────────────────┼────────────────────────────────────┤
│ Read-Connection-Router │ readconnroute │ 1 │ 1 │ server1 │
└────────────────────────┴────────────────┴─────────────┴───────────────────┴────────────────────────────────────┘$ maxctrl list sessions
┌────┬─────────┬──────────────────┬──────────────────────────┬──────┬─────────────────┐
│ Id │ User │ Host │ Connected │ Idle │ Service │
├────┼─────────┼──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┼──────┼─────────────────┤
│ 6 │ maxuser │ ::ffff:127.0.0.1 │ Thu Aug 27 10:39:16 2020 │ 4 │ RW-Split-Router │
└────┴─────────┴──────────────────┴──────────────────────────┴──────┴─────────────────┘maxctrl rotate logs/var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log {
monthly
rotate 5
missingok
nocompress
sharedscripts
postrotate
\# run if maxscale is running
if test -n "`ps acx|grep maxscale`"; then
/usr/bin/maxctrl rotate logs
fi
endscript
}/var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log {
monthly
rotate 5
missingok
nocompress
sharedscripts
postrotate
kill -USR1 `cat /var/run/maxscale/maxscale.pid`
endscript
}maxctrl set server db-server-3 maintenancemaxctrl clear server db-server-3 maintenancemaxctrl stop service db-servicemaxctrl start service db-servicemaxctrl stop monitor db-monitormaxctrl start monitor db-monitormaxctrl alter maxscale auth_connect_timeout 5smaxctrl create server db-server-1 192.168.0.100 3306maxctrl alter server db-server-1 port 3307maxctrl destroy server db-server-1maxctrl set server db-server-1 drainmaxctrl clear server db-server-1 drainmaxctrl create monitor db-monitor mariadbmon user=db-user password=db-passwordmaxctrl alter monitor db-monitor monitor_interval 1000maxctrl link monitor db-monitor db-server-1maxctrl unlink monitor db-monitor db-server-1maxctrl destroy monitor db-monitormaxctrl create service db-service readwritesplit user=db-user password=db-passwordmaxctrl alter service db-service user new-db-usermaxctrl link service db-service db-server1maxctrl unlink service db-service db-server1maxctrl alter service-filters my-regexfilter my-qlafiltermaxctrl destroy service db-servicemaxctrl create filter regexfilter match=ENGINE=MyISAM replace=ENGINE=InnoDBmaxctrl destroy filter my-regexfiltermaxctrl create listener db-listener db-service 4006maxctrl destroy listener db-listenermaxctrl create user basic-user basic-passwordmaxctrl create user admin-user admin-password --type=adminmaxctrl alter user admin-user new-admin-passwordmaxctrl destroy user basic-userGET /v1/auth{
"meta": {
"token": "eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiJhZG1pbiIsImV4cCI6MTU4MzI1NDE1MSwiaWF0IjoxNTgzMjI1MzUxLCJpc3MiOiJtYXhzY2FsZSJ9.B1BqhjjKaCWKe3gVXLszpOPfeu8cLiwSb4CMIJAoyqw"
}
}GET /v1/auth?persist=yesGET /v1/auth?max-age=28800Authorization: Bearer eyJhbGciOiJIUzI1NiJ9.eyJhdWQiOiJhZG1pbiIsImV4cCI6MTU4MzI1NDE1MSwiaWF0IjoxNTgzMjI1MzUxLCJpc3MiOiJtYXhzY2FsZSJ9.B1BqhjjKaCWKe3gVXLszpOPfeu8cLiwSb4CMIJAoyqwfilter=id=and(ge(50),le(100))filter=id=or(eq(1),eq(5),eq(10))filter=id=not(eq(1),eq(5),eq(10)){
"error": {
"detail" : "The new `/servers/` resource is missing the `port` parameter"
}
}data.attributes.statedata.attributes.statistics.connectionsfields[servers]=statistics/connectionsarray values: $.store.book[0]
multiple array values: $.store.book[0,1,2]
array wildcards: $.store.book[*].price
object wildcards: $.store.bicycle.*
optional root object: store.book
ge(json)
S >= V
Numbers and strings
gt(json)
S > V
Numbers and strings
and(expr...)
expr && expr
Expressions
or(expr...)
expr || expr
Expressions
not(expr...)
!expr
Expressions
From MaxScale version 2.2.11 onwards, the cache filter is no longer considered experimental. The following changes to the default behaviour have also been made:
The default value of cached_data is now thread_specific (used to beshared).
The default value of selects is now assume_cacheable (used to beverify_cacheable).
The cache filter is a simple cache that is capable of caching the result of SELECTs, so that subsequent identical SELECTs are served directly by MaxScale, without the queries being routed to any server.
By default the cache will be used and populated in the following circumstances:
There is no explicit transaction active, that is, autocommit is used,
there is an explicitly read-only transaction (that is,START TRANSACTION READ ONLY) active, or
there is a transaction active and no statement that modifies the database has been performed.
In practice, the last bullet point basically means that if a transaction has
been started with BEGIN, START TRANSACTION or START TRANSACTION READ WRITE, then the cache will be used and populated until the first UPDATE,INSERT or DELETE statement is encountered.
That is, in default mode the cache effectively causes the system to behave
as if the isolation level would be READ COMMITTED, irrespective of what
the isolation level of the backends actually is.
The default behaviour can be altered using the configuration parameter cache_in_transactions.
By default it is assumed that all SELECT statements are cacheable, which
means that also statements like SELECT LOCALTIME are cached. Please check selects for how to change the default behaviour.
All of these limitations may be addressed in forthcoming releases.
Resultsets of prepared statements are not cached.
Multi-statements are always sent to the backend and their result isnot cached.
The cache is not aware of grants.
The implication is that unless the cache has been explicitly configured who the caching should apply to, the presence of the cache may provide a user with access to data he should not have access to.
Please read the section Security for more detailed information.
However, from 2.5 onwards it is possible to configure the cache to cache the data of each user separately, which effectively means that there can be no unintended sharing. Please see users for how to change the default behaviour.
When invalidation is enabled, SELECTs targeting tables
in information_schema are not cached. The reason is that as the content
of the tables changes as the side-effect of something else, the cache would
not know when to invalidate the cache-entries.
Since MaxScale 2.5, the cache is capable of invalidating entries in the cache when a modification (UPDATE, INSERT or DELETE) that may affect those entries is made.
The cache invalidation works on the table-level, that is, a modification made to a particular table will cause all cache entries that refer to that table to be invalidated, irrespective of whether the modification actually has an impact on the cache entries or not. For instance, suppose the result of the following SELECT has been cached
An insert like
will cause the cache entry containing the result of that SELECT to be invalidated even if the INSERT actually does not affect it. Please see invalidate for how to enable the invalidation.
When invalidation has been enabled MaxScale must be able to completely parse a SELECT statement for its results to be stored in the cache. The reason is that in order to be able to invalidate cache entries, MaxScale must know what tables a SELECT statement depends upon. Consequently, if (and only if) invalidation has been enabled and MaxScale fails to parse a statement, the result of that particular statement will not be cached.
When invalidation has been enabled, MaxScale will also parse all UPDATE, INSERT and DELETE statements, in order to find out what tables are modified. If that parsing fails, MaxScale will by default clear the entire cache. The reason is that unless MaxScale can completely parse the statement it cannot know what tables are modified and hence not what cache entries should be invalidated. Consequently, to prevent stale data from being returned, the entire cache is cleared. The default behaviour can be changed using the configuration parameter clear_cache_on_parse_errors.
Note that what threading approach is used has a big impact on the invalidation. Please see Threads, Users and Invalidation for how the threading approach affects the invalidation.
Note also that since the invalidation may not, depending on how the cache has been configured, be visible to all sessions of all users, it is still important to configure a reasonable soft and hard TTL.
The invalidation offered by the MaxScale cache can be said to be of_best efforts_ quality. The reason is that in order to ensure that the cache in all circumstances reflects the state in the actual database, would require that the operations involving the cache and the MariaDB server are synchronized, which would cause an unacceptable overhead.
What best efforts means in this context is best illustrated using an example.
Suppose a client executes the statement SELECT * FROM tbl and that the result
is cached. Next time that or any other client executes the same statement, the
result is returned from the cache and the MariaDB server will not be accessed
at all.
If a client now executes the statement INSERT INTO tbl VALUES (...), the
cached value for the SELECT statement above and all other statements that are
dependent upon tbl will be invalidated. That is, the next time someone executes
the statement SELECT * FROM tbl the result will again be fetched from the
MariaDB server and stored to the cache.
However, suppose some client executes the statement SELECT COUNT(*) FROM tbl
at the same time someone else executes the INSERT ... statement. A possible
chain of events is as follows:
That is, the SELECT is performed in the database server before theINSERT. However, since the timelines are proceeding independently of
each other, the events may be re-ordered as far as the cache is concerned.
That is, the cached value for SELECT COUNT(*) FROM tbl will reflect the
situation before the insert and will thus not be correct.
The stale result will be returned until the value has reached its time-to-live or its invalidation is caused by some update operation.
The cache is simple to add to any existing service. However, some experimentation may be required in order to find the configuration settings that provide the maximum benefit.
Each configured cache filter uses a storage of its own. That is, if there are two services, each configured with a specific cache filter, then, even if queries target the very same servers the cached data will not be shared.
Two services can use the same cache filter, but then either the services should use the very same servers or a completely different set of servers, where the used table names are different. Otherwise there can be unintended sharing.
The cache filter has no mandatory parameters but a range of optional ones.
Note that it is advisable to specify max_size to prevent the cache from
using up all memory there is, in case there is very little overlap among the
queries.
storage
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: storage_inmemory
The name of the module that provides the storage for the cache. That
module will be loaded and provided with the value of storage_options as
argument. For instance:
See Storage for what storage modules are available.
storage_options
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default:
A string that is provided verbatim to the storage module specified in storage,
when the module is loaded. Note that the needed arguments and their format depend
upon the specific module.
hard_ttl
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0s (no limit)
Hard time to live; the maximum amount of time the cached
result is used before it is discarded and the result is fetched from the
backend (and cached). See also soft_ttl below.
soft_ttl
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0s (no limit)
Soft time to live; the amount of time - in seconds - the cached result is
used before it is refreshed from the server. When soft_ttl has passed, the
result will be refreshed when the first client requests the value.
However, as long as hard_ttl has not passed, all other clients requesting
the same value will use the result from the cache while it is being fetched
from the backend. That is, as long as soft_ttl but not hard_ttl has passed,
even if several clients request the same value at the same time, there will be
just one request to the backend.
The default value is 0, which means no limit. If the value of soft_ttl is
larger than hard_ttl it will be adjusted down to the same value.
max_resultset_rows
Type: count
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0 (no limit)
Specifies the maximum number of rows a resultset can have in order to be stored in the cache. A resultset larger than this, will not be stored.
max_resultset_size
Type: size
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0 (no limit)
Specifies the maximum size of a resultset, for it to be stored in the cache. A resultset larger than this, will not be stored. The size can be specified as described here.
Note that the value of max_resultset_size should not be larger than the
value of max_size.
max_count
Type: count
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0 (no limit)
The maximum number of items the cache may contain. If the limit has been reached and a new item should be stored, then an older item will be evicted.
Note that if cached_data is thread_specific then this limit will be
applied to each cache separately. That is, if a thread specific cache
is used, then the total number of cached items is #threads * the value
of max_count.
max_size
Type: size
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0 (no limit)
The maximum size the cache may occupy. If the limit has been reached and a new item should be stored, then some older item(s) will be evicted to make space. The size can be specified as described here.
Note that if cached_data is thread_specific then this limit will be
applied to each cache separately. That is, if a thread specific cache
is used, then the total size is #threads * the value of max_size.
rules
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: "" (no rules)
Specifies the path of the file where the caching rules are stored. A relative path is interpreted relative to the data directory of MariaDB MaxScale.
cached_data
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: shared, thread_specific
Default: thread_specific
An enumeration option specifying how data is shared between threads. The allowed values are:
shared: The cached data is shared between threads. On the one hand
it implies that there will be synchronization between threads, on
the other hand that all threads will use data fetched by any thread.
thread_specific: The cached data is specific to a thread. On the
one hand it implies that no synchronization is needed between threads,
on the other hand that the very same data may be fetched and stored
multiple times.
Default is thread_specific. See max_count and max_size what implication
changing this setting to shared has.
selects
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: assume_cacheable, verify_cacheable
Default: assume_cacheable
An enumeration option specifying what approach the cache should take with
respect to SELECT statements. The allowed values are:
assume_cacheable: The cache can assume that all SELECT statements,
without exceptions, are cacheable.
verify_cacheable: The cache can not assume that all SELECT
statements are cacheable, but must verify that.
Default is assume_cacheable. In this case, all SELECT statements are
assumed to be cacheable and will be parsed only if some specific rule
requires that.
If verify_cacheable is specified, then all SELECT statements will be
parsed and only those that are safe for caching - e.g. do not call any
non-cacheable functions or access any non-cacheable variables - will be
subject to caching.
If verify_cacheable has been specified, the cache will not be used in
the following circumstances:
The SELECT uses any of the following functions: BENCHMARK,CONNECTION_ID, CONVERT_TZ, CURDATE, CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP,CURTIME, DATABASE, ENCRYPT, FOUND_ROWS, GET_LOCK, IS_FREE_LOCK,IS_USED_LOCK, LAST_INSERT_ID, LOAD_FILE, LOCALTIME, LOCALTIMESTAMP,MASTER_POS_WAIT, NOW, RAND, RELEASE_LOCK, SESSION_USER, SLEEP,SYSDATE, SYSTEM_USER, UNIX_TIMESTAMP, USER, UUID, UUID_SHORT.
The SELECT accesses any of the following fields: CURRENT_DATE,CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, LOCALTIME, LOCALTIMESTAMP
The SELECT uses system or user variables.
Note that parsing all SELECT statements carries a performance
cost. Please read performance for more details.
cache_in_transactions
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: never, read_only_transactions, all_transactions
Default: all_transactions
An enumeration option specifying how the cache should behave when there are active transactions:
never: When there is an active transaction, no data will be returned
from the cache, but all requests will always be sent to the backend.
The cache will be populated inside explicitly read-only transactions.
Inside transactions that are not explicitly read-only, the cache will
be populated until the first non-SELECT statement.
read_only_transactions: The cache will be used and populated inside
explicitly read-only transactions. Inside transactions that are not
explicitly read-only, the cache will be populated, but not used
until the first non-SELECT statement.
all_transactions: The cache will be used and populated inside
explicitly read-only transactions. Inside transactions that are not
explicitly read-only, the cache will be used and populated until the
first non-SELECT statement.
Default is all_transactions.
The values read_only_transactions and all_transactions have roughly the
same effect as changing the isolation level of the backend to read_committed.
debug
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 0
An integer value, using which the level of debug logging made by the cache can be controlled. The value is actually a bitfield with different bits denoting different logging.
0 (0b00000) No logging is made.
1 (0b00001) A matching rule is logged.
2 (0b00010) A non-matching rule is logged.
4 (0b00100) A decision to use data from the cache is logged.
8 (0b01000) A decision not to use data from the cache is logged.
16 (0b10000) Higher level decisions are logged.
Default is 0. To log everything, give debug a value of 31.
enabled
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Specifies whether the cache is initially enabled or disabled.
Default is true.
The value affects the initial state of the MaxScale user variables using which the behaviour of the cache can be modified at runtime. Please see Runtime Configuration for details.
invalidate
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: never, current
Default: never
An enumeration option specifying how the cache should invalidate cache entries.
The effect of current depends upon the value of cached_data. If the value
is shared, that is, all threads share the same cache, then the effect of an
invalidation is immediately visible to all sessions, as there is just one cache.
However, if the value is thread_specific, then an invalidation will affect only
the cache that the session happens to be using.
If it is important and sufficient that an application immediately sees a change
that it itself has caused, then a combination of invalidate=current
and cached_data=thread_specific can be used.
If it is important that an application immediately sees all changes, irrespective
of who has caused them, then a combination of invalidate=current
and cached_data=shared must be used.
clear_cache_on_parse_errors
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
This boolean option specifies how the cache should behave in case of parsing errors when invalidation has been enabled.
true: If the cache fails to parse an UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE
statement then all cached data will be cleared.
false: A failure to parse an UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE statement
is ignored and no invalidation will take place due that statement.
The default value is true.
Changing the value to false may mean that stale data is returned from
the cache, if an UPDATE/INSERT/DELETE cannot be parsed and the statement
affects entries in the cache.
users
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: mixed, isolated
Default: mixed
An enumeration option specifying how the cache should cache data for different users.
Note that if isolated has been specified, then each user will
conceptually have a cache of his own, which is populated
independently from each other. That is, if two users make the
same query, then the data will be fetched twice and also stored
twice. So, a isolated cache will in general use more memory and
cause more traffic to the backend compared to a mixed cache.
timeout
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 5s
The timeout used when performing operations to distributed storages such as redis or memcached.
The default value is 5000ms, that is 5 seconds.
The duration can be specified as explained here.
The cache filter can be configured at runtime by executing SQL commands. If there is more than one cache filter in a service, only the first cache filter will be able to process the variables. The remaining filters will not see them and thus configuring them at runtime is not possible.
@maxscale.cache.populate
Using the variable @maxscale.cache.populate it is possible to specify at
runtime whether the cache should be populated or not. Its initial value is
the value of the configuration parameter enabled. That is, by default the
value is true.
The purpose of this variable is make it possible for an application to decide statement by statement whether the cache should be populated.
In the example above, the first SELECT will always be sent to the
server and the result will be cached, provided the actual cache rules
specifies that it should be. The second SELECT may be served from the
cache, depending on the value of @maxscale.cache.use (and the cache
rules).
The value of @maxscale.cache.populate can be queried
but only after it has been explicitly set once.
@maxscale.cache.use
Using the variable @maxscale.cache.use it is possible to specify at
runtime whether the cache should be used or not. Its initial value is
the value of the configuration parameter enabled. That is, by default the
value is true.
The purpose of this variable is make it possible for an application to decide statement by statement whether the cache should be used.
The first SELECT will be served from the cache, providing the rules
specify that the statement should be cached, the cache indeed contains
the result and the date is not stale (as specified by the TTL).
If the data is stale, the SELECT will be sent to the server and
the cache entry will be updated, irrespective of the value of@maxscale.cache.populate.
If @maxscale.cache.use is true but the result is not found in the
cache, and the result is subsequently fetched from the server, the
result will not be added to the cache, unless@maxscale.cache.populate is also true.
The value of @maxscale.cache.use can be queried
but only after it has explicitly been set once.
@maxscale.cache.soft_ttl
Using the variable @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl it is possible at runtime
to specify in seconds what soft ttl should be applied. Its initial
value is the value of the configuration parameter soft_ttl. That is,
by default the value is 0.
The purpose of this variable is make it possible for an application to decide statement by statement what soft ttl should be applied.
When data is SELECTed from the unimportant table unimportant, the data
will be returned from the cache provided it is no older than 10 minutes,
but when data is SELECTed from the important table important, the
data will be returned from the cache provided it is no older than 1 minute.
Note that @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl overrules @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl
in the sense that if the former is less that the latter, then soft ttl
will, when used, be adjusted down to the value of hard ttl.
The value of @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl can be queried
but only after it has explicitly been set once.
@maxscale.cache.hard_ttl
Using the variable @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl it is possible at runtime
to specify in seconds what hard ttl should be applied. Its initial
value is the value of the configuration parameter hard_ttl. That is,
by default the value is 0.
The purpose of this variable is make it possible for an application to decide statement by statement what hard ttl should be applied.
Note that as @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl overrules @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl,
is is important to ensure that the former is at least as large as the latter
and for best overall performance that it is larger.
The value of @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl can be queried
but only after it has explicitly been set once.
Client Driven Caching
With @maxscale.cache.populate and @maxscale.cache.use is it possible
to make the caching completely client driven.
Provide no rules file, which means that all SELECT statements are
subject to caching and that all users receive data from the cache. Set
the startup mode of the cache to disabled.
Now, in order to mark statements that should be cached, set@maxscale.cache.populate to true, and perform those SELECTs.
Note that those SELECTs must return something in order for the
statement to be marked for caching.
After this, the value of @maxscale.cache.use will decide whether
or not the cache is considered.
With @maxscale.cache.use being true, the cache is considered
and the result returned from there, if not stale. If it is stale,
the result is fetched from the server and the cached entry is updated.
By setting a very long TTL it is possible to prevent the cache from ever considering an entry to be stale and instead manually cause the cache to be updated when needed.
What caching approach is used and how different users are treated has a significant impact on the behaviour of the cache. In the following the implication of different combinations is explained.
thread_specific
No thread contention. Data/work duplicated across threads. May cause unintended sharing.
No thread contention. Data/work duplicated across threads and users. No unintended sharing. Requires the most amount of memory.
shared
Thread contention under high load. No duplicated data/work. May cause unintended sharing. Requires the least amount of memory.
Thread contention under high load. Data/work duplicated across users. No unintended sharing.
Invalidation takes place only in the current cache, so how visible
the invalidation is, depends upon the configuration value ofcached_data.
cached_data=thread_specific
The invalidation is visible only to the sessions that are handled by the same worker thread where the invalidation occurred. Sessions of the same or other users that are handled by different worker threads will not see the new value before the TTL causes the value to be refreshed.
cache_data=shared
The invalidation is immediately visible to all sessions of all users.
The caching rules are expressed as a JSON object or as an array of JSON objects.
There are two decisions to be made regarding the caching; in what circumstances should data be stored to the cache and in what circumstances should the data in the cache be used.
Expressed in JSON this looks as follows
or, in case an array is used, as
The store field specifies in what circumstances data should be stored to
the cache and the use field specifies in what circumstances the data in
the cache should be used. In both cases, the value is a JSON array containing
objects.
If an array of rule objects is specified, then, when looking for a rule that
matches, the store field of each object are evaluated in sequential order
until a match is found. Then, the use field of that object is used when
deciding whether data in the cache should be used.
By default, if no rules file have been provided or if the store field is
missing from the object, the results of all queries will be stored to the
cache, subject to max_resultset_rows and max_resultset_size cache filter
parameters.
By providing a store field in the JSON object, the decision whether to
store the result of a particular query to the cache can be controlled in
a more detailed manner. The decision to cache the results of a query can
depend upon
the database,
the table,
the column, or
the query itself.
Each entry in the store array is an object containing three fields,
where,
the attribute can be database, table, column or query,
the op can be =, !=, like or unlike, and
the value a string.
If op is = or != then value is used as a string; if it is like
or unlike, then value is interpreted as a pcre2 regular expression.
Note though that if attribute is database, table or column, then
the string is interpreted as a name, where a dot . denotes qualification
or scoping.
The objects in the store array are processed in order. If the result
of a comparison is true, no further processing will be made and the
result of the query in question will be stored to the cache.
If the result of the comparison is false, then the next object is processed. The process continues until the array is exhausted. If there is no match, then the result of the query is not stored to the cache.
Note that as the query itself is used as the key, although the following queries
and
target the same table and produce the same results, they will be cached separately. The same holds for queries like
and
as well. Although they conceptually are identical, there will be two cache entries.
Note that if a column has been specified in a rule, then a statement will match irrespective of where that particular column appears. For instance, if a rule specifies that the result of statements referring to the column a should be cached, then the following statement will match
and so will
Qualified Names
When using = or != in the rule object in conjunction with database,table and column, the provided string is interpreted as a name, that is,
dot (.) denotes qualification or scope.
In practice that means that if attribute is database then value may
not contain a dot, if attribute is table then value may contain one
dot, used for separating the database and table names respectively, and
if attribute is column then value may contain one or two dots, used
for separating table and column names, or database, table and column names.
Note that if a qualified name is used as a value, then all parts of the
name must be available for a match. Currently Maria DB MaxScale may not
always be capable of deducing in what table a particular column is. If
that is the case, then a value like tbl.field may not necessarily
be a match even if the field is field and the table actually is tbl.
Implication of the default database
If the rules concerns the database, then only if the statement refers
to no specific database, will the default database be considered.
Regexp Matching
The string used for matching the regular expression contains as much information as there is available. For instance, in a situation like
the string matched against the regular expression will be somedb.tbl.fld.
Examples
Cache all queries targeting a particular database.
Cache all queries not targeting a particular table
That will exclude queries targeting table tbl1 irrespective of which database it is in. To exclude a table in a particular database, specify the table name using a qualified name.
Cache all queries containing a WHERE clause
Note that will actually cause all queries that contain WHERE anywhere, to be cached.
By default, if no rules file have been provided or if the use field is
missing from the object, all users may be returned data from the cache.
By providing a use field in the JSON object, the decision whether to use
data from the cache can be controlled in a more detailed manner. The decision
to use data from the cache can depend upon
the user.
Each entry in the use array is an object containing three fields,
where,
the attribute can be user,
the op can be =, !=, like or unlike, and
the value a string.
If op is = or != then value is interpreted as a MariaDB account
string, that is, % means indicates wildcard, but if op is like orunlike it is simply assumed value is a pcre2 regular expression.
For instance, the following are equivalent:
Note that if op is = or != then the usual assumptions apply,
that is, a value of bob is equivalent with 'bob'@'%'. If like
or unlike is used, then no assumptions apply, but the string is
used verbatim as a regular expression.
The objects in the use array are processed in order. If the result
of a comparison is true, no further processing will be made and the
data in the cache will be used, subject to the value of ttl.
If the result of the comparison is false, then the next object is processed. The process continues until the array is exhausted. If there is no match, then data in the cache will not be used.
Note that use is relevant only if the query is subject to caching,
that is, if all queries are cached or if a query matches a particular
rule in the store array.
Examples
Use data from the cache for all users except admin (actually 'admin'@'%'),
regardless of what host the admin user comes from.
As the cache is not aware of grants, unless the cache has been explicitly
configured who the caching should apply to, the presence of the cache
may provide a user with access to data he should not have access to.
Note that the following applies only if users=mixed has been configured.
If users=isolated has been configured, then there can never be any
unintended sharing between users.
Suppose there is a table access that the user alice has access to,
but the user bob does not. If bob tries to access the table, he will
get an error as reply:
If we now setup caching for the table, using the simplest possible rules file, bob will get access to data from the table, provided he executes a select identical with one alice has executed.
For instance, suppose the rules look as follows:
If alice now queries the table, she will get the result, which also will be cached:
If bob now executes the very same query, and the result is still in the cache, it will be returned to him.
That can be prevented, by explicitly declaring in the rules that the caching should be applied to alice only.
With these rules in place, bob is again denied access, since queries
targeting the table access will in his case not be served from the cache.
There are two types of storages that can be used; local and shared.
The only local storage implementation is storage_inmemory that simply
stores the cache values in memory. The storage is not persistent and is
destroyed when MaxScale terminates. Since the storage exists in the MaxScale
process, it is very fast and provides almost always a performance benefit.
Currently there are two shared storages; storage_memcached andstorage_redis that are implemented using memcached
and redis respectively.
The shared storages are accessed across the network and consequently it is_not_ self-evident that their use will provide any performance benefit. Namely, irrespective of whether the data is fetched from the cache or from the server there will be a network hop and often that network hop is, as far as the performance goes, what costs the most.
The presence of a shared cache may provide a performance benefit_if the network between MaxScale and the storage server (memcached or_ &#xNAN;Redis) is faster than the network between MaxScale and the database &#xNAN;server, if the used SELECT statements are heavy (that is, take a significant amount of time) to process for the database server, or
if the presence of the cache reduces the overall load of an otherwise overloaded database server.
As a general rule a shared storage should not be used without first assessing its value using a realistic workload.
This simple storage module uses the standard memory allocator for storing the cached data.
This storage module takes no arguments.
This storage module uses memcached for storing the cached data.
Multiple MaxScale instances can share the same memcached server and items cached by one MaxScale instance will be used by the other. Note that all MaxScale instances should have exactly the same configuration, as otherwise there can be unintended sharing.
storage_memcache has the following mandatory arguments:
server using which the location of the server is specified as host[:port].
If no port is provided, the default Memcached port of 11211 is used.
storage_memcached has the following optional arguments:
max_value_size using which the maximum size of a cached value is specified.
By default, the maximum size of a value stored to memcached is 1MB, but that
configured to be something else. The value of max_value_size will be used
for capping max_resultset_size, that is, unless memcached is configured to
allow larger values that 1M and max_value_size has been set accordingly,
only resultsets up to 1MB in size will be cached. The value can be specified
as documented here.
Example:
Limitations
Invalidation is not supported.
Configuration values given to max_size and max_count are ignored.
Security
Neither the data in the memcached server nor the traffic between MaxScale and the memcached server is encrypted. Consequently, anybody with access to the memcached server or to the network have access to the cached data.
This storage module uses redis for storing the cached data.
Multiple MaxScale instances can share the same redis server and items cached by one MaxScale instance will be used by the other. Note that all MaxScale instances should have exactly the same configuration, as otherwise there can be unintended sharing.
If storage_redis cannot connect to the Redis server, caching will silently
be disabled and a connection attempt will be made after a timeout
interval.
If a timeout error occurs during an operation, reconnecting will be attempted
after a delay, which will be an increasing multiple of timeout. For example,
if timeout is the default 5 seconds, then reconnection attempts will first
be made after 10 seconds, then after 15 seconds, then 20 and so on. However,
once 60 seconds have been reached, the delay will no longer be increased but
the delay will stay at one minute. Note that each time a reconnection attempt
is made, unless the reason for the timeout has disappeared, the client will be
stalled for timeout seconds.
storage_redis has the following mandatory arguments:
server using which the location of the server is specified as host[:port].
If no port is provided, the default Redis port of 6379 is used.
Example:
Note that Redis should be configured with no idle timeout or with a timeout that is very large. Otherwise MaxScale may have to repeatedly connect to Redis, which will hurt both the functionality and the performance.
Limitations
There is no distinction between soft and hard ttl, but only hard ttl is used.
Configuration values given to max_size and max_count are ignored.
Invalidation
storage_redis supports invalidation, but the caveats documented here
are of greater significance since also the communication between the cache and the
cache storage is asynchronous and takes place over the network.
NOTE If invalidation is turned on after caching has been used (in non-invalidation mode), redis must be flushed as otherwise there will be entries in the cache that will not be affected by the invalidation.
Security
Neither the data in the redis server nor the traffic between MaxScale and the redis server is encrypted. Consequently, anybody with access to the redis server or to the network have access to the cached data.
In the following we define a cache MyCache that uses the cache storage modulestorage_inmemory and whose soft ttl is 30 seconds and whose hard ttl is45 seconds. The cached data is shared between all threads and the maximum size
of the cached data is 50 mebibytes. The rules for the cache are in the filecache_rules.json.
The rules specify that the data of the table sbtest should be cached.
When the cache filter was introduced, the most significant factor affecting
the performance of the cache was whether the statements needed to be parsed.
Initially, all statements were parsed in order to exclude SELECT statements
that use non-cacheable functions, access non-cacheable variables or refer
to system or user variables. Later, the default value of the selects parameter
was changed to assume_cacheable, to maximize the default performance.
With the default configuration, the cache itself will not cause the statements
to be parsed. However, even with assume_cacheable configured, a rule referring
specifically to a database, table or column will still cause the
statement to be parsed.
For instance, a simple rule like
cannot be fulfilled without parsing the statement.
If the rule is instead expressed using a regular expression
then the statement will not be parsed.
However, when the query classifier cache was introduced, the parsing cost was significantly reduced and currently the cost for parsing and regular expression matching is roughly the same.
In the following is a table with numbers giving a rough picture of the relative cost of different approaches.
In the table, regexp match means that the cacheable statements were picked out using a rule like
while exact match means that the cacheable statements were picked out using a rule like
The exact match rule requires all statements to be parsed.
As the purpose of the test is to illustrate the overhead of different approaches, the rules were formulated so that all SELECT statements would match.
Note that these figures were obtained by running sysbench, MaxScale and the server in the same computer, so they are only indicative.
assume_cacheable
none
100
assume_cacheable
regexp match
83
assume_cacheable
exact match
83
verify_cacheable
none
80
For comparison, without caching, the qps is 33.
As can be seen, due to the query classifier cache there is no difference between exact and regex based matching.
For maximum performance:
Arrange the situation so that the default selects=assume_cacheable
can be used, and use no rules.
Otherwise it is mostly a personal preference whether exact or regex based rules are used. However, one should always test with real data and real queries before choosing one over the other.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
SELECT * FROM t WHERE a=1;INSERT INTO t SET a=42;Timeline 1 Timeline 2
Clients execute INSERT ... SELECT COUNT(*) FROM tbl
MaxScale -> DB SELECT COUNT(*) FROM tbl
MaxScale -> DB INSERT ...MaxScale -> Cache Delete invalidated values
MaxScale -> Cache Store result and invalidation key[Cache]
type=filter
module=cache
hard_ttl=30
soft_ttl=20
rules=...
...
[Cached-Routing-Service]
type=service
...
filters=Cachestorage=storage_redishard_ttl=60ssoft_ttl=60smax_resultset_rows=1000max_resultset_size=128Kimax_count=1000max_size=100Mirules=/path/to/rules-filecached_data=sharedselects=verify_cacheablecache_in_transactions=neverdebug=31enabled=false* `never`: No invalidation is performed. This is the default.
* `current`: When a modification is made, entries in the cache used by
the current session are invalidated. Other sessions that use the same
cache will also be affected, but sessions that use another cache will
not.* `mixed`: The data of different users is stored in the same
cache. This is the default and may cause that a user can
access data he should not have access to.
* `isolated`: Each user has a unique cache and there can be
no unintended sharing.timeout=7000msSET @maxscale.cache.populate=TRUE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl;
SET @maxscale.cache.populate=FALSE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl;SELECT @maxscale.cache.populate;SET @maxscale.cache.use=TRUE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl;
SET @maxscale.cache.use=FALSE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl;SELECT @maxscale.cache.use;SET @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl=600;
SELECT a, b FROM unimportant;
SET @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl=60;
SELECT c, d FROM important;SELECT @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl;SET @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl=600, @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl=610;
SELECT a, b FROM unimportant;
SET @maxscale.cache.soft_ttl=60, @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl=65;
SELECT c, d FROM important;SELECT @maxscale.cache.hard_ttl;[TheCache]
type=filter
module=cache
enabled=falseSET @maxscale.cache.populate=TRUE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl1;
SELECT c, d FROM tbl2;
SELECT e, f FROM tbl3;
SET @maxscale.cache.populate=FALSE;SET @maxscale.cache.use=TRUE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl1;
SET @maxscale.cache.use=FALSE;UPDATE tbl1 SET a = ...;
SET @maxscale.cache.populate=TRUE;
SELECT a, b FROM tbl1;
SET @maxscale.cache.populate=FALSE;{
store: [ ... ],
use: [ ... ]
}[
{
store: [ ... ],
use: [ ... ]
},
{ ... }
]{
"attribute": <string>,
"op": <string>
"value": <string>
}SELECT * FROM db1.tblUSE db1;
SELECT * FROM tblSELECT * FROM tbl WHERE a = 2 AND b = 3;SELECT * FROM tbl WHERE b = 3 AND a = 2;SELECT a FROM tbl;SELECT b FROM tbl WHERE a > 5;USE somedb;
SELECT fld FROM tbl;{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "database",
"op": "=",
"value": "db1"
}
]
}{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "table",
"op": "!=",
"value": "tbl1"
}
]
}{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "table",
"op": "!=",
"value": "db1.tbl1"
}
]
}{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "query",
"op": "like",
"value": ".*WHERE.*"
}
]
}{
"attribute": <string>,
"op": <string>
"value": <string>
}{
"attribute": "user",
"op": "=",
"value": "'bob'@'%'"
}
{
"attribute": "user",
"op": "like",
"value": "bob@.*"
}{
"use": [
{
"attribute": "user",
"op": "!=",
"value": "admin"
}
]
}MySQL [testdb]> select * from access;
ERROR 1142 (42000): SELECT command denied to user 'bob'@'localhost' for table 'access'{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "table",
"op": "=",
"value": "access"
}
]
}MySQL [testdb]> select * from access;
+------+------+
| a | b |
+------+------+
| 47 | 11 |
+------+------+MySQL [testdb]> select current_user();
+----------------+
| current_user() |
+----------------+
| bob@127.0.0.1 |
+----------------+
1 row in set (0.00 sec)
MySQL [testdb]> select * from access;
+------+------+
| a | b |
+------+------+
| 47 | 11 |
+------+------+{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "table",
"op": "=",
"value": "access"
}
],
"use": [
{
"attribute": "user",
"op": "=",
"value": "'alice'@'%'"
}
]
}storage=storage_inmemorystorage=storage_memcachedstorage_options="server=192.168.1.31:11211, max_value_size=10M"storage=storage_redisstorage_options="server=192.168.1.31:6379"$ redis-cli flushall[MyCache]
type=filter
module=cache
storage=storage_inmemory
soft_ttl=30
hard_ttl=45
cached_data=shared
max_size=50Mi
rules=cache_rules.json
[MyService]
type=service
...
filters=MyCache{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "table",
"op": "=",
"value": "sbtest"
}
]
}{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "database",
"op": "=",
"value": "db1"
}
]
}{
"store": [
{
"attribute": "query",
"op": "like",
"value": "FROM db1\\..*"
}
]
}{
"attribute": "query",
"op": "unlike",
"value": "FROM nomatch"
}{
"attribute": "database",
"op": "!=",
"value": "nomatch"
}verify_cacheable
regexp match
80
verify_cacheable
exact match
80
A service resource represents a service inside MaxScale. A service is a collection of network listeners, filters, a router and a set of backend servers.
The :name in all of the URIs must be the name of a service in MaxScale.
Get a single service.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get all services.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Create a new service by defining the resource. The posted object must define at least the following fields.
data.id
Name of the service
data.type
Type of the object, must be services
The data.attributes.parameters object is used to define router and service
parameters. All configuration parameters that can be defined in the
configuration file can also be added to the parameters object. The exceptions to
this are the type, router, servers and filters parameters which must not
be defined.
As with other REST API resources, the data.relationships field defines the
relationships of the service to other resources. Services can have two types of
relationships: servers and filters relationships.
If the request body defines a valid relationships object, the service is
linked to those resources. For servers, this is equivalent to adding the list of
server names into the parameter. For
filters, this is equivalent to adding the filters in thedata.relationships.filters.data array to the parameter in the
order they appear. For other services, this is equivalent to adding the list of
server names into the parameter.
The following example defines a new service with both a server and a filter relationship.
Response
Service is created:
Status: 204 No Content
A service can only be destroyed if the service uses no servers or filters and
all the listeners pointing to the service have been destroyed. This means that
the data.relationships must be an empty object and data.attributes.listeners
must be an empty array in order for the service to qualify for destruction.
If there are open client connections that use the service when it is destroyed, they are allowed to gracefully close before the service is destroyed. This means that the destruction of a service can be acknowledged via the REST API before the destruction process has fully completed.
To find out whether a service is still in use after it has been destroyed, the resource should be used. If a session for the service is still open, it has not yet been destroyed.
This endpoint also supports the force=yes parameter that will unconditionally
delete the service by first unlinking it from all servers and filters that it
uses.
Response
Service is destroyed:
Status: 204 No Content
The request body must be a JSON object which represents a set of new definitions for the service.
All standard service parameters can be modified. Refer to the documentation on the details of these parameters.
In addition to the standard service parameters, router parameters can be updated at runtime if the router module supports it. Refer to the individual router documentation for more details on whether the router supports it and which parameters can be updated at runtime.
The following example modifies a service by changing the user parameter to admin.
Response
Service is modified:
Status: 204 No Content
The :type in the URI must be either servers, services or filters, depending on which relationship is being modified.
The request body must be a JSON object that defines only the data field. The value of the data field must be an array of relationship objects that define the id and type fields of the relationship. This object will replace the existing relationships of this type for the service.
Note: The order of the values in the filters relationship will define the
order the filters are set up in. The order in which the filters appear in the
array will be the order in which the filters are applied to each query. Refer
to the parameter
for more details.
The following is an example request and request body that defines a single
server relationship for a service that is equivalent to a servers=my-server
parameter.
All relationships for a service can be deleted by sending an empty array as the_data_ field value. The following example removes all servers from a service.
Response
Service relationships modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Stops a started service.
Parameters
This endpoint supports the following parameters:
force=yes
Close all existing connections that were created through this listener.
Response
Service is stopped:
Status: 204 No Content
Starts a stopped service.
Response
Service is started:
Status: 204 No Content
Reloads the list of database users used for authentication.
Response
Users are reloaded:
Status: 204 No Content
This endpoint is deprecated, use the listeners endpoint instead.
This endpoint is deprecated, use the listeners endpoint instead.
This endpoint is deprecated, use the listeners endpoint instead.
This endpoint is deprecated, use the listeners endpoint instead.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
A server resource represents a backend database server.
The :name in all of the URIs must be the name of a server in MaxScale.
Get a single server.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Response
Response contains a resource collection with all servers.
Status: 200 OK
Create a new server by defining the resource. The posted object must define at least the following fields.
data.id
Name of the server
data.type
Type of the object, must be servers
The following is the minimal required JSON object for defining a new server.
The relationships of a server can also be defined at creation time. This allows new servers to be created and immediately taken into use.
Refer to the for a full list of server parameters.
Response
Server created:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
The request body must be a valid JSON document representing the modified server.
In addition to the server , the services and monitors fields of the relationships object can be modified. Removal, addition and modification of the links will change which service and monitors use this server.
For example, removing the first value in the services list in the_relationships_ object from the following JSON document will remove the_server1_ from the service RW-Split-Router.
Removing a service from a server is analogous to removing the server from the service. Both unlink the two objects from each other.
Request for PATCH /v1/servers/server1 that modifies the address of the server:
Request for PATCH /v1/servers/server1 that modifies the server relationships:
If parts of the resource are not defined (e.g. the attributes field in the
above example), those parts of the resource are not modified. All parts that are
defined are interpreted as the new definition of those part of the resource. In
the above example, the relationships of the resource are completely redefined.
Response
Server modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
The :type in the URI must be either services, for service relationships, or monitors, for monitor relationships.
The request body must be a JSON object that defines only the data field. The value of the data field must be an array of relationship objects that define the id and type fields of the relationship. This object will replace the existing relationships of the particular type from the server.
The following is an example request and request body that defines a single service relationship for a server.
All relationships for a server can be deleted by sending an empty array as the_data_ field value. The following example removes the server from all services.
Response
Server relationships modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
A server can only be deleted if it is not used by any services or monitors.
This endpoint also supports the force=yes parameter that will unconditionally
delete the server by first unlinking it from all services and monitors that use
it.
Response
Server is destroyed:
Status: 204 No Content
Server is in use:
Status: 400 Bad Request
This endpoint requires that the state parameter is passed with the
request. The value of state must be one of the following values.
For example, to set the server db-server-1 into maintenance mode, a request to the following URL must be made:
This endpoint also supports the force=yes parameter that will cause all
connections to the server to be closed if state=maintenance is also set. By
default setting a server into maintenance mode will cause connections to be
closed only after the next request is sent.
The following example forcefully closes all connections to server db-server-1 and sets it into maintenance mode:
Response
Server state modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Missing or invalid parameter:
Status: 400 Bad Request
This endpoint requires that the state parameter is passed with the
request. The value of state must be one of the values defined in the_set_ endpoint documentation.
Response
Server state modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Missing or invalid parameter:
Status: 400 Bad Request
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
data.attributes.router
The router module to use
data.attributes.parameters.user
The user to use
data.attributes.parameters.password
The password to use
data.attributes.parameters.address OR data.attributes.parameters.socket
data.attributes.parameters.port
The port to use. Needs
to be defined if the address field is defined.
master
Server is a Master
slave
Server is a Slave
maintenance
Server is put into maintenance
running
Server is up and running
synced
Server is a Galera node
drain
Server is drained of connections
GET /v1/services/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"connections": 0,
"listeners": [
{
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4008,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "Read-Connection-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "Read-Connection-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/Read-Connection-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"parameters": {
"auth_all_servers": false,
"connection_keepalive": "300000ms",
"connection_timeout": "0ms",
"disable_sescmd_history": false,
"enable_root_user": false,
"idle_session_pool_time": "-1ms",
"localhost_match_wildcard_host": true,
"log_auth_warnings": true,
"log_debug": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": false,
"log_warning": false,
"master_accept_reads": true,
"max_connections": 0,
"max_replication_lag": "0ms",
"max_sescmd_history": 50,
"multiplex_timeout": "60000ms",
"net_write_timeout": "0ms",
"password": "*****",
"prune_sescmd_history": true,
"rank": "primary",
"retain_last_statements": -1,
"router": "readconnroute",
"router_options": "master",
"session_trace": false,
"session_track_trx_state": false,
"strip_db_esc": true,
"type": "service",
"user": "maxuser",
"user_accounts_file": null,
"user_accounts_file_usage": "add_when_load_ok",
"version_string": null
},
"router": "readconnroute",
"router_diagnostics": {
"queries": 0,
"server_query_statistics": []
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"started": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:02 2023",
"state": "Started",
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"connections": 0,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 0,
"routed_packets": 0,
"total_connections": 0
},
"total_connections": 0,
"users": [
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": false,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": false,
"user": "mariadb.sys"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
}
],
"users_last_update": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:03 2023"
},
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/"
},
"relationships": {
"filters": {
"data": [
{
"id": "QLA",
"type": "filters"
},
{
"id": "Hint",
"type": "filters"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/filters/"
}
},
"listeners": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Listener",
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/listeners/"
}
},
"servers": {
"data": [
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
},
{
"id": "server2",
"type": "servers"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/servers/"
}
}
},
"type": "services"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/"
}
}GET /v1/services{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"connections": 1,
"listeners": [
{
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4006,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "RW-Split-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "RW-Split-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/RW-Split-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"parameters": {
"auth_all_servers": false,
"causal_reads": "false",
"causal_reads_timeout": "10000ms",
"connection_keepalive": "300000ms",
"connection_timeout": "0ms",
"delayed_retry": false,
"delayed_retry_timeout": "10000ms",
"disable_sescmd_history": false,
"enable_root_user": false,
"idle_session_pool_time": "-1ms",
"lazy_connect": false,
"localhost_match_wildcard_host": true,
"log_auth_warnings": true,
"log_debug": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": false,
"log_warning": false,
"master_accept_reads": false,
"master_failure_mode": "fail_instantly",
"master_reconnection": false,
"max_connections": 0,
"max_sescmd_history": 50,
"max_slave_connections": 255,
"max_slave_replication_lag": "0ms",
"multiplex_timeout": "60000ms",
"net_write_timeout": "0ms",
"optimistic_trx": false,
"password": "*****",
"prune_sescmd_history": true,
"rank": "primary",
"retain_last_statements": -1,
"retry_failed_reads": true,
"reuse_prepared_statements": false,
"router": "readwritesplit",
"session_trace": false,
"session_track_trx_state": false,
"slave_connections": 255,
"slave_selection_criteria": "LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS",
"strict_multi_stmt": false,
"strict_sp_calls": false,
"strip_db_esc": true,
"transaction_replay": false,
"transaction_replay_attempts": 5,
"transaction_replay_checksum": "full",
"transaction_replay_max_size": 1048576,
"transaction_replay_retry_on_deadlock": false,
"transaction_replay_retry_on_mismatch": false,
"transaction_replay_timeout": "0ms",
"type": "service",
"use_sql_variables_in": "all",
"user": "maxuser",
"user_accounts_file": null,
"user_accounts_file_usage": "add_when_load_ok",
"version_string": null
},
"router": "readwritesplit",
"router_diagnostics": {
"avg_sescmd_history_length": 0,
"max_sescmd_history_length": 0,
"queries": 2,
"replayed_transactions": 0,
"ro_transactions": 0,
"route_all": 1,
"route_master": 1,
"route_slave": 0,
"rw_transactions": 0,
"server_query_statistics": [
{
"avg_selects_per_session": 0,
"avg_sess_duration": "0ns",
"id": "server1",
"read": 2,
"total": 2,
"write": 0
},
{
"avg_selects_per_session": 0,
"avg_sess_duration": "0ns",
"id": "server2",
"read": 1,
"total": 1,
"write": 0
}
]
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"started": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:02 2023",
"state": "Started",
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"connections": 1,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 1,
"routed_packets": 2,
"total_connections": 1
},
"total_connections": 1,
"users": [
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": false,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": false,
"user": "mariadb.sys"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
}
],
"users_last_update": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:03 2023"
},
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/RW-Split-Router/"
},
"relationships": {
"listeners": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Listener",
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/RW-Split-Router/relationships/listeners/"
}
},
"monitors": {
"data": [
{
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"type": "monitors"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/RW-Split-Router/relationships/monitors/"
}
}
},
"type": "services"
},
{
"attributes": {
"connections": 0,
"listeners": [
{
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "::",
"authenticator": null,
"authenticator_options": null,
"connection_init_sql_file": null,
"port": 4008,
"protocol": "MariaDBProtocol",
"service": "Read-Connection-Router",
"socket": null,
"sql_mode": "default",
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_crl": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX",
"type": "listener",
"user_mapping_file": null
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Running"
},
"id": "Read-Connection-Listener",
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/Read-Connection-Listener/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"parameters": {
"auth_all_servers": false,
"connection_keepalive": "300000ms",
"connection_timeout": "0ms",
"disable_sescmd_history": false,
"enable_root_user": false,
"idle_session_pool_time": "-1ms",
"localhost_match_wildcard_host": true,
"log_auth_warnings": true,
"log_debug": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": false,
"log_warning": false,
"master_accept_reads": true,
"max_connections": 0,
"max_replication_lag": "0ms",
"max_sescmd_history": 50,
"multiplex_timeout": "60000ms",
"net_write_timeout": "0ms",
"password": "*****",
"prune_sescmd_history": true,
"rank": "primary",
"retain_last_statements": -1,
"router": "readconnroute",
"router_options": "master",
"session_trace": false,
"session_track_trx_state": false,
"strip_db_esc": true,
"type": "service",
"user": "maxuser",
"user_accounts_file": null,
"user_accounts_file_usage": "add_when_load_ok",
"version_string": null
},
"router": "readconnroute",
"router_diagnostics": {
"queries": 0,
"server_query_statistics": []
},
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"started": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:02 2023",
"state": "Started",
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"connections": 0,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 0,
"routed_packets": 0,
"total_connections": 0
},
"total_connections": 0,
"users": [
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": false,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": false,
"user": "mariadb.sys"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "maxuser"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "localhost",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
},
{
"default_role": "",
"global_priv": true,
"host": "%",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"proxy_priv": false,
"ssl": false,
"super_priv": true,
"user": "root"
}
],
"users_last_update": "Thu Jul 20 15:29:03 2023"
},
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/"
},
"relationships": {
"filters": {
"data": [
{
"id": "QLA",
"type": "filters"
},
{
"id": "Hint",
"type": "filters"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/filters/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/filters/"
}
},
"listeners": {
"data": [
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Listener",
"type": "listeners"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/listeners/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/listeners/"
}
},
"servers": {
"data": [
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
},
{
"id": "server2",
"type": "servers"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/Read-Connection-Router/relationships/servers/"
}
}
},
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/"
}
}POST /v1/services{
"data": {
"id": "my-service",
"type": "services",
"attributes": {
"router": "readwritesplit",
"parameters": {
"user": "maxuser",
"password": "maxpwd"
}
},
"relationships": {
"filters": {
"data": [
{
"id": "QLA",
"type": "filters"
}
]
},
"servers": {
"data": [
{
"id": "server1",
"type": "servers"
}
]
}
}
}
}DELETE /v1/services/:namePATCH /v1/services/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"user": "admin"
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/services/:name/relationships/:typePATCH /v1/services/my-rw-service/relationships/servers
{
data: [
{ "id": "my-server", "type": "servers" }
]
}PATCH /v1/services/my-rw-service/relationships/servers
{
data: []
}PUT /v1/services/:name/stopPUT /v1/services/:name/startPOST /v1/services/:name/reloadGET /v1/services/:name/listenersGET /v1/services/:name/listeners/:listenerPOST /v1/services/:name/listenersDELETE /v1/services/:service/listeners/:nameGET /v1/servers/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"last_event": "master_up",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"master_id": -1,
"name": "server1",
"node_id": 3000,
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"disk_space_threshold": null,
"extra_port": 0,
"max_routing_connections": 0,
"monitorpw": null,
"monitoruser": null,
"persistmaxtime": "0ms",
"persistpoolmax": 0,
"port": 3000,
"priority": 0,
"proxy_protocol": false,
"rank": "primary",
"socket": null,
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX"
},
"read_only": false,
"replication_lag": 0,
"server_id": 3000,
"slave_connections": [],
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Master, Running",
"state_details": null,
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"adaptive_avg_select_time": "0ns",
"connection_pool_empty": 0,
"connections": 1,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 1,
"max_pool_size": 0,
"persistent_connections": 0,
"response_time_distribution": {
"read": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 1,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.00026678900000000002
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "read",
"range_base": 10
},
"write": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 1,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.001274311
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "write",
"range_base": 10
}
},
"reused_connections": 0,
"routed_packets": 2,
"total_connections": 1
},
"triggered_at": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"uptime": 387,
"version_string": "10.5.19-MariaDB-1:10.5.19+maria~ubu2004-log"
},
"id": "server1",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/"
},
"relationships": {
"monitors": {
"data": [
{
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"type": "monitors"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/relationships/monitors/"
}
},
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
},
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "servers"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/"
}
}GET /v1/servers{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"last_event": "master_up",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"master_id": -1,
"name": "server1",
"node_id": 3000,
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"disk_space_threshold": null,
"extra_port": 0,
"max_routing_connections": 0,
"monitorpw": null,
"monitoruser": null,
"persistmaxtime": "0ms",
"persistpoolmax": 0,
"port": 3000,
"priority": 0,
"proxy_protocol": false,
"rank": "primary",
"socket": null,
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX"
},
"read_only": false,
"replication_lag": 0,
"server_id": 3000,
"slave_connections": [],
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Master, Running",
"state_details": null,
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"adaptive_avg_select_time": "0ns",
"connection_pool_empty": 0,
"connections": 1,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 1,
"max_pool_size": 0,
"persistent_connections": 0,
"response_time_distribution": {
"read": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 1,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.00026678900000000002
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "read",
"range_base": 10
},
"write": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 1,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.001274311
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "write",
"range_base": 10
}
},
"reused_connections": 0,
"routed_packets": 2,
"total_connections": 1
},
"triggered_at": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"uptime": 387,
"version_string": "10.5.19-MariaDB-1:10.5.19+maria~ubu2004-log"
},
"id": "server1",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/"
},
"relationships": {
"monitors": {
"data": [
{
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"type": "monitors"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/relationships/monitors/"
}
},
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
},
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server1/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "servers"
},
{
"attributes": {
"gtid_binlog_pos": "0-3000-5",
"gtid_current_pos": "0-3000-5",
"last_event": "slave_up",
"lock_held": null,
"master_group": null,
"master_id": 3000,
"name": "server2",
"node_id": 3001,
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"disk_space_threshold": null,
"extra_port": 0,
"max_routing_connections": 0,
"monitorpw": null,
"monitoruser": null,
"persistmaxtime": "0ms",
"persistpoolmax": 0,
"port": 3001,
"priority": 0,
"proxy_protocol": false,
"rank": "primary",
"socket": null,
"ssl": false,
"ssl_ca": null,
"ssl_cert": null,
"ssl_cert_verify_depth": 9,
"ssl_cipher": null,
"ssl_key": null,
"ssl_verify_peer_certificate": false,
"ssl_verify_peer_host": false,
"ssl_version": "MAX"
},
"read_only": false,
"replication_lag": 0,
"server_id": 3001,
"slave_connections": [
{
"connection_name": "",
"gtid_io_pos": "",
"last_io_error": "",
"last_sql_error": "",
"master_host": "127.0.0.1",
"master_port": 3000,
"master_server_id": 3000,
"master_server_name": "server1",
"seconds_behind_master": 0,
"slave_io_running": "Yes",
"slave_sql_running": "Yes"
}
],
"source": {
"file": "/etc/maxscale.cnf",
"type": "static"
},
"state": "Slave, Running",
"state_details": null,
"statistics": {
"active_operations": 0,
"adaptive_avg_select_time": "0ns",
"connection_pool_empty": 0,
"connections": 1,
"failed_auths": 0,
"max_connections": 1,
"max_pool_size": 0,
"persistent_connections": 0,
"response_time_distribution": {
"read": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 1,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.0018231790000000001
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "read",
"range_base": 10
},
"write": {
"distribution": [
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000001",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000010",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.000100",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.001000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.010000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "0.100000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "1000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "10000.000000",
"total": 0.0
},
{
"count": 0,
"time": "100000.000000",
"total": 0.0
}
],
"operation": "write",
"range_base": 10
}
},
"reused_connections": 0,
"routed_packets": 1,
"total_connections": 1
},
"triggered_at": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"uptime": 387,
"version_string": "10.5.19-MariaDB-1:10.5.19+maria~ubu2004-log"
},
"id": "server2",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server2/"
},
"relationships": {
"monitors": {
"data": [
{
"id": "MariaDB-Monitor",
"type": "monitors"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/monitors/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server2/relationships/monitors/"
}
},
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
},
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
],
"links": {
"related": "http://localhost:8989/v1/services/",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/server2/relationships/services/"
}
}
},
"type": "servers"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/servers/"
}
}POST /v1/servers{
"data": {
"id": "server3",
"type": "servers",
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"port": 3003
}
}
}
}{
"data": {
"id": "server4",
"type": "servers",
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "127.0.0.1",
"port": 3002
}
},
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{
"id": "RW-Split-Router",
"type": "services"
},
{
"id": "Read-Connection-Router",
"type": "services"
}
]
},
"monitors": {
"data": [
{
"id": "MySQL-Monitor",
"type": "monitors"
}
]
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/servers/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"parameters": {
"address": "192.168.0.123"
}
}
}
}{
"data": {
"relationships": {
"services": {
"data": [
{ "id": "Read-Connection-Router", "type": "services" }
]
},
"monitors": {
"data": [
{ "id": "MySQL-Monitor", "type": "monitors" }
]
}
}
}
}PATCH /v1/servers/:name/relationships/:typePATCH /v1/servers/my-db-server/relationships/services
{
data: [
{ "id": "my-rwsplit-service", "type": "services" }
]
}PATCH /v1/servers/my-db-server/relationships/services
{
data: []
}DELETE /v1/servers/:namePUT /v1/servers/:name/setPUT /v1/servers/db-server-1/set?state=maintenancePUT /v1/servers/db-server-1/set?state=maintenance&force=yesPUT /v1/servers/:name/clearThis document provides a short overview of the readwritesplit router module and its intended use case scenarios. It also displays all router configuration parameters with their descriptions. A list of current limitations of the module is included and use examples are provided.
The readwritesplit router is designed to increase the read-only processing capability of a cluster while maintaining consistency. This is achieved by splitting the query load into read and write queries. Read queries, which do not modify data, are spread across multiple nodes while all write queries will be sent to a single node. For more details on how the load balancing works, refer to and .
The router is designed to be used with a traditional Master-Slave replication cluster. It automatically detects changes in the master server and will use the current master server of the cluster. With a Galera cluster, one can achieve a resilient setup and easy master failover by using one of the Galera nodes as a Write-Master node, where all write queries are routed, and spreading the read load over all the nodes.
Maintenance and Draining stateWhen a server that readwritesplit uses is put into maintenance mode, any ongoing requests are allowed to finish before the connection is closed. If the server that is put into maintenance mode is a master, open transaction are allowed to complete before the connection is closed. Note that this means neither idle session nor long-running transactions will be closed by readwritesplit. To forcefully close the connections, use the following command:
If a server is put into the Draining state while a connection is open, the
connection will be used normally. Whenever a new connection needs to be created,
whether that be due to a network error or when a new session being opened, only
servers that are neither Draining nor Drained will be used.
Readwritesplit router-specific settings are specified in the configuration file of MariaDB MaxScale in its specific section. The section can be freely named but the name is used later as a reference in a listener section.
For more details about the standard service parameters, refer to the .
Starting with 2.3, all router parameters can be configured at runtime. Usemaxctrl alter service to modify them. The changed configuration will only be
taken into use by new sessions.
max_slave_connectionsType: integer
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 255
max_slave_connections sets the maximum number of slaves a router session uses
at any moment. The default is to use at most 255 slave connections per client
connection. In older versions the default was to use all available slaves with
no limit.
For MaxScale 2.5.12 and newer, the minimum value is 0.
For MaxScale versions 2.5.11 and older, the minimum value is 1. These versions suffer from a bug () that causes the parameter to accept any values but only function when a value greater than one was given.
Starting with MaxScale 2.5.0, the use of percentage values inmax_slave_connections is deprecated. The support for percentages will be
removed in a future release.
For example, if you have configured MaxScale with one master and three slaves
and set max_slave_connections=2, for each client connection a connection to
the master and two slave connections would be opened. The read query load
balancing is then done between these two slaves and writes are sent to the
master.
By tuning this parameter, you can control how dynamic the load balancing is at
the cost of extra created connections. With a lower value ofmax_slave_connections, less connections per session are created and the set of
possible slave servers is smaller. With a higher value inmax_slave_connections, more connections are created which requires more
resources but load balancing will almost always give the best single query
response time and performance. Longer sessions are less affected by a highmax_slave_connections as the relative cost of opening a connection is lower.
Behavior of max_slave_connections=0
When readwritesplit is configured with max_slave_connections=0, readwritesplit
will behave slightly differently in that it will route all reads to the current
master server. This is a convenient way to force all of the traffic to go to a
single node while still being able to leverage the replay and reconnection
features of readwritesplit.
In this mode, the behavior of master_failure_mode=fail_on_write also changes
slightly. If the current Master server fails and a read is done when there's
no other Master server available, the connection will be closed. This is done
to prevent an extra slave connection from being opened that would not be closed
if a new Master server would arrive.
slave_connectionsType: integer
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 255
This parameter controls how many slave connections each new session starts
with. The default value is 255 which is the same as the default value ofmax_slave_connections.
In contrast to max_slave_connections, slave_connections serves as a
soft limit on how many slave connections are created. The number of slave
connections can exceed slave_connections if the load balancing algorithm
finds an unconnected slave server better than all other slaves.
Setting this parameter to 1 allows faster connection creation and improved
resource usage due to the smaller amount of initial backend
connections. It is recommended to use slave_connections=1 when the
lifetime of the client connections is short.
max_slave_replication_lagType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
Specify how many seconds a slave is allowed to be behind the master. The lag of a slave must be less than the configured value in order for it to be used for routing. If set to 0 (the default value), the feature is disabled.
In MaxScale 2.5.0, the slave lag must be less than max_slave_replication_lag
whereas in older versions the slave lag had to be less than or equal tomax_slave_replication_lag. This means that in MaxScale 2.5.0 it is possible to
define, with max_slave_replication_lag=1, that all slaves must be up to date
in order for them to be used for routing.
Note that this feature does not guarantee that writes done on the master are visible for reads done on the slave. This is mainly due to the method of replication lag measurement. For a feature that guarantees this, refer to .
The lag is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the lag is seconds, a lag specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
The Readwritesplit-router does not detect the replication lag itself. A monitor such as the MariaDB-monitor for a Master/Slave-cluster is required. This option only affects Master-Slave clusters. Galera clusters do not have a concept of slave lag even if the application of write sets might have lag. When a server is disqualified from routing because of replication lag, a warning is logged. Similarly, when the server has caught up enough to be a valid routing target, another warning is logged. These messages are only logged when a query is being routed and the replication state changes.
use_sql_variables_inType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: master, all
This parameter controls how SELECT statements that use SQL user variables are
handled. Here is an example of such a query that uses it to return an increasing
row number for a resultset:
By default MaxScale will route both the SET and SELECT statements to all
nodes. Any future reads of the user variables can also be performed on any node.
The possible values for this parameter are:
all (default)
Modifications to user variables inside SELECT statements as well as reads
of user variables are routed to all servers.
Versions before MaxScale 22.08 returned an error if a user variable was
modified inside of a SELECT statement when use_sql_variables_in=all was
used. MaxScale 22.08 will instead route the query to all servers and discard
the extra results.
master
DML statements, such as INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE, that modify SQL user
variables are still treated as writes and are only routed to the master
server. For example, after the following query the value of @myid is no longer
the same on all servers and the SELECT statement can return different values
depending where it ends up being executed:
connection_keepaliveNote: This parameter has been moved into the MaxScale core. For the current documentation, read the section in the configuration guide.
Send keepalive pings to backend servers. This feature was introduced in MaxScale 2.2.0. The default value is 300 seconds starting with 2.3.2 and for older versions the feature was disabled by default. This parameter was converted into a service parameter in MaxScale 2.5.0.
master_reconnectionType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Allow the master server to change mid-session. This feature was introduced in
MaxScale 2.3.0 and is disabled by default. This feature requires thatdisable_sescmd_history is not used.
When a readwritesplit session starts, it will pick a master server as the current master server of that session. By default, when this master server is lost or changes to another server, the connection will be closed.
When master_reconnection is enabled, readwritesplit can sometimes recover a
lost connection to the master server. This largely depends on the value ofmaster_failure_mode.
With master_failure_mode=fail_instantly, the master server is only allowed to
change to another server. This change must happen without a loss of the master
server.
With master_failure_mode=fail_on_write, the loss of the master server is no
longer a fatal error: if a replacement master server appears before any write
queries are received, readwritesplit will transparently reconnect to the new
master server.
In both cases the change in the master server can only take place ifprune_sescmd_history is enabled or max_sescmd_history has not yet
been exceeded and the session does not have an open transaction.
The recommended configuration is to use master_reconnection=true andmaster_failure_mode=fail_on_write. This provides improved fault tolerance
without any risk to the consistency of the database.
slave_selection_criteriaType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS, ADAPTIVE_ROUTING, LEAST_BEHIND_MASTER
This option controls how the readwritesplit router chooses the slaves it
connects to and how the load balancing is done. The default behavior is to route
read queries to the slave server with the lowest amount of ongoing queries i.e.LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS.
All of the load balancing methods use MaxScale's own accounting. Connections and queries done directly on the database and not through MaxScale are not taken into account by readwritesplit. For example, if server A has 100 queries running all of which are routed through MaxScale and server B has 115 queries but only 95 of those were routed through MaxScale, server B is considered a better candidate even if the absolute number of active queries on it is higher. This is because MaxScale only tracks the connections and queries routed through the same process.
The option syntax:
Where <criteria> is one of the following values.
LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS (default), the slave with least active operations
ADAPTIVE_ROUTING, based on server average response times.
LEAST_BEHIND_MASTER, the slave with smallest replication lag
LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS uses the current number of active operations
(i.e. SQL queries) as the load balancing metric and it optimizes for maximal
query throughput. Each query gets routed to the server with the least active
operations which results in faster servers processing more traffic. If two
servers have an equal number of active operations, the one that was least
recently used is chosen.
ADAPTIVE_ROUTING uses the server response time and current estimated server
load as the load balancing metric. The server that is estimated to finish an
additional query first is chosen. A modified average response time for each
server is continuously updated to allow slow servers at least some traffic and
quickly react to changes in server load conditions. If a server has not received
any traffic, the network lag to the server as measured by the monitor is used as
the proxy of the true response time. This selection criteria is designed for
heterogeneous clusters: servers of differing hardware, differing network
distances, or when other loads are running on the servers (including a
backup). If the servers are queried by other clients than MaxScale, the load
caused by them is indirectly taken into account.
LEAST_BEHIND_MASTER uses the measured replication lag as the load balancing
metric. This means that servers that are more up-to-date are favored which
increases the likelihood of the data being read being up-to-date. However, this
is not as effective as causal_reads would be as there's no guarantee that
writes done by the same connection will be routed to a server that has
replicated those changes. The recommended approach is to useLEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS or ADAPTIVE_ROUTING in combination withcausal_reads
NOTE: LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS and LEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONS should not
be used, they are legacy options that exist only for backwards
compatibility. Using them will result in skewed load balancing as the algorithm
uses a metric that's too coarse (number of connections) to load balance
something that's finer (individual SQL queries).
The LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS and LEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONS use the
connections from MariaDB MaxScale to the server, not the amount of connections
reported by the server itself.
Starting with MaxScale versions 2.5.29, 6.4.11, 22.08.9, 23.02.5 and 23.08.1,
lowercase versions of the values are also accepted. For example,slave_selection_criteria=LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS andslave_selection_criteria=least_current_operations are both accepted as valid
values.
max_sescmd_historyThis parameter has been moved to in MaxScale 6.0.
disable_sescmd_historyThis parameter has been moved to in MaxScale 6.0.
prune_sescmd_historyThis parameter has been moved to in MaxScale 6.0.
master_accept_readsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
master_accept_reads allows the master server to be used for reads. This is
a useful option to enable if you are using a small number of servers and wish to
use the master for reads as well.
By default, no reads are sent to the master as long as there is a valid slave
server available. If no slaves are available, reads are sent to the master
regardless of the value of master_accept_reads.
strict_multi_stmtType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This option is disabled by default since MaxScale 2.2.1. In older versions, this option was enabled by default.
When a client executes a multi-statement query, it will be treated as if it were a DML statement and routed to the master. If the option is enabled, all queries after a multi-statement query will be routed to the master to guarantee a consistent session state.
If the feature is disabled, queries are routed normally after a multi-statement query.
Warning: Enable the strict mode only if you know that the clients will send statements that cause inconsistencies in the session state.
strict_sp_callsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Similar to strict_multi_stmt, this option allows all queries after a CALL
operation on a stored procedure to be routed to the master. This option is
disabled by default and was added in MaxScale 2.1.9.
All warnings and restrictions that apply to strict_multi_stmt also apply tostrict_sp_calls.
master_failure_modeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: fail_instantly, fail_on_write, error_on_write
This option controls how the failure of a master server is handled. By default, the router will close the client connection as soon as the master is lost.
The following table describes the values for this option and how they treat the loss of a master server.
These also apply to new sessions created after the master has failed. This means
that in fail_on_write or error_on_write mode, connections are accepted as
long as slave servers are available.
When configured with fail_on_write or error_on_write, sessions that are idle
will not be closed even if all backend connections for that session have
failed. This is done in the hopes that before the next query from the idle
session arrives, a reconnection to one of the slaves is made. However, this can
leave idle connections around unless the client application actively closes
them. To prevent this, use the
parameter.
Note: If master_failure_mode is set to error_on_write and the connection
to the master is lost, by default, clients will not be able to execute write
queries without reconnecting to MariaDB MaxScale once a new master is
available. If is enabled, the
session can recover if one of the slaves is promoted as the master.
retry_failed_readsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This option controls whether autocommit selects are retried in case of failure. This option is enabled by default.
When a simple autocommit select is being executed outside of a transaction and the slave server where the query is being executed fails, readwritesplit can retry the read on a replacement server. This makes the failure of a slave transparent to the client.
delayed_retryType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Retry queries over a period of time. This parameter takes a boolean value, was added in Maxscale 2.3.0 and is disabled by default.
When this feature is enabled, a failure to route a query due to a connection problem will not immediately result in an error. The routing of the query is delayed until either a valid candidate server is available or the retry timeout is reached. If a candidate server becomes available before the timeout is reached, the query is routed normally and no connection error is returned. If no candidates are found and the timeout is exceeded, the router returns to normal behavior and returns an error.
When combined with the master_reconnection parameter, failures of writes done
outside of transactions can be hidden from the client connection. This allows a
master to be replaced while writes are being sent.
Starting with MaxScale 21.06.18, 22.08.15, 23.02.12, 23.08.8, 24.02.4 and
24.08.1, delayed_retry will no longer attempt to retry a query if it was
already sent to the database. If a query is received while a valid target server
is not available, the execution of the query is delayed until a valid target is
found or the delayed retry timeout is hit. If a query was already sent, it will
not be replayed to prevent duplicate execution of statements.
In older versions of MaxScale, duplicate execution of a statement can occur if
the connection to the server is lost or the server crashes but the server comes
back up before the timeout for the retrying is exceeded. At this point, if the
server managed to read the client's statement, it will be executed. For this
reason, it is recommended to only enable delayed_retry for older versions of
MaxScale when the possibility of duplicate statement execution is an acceptable
risk.
delayed_retry_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The duration to wait until an error is returned to the client whendelayed_retry is enabled. The default value is 10 seconds.
The timeout is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
transaction_replayType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Replay interrupted transactions. This parameter was added in MaxScale 2.3.0 and
is disabled by default. Enabling this parameter enables both delayed_retry andmaster_reconnection and sets master_failure_mode to fail_on_write, thereby
overriding any configured values for these parameters.
When the server where the transaction is in progress fails, readwritesplit can migrate the transaction to a replacement server. This can completely hide the failure of a master node without any visible effects to the client.
If no replacement node becomes available, the client connection is closed.
To control how long a transaction replay can take, usetransaction_replay_timeout.
Please refer to the section for a more detailed explanation of what should and should not be done with transaction replay.
transaction_replay_max_sizeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 1 MiB
The limit on transaction size for transaction replay in bytes. Any transaction
that exceeds this limit will not be replayed. The default value is 1 MiB. This
limit applies at a session level which means that the total peak memory
consumption can be transaction_replay_max_size times the number of client
connections.
The amount of memory needed to store a particular transaction will be slightly larger than the length in bytes of the SQL used in the transaction. If the limit is ever exceeded, a message will be logged at the info level.
Starting with MaxScale 6.4.10, the number of times that this limit has been
exceeded is shown in maxctrl show service as trx_max_size_exceeded.
Read for more details on size type parameters in MaxScale.
transaction_replay_attemptsType: integer
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 5
The upper limit on how many times a transaction replay is attempted before giving up. The default value is 5.
A transaction replay failure can happen if the server where the transaction is being replayed fails while the replay is in progress. In practice this parameter controls how many server and network failures a single transaction replay tolerates. If a transaction is replayed successfully, the counter for failed attempts is reset.
transaction_replay_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
The time how long transactions are attempted for. This feature is disabled by default and was added in MaxScale 6.2.1. To explicitly disable this feature, set the value to 0 seconds.
The timeout is and the value must include a unit for the duration.
When transaction_replay_timeout is enabled, the time a transaction replay can
take is controlled solely by this parameter. This is a more convenient and
predictable method of controlling how long a transaction replay can be attempted
before the connection is closed.
If delayed_retry_timeout is less than transaction_replay_timeout, it is set
to the same value.
By default the time how long a transaction can be retried is controlled bydelayed_retry_timeout and transaction_replay_attempts. This can result in a
maximum replay time limit of delayed_retry_timeout multiplied bytransaction_replay_attempts, by default this is 50 seconds. The minimum replay
time limit can be as low as transaction_replay_attempts seconds (5 seconds by
default) in cases where the connection fails after it was created. Usually this
happens due to problems like the max_connections limit being hit on the database
server.
With the introduction of transaction_replay_timeout, these problems are
avoided. Starting with MaxScale 6.2.1, this is the recommended method of
controlling the timeouts for transaction replay.
transaction_replay_retry_on_deadlockType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable automatic retrying of transactions that end up in a deadlock. This parameter was added in MaxScale 2.4.6 and the feature is disabled by default. MaxScale versions from 2.4.0 to 2.4.5 always tried to replay deadlocked transactions.
If this feature is enabled and a transaction returns a deadlock error
(e.g. SQLSTATE 40001: Deadlock found when trying to get lock; try restarting transaction),
the transaction is automatically retried. If the retrying of the transaction
results in another deadlock error, it is retried until it either succeeds or a
transaction checksum error is encountered.
transaction_replay_retry_on_mismatchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Retry transactions that end in checksum mismatch. This parameter was added in MaxScale 6.2.1 is disabled by default.
When enabled, any replayed transactions that end with a checksum mismatch are
retried until they either succeeds or one of the transaction replay limits is
reached (delayed_retry_timeout, transaction_replay_timeout ortransaction_replay_attempts).
transaction_replay_checksumType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: full, result_only, no_insert_id
Selects which transaction checksum method is used to verify the result of the replayed transaction.
Note that only transaction_replay_checksum=full is guaranteed to retain the
consistency of the replayed transaction.
Possible values are:
full (default)
All responses from the server are included in the checksum. This retains the full consistency guarantee of the replayed transaction as it must match exactly the one that was already returned to the client.
result_only
optimistic_trxType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable optimistic transaction execution. This parameter controls whether normal
transactions (i.e. START TRANSACTION or BEGIN) are load balanced across
slaves. This feature is disabled by default and enabling it implicitly enablestransaction_replay, delayed_retry and master_reconnection parameters.
When this mode is enabled, all transactions are first attempted on slave servers. If the transaction contains no statements that modify data, it is completed on the slave. If the transaction contains statements that modify data, it is rolled back on the slave server and restarted on the master. The rollback is initiated the moment a data modifying statement is intercepted by readwritesplit so only read-only statements are executed on slave servers.
As with transaction_replay and transactions that are replayed, if the results
returned by the master server are not identical to the ones returned by the
slave up to the point where the first data modifying statement was executed, the
connection is closed. If the execution of ROLLBACK statement on the slave fails,
the connection to that slave is closed.
All limitations that apply to transaction_replay also apply tooptimistic_trx.
causal_readsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: none, local, global
Enable causal reads. This parameter is disabled by default and was introduced in MaxScale 2.3.0.
If a client connection modifies the database and causal_reads is enabled, any
subsequent reads performed on slave servers will be done in a manner that
prevents replication lag from affecting the results.
The following table contains a comparison of the modes. Read the for more information on what a sync consists of and why minimizing the number of them is important.
The fast and fast_global modes should only be used when low latency is more
important than proper distribution of reads. These modes should only be used
when the workload is mostly read-only with only occasional writes. If used with
a mixed or a write-heavy workload, the traffic will end up being routed almost
exclusively to the master server.
Note: This feature requires MariaDB 10.2.16 or newer to function. In
addition to this, the session_track_system_variables parameter must includelast_gtid in its list of tracked system variables.
Note: This feature also enables multi-statement execution of SQL in the
protocol. This is equivalent to using allowMultiQueries=true in
or using CLIENT_MULTI_STATEMENTS and CLIENT_MULTI_RESULTS in the
Connector/C. The Implementation of causal_reads section explains why this is
necessary.
The possible values for this parameter are:
none (default)
Read causality is disabled.
local
Writes are locally visible. Writes are guaranteed to be visible only to the connection that does it. Unrelated modifications done by other connections are not visible. This mode improves read scalability at the cost of latency and reduces the overall load placed on the master server without breaking causality guarantees.
Before MaxScale 2.5.0, the causal_reads parameter was a boolean
parameter. False values translated to none and true values translated tolocal. The use of boolean parameters is deprecated but still accepted in
MaxScale 2.5.0.
Implementation of causal_reads
This feature is based on the MASTER_GTID_WAIT function and the tracking of
server-side status variables. By tracking the latest GTID that each statement
generates, readwritesplit can then perform a synchronization operation with the
help of the MASTER_GTID_WAIT function.
If the slave has not caught up to the master within the configured time, as specified by , it will be retried on the master. In MaxScale 2.3.0 an error was returned to the client when the slave timed out.
The exception to this rule is the fast mode which does not do any
synchronization at all. This can be done as any reads that would go to
out-of-date servers will be re-routed to the current master.
Normal SQL
A practical example can be given by the following set of SQL commands executed
with autocommit=1.
As the statements are not executed inside a transaction, from the load balancer's point of view, the latter statement can be routed to a slave server. The problem with this is that if the value that was inserted on the master has not yet replicated to the server where the SELECT statement is being performed, it can appear as if the value we just inserted is not there.
By prefixing these types of SELECT statements with a command that guarantees consistent results for the reads, read scalability can be improved without sacrificing consistency.
The set of example SQL above will be translated by MaxScale into the following statements.
The SET command will synchronize the slave to a certain logical point in the
replication stream (see for more
details). If the synchronization fails, the query will not run and it will be
retried on the server where the transaction was originally done.
Prepared Statements
Binary protocol prepared statements are handled in a different manner. Instead of adding the synchronization SQL into the original SQL query, it is sent as a separate packet before the prepared statement is executed.
We'll use the same example SQL but use a binary protocol prepared statement for the SELECT:
The SQL that MaxScale executes will be the following:
Both the synchronization query and the execution of the prepared statement are sent at the same time. This is done to remove the need to wait for the result of the synchronization query before routing the execution of the prepared statement. This keeps the performance of causal_reads for prepared statements the same as it is for normal SQL queries.
As a result of this, each time the synchronization query times out, the
connection will be killed by the KILL statement and readwritesplit will retry
the query on the master. This is done to prevent the execution of the prepared
statement that follows the synchronization query from being processed by the
MariaDB server.
It is recommend that the session command history is enabled whenever prepared
statements are used with causal_reads. This allows new connections to be
created whenever a causal read times out.
Starting with MaxScale 2.5.17, a failed causal read inside of a read-only
transaction started with START TRANSACTION READ ONLY will return the following
error:
Older versions of MaxScale attempted to retry the command on the current master server which would cause the connection to be closed and a warning to be logged.
Limitations of Causal Reads
This feature does not work with Galera or any other non-standard
replication mechanisms. As Galera does not update the gtid_slave_pos
variable when events are replicated via the Galera library, the
function used by MaxScale to synchronize reads will wait until the
timeout. With Galera this is not a serious issue as it, by nature, is a
mostly-synchronous replication mechanism.
If the combination of the original SQL statement and the modifications added to it by readwritesplit exceed the maximum packet size (16777213 bytes), the causal read will not be attempted and a non-causal read is done instead. This applies only to text protocol queries as the binary protocol queries use a different synchronization mechanism.
SQL like INSERT ... RETURNING that commits a transaction and returns a
resultset will only work with causal reads if the connector supports the
DEPRECATE_EOF protocol feature. The following table contains a list of MariaDB
connectors and whether they support the protocol feature.
causal_reads_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The timeout for the slave synchronization done by causal_reads. The
default value is 10 seconds.
The timeout is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
lazy_connectType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Lazy connection creation causes connections to backend servers to be opened only when they are needed. This reduces the load that is placed on the backend servers when the client connections are short. This parameter is a boolean type and is disabled by default.
By default readwritesplit opens as many connections as it can when the session
is first opened. This makes the execution of the first query faster when all
available connections are already created. When lazy_connect is enabled, this
initial connection creation is skipped. If the client executes only read
queries, no connection to the master is made. If only write queries are made,
only the master connection is used.
reuse_prepared_statementsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Reuse identical prepared statements inside the same client connection. This is a boolean parameter and is disabled by default. This feature only applies to binary protocol prepared statements.
When this parameter is enabled and the connection prepares an identical prepared statement multiple times, instead of preparing it on the server the existing prepared statement handle is reused. This also means that whenever prepared statements are closed by the client, they will be left open by readwritesplit.
Enabling this feature will increase memory usage of a session. The amount of memory stored per prepared statement is proportional to the length of the prepared SQL statement and the number of parameters the statement has.
The router_diagnostics output for a readwritesplit service contains the
following fields.
queries: Number of queries executed through this service.
route_master: Number of writes routed to master.
route_slave: Number of reads routed to slaves.
The general rule with server ranks is that primary servers will be used before secondary servers. Readwritesplit is an exception to this rule. The following rules govern how readwritesplit behaves with servers that have different ranks.
Sessions will use the current master server as long as possible. This means that sessions with a secondary master will not use the primary master as long as the secondary master is available.
All slave connections will use the same rank as the master connection. Any stale connections with a different rank than the master will be discarded.
If no master connection is available and master_reconnection is enabled, a
connection to the best master is created. If the new master has a different
priority than existing connections have, the connections with a different rank
will be discarded.
The readwritesplit router supports routing hints. For a detailed guide on hint syntax and functionality, please read document.
Note: Routing hints will always have the highest priority when a routing decision is made. This means that it is possible to cause inconsistencies in the session state and the actual data in the database by adding routing hints to DDL/DML statements which are then directed to slave servers. Only use routing hints when you are sure that they can cause no harm.
An exception to this rule is transaction_replay: when it is enabled, all
routing hints inside transaction are ignored. This is done to prevent changes
done inside a re-playable transaction from affecting servers outside of the
transaction. This behavior was added in MaxScale 6.1.4. Older versions allowed
routing hints to override the transaction logic.
If a SELECT statement with a maxscale route to slave hint is received
while autocommit is disabled, the query will be routed to a slave server. This
causes some metadata locks to be acquired on the database in question which
will block DDL statements on the server until either the connection is closed
or autocommit is enabled again.
The readwritesplit router implements the following module commands.
reset-gtidThe command resets the global GTID state in the router. It can be used withcausal_reads=global to reset the state. This can be useful when the cluster is
reverted to an earlier state and the GTIDs recorded in MaxScale are no longer
valid.
The first and only argument to the command is the router name. For example, to
reset the GTID state of a readwritesplit named My-RW-Router, the following
MaxCtrl command should be used:
Examples of the readwritesplit router in use can be found in the folder.
Here is a small explanation which shows what kinds of queries are routed to which type of server.
Routing to master is important for data consistency and because majority of writes are written to binlog and thus become replicated to slaves.
The following operations are routed to master:
DML statements (INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE etc.)
DDL statements (DROP, CREATE, ALTER etc.)
In addition to these, if the readwritesplit service is configured with themax_slave_replication_lag parameter, and if all slaves suffer from too much
replication lag, then statements will be routed to the Master. (There might be
other similar configuration parameters in the future which limit the number of
statements that will be routed to slaves.)
Transaction Isolation Level Tracking
Use of the SERIALIZABLE transaction isolation level with readwritesplit is not recommended as it somewhat goes against the goals of load balancing.
If either session_track_transaction_info=CHARACTERISTICS orsession_track_system_variables=tx_isolation is configured for the MariaDB
server, readwritesplit will track the transaction isolation level and lock the
session to the master when the isolation level is set to serializable. This
retains the correctness of the isolation level which can otherwise cause
problems. Once a session is locked to the master, it will not be unlocked. To
reinstate the normal routing behavior, a new connection must be created.
For example, if transaction isolation level tracking cannot be done and an autocommit SELECT is routed to a slave, it no longer behaves in a serializable manner. This can also have an effect on the replication in the slave server.
The ability to route some statements to slaves is important because it also decreases the load targeted to master. Moreover, it is possible to have multiple slaves to share the load in contrast to single master.
Queries which can be routed to slaves must be auto committed and belong to one of the following group:
Read-only statements (i.e. SELECT) that only use read-only built-in functions
All statements within an explicit read-only transaction (START TRANSACTION READ ONLY)
SHOW statements except SHOW MASTER STATUS
The list of supported built-in fuctions can be found .
A third class of statements includes those which modify session data, such as session system variables, user-defined variables, the default database, etc. We call them session commands, and they must be replicated as they affect the future results of read and write operations. They must be executed on all servers that could execute statements on behalf of this client.
Session commands include for example:
Commands that modify the session state (SET, USE, CHANGE USER)
Text protocol PREPARE statements
Binary protocol prepared statements
NOTE: if variable assignment is embedded in a write statement it is routed
to Master only. For example, INSERT INTO t1 values(@myvar:=5, 7) would be
routed to Master only.
The router stores all of the executed session commands so that in case of a
slave failure, a replacement slave can be chosen and the session command history
can be repeated on that new slave. This means that the router stores each
executed session command for the duration of the session. Applications that use
long-running sessions might cause MariaDB MaxScale to consume a growing amount
of memory unless the sessions are closed. This can be solved by adjusting the
value of max_sescmd_history.
In the following cases, a query is routed to the same server where the previous query was executed. If no previous target is found, the query is routed to the current master.
If a query uses the FOUND_ROWS() function, it will be routed to the server
where the last query was executed. This is done with the assumption that a
query with SQL_CALC_FOUND_ROWS was previously executed.
COM_STMT_FETCH_ROWS will always be routed to the same server where the COM_STMT_EXECUTE was routed.
Read queries are routed to the master server in the following situations:
Query is executed inside an open read-write transaction
Statement includes a stored procedure or an UDF call
If there are multiple statements inside one query e.g.INSERT INTO ... ; SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID();
If a prepared statement targets a temporary table on the master, the slave servers will fail to execute it. This will cause all slave connections to be closed (MXS-1816).
If the results from the replacement server are not identical when the
transaction is replayed, the client connection is closed. This means that any
transaction with a server specific result (e.g. NOW(), @@server_id) cannot
be replayed successfully but it will still be attempted.
If a transaction reads data before updating it, the rows should be locked by
using SELECT ... FOR UPDATE. This will prevent overlapping transactions when
multiple transactions are being replayed that modify the same set of rows.
If the connection to the server where the transaction is being executed is
lost when the final COMMIT is being executed, it is impossible to know
whether the transaction was successfully committed. This means that there
is a possibility for duplicate transaction execution which can result in
data duplication in certain cases. Data duplication can happen if the
transaction consists of the following statement types:
INSERT of rows into a table that does not have an auto-increment primary key
A "blind update" of one or more rows e.g. UPDATE t SET c = c + 1 WHERE id = 123
A "blind delete" e.g. DELETE FROM t LIMIT 100
This is not an exhaustive list and any operations that do not check the row contents before performing the operation on them might face this problem.
In all cases the problem of duplicate transaction execution can be avoided by
including a SELECT ... FOR UPDATE in the statement. This will guarantee that
in the case that the transaction fails when it is being committed, the row is
only modified if it matches the expected contents.
Similarly, a connection loss during COMMIT can also result in transaction
replay failure. This happens due to the same reason as duplicate transaction
execution but the retried transaction will not be committed. This can be
considered a success case as the transaction replay detected that the results of
the two transactions are different. In these cases readwritesplit will abort the
transaction and close the client connection.
Statements that result in an implicit commit do not reset the transaction when
transaction_replay is enabled. This means that if the transaction is replayed,
the transaction will be committed twice due to the implicit commit being
present. The exception to this are the transaction management statements such asBEGIN and START TRANSACTION: they are detected and will cause the
transaction to be correctly reset.
Any changes to the session state (e.g. autocommit state, SQL mode) done inside a transaction will remain in effect even if the connection to the server where the transaction is being executed fails. When readwritesplit creates a new connection to a server to replay the transaction, it will first restore the session state by executing all session commands that were executed. This means that if the session state is changed mid-transaction in a way that affects the results, transaction replay will fail.
The following partial transaction demonstrates the problem by using inside a transaction.
If this transaction has to be replayed the actual SQL that gets executed is the following.
First the session state is restored by executing all commands that changed the state after which the actual transaction is replayed. Due to the fact that the SQL_MODE was changed mid-transaction, one of the queries will now return an error instead of the result we expected leading to a transaction replay failure.
In a service-to-service configuration (i.e. a service using another service in
its targets list ), if the topmost service starts a transaction, all
lower-level readwritesplit services will also behave as if a transaction is
open. If a connection to a backend database fails during this, it can result in
unnecessary transaction replays which in turn can end up with checksum
conflicts. The recommended approach is to not use any commands inside a
transaction that would be routed to more than one node.
If the connection to the server where a transaction is being executed is lost
while a ROLLBACK is being executed, readwritesplit will still attempt to
replay the transaction in the hopes that the real response can be delivered to
the client. However, this does mean that it is possible that a rolled back
transaction which gets replayed ends up with a conflict and is reported as a
replay failure when in reality a rolled back transaction could be safely
ignored.
In older versions of MaxScale, routers were configured via the router_options parameter. This functionality was deprecated in 2.2 and was removed in 2.3.
Readwritesplit does not support pipelining of JDBC batched statements. This is caused by the fact that readwritesplit executes the statements one at a time to track the state of the response.
Limitations in multi-statement handling
When a multi-statement query is executed through the readwritesplit router, it will always be routed to the master. See for more details.
If the multi-statement query creates a temporary table, it will not be detected and reads to this table can be routed to slave servers. To prevent this, always execute the temporary table creation as an individual statement.
Limitations in client session handling
Some of the queries that a client sends are routed to all backends instead of
just to one. These queries include USE <db name> and SET autocommit=0, among
many others. Readwritesplit sends a copy of these queries to each backend server
and forwards the master's reply to the client. Below is a list of MySQL commands
which are classified as session commands.
Prior to MaxScale 2.3.0, session commands that were 2²⁴ - 1 bytes or longer were not supported and caused the session to be closed.
There is a possibility for misbehavior. If USE mytable is executed in one of
the slaves and fails, it may be due to replication lag rather than the database
not existing. Thus, the same command may produce different result in different
backend servers. The slaves which fail to execute a session command will be
dropped from the active list of slaves for this session to guarantee a
consistent session state across all the servers used by the session. In
addition, the server will not be used again for routing for the duration of the
session.
The above-mentioned behavior for user variables can be partially controlled with
the configuration parameter use_sql_variables_in:
WARNING
If a SELECT query modifies a user variable when the use_sql_variables_in
parameter is set to all, it will not be routed and the client will receive an
error. A log message is written into the log further explaining the reason for
the error. Here is an example use of a SELECT query which modifies a user
variable and how MariaDB MaxScale responds to it.
Allow user variable modification in SELECT queries by settinguse_sql_variables_in=master. This will route all queries that use user
variables to the master.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Default: all
Modifications to user variables inside SELECT statements as well as reads
of user variables are routed to the master server. This forces more of the
traffic onto the master server but it reduces the amount of data that is
discarded for any SELECT statement that also modifies a user
variable. With this mode, the state of user variables is not deterministic
if they are modified inside of a SELECT statement. SET statements that
modify user variabels are still routed to all servers.
LEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONSLEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONSDefault: LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS
LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS, the slave with least connections from MariaDB MaxScaleLEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONS, the slave with least connections from this service
Default: fail_instantly
Default: full
INSERTAUTO_INCREMENTno_insert_id
The same as result_only but results from queries that useLAST_INSERT_ID() are also ignored. This mode is safe to use only if the
result of the query is not used by any subsequent statement in the
transaction.
fastfast_globaluniversalDefault: none
universal
Cluster
High, one sync per read plus a roundtrip to the master.
global
Writes are globally visible. If one connection writes a value, all
connections to the same service will see it. In general this mode is slower
than the local mode due to the extra synchronization it has to do. This
guarantees global happens-before ordering of reads when all transactions are
inside a single GTID domain.This mode gives similar benefits as the local
mode in that it improves read scalability at the cost of latency.
With MaxScale versions 2.5.14 and older, multi-domain use of causal_reads
could cause non-causal reads to occur. Starting with MaxScale 2.5.15, this
was fixed and all the GTID coordinates are passed alongside all requests
which makes multi-domain GTIDs safe to use. However, this does mean that the
GTID coordinates will never be reset: if replication is reset and GTID
coordinates go "backwards", readwritesplit will not consider these as being
newer than the ones already stored. To reset the stored GTID coordinates in
readwritesplit, MaxScale must be restarted.
MaxScale 6.4.11 added the new reset-gtid module command to
readwritesplit. This allows the global GTID state used bycausal_reads=global to be reset without having to restart MaxScale.
fast
This mode is similar to the local mode where it will only affect the
connection that does the write but where the local mode waits for a slave
server to catch up, the fast mode will only use servers that are known to
have replicated the write. This means that if no slave has replicated the
write, the master where the write was done will be used. The value ofcausal_reads_timeout is ignored in this mode. Currently the replication
state is only updated by the mariadbmon monitor whenever the servers are
monitored. This means that a smaller monitor_interval provides faster
replication state updates and possibly better overall usage of servers.
This mode is the inverse of the local mode in the sense that it improves
read latency at the cost of read scalability while still retaining the
causality guarantees for reads. This functionality can also be considered an
improved version of the functionality that the CCRFilter module provides.
fast_global
This mode is identical to the fast mode except that it uses the global
GTID instead of the session local one. This is similar to how local andglobal modes differ from each other. The value of causal_reads_timeout
is ignored in this mode. Currently the replication state is only updated by
the mariadbmon monitor whenever the servers are monitored. This means that a
smaller monitor_interval provides faster replication state updates and
possibly better overall usage of servers.
universal
The universal mode guarantees that all SELECT statements always see the
latest observable transaction state on a database cluster. The basis of this
is the @@gtid_binlog_pos variable which is read from the current primary
server before each read. This guarantees that if a transaction was visible
at the time the read is received by readwritesplit, the transaction is
guaranteed to be complete on the replica server where the read is
done. Versions 22.08.16, 23.02.13, 23.08.9, 24.02.5 and older used@@gtid_current_pos as the GTID value
(MXS-5588) but this caused
problems with Galera clusters.
This mode is the most consistent of all the modes. It provides consistency
regardless of where a write originated from but it comes at the cost of
increased latency. For every read, a round trip to the current master server
is done. This means that the latency of any given SELECT statement increases
by roughly twice the network latency between MaxScale and the database
cluster. In addition, an extra SELECT statement is always executed on the
master which places some load on the server.
Connector/C++
No
1.1.5
Connector/ODBC
No
3.2.5
route_all: Number of session commands routed to all servers.rw_transactions: Number of explicit read-write transactions.
ro_transactions: Number of explicit read-only transactions.
replayed_transactions: Number of replayed transactions.
server_query_statistics: Statistics for each configured and used server consisting of the following fields.
id: Name of the server
total: Total number of queries.
read: Total number of reads.
write: Total number of writes.
avg_sess_duration: Average duration of a client session to this server.
avg_sess_active_pct: Average percentage of time client sessions were active. 0% means connections were opened but never used.
avg_selects_per_session: Average number of selects per session.
If open connections exist, these will be used for routing. This means that if the master is lost but the session still has slave servers with the same rank, they will remain in use.
If no open connections exist, the servers with the best rank will used.
Stored procedure calls
User-defined function calls
Queries that use sequences (NEXT VALUE FOR seq, NEXTVAL(seq) or seq.nextval)
Statements that use any of the following functions:
LAST_INSERT_ID()
GET_LOCK()
RELEASE_LOCK()
IS_USED_LOCK()
IS_FREE_LOCK()
Statements that use any of the following variables:
@@last_insert_id
@@identity
Other miscellaneous commands (COM_QUIT, COM_PING etc.)
fail_instantly
When the failure of the master server is detected, the connection will be closed immediately.
fail_on_write
The client connection is closed if a write query is received when no master is available.
error_on_write
If no master is available and a write query is received, an error is returned stating that the connection is in read-only mode.
local
Session
Low, one sync per write.
fast
Session
None, no sync at all.
global
Service
Medium, one sync per read.
fast_global
Service
Connector/J
Yes
3.5.2
Connector/Node.js
Yes
3.4.0
Connector/R2DBC
Yes
1.3.0
Connector/C
No
3.4.4
None, no sync at all.
maxctrl set server <server> maintenance --forceSET @rownum := 0;
SELECT @rownum := @rownum + 1 AS rownum, user, host FROM mysql.user;SET @myid := 0;
INSERT INTO test.t1 VALUES (@myid := @myid + 1);
SELECT @myid; -- Might return 1 or 0slave_selection_criteria=<criteria># Use the master for reads
master_accept_reads=true# Enable strict multi-statement mode
strict_multi_stmt=trueINSERT INTO test.t1 (id) VALUES (1);
SELECT * FROM test.t1 WHERE id = 1;INSERT INTO test.t1 (id) VALUES (1);
-- These are executed as one multi-query
SET @maxscale_secret_variable=(
SELECT CASE
WHEN MASTER_GTID_WAIT('0-3000-8', 10) = 0 THEN 1
ELSE (SELECT 1 FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.ENGINES)
END); SELECT * FROM test.t1 WHERE id = 1;COM_QUERY: INSERT INTO test.t1 (id) VALUES (1);
COM_STMT_PREPARE: SELECT * FROM test.t1 WHERE id = ?;
COM_STMT_EXECUTE: ? = 123COM_QUERY: INSERT INTO test.t1 (id) VALUES (1);
COM_STMT_PREPARE: SELECT * FROM test.t1 WHERE id = ?;
COM_QUERY: IF (MASTER_GTID_WAIT('0-3000-8', 10) <> 0) THEN KILL (SELECT CONNECTION_ID()); END IF
COM_STMT_EXECUTE: ? = 123Error: 1792
SQLSTATE: 25006
Message: Causal read timed out while in a read-only transaction, cannot retry command.maxctrl call command readwritesplit reset-gtid My-RW-RouterSET SQL_MODE=''; -- A session command
BEGIN;
SELECT "hello world"; -- Returns the string "hello world"
SET SQL_MODE='ANSI_QUOTES'; -- A session command
SELECT 'hello world'; -- Returns the string "hello world"SET SQL_MODE=''; -- Replayed session command
SET SQL_MODE='ANSI_QUOTES'; -- Replayed session command
BEGIN;
SELECT "hello world"; -- Returns an error
SELECT 'hello world'; -- Returns the string "hello world"COM_INIT_DB (USE <db name> creates this)
COM_CHANGE_USER
COM_STMT_CLOSE
COM_STMT_SEND_LONG_DATA
COM_STMT_RESET
COM_STMT_PREPARE
COM_QUIT (no response, session is closed)
COM_REFRESH
COM_DEBUG
COM_PING
SQLCOM_CHANGE_DB (USE ... statements)
SQLCOM_DEALLOCATE_PREPARE
SQLCOM_PREPARE
SQLCOM_SET_OPTION
SELECT ..INTO variable|OUTFILE|DUMPFILE
SET autocommit=1|0use_sql_variables_in=[master|all] (default: all)MySQL [(none)]> set @id=1;
Query OK, 0 rows affected (0.00 sec)
MySQL [(none)]> SELECT @id := @id + 1 FROM test.t1;
ERROR 1064 (42000): Routing query to backend failed. See the error log for further details.MariaDB Monitor monitors a Master-Slave replication cluster. It probes the state of the backends and assigns server roles such as master and slave, which are used by the routers when deciding where to route a query. It can also modify the replication cluster by performing failover, switchover and rejoin. Backend server versions older than MariaDB/MySQL 5.5 are not supported. Failover and other similar operations require MariaDB 10.0.2 or later.
Up until MariaDB MaxScale 2.2.0, this monitor was called MySQL Monitor.
The monitor user requires the following grant:
In MariaDB Server versions 10.5.0 to 10.5.8, the monitor user instead requires REPLICATION SLAVE ADMIN:
In MariaDB Server 10.5.9 and later, REPLICA MONITOR is required:
If the monitor needs to query server disk space (i.e. disk_space_threshold is
set), then the FILE-grant is required with MariaDB Server versions 10.4.7,
10.3.17, 10.2.26 and 10.1.41 and later.
MariaDB Server 10.5.2 introduces CONNECTION ADMIN. This is recommended since it allows the monitor to log in even if server connection limit has been reached.
If cluster manipulation operations are used, the following additional grants are required:
As of MariaDB Server 11.0.1, the SUPER-privilege no longer contains several of its former sub-privileges. These must be given separately.
If a separate replication user is defined (with replication_user andreplication_password), it requires the following grant:
Only one backend can be master at any given time. A master must be running
(successfully connected to by the monitor) and its read_only-setting must be
off. A master may not be replicating from another server in the monitored
cluster unless the master is part of a multimaster group. Master selection
prefers to select the server with the most slaves, possibly in multiple
replication layers. Only slaves reachable by a chain of running relays or
directly connected to the master count. When multiple servers are tied for
master status, the server which appears earlier in the servers-setting of the
monitor is selected.
Servers in a cyclical replication topology (multimaster group) are interpreted as having all the servers in the group as slaves. Even from a multimaster group only one server is selected as the overall master.
After a master has been selected, the monitor prefers to stick with the choice even if other potential masters with more slave servers are available. Only if the current master is clearly unsuitable does the monitor try to select another master. An existing master turns invalid if:
It is unwritable (read_only is on).
It has been down for more than failcount monitor passes and has no running slaves. Running slaves behind a downed relay count. A slave in this context is any server with at least a partially running replication connection (either io or sql thread is running). The slave servers must also be down for more than failcount monitor passes to allow new master selection.
It did not previously replicate from another server in the cluster but it is now replicating.
It was previously part of a multimaster group but is no longer, or the multimaster group is replicating from a server not in the group.
Cases 1 and 2 cover the situations in which the DBA, an external script or even another MaxScale has modified the cluster such that the old master can no longer act as master. Cases 3 and 4 are less severe. In these cases the topology has changed significantly and the master should be re-selected, although the old master may still be the best choice.
The master change described above is different from failover and switchover described in section Failover, switchover and auto-rejoin. A master change only modifies the server roles inside MaxScale but does not modify the cluster other than changing the targets of read and write queries. Failover and switchover perform a master change on their own.
As a general rule, it's best to avoid situations where the cluster has multiple standalone servers, separate master-slave pairs or separate multimaster groups. Due to master invalidation rule 2, a standalone master can easily lose the master status to another valid master if it goes down. The new master probably does not have the same data as the previous one. Non-standalone masters are less vulnerable, as a single running slave or multimaster group member will keep the master valid even when down.
A minimal configuration for a monitor requires a set of servers for monitoring and a username and a password to connect to these servers.
From MaxScale 2.2.1 onwards, the module name is mariadbmon instead ofmysqlmon. The old name can still be used.
The grants required by user depend on which monitor features are used. A full
list of the grants can be found in the Required Grants
section.
For a list of optional parameters that all monitors support, read the Monitor Common document.
These are optional parameters specific to the MariaDB Monitor. Failover, switchover and rejoin-specific parameters are listed in their own section. Rebuild-related parameters are described in the Rebuild server-section. ColumnStore parameters are described in the ColumnStore commands-section.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
When active, the monitor assumes that server hostnames and
ports are consistent between the server definitions in the MaxScale
configuration file and the "SHOW ALL SLAVES STATUS" outputs of the servers
themselves. Specifically, the monitor assumes that if server A is replicating
from server B, then A must have a slave connection with Master_Host andMaster_Port equal to B's address and port in the configuration file. If this
is not the case, e.g. an IP is used in the server while a hostname is given in
the file, the monitor may misinterpret the topology. In MaxScale 2.4.1, the
monitor attempts name resolution on the addresses if a simple string comparison
does not find a match. Using exact matching addresses is, however, more
reliable.
This setting must be ON to use any cluster operation features such as failover or switchover, because MaxScale uses the addresses and ports in the configuration file when issuing "CHANGE MASTER TO"-commands.
If the network configuration is such that the addresses MaxScale uses to connect
to backends are different from the ones the servers use to connect to each
other, assume_unique_hostnames should be set to OFF. In this mode, MaxScale
uses server id:s it queries from the servers and the Master_Server_Id fields
of the slave connections to deduce which server is replicating from which. This
is not perfect though, since MaxScale doesn't know the id:s of servers it has
never connected to (e.g. server has been down since MaxScale was started). Also,
the Master_Server_Id-field may have an incorrect value if the slave connection
has not been established. MaxScale will only trust the value if the monitor has
seen the slave connection IO thread connected at least once. If this is not the
case, the slave connection is ignored.
Type: enum_mask
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: none, connecting_slave, connected_slave, running_slave, primary_monitor_master
Default: primary_monitor_master
Designate additional conditions for_Master_-status, i.e qualified for read and write queries.
Normally, if a suitable master candidate server is found as described in Master selection, MaxScale designates it Master.master_conditions sets additional conditions for a master server. This setting is an enum_mask, allowing multiple conditions to be set simultaneously. Conditions 2, 3 and 4 refer to slave servers. If combined, a single slave must fulfill all of the given conditions for the master to be viable.
If the master candidate fails master_conditions but fulfills_slave_conditions_, it may be designated Slave instead.
The available conditions are:
none : No additional conditions
connecting_slave : At least one immediate slave (not behind relay) is attempting to replicate or is replicating from the master (Slave_IO_Running is 'Yes' or 'Connecting', Slave_SQL_Running is 'Yes'). A slave with incorrect replication credentials does not count. If the slave is currently down, results from the last successful monitor tick are used.
connected_slave : Same as above, with the difference that the replication connection must be up (Slave_IO_Running is 'Yes'). If the slave is currently down, results from the last successful monitor tick are used.
running_slave : Same as connecting_slave, with the addition that the slave must also be Running.
primary_monitor_master : If this MaxScale is with another MaxScale and this is the secondary MaxScale, require that the candidate master is selected also by the primary MaxScale.
The default value of this setting ismaster_requirements=primary_monitor_master to ensure that both monitors use
the same master server when cooperating.
For example, to require that the master must have a slave which is both connected and running, set
Type: enum_mask
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: none, linked_master, running_master, writable_master, primary_monitor_master
Default: none
Designate additional conditions for Slave-status, i.e qualified for read queries.
Normally, a server is Slave if it is at least attempting to replicate from the master candidate or a relay (Slave_IO_Running is 'Yes' or 'Connecting', Slave_SQL_Running is 'Yes', valid replication credentials). The master candidate does not necessarily need to be writable, e.g. if it fails its_master_conditions_. slave_conditions sets additional conditions for a slave server. This setting is an enum_mask, allowing multiple conditions to be set simultaneously.
The available conditions are:
none : No additional conditions. This is the default value.
linked_master : The slave must be connected to the master (Slave_IO_Running and Slave_SQL_Running are 'Yes') and the master must be Running. The same applies to any relays between the slave and the master.
running_master : The master must be running. Relays may be down.
writable_master : The master must be writable, i.e. labeled Master.
primary_monitor_master : If this MaxScale is with another MaxScale and this is the secondary MaxScale, require that the candidate master is selected also by the primary MaxScale.
For example, to require that the master server of the cluster must be running and writable for any servers to have Slave-status, set
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 5
Number of consecutive monitor passes a master server must be down before it is
considered failed. If automatic failover is enabled (auto_failover=true), it
may be performed at this time. A value of 0 or 1 enables immediate failover.
If automatic failover is not possible, the monitor will try to search for another server to fulfill the master role. See section Master selection for more details. Changing the master may break replication as queries could be routed to a server without previous events. To prevent this, avoid having multiple valid master servers in the cluster.
The worst-case delay between the master failure and the start of the failover
can be estimated by summing up the timeout values and monitor_interval and
multiplying that by failcount:
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
If set to ON, the monitor attempts to disable the read_only-flag on the master when seen. The flag is checked every monitor tick. The monitor user requires the SUPER-privilege for this feature to work.
Typically, the master server should never be in read-only-mode. Such a situation may arise due to misconfiguration or accident, or perhaps if MaxScale crashed during switchover.
When this feature is enabled, setting the master manually to read_only will no longer cause the monitor to search for another master. The master will instead for a moment lose its [Master]-status (no writes), until the monitor again enables writes on the master. When starting from scratch, the monitor still prefers to select a writable server as master if possible.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
If set to ON, the monitor attempts to enable the read_only-flag on any writable slave server. The flag is checked every monitor tick. The monitor user requires the SUPER-privilege (or READ_ONLY ADMIN) for this feature to work. While the read_only-flag is ON, only users with the SUPER-privilege (or READ_ONLY ADMIN) can write to the backend server. If temporary write access is required, this feature should be disabled before attempting to disable read_only manually. Otherwise, the monitor will quickly re-enable it.
read_only won't be enabled on the master server, even if it has lost [Master]-status due to master_conditions and is marked [Slave].
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Works similar to enforce_read_only_slaves except will set_read_only_ on any writable server that is not the primary and not in maintenance (a superset of the servers altered by enforce_read_only_slaves).
The monitor user requires the SUPER-privilege (or READ_ONLY ADMIN) for this feature to work. If the cluster has no valid primary or primary candidate, read_only is not set on any server as it is unclear which servers should be altered.
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
If a running server that is not the master or a relay master is out of disk space the server is set to maintenance mode. Such servers are not used for router sessions and are ignored when performing a failover or other cluster modification operation. See the general monitor parameters disk_space_threshold and disk_space_check_interval on how to enable disk space monitoring.
Once a server has been put to maintenance mode, the disk space situation of that server is no longer updated. The server will not be taken out of maintenance mode even if more disk space becomes available. The maintenance flag must be removed manually:
Type: enum
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: none, majority_of_all, majority_of_running
Default: none
Using this setting is recommended when multiple MaxScales are monitoring the same backend cluster. When enabled, the monitor attempts to acquire exclusive locks on the backend servers. The monitor considers itself the primary monitor if it has a majority of locks. The majority can be either over all configured servers or just over running servers. See Cooperative monitoring for more details on how this feature works and which value to use.
Allowed values:
none Default value, no locking.
majority_of_all Primary monitor requires a majority of locks, even counting
servers which are [Down].
majority_of_running Primary monitor requires a majority of locks over
[Running] servers.
This setting is separate from the global MaxScale setting passive. If_passive_ is set to true, cluster operations are disabled even if monitor has
acquired the locks. Generally, it's best not to mix cooperative monitoring with_passive_. Either set passive=false or do not set it at all.
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: -1
Defines a replication lag limit in seconds for launching the monitor script configured in the script-parameter. If the replication lag of a server goes above this limit, the script is ran with the $EVENT-placeholder replaced by "rlag_above". If the lag goes back below the limit, the script is ran again with replacement "rlag_below".
Negative values disable this feature. For more information on monitor scripts, see general monitor documentation.
Starting with MaxScale 2.2.1, MariaDB Monitor supports replication cluster modification. The operations implemented are:
failover, which replaces a failed master with a slave
switchover, which swaps a running master with a slave
async-switchover, which schedules a switchover and returns
rejoin, which directs servers to replicate from the master
reset-replication (added in MaxScale 2.3.0), which deletes binary logs and resets gtid:s
See operation details for more information on the implementation of the commands.
The cluster operations require that the monitor user (user) has the following
privileges:
SUPER, to modify slave connections, set globals such as read_only and kill connections from other super-users
REPLICATION CLIENT (REPLICATION SLAVE ADMIN in MariaDB Server 10.5), to list slave connections
RELOAD, to flush binary logs
PROCESS, to check if the event_scheduler process is running
SHOW DATABASES and EVENT, to list and modify server events
SELECT on mysql.user, to see which users have SUPER
A list of the grants can be found in the Required Grants section.
The privilege system was changed in MariaDB Server 10.5. The effects of this on the MaxScale monitor user are minor, as the SUPER-privilege contains many of the required privileges and is still required to kill connections from other super-users.
In MariaDB Server 11.0.1 and later, SUPER no longer contains all the required grants. The monitor requires:
READ_ONLY ADMIN, to set read_only
REPLICA MONITOR and REPLICATION SLAVE ADMIN, to view and manage replication connections
RELOAD, to flush binary logs
PROCESS, to check if the event_scheduler process is running
SHOW DATABASES, EVENT and SET USER, to list and modify server events
BINLOG ADMIN, to delete binary logs (during reset-replication)
CONNECTION ADMIN, to kill connections
SELECT on mysql.user, to see which users have SUPER
In addition, the monitor needs to know which username and password a
slave should use when starting replication. These are given inreplication_user and replication_password.
The user can define files with SQL statements which are executed on any server
being demoted or promoted by cluster manipulation commands. See the sections onpromotion_sql_file and demotion_sql_file for more information.
The monitor can manipulate scheduled server events when promoting or demoting a
server. See the section on handle_events for more information.
All cluster operations can be activated manually through MaxCtrl. See section Manual activation for more details.
See Limitations and requirements for information on possible issues with failover and switchover.
Failover replaces a failed master with a running slave. It does the following:
Select the most up-to-date slave of the old master to be the new master. The selection criteria is as follows in descending priority:
gtid_IO_pos (latest event in relay log)
gtid_current_pos (most processed events)
log_slave_updates is on
disk space is not low
If the new master has unprocessed relay log items, cancel and try again later.
Prepare the new master:
Remove the slave connection the new master used to replicate from the old master.
Disable the read_only-flag.
Enable scheduled server events (if event handling is on). Only events that were enabled on the old master are enabled.
Run the commands in promotion_sql_file.
Start replication from external master if one existed.
Redirect all other slaves to replicate from the new master:
STOP SLAVE
CHANGE MASTER TO
START SLAVE
Check that all slaves are replicating.
Failover is considered successful if steps 1 to 3 succeed, as the cluster then has at least a valid master server.
Switchover swaps a running master with a running slave. It does the following:
Prepare the old master for demotion:
Stop any external replication.
Kill connections from super-users since read_only does not affect them.
Enable the read_only-flag to stop writes.
Disable scheduled server events (if event handling is on).
Run the commands in demotion_sql_file.
Flush the binary log (FLUSH LOGS) so that all events are on disk.
Wait for the new master to catch up with the old master.
Promote new master and redirect slaves as in failover steps 3 and 4. Also redirect the demoted old master.
Check that all slaves are replicating.
Similar to failover, switchover is considered successful if the new master was successfully promoted.
Rejoin joins a standalone server to the cluster or redirects a slave replicating from a server other than the master. A standalone server is joined by:
Run the commands in demotion_sql_file.
Enable the read_only-flag.
Disable scheduled server events (if event handling is on).
Start replication: CHANGE MASTER TO and START SLAVE.
A server which is replicating from the wrong master is redirected simply with STOP SLAVE, RESET SLAVE, CHANGE MASTER TO and START SLAVE commands.
Reset-replication (added in MaxScale 2.3.0) deletes binary logs and resets gtid:s. This destructive command is meant for situations where the gtid:s in the cluster are out of sync while the actual data is known to be in sync. The operation proceeds as follows:
Reset gtid:s and delete binary logs on all servers:
Stop (STOP SLAVE) and delete (RESET SLAVE ALL) all slave connections.
Enable the read_only-flag.
Disable scheduled server events (if event handling is on).
Delete binary logs (RESET MASTER).
Set the sequence number of gtid_slave_pos to zero. This also affects gtid_current_pos.
Prepare new master:
Disable the read_only-flag.
Enable scheduled server events (if event handling is on). Events are only enabled if the cluster had a master server when starting the reset-replication operation. Only events that were enabled on the previous master are enabled on the new.
Direct other servers to replicate from the new master as in the other operations.
Cluster operations can be activated manually through the REST API or MaxCtrl. The commands are only performed when MaxScale is in active mode. The commands generally match their automatic versions. The exception is rejoin, in which the manual command allows rejoining even when the joining server has empty gtid:s. This rule allows the user to force a rejoin on a server without binary logs.
All commands require the monitor instance name as the first parameter. Failover selects the new master server automatically and does not require additional parameters. Rejoin requires the name of the joining server as second parameter. Replication reset accepts the name of the new master server as second parameter. If not given, the current master is selected.
Switchover takes one to three parameters. If only the monitor name is given, switchover will autoselect both the slave to promote and the current master as the server to be demoted. If two parameters are given, the second parameter is interpreted as the slave to promote. If three parameters are given, the third parameter is interpreted as the current master. The user-given current master is compared to the master server currently deduced by the monitor and if the two are unequal, an error is given.
Example commands are below:
The commands follow the standard module command syntax. All require the monitor configuration name (MyMonitor) as the first parameter. For switchover, the last two parameters define the server to promote (NewMasterServ) and the server to demote (OldMasterServ). For rejoin, the server to join (OldMasterServ) is required. Replication reset requires the server to promote (NewMasterServ).
It is safe to perform manual operations even with automatic failover, switchover or rejoin enabled since automatic operations cannot happen simultaneously with manual ones.
When a cluster modification is initiated via the REST-API, the URL path is of the form:
<operation> is the name of the command: failover, switchover, rejoin
or reset-replication.
<monitor-instance> is the monitor section name from the MaxScale
configuration file.
<server-param1> and <server-param2> are server parameters as described
above for MaxCtrl. Only switchover accepts both, failover doesn't need any
and both rejoin and reset-replication accept one.
Given a MaxScale configuration file like
with the assumption that server2 is the current master, then the URL
path for making server4 the new master would be:
Example REST-API paths for other commands are listed below.
Queued switchover
Most cluster modification commands wait until the operation either succeeds or fails. async-switchover is an exception, as it returns immediately. Otherwise_async-switchover_ works identical to a normal switchover command. Use the module command fetch-cmd-result to view the result of the queued command.fetch-cmd-result returns the status or result of the latest manual command, whether queued or not.
Failover can activate automatically if auto_failover is on. The activation
begins when the master has been down at least failcount monitor iterations.
Before modifying the cluster, the monitor checks that all prerequisites for the
failover are fulfilled. If the cluster does not seem ready, an error is printed
and the cluster is rechecked during the next monitor iteration.
Switchover can also activate automatically with theswitchover_on_low_disk_space-setting. The operation begins if the master
server is low on disk space but otherwise the operating logic is quite similar
to automatic failover.
Rejoin stands for starting replication on a standalone server or redirecting a slave replicating from the wrong master (any server that is not the cluster master). The rejoined servers are directed to replicate from the current cluster master server, forcing the replication topology to a 1-master-N-slaves configuration.
A server is categorized as standalone if the server has no slave connections, not even stopped ones. A server is replicating from the wrong master if the slave IO thread is connected but the master server id seen by the slave does not match the cluster master id. Alternatively, the IO thread may be stopped or connecting but the master server host or port information differs from the cluster master info. These criteria mean that a STOP SLAVE does not yet set a slave as standalone.
With auto_rejoin active, the monitor will try to rejoin any servers matching
the above requirements. Rejoin does not obey failcount and will attempt to
rejoin any valid servers immediately. When activating rejoin manually, the
user-designated server must fulfill the same requirements.
Switchover and failover are meant for simple topologies (one master and several slaves). Using these commands with complicated topologies (multiple masters, relays, circular replication) may give unpredictable results and should be tested before use on a production system.
The server cluster is assumed to be well-behaving with no significant
replication lag (within failover_timeout/switchover_timeout) and all
commands that modify the cluster (such as "STOP SLAVE", "CHANGE MASTER",
"START SLAVE") complete in a few seconds (faster than backend_read_timeout
and backend_write_timeout).
The backends must all use GTID-based replication, and the domain id should not change during a switchover or failover. Slave servers should not have extra local events so that GTIDs are compatible across the cluster.
Failover cannot be performed if MaxScale was started only after the master
server went down. This is because MaxScale needs reliable information on the
gtid domain of the cluster and the replication topology in general to properly
select the new master. enforce_simple_topology=1 relaxes this requirement.
Failover may lose events. If a master goes down before sending new events to at least one slave, those events are lost when a new master is chosen. If the old master comes back online, the other servers have likely moved on with a diverging history and the old master can no longer join the replication cluster.
To reduce the chance of losing data, use semisynchronous replication. In semisynchronous mode, the master waits for a slave to receive an event before returning an acknowledgement to the client. This does not yet guarantee a clean failover. If the master fails after preparing a transaction but before receiving slave acknowledgement, it will still commit the prepared transaction as part of its crash recovery. If the slaves never saw this transaction, the old master has diverged from the cluster. See Configuring the Master Wait Point for more information. This situation is much less likely in MariaDB Server 10.6.2 and later, as the improved crash recovery logic will delete such transactions.
Even a controlled shutdown of the master may lose events. The server does not by default wait for all data to be replicated to the slaves when shutting down and instead simply closes all connections. Before shutting down the master with the intention of having a slave promoted, run switchover first to ensure that all data is replicated. For more information on server shutdown, see Binary Log Dump Threads and the Shutdown Process.
Switchover requires that the cluster is "frozen" for the duration of the operation. This means that no data modifying statements such as INSERT or UPDATE are executed and the GTID position of the master server is stable. When switchover begins, the monitor sets the global read_only flag on the old master backend to stop any updates. read_only does not affect users with the SUPER-privilege so any such user can issue writes during a switchover. These writes have a high chance of breaking replication, because the write may not be replicated to all slaves before they switch to the new master. To prevent this, any users who commonly do updates should NOT have the SUPER-privilege. For even more security, the only SUPER-user session during a switchover should be the MaxScale monitor user. This also applies to users running scheduled server events. Although the monitor by default disables events on the master, an event may already be executing. If the event definer has SUPER-privilege, the event can write to the database even through read_only.
When mixing rejoin with failover/switchover, the backends should have_log_slave_updates_ on. The rejoining server is likely lagging behind the rest of the cluster. If the current cluster master does not have binary logs from the moment the rejoining server lost connection, the rejoining server cannot continue replication. This is an issue if the master has changed and the new master does not have log_slave_updates on.
If an automatic cluster operation such as auto-failover or auto-rejoin fails,
all cluster modifying operations are disabled for failcount monitor iterations,
after which the operation may be retried. Similar logic applies if the cluster is
unsuitable for such operations, e.g. replication is not using GTID.
The monitor detects if a server in the cluster is replicating from an external master (a server that is not monitored by the monitor). If the replicating server is the cluster master server, then the cluster itself is considered to have an external master.
If a failover/switchover happens, the new master server is set to replicate from
the cluster external master server. The username and password for the replication
are defined in replication_user and replication_password. The address and
port used are the ones shown by SHOW ALL SLAVES STATUS on the old cluster
master server. In the case of switchover, the old master also stops replicating
from the external server to preserve the topology.
After failover the new master is replicating from the external master. If the failed old master comes back online, it is also replicating from the external server. To normalize the situation, either have auto_rejoin on or manually execute a rejoin. This will redirect the old master to the current cluster master.
auto_failover
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable automatic master failover. When automatic failover is enabled, MaxScale will elect a new master server for the cluster if the old master goes down. A server is assumed Down if it cannot be connected to, even if this is caused by incorrect credentials. Failover triggers if the master stays down for failcount monitor intervals. Failover will not take place if MaxScale is set passive.
As failover alters replication, it requires more privileges than normal monitoring. See here for a list of grants.
Failover is designed to be used with simple master-slave topologies. More complicated topologies, such as multilayered or circular replication, are not guaranteed to always work correctly. Test before using failover with such setups.
auto_rejoin
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable automatic joining of servers to the cluster. When enabled, MaxScale will attempt to direct servers to replicate from the current cluster master if they are not currently doing so. Replication will be started on any standalone servers. Servers that are replicating from another server will be redirected. This effectively enforces a 1-master-N-slaves topology. The current master itself is not redirected, so it can continue to replicate from an external master. Rejoin is also not performed on any server that is replicating from multiple sources, as this indicates a complicated topology (this rule is overridden by enforce_simple_topology).
This feature is often paired with auto_failover to redirect the former master when it comes back online. Sometimes this kind of rejoin will fail as the old master may have transactions that were never replicated to the current one. See limitations for more information.
As an example, consider the following series of events:
Slave A goes down
Master goes down and a failover is performed, promoting Slave B
Slave A comes back
Old master comes back
Slave A is still trying to replicate from the downed master, since it wasn't online during failover. If auto_rejoin is on, Slave A will quickly be redirected to Slave B, the current master. The old master will also rejoin the cluster if possible.
switchover_on_low_disk_space
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
If enabled, the monitor will attempt to
switchover a master server low on disk space with a slave. The switch is only
done if a slave without disk space issues is found. Ifmaintenance_on_low_disk_space is also enabled, the old master (now a slave)
will be put to maintenance during the next monitor iteration.
For this parameter to have any effect, disk_space_threshold must be specified
for the server
or the monitor.
Also, disk_space_check_interval
must be defined for the monitor.
enforce_simple_topology
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This setting tells the monitor to assume that the servers should be arranged in a
1-master-N-slaves topology and the monitor should try to keep it that way. Ifenforce_simple_topology is enabled, the settings assume_unique_hostnames,auto_failover and auto_rejoin are also activated regardless of their individual
settings.
By default, mariadbmon will not rejoin servers with more than one replication
stream configured into the cluster. Starting with MaxScale 6.2.0, whenenforce_simple_topology is enabled, all servers will be rejoined into the
cluster and any extra replication sources will be removed. This is done to make
automated failover with multi-source external replication possible.
This setting also allows the monitor to perform a failover to a cluster where the master server has not been seen [Running]. This is usually the case when the master goes down before MaxScale is started. When using this feature, the monitor will guess the GTID domain id of the master from the slaves. For reliable results, the GTID:s of the cluster should be simple.
replication_user and replication_password
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The username and password of the replication user. These are given as the values
for MASTER_USER and MASTER_PASSWORD whenever a CHANGE MASTER TO command is
executed.
Both replication_user and replication_password parameters must be defined if
a custom replication user is used. If neither of the parameters is defined, theCHANGE MASTER TO-command will use the monitor credentials for the replication
user.
The credentials used for replication must have the REPLICATION SLAVE
privilege.
replication_password uses the same encryption scheme as other password
parameters. If password encryption is in use, replication_password must be
encrypted with the same key to avoid erroneous decryption.
replication_master_ssl
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
If set to ON, any CHANGE MASTER TO-command generated will set MASTER_SSL=1 to enable
encryption for the replication stream. This setting should only be enabled if the backend
servers are configured for ssl. This typically means setting ssl_ca, ssl_cert and_ssl_key_ in the server configuration file. Additionally, credentials for the replication
user should require an encrypted connection (e.g. ALTER USER repl@'%' REQUIRE SSL;).
If the setting is left OFF, MASTER_SSL is not set at all, which will preserve existing
settings when redirecting a slave connection.
failover_timeout and switchover_timeout
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 90s
Time limit for failover and switchover operations. The default
values are 90 seconds for both. switchover_timeout is also used as the time
limit for a rejoin operation. Rejoin should rarely time out, since it is a
faster operation than switchover.
The timeouts are specified as documented here. If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeouts is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
If no successful failover/switchover takes place within the configured time period, a message is logged and automatic failover is disabled. This prevents further automatic modifications to the misbehaving cluster.
verify_master_failure
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Enable additional master failure verification for automatic failover.verify_master_failure enables this feature and master_failure_timeout defines the timeout.
Failure verification is performed by checking whether the slave servers are
still connected to the master and receiving events. An event is either a change
in the Gtid_IO_Pos-field of the SHOW SLAVE STATUS output or a heartbeat
event. Effectively, if a slave has received an event withinmaster_failure_timeout duration, the master is not considered down when
deciding whether to failover, even if MaxScale cannot connect to the master.master_failure_timeout should be longer than the Slave_heartbeat_period of
the slave connection to be effective.
If every slave loses its connection to the master (Slave_IO_Running is not "Yes"), master failure is considered verified regardless of timeout. This allows faster failover when the master properly disconnects.
For automatic failover to activate, the failcount requirement must also be
met.
master_failure_timeout
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The master failure timeout is specified as documented here. If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
servers_no_promotion
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This is a comma-separated list of server names that will not be chosen for master promotion during a failover or autoselected for switchover. This does not affect switchover if the user selects the server to promote. Using this setting can disrupt new master selection for failover such that an non-optimal server is chosen. At worst, this will cause replication to break. Alternatively, failover may fail if all valid promotion candidates are in the exclusion list.
promotion_sql_file and demotion_sql_file
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
These optional settings are paths to text files with SQL statements in them. During promotion or demotion, the contents are read line-by-line and executed on the backend. Use these settings to execute custom statements on the servers to complement the built-in operations.
Empty lines or lines starting with '#' are ignored. Any results returned by the statements are ignored. All statements must succeed for the failover, switchover or rejoin to continue. The monitor user may require additional privileges and grants for the custom commands to succeed.
When promoting a slave to master during switchover or failover, thepromotion_sql_file is read and executed on the new master server after its
read-only flag is disabled. The commands are ran before starting replication
from an external master if any.
demotion_sql_file is ran on an old master during demotion to slave, before the
old master starts replicating from the new master. The file is also ran before
rejoining a standalone server to the cluster, as the standalone server is
typically a former master server. When redirecting a slave replicating from a
wrong master, the sql-file is not executed.
Since the queries in the files are ran during operations which modify
replication topology, care is required. If promotion_sql_file contains data
modification (DML) queries, the new master server may not be able to
successfully replicate from an external master. demotion_sql_file should never
contain DML queries, as these may not replicate to the slave servers before
slave threads are stopped, breaking replication.
handle_events
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
If enabled, the monitor continuously queries the servers for enabled scheduled events and uses this information when performing cluster operations, enabling and disabling events as appropriate.
When a server is being demoted, any events with "ENABLED" status are set to "SLAVESIDE_DISABLED". When a server is being promoted to master, events that are either "SLAVESIDE_DISABLED" or "DISABLED" are set to "ENABLED" if the same event was also enabled on the old master server last time it was successfully queried. Events are considered identical if they have the same schema and name. When a standalone server is rejoined to the cluster, its events are also disabled since it is now a slave.
The monitor does not check whether the same events were disabled and enabled during a switchover or failover/rejoin. All events that meet the criteria above are altered.
The monitor does not enable or disable the event scheduler itself. For the events to run on the new master server, the scheduler should be enabled by the admin. Enabling it in the server configuration file is recommended.
Events running at high frequency may cause replication to break in a failover scenario. If an old master which was failed over restarts, its event scheduler will be on if set in the server configuration file. Its events will also remember their "ENABLED"-status and run when scheduled. This may happen before the monitor rejoins the server and disables the events. This should only be an issue for events running more often than the monitor interval or events that run immediately after the server has restarted.
As of MaxScale 2.5, MariaDB-Monitor supports cooperative monitoring. This means that multiple monitors (typically in different MaxScale instances) can monitor the same backend server cluster and only one will be the primary monitor. Only the primary monitor may perform switchover, failover or rejoin operations. The primary also decides which server is the master. Cooperative monitoring is enabled with the cooperative_monitoring_locks-setting. Even with this setting, only one monitor per server per MaxScale is allowed. This limitation can be circumvented by defining multiple copies of a server in the configuration file.
Cooperative monitoring uses server locks for coordinating between monitors. When cooperating, the monitor regularly checks the status of a lock named maxscale_mariadbmonitor on every server and acquires it if free. If the monitor acquires a majority of locks, it is the primary. If a monitor cannot claim majority locks, it is a secondary monitor.
The primary monitor of a cluster also acquires the lockmaxscale_mariadbmonitor_master on the master server. Secondary monitors check which server this lock is taken on and only accept that server as the master. This arrangement is required so that multiple monitors can agree on which server is the master regardless of replication topology. If a secondary monitor does not see the master-lock taken, then it won't mark any server as [Master], causing writes to fail.
The lock-setting defines how many locks are required for primary status. Settingcooperative_monitoring_locks=majority_of_all means that the primary monitor
needs n_servers/2 + 1 (rounded down) locks. For example, a cluster of three
servers needs two locks for majority, a cluster of four needs three, and a
cluster of five needs three.
This scheme is resistant against split-brain situations in the sense
that multiple monitors cannot be primary simultaneously. However, a split may
cause both monitors to consider themselves secondary, in which case a master
server won't be detected.
Even without a network split, cooperative_monitoring_locks=majority_of_all
will lead to neither monitor claiming lock majority once too many servers go
down. This scenario is depicted in the image below. Only two out of four servers
are running when three are needed for majority. Although both MaxScales see both
running servers, neither is certain they have majority and the cluster stays in
read-only mode. If the primary server is down, no failover is performed either.
Setting cooperative_monitoring_locks=majority_of_running changes the way_n_servers_ is calculated. Instead of using the total number of servers, only
servers currently [Running] are considered. This scheme adapts to multiple
servers going down, ensuring that claiming lock majority is always possible.
However, it can lead to multiple monitors claiming primary status in a
split-brain situation. As an example, consider a cluster with servers 1 to 4
with MaxScales A and B, as in the image below. MaxScale A can connect to
servers 1 and 2 (and claim their locks) but not to servers 3 and 4 due to
a network split. MaxScale A thus assumes servers 3 and 4 are down. MaxScale B
does the opposite, claiming servers 3 and 4 and assuming 1 and 2 are down.
Both MaxScales claim two locks out of two available and assume that they have
lock majority. Both MaxScales may then promote their own primaries and route
writes to different servers.
The recommended strategy depends on which failure scenario is more likely and/or more destructive. If it's unlikely that multiple servers are ever down simultaneously, then majority_of_all is likely the safer choice. On the other hand, if split-brain is unlikely but multiple servers may be down simultaneously, then majority_of_running would keep the cluster operational.
To check if a monitor is primary, fetch monitor diagnostics with maxctrl show monitors or the REST API. The boolean field primary indicates whether the
monitor has lock majority on the cluster. If cooperative monitoring is disabled,
the field value is null. Lock information for individual servers is listed in
the server-specific field lock_held. Again, null indicates that locks are
not in use or the lock status is unknown.
If a MaxScale instance tries to acquire the locks but fails to get majority (perhaps another MaxScale was acquiring locks simultaneously) it will release any acquired locks and try again after a random number of monitor ticks. This prevents multiple MaxScales from fighting over the locks continuously as one MaxScale will eventually wait less time than the others. Conflict probability can be further decreased by configuring each monitor with a different_monitor_interval_.
The flowchart below illustrates the lock handling logic.
Monitor cooperation depends on the server locks. The locks are connection-specific. The owning connection can manually release a lock, allowing another connection to claim it. Also, if the owning connection closes, the MariaDB Server process releases the lock. How quickly a lost connection is detected affects how quickly the primary monitor status moves from one monitor and MaxScale to another.
If the primary MaxScale or its monitor is stopped normally, the monitor connections are properly closed, releasing the locks. This allows the secondary MaxScale to quickly claim the locks. However, if the primary simply vanishes (broken network), the connection may just look idle. In this case, the MariaDB Server may take a long time before it considers the monitor connection lost. This time ultimately depends on TCP keepalive settings on the machines running MariaDB Server.
On MariaDB Server 10.3.3 and later, the TCP keepalive settings can be configured for just the server process. See Server System Variables for information on settings tcp_keepalive_interval, tcp_keepalive_probes and_tcp_keepalive_time_. These settings can also be set on the operating system level, as described here.
As of MaxScale 6.4.16, 22.08.13, 23.02.10, 23.08.6 and 24.02.2, configuring TCP keepalive is no longer necessary as monitor sets the session wait_timeout variable when acquiring a lock. This causes the MariaDB Server to close the monitor connection if the connection appears idle for too long. The value of_wait_timeout_ used depends on the monitor interval and connection timeout settings, and is logged at MaxScale startup.
A monitor can also be ordered to manually release its locks via the module command release-locks. This is useful for manually changing the primary monitor. After running the release-command, the monitor will not attempt to reacquire the locks for one minute, even if it wasn't the primary monitor to begin with. This command can cause the cluster to become temporarily unusable by MaxScale. Only use it when there is another monitor ready to claim the locks.
The rebuild server-feature replaces the contents of a database server with the contents of another server. The source server is effectively cloned and all data on the target server is lost. This is useful when a slave server has diverged from the master server, or when adding a new server to the cluster. The MariaDB Server configuration files are not affected.
MariaDB-Monitor can perform this operation by running mariadb-backup on both the source and target servers. To do this, MaxScale needs to have ssh-access on the machines. Also, the following tools need to be installed on the source and target machines:
mariadb-backup. Backups and restores MariaDB Server contents. Installed e.g.
with yum install MariaDB-backup.
pigz. Compresses and decompresses the backup stream. Installed e.g. withyum install pigz.
socat. Streams data from one machine to another. Is likely already
installed. If not, can be installed e.g. with yum install socat.
The ssh_user and ssh_keyfile-settings define the SSH credentials MaxScale uses to access the servers. MaxScale must be able to run commands with sudo on both the source and target servers. mariadb-backup, on the other hand, needs to authenticate to the MariaDB Server being copied from. For this, MaxScale uses the monitor user. The monitor user may thus require additional privileges. See mariadb-backup documentation for more details.
When launched, the rebuild operation proceeds as below. If any step fails, the operation is stopped and the target server will be left in an unspecified state.
Log in to both servers with ssh and check that the tools listed above are
present (e.g. mariadb-backup -v should succeed).
Check that the port used for transferring the backup is free on the source server. If not, kill the process holding it. This requires running lsof and kill.
Test the connection by streaming a short message from the source host to the target.
Launch mariadb-backup on the source machine, compress the stream and listen
for an incoming connection. This is performed with a command likemariadb-backup --backup --safe-slave-backup --stream=xbstream | pigz -c | socat - TCP-LISTEN:<port>.
Stop MariaDB-server on the target machine and delete all contents of the data directory /var/lib/mysql.
On the target machine, connect to the source machine, read the backup stream,
decompress it and write to the data directory. This is performed with a command
like socat -u TCP:<host>:<port> STDOUT | pigz -dc | mbstream -x. This step can
take a long time if there is much data to transfer.
Check that the data directory is not empty.
Prepare the backup on the target server with a command likemariadb-backup --use-memory=1G --prepare. This step can also take some time if
the source server performed writes during data transfer.
On the target server, change ownership of datadir contents to the mysql-user and start MariaDB-server.
Read gtid from the data directory. Have the target server start replicating from the master.
The rebuild-operation is a monitor module command and is best launched with
MaxCtrl. The command takes three arguments: the monitor name, target server name
and source server name. The source server can be left out, in which case it is
autoselected. When autoselecting, the monitor prefers to pick an up-to-date
slave server. Due to the --safe-slave-backup-option, the slave will stop
replicating until the backup data has been transferred.
The operation does not launch if the target server is already replicating or if the source server is not a master or slave.
Steps 6 and 8 can take a long time depending on the size of the database and if writes are ongoing. During these steps, the monitor will continue monitoring the cluster normally. After each monitor tick the monitor checks if the rebuild-operation can proceed. No other monitor operations, either manual or automatic, can run until the rebuild completes.
ssh_user
Type: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Ssh username. Used when logging in to backend servers to run commands.
ssh_keyfile
Type: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
Path to file with an ssh private key. Used when logging in to backend servers to run commands.
ssh_check_host_key
Type: boolean
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Boolean, default: true. When logging in to backends, require that the server is already listed in the known_hosts-file of the user running MaxScale.
ssh_timeout
Type: duration
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The rebuild operation consists of multiple ssh commands. Most of the commands are assumed to complete quickly. If these commands take more than ssh_timeout to complete, the operation fails. Adjust this setting if rebuild fails due to ssh commands timing out. This setting does not affect steps 5 and 6, as these are assumed to take significant time.
ssh_port
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 22
SSH port. Used for running remote commands on servers.
rebuild_port
Type: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 4444
The port which the source server listens on for a connection. The port must not be blocked by a firewall or listened on by any other program. If another process is listening on the port when rebuild is starting, MaxScale will attempt to kill the process.
If giving MaxScale general sudo-access is out of the question, MaxScale must be
allowed to run the specific commands required by the rebuild-operation. This can
be achieved by creating a file with the commands in the/etc/sudoers.d-directory. In the example below, the user johnny is given the
power to run commands as root. The contents of the file may need to be tweaked
due to changes in install locations.
Since MaxScale version 22.08, MariaDB Monitor can run ColumnStore administrative commands against a ColumnStore cluster. The commands interact with the ColumnStore REST-API present in recent ColumnStore versions and have been tested with MariaDB-Server 10.6 running the ColumnStore plugin version 6.2. None of the commands affect monitor configuration or replication topology. MariaDB Monitor simply relays the commands to the backend cluster.
MariaDB Monitor can fetch cluster status, add and remove nodes, start and stop
the cluster, and set cluster read-only or readwrite. MaxScale only communicates
with the first server in the servers-list.
Most of the commands are asynchronous, i.e. they do not wait for the operation to complete on the ColumnStore backend before returning to the command prompt. MariaDB Monitor itself, however, runs the command in the background and does not perform normal monitoring until the operation completes or fails. After an operation has started the user should use fetch-cmd-result to check its status. The examples below show how to run the commands using MaxCtrl. If a command takes a timeout-parameter, the timeout can be given in seconds (s), minutes (m) or hours (h).
ColumnStore command settings are listed here. At leastcs_admin_api_key must be set.
Fetch cluster status. Returns the result as is. Status fetching has an automatic timeout of ten seconds.
Examples:
Add or remove a node to/from the ColumnStore cluster.
<node-host> is the hostname or IP of the node being added or removed.
Examples:
Examples:
Examples:
cs_admin_port
Numeric, default: 8640. The REST-API port on the ColumnStore nodes. All nodes are assumed to listen on the same port.
cs_admin_api_key
String. The API-key MaxScale sends to the ColumnStore nodes when making a REST-API request. Should match the value configured on the ColumnStore nodes.
cs_admin_base_path
String, default: /cmapi/0.4.0. Base path sent with the REST-API request.
Fetches the result of the last manual command. Requires monitor name as parameter. Most commands only return a generic success message or an error description. ColumnStore commands may return more data. Scheduling another command clears a stored result.
Cancels the latest operation, whether manual or automatic, if possible. Requires monitor name as parameter. A scheduled manual command is simply canceled before it can run. If a command is already running, it stops as soon as possible. The cancel-cmd itself does not wait for a running operation to stop. Use fetch-cmd-result or check the log to see if the operation has truly completed. Canceling is most useful for stopping a stalled rebuild operation.
See the Limitations and requirements-section.
Before performing failover or switchover, the monitor checks that prerequisites are fulfilled, printing any errors and warnings found. This should catch and explain most issues with failover or switchover not working. If the operations are attempted and still fail, then most likely one of the commands the monitor issued to a server failed or timed out. The log should explain which query failed.
A typical failure reason is that a command such as STOP SLAVE takes longer than thebackend_read_timeout of the monitor, causing the connection to break. As of 2.3, the
monitor will retry most such queries if the failure was caused by a timeout. The retrying
continues until the total time for a failover or switchover has been spent. If the log
shows warnings or errors about commands timing out, increasing the backend timeout
settings of the monitor should help. Other settings to look at are query_retries andquery_retry_timeout. These are general MaxScale settings described in the Configuration guide. Settingquery_retries to 2 is a reasonable first try.
If switchover causes the old master (now slave) to fail replication, then most
likely a user or perhaps a scheduled event performed a write while monitor
had set read_only=1. This is possible if the user performing the write has
"SUPER" or "READ_ONLY ADMIN" privileges. The switchover-operation tries to kick
out SUPER-users but this is not certain to succeed. Remove these privileges
from any users that regularly do writes to prevent them from interfering with
switchover.
The server configuration files should have log-slave-updates=1 to ensure that
a newly promoted master has binary logs of previous events. This allows the new
master to replicate past events to any lagging slaves.
To print out all queries sent to the servers, start MaxScale with--debug=enable-statement-logging. This setting prints all queries sent to the
backends by monitors and authenticators. The printed queries may include
usernames and passwords.
If a slave is shown in maxctrl as "Slave of External Server" instead of
"Slave", the reason is likely that the "Master_Host"-setting of the replication connection
does not match the MaxScale server definition. As of 2.3.2, the MariaDB Monitor by default
assumes that the slave connections (as shown by SHOW ALL SLAVES STATUS) use the exact
same "Master_Host" as used the MaxScale configuration file server definitions. This is
controlled by the setting assume_unique_hostnames.
Since MaxScale 2.2 it's possible to detect a replication setup which includes Binlog Server: the required action is to add the binlog server to the list of servers only if master_id identity is set.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
CREATE USER 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost' IDENTIFIED BY 'maxscale-password';
GRANT REPLICATION CLIENT ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT REPLICATION SLAVE ADMIN ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT REPLICA MONITOR ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT FILE ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT CONNECTION ADMIN ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT SUPER, RELOAD, PROCESS, SHOW DATABASES, EVENT ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.user TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';GRANT RELOAD, PROCESS, SHOW DATABASES, EVENT, SET USER, READ_ONLY ADMIN ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT REPLICATION SLAVE ADMIN, BINLOG ADMIN, CONNECTION ADMIN ON *.* TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';
GRANT SELECT ON mysql.user TO 'maxscale'@'maxscalehost';CREATE USER 'replication'@'replicationhost' IDENTIFIED BY 'replication-password';
GRANT REPLICATION SLAVE ON *.* TO 'replication'@'replicationhost';[MyMonitor]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1,server2,server3
user=myuser
password=mypwdmaster_conditions=connected_slave,running_slaveslave_conditions=running_master,writable_master(monitor_interval + backend_connect_timeout) * failcountmaxctrl clear server server2 Maintcall command mariadbmon failover MyMonitor
call command mariadbmon rejoin MyMonitor OldMasterServ
call command mariadbmon reset-replication MyMonitor
call command mariadbmon reset-replication MyMonitor NewMasterServ
call command mariadbmon switchover MyMonitor
call command mariadbmon switchover MyMonitor NewMasterServ
call command mariadbmon switchover MyMonitor NewMasterServ OldMasterServ/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/<operation>?<monitor-instance>&<server-param1>&<server-param2>[Cluster1]
type=monitor
module=mariadbmon
servers=server1, server2, server3, server 4
.../v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/switchover?Cluster1&server4&server2/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/failover?Cluster1
/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/rejoin?Cluster1&server3
/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/reset-replication?Cluster1&server3maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-switchover Cluster1
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result Cluster1
{
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/fetch-cmd-result"
},
"meta": "switchover completed successfully."
}switchover_on_low_disk_space=trueenforce_simple_topology=trueservers_no_promotion=backup_dc_server1,backup_dc_server2promotion_sql_file=/home/root/scripts/promotion.sql
demotion_sql_file=/home/root/scripts/demotion.sqlmaxctrl call command mariadbmon release-locks MyMonitor1maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-rebuild-server MariaDB-Monitor MyServer3 MyServer2johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/systemctl stop mariadb
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/systemctl start mariadb
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /usr/sbin/lsof
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/kill
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /usr/bin/mariadb-backup
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/mbstream
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/du
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/rm -rf /var/lib/mysql/*
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/chown -R mysql\:mysql /var/lib/mysql/*
johnny ALL= NOPASSWD: /bin/catmaxctrl call command mariadbmon cs-get-status <monitor-name>
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-get-status <monitor-name>maxctrl call command mariadbmon cs-get-status MyMonitor
{
"mcs1": {
"cluster_mode": "readwrite",
"dbrm_mode": "master",
<snip>
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-get-status MyMonitor
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"mcs1": {
"cluster_mode": "readwrite",
"dbrm_mode": "master",
<snip>maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-add-node <monitor-name> <node-host> <timeout>
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-remove-node <monitor-name> <node-host> <timeout>maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-add-node MyMonitor mcs3 1m
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"node_id": "mcs3",
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 08:07:51.518268"
}
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-remove-node MyMonitor mcs3 1m
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"node_id": "mcs3",
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 10:46:46.506947"
}maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-start-cluster <monitor-name> <timeout>
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-stop-cluster <monitor-name> <timeout>maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-start-cluster MyMonitor 1m
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 09:41:57.140732"
}
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-stop-cluster MyMonitor 1m
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"mcs1": {
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 09:45:33.779837"
},
<snip>maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-set-readonly <monitor-name> <timeout>
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-set-readwrite <monitor-name> <timeout>maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-set-readonly MyMonitor 30s
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"cluster-mode": "readonly",
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 09:49:18.365444"
}
maxctrl call command mariadbmon async-cs-set-readwrite MyMonitor 30s
OK
maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MyMonitor
{
"cluster-mode": "readwrite",
"timestamp": "2022-05-05 09:50:30.718972"
}cs_admin_port=8641cs_admin_api_key=somekey123maxctrl call command mariadbmon fetch-cmd-result MariaDB-Monitor
"switchover completed successfully."maxctrl call command mariadbmon cancel-cmd MariaDB-Monitor
OKThe nosqlprotocol module allows a MariaDB server or cluster to be
used as the backend of an application using a MongoDB® client library.
Internally, all documents are stored in a table containing two columns;
an id column for the object id and a doc column for the document itself.
When the MongoDB® client application issues MongoDB protocol commands, either directly or indirectly via the client library, they are transparently converted into the equivalent SQL and executed against the MariaDB backend. The MariaDB responses are then in turn converted into the format expected by the MongoDB® client library and application.
There are a number of with which the behavior of nosqlprotocol can be adjusted. A minimal configuration looks like:
nosqlprotocol.user and nosqlprotocol.password specify the
credentials that will be used when accessing the backend database or
cluster. Note that the same credentials will be used for all connecting
MongoDB® clients.
Since nosqlprotocol is a listener, there must be a service to which the client requests will be sent. Nosqlprotocol places no limitations on what filters, routers or backends can be used.
To configure the same listener with MaxCtrl, the parameters must be passed in a JSON object in the following manner:
All the parameters that the nosqlprotocol module takes must be passed in the same JSON object.
A complete example can be found at the of this document.
Nosqlprotocol supports SCRAM authentication as implemented by MongoDB®.
The mechanisms SCRAM-SHA-1 and SCRAM-SHA-256 are both supported.
If nosqlprotocol has been setup so that no authentication is required, then when connecting only the host and port should be provided, but neither a username nor a password.
For instance, if the MongoDB Node.JS Driver is used, then the connection string should look like:
Similarly, if the Mongo Shell is used, only the host and port should be provided:
A MariaDB user consists of a name and a host part. A user 'user'@'%'
and a user 'user'@'127.0.0.1' are completely different. The host part
specifies where a user may connect from, with % being a wildcard that
matches all hosts. What data a user is allowed to access and modify is
specified by what privileges are granted to the user.
A NoSQL user is somewhat different. It is created in the context of a
particular database, so there may be a user userx in the database dbA
and different user with the same name userx in the database dbB. What
hosts a user may connect from can be restricted, but that is a property of
the user and not an implicit part of it. What data a user is allowed to
access and modify is specified by the roles that have been assigned to
the user.
From the above it should be clear that there is not a 1-to-1 correspondence between the concept of a user in NoSQL and the concept of a user in MariaDB, but that some additional conventions are needed.
To make it possible to have different NoSQL users with the same name, the database in whose context the user is created is prepended to the user name, separated with a dot, when the MariaDB user is created.
This is perhaps easiest to illustrate using an example:
Currently there are two user accounts defined. Even though there is
a user bob, creating a NoSQL user bob succeeds.
If we now, from the MariaDB prompt, check the users we will see:
The MariaDB user corresponding to the NoSQL user bob, created in the
context of the database test, has test as a prefix.
mariadb databaseThe fact that NoSQL users have the database embedded in the MariaDB name may be inconvenient if the same data is accessed both as NoSQL via nosqlprotocol and as SQL directly from MariaDB. It also makes it impossible to use an existing MariaDB account from NoSQL.
To provide a solution for this problem, the database mariadb is treated
in a specific fashion. A user created in the context of the mariadb
database is created in the MariaDB server without the database prefix.
If we now try to create a user bob in the mariadb database it will fail,
because the user 'bob'@'%' exists already.
If we create a user with another name it will succeed.
And if we check the situation from MariaDB,
we will see that alice was created without a database prefix.
When creating a user nosqlprotocol accepts all roles as predefined by MongoDB®, but not all of them are translated into GRANT privileges. The following table shows what privilege(s) a particular role is converted to.
The following roles are shorthands for several other roles.
dbOwner differs from root in that the privileges of the former
apply only to a particular database, while the privileges of the
latter apply to all databases. However, the role root can
only be assigned to a user in the admin database.
In addition there are AnyDatabase versions of dbAdmin, read andreadWrite (e.g readAnyDatabase) that can be assigned to a user in
the admin database. If so, then the privilege is granted on *.*,
otherwise on <db>.*.
If the root role is assigned to a user in the admin database,
then the privileges are granted on *.*, otherwise on <db>.*.
Other pre-defined roles are recognized and stored in the local nosqlprotocol account database, but they do not affect what privileges are granted to the MariaDB user. Currently user-defined roles are not supported.
Authenticationwise nosqlprotocol can be used in three different ways:
Anonymously
Shared credentials
Unique credentials
If there is an anonymous user on the MariaDB server and if nosqlprotocol is configured without a user/password, then all nosqlprotocol clients will access the MariaDB server as anonymous users.
Note that the anonymous MariaDB user is only intended for testing and should in general not be used, but deleted.
If nosqlprotocol is configured with
then each MongoDB® client will use those credentials when accessing the MariaDB server. Note that from the perspective of the MariaDB server, it is not possibe to distinguish between different MongoDB® clients.
If nosqlprotocol authentication has been taken into use and a MongoDB® client authenticates, either when connecting or later, then the credentials of MongoDB® client will be used when accessing the MariaDB server.
Note that even if nosqlprotocol authentication has been enabled, authentication
is not required, and if the MongoDB® client has not authenticated itself, the
credentials specified with nosqlprotocol.[user|password] (or the anonymous
user) will be used when accessing the MariaDB server.
To enforce authentication, specify
in the configuration. If authentication is required, then any command that requires access to the MariaDB server will fail, unless the client has authenticated.
By default nosqlprotocol does no authorization. However, a nosqlprotocol client is always subject to the authorization performed by the MariaDB server.
When nosqlprotocol authorization is enabled by adding
to the configuration file, some commands will be subject to authorization, by nosqlprotocol. The following table lists the commands and what role they require.
It is important to note that even if nosqlprotocol authorization is enabled, the MariaDB server has the final word. That is, even if the roles of a user would be sufficient for a particular operation, if the granted privileges are not, the operation will not succeed. There may be a mismatch between roles and grants, for instance, if the wrong roles were specified when the user was added, or if the grants have been altered directly and not via nosqlprotocol.
The authentication/authorization can be bootstrapped explicitly or implicitly. Bootstrapping explicitly provides more control, while bootstrapping implicitly is much more convenient.
In order to enable authorization you need to have NoSQL users and those can be created with or added with .
If you want to create a user, then you first need to configure nosqlprotocol with credentials that are sufficient for creating a user:
At this point nosqlprotocol.authentication_required andnosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled should both be false. Note that
as those are their default values, they do not have to be specified.
Start MaxScale and connect to it with the MongoDB® command line client
Then create the user.
Alternatively you can add an existing user. Note that it should be
added to the mariadb database, unless it was created with the
convention of having the database as a prefix, e.g. db.bob.
Now you should shutdown MaxScale and add the entries
and start MaxScale.
The nosqlprotocol.user and nosqlprotocol.password can be removed but
as they will be ignored with nosqlprotocol.authentication_required=true
being present, it is not mandatory.
If you now try to create a user when not having been authenticated or
when authenticated as a user without the userAdmin role, the result
will be:
NOTE When a client authenticates, the password will not be transferred in cleartext over the network, so, even without SSL, it is not possible to gain access to a password by monitoring the network traffic.
However, when a user is created or added (or the password is changed), the password will be transferred in cleartext. To prevent eavesdropping, create/add users when connecting over a domain socket, or use
With implicit bootstrapping, you should first create the MariaDB user that should appear as the initial NoSQL user. As explained , the concept of a user is somewhat different in MariaDB and NoSQL, which means that certain factors must be taken into account when creating the MariaDB user. Then at first startup, nosqlprotocol will create the corresponding NoSQL user, which will enable the authenticated and authorized use of nosqlprotocol.
When MaxScale is started, if the following hold
nosqlprotocol.authentication_required andnosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled are true in the configuration
section of the nosqlprotocol listener,
nosqlprotocol.user and nosqlprotocol.password are provided, and
there are no NoSQL users in the NoSQL account database.
then, MaxScale will
wait until the master of the service pointed to by the listener is available,
connect using the credentials specified in nosqlprotocol.user
and nosqlprotocol.password,
execute SHOW GRANTS,
Immediately thereafter it is possible to connect to the nosqlprotocol port with a MongoDB® client using the specified credentials.
Note that after the bootstrapping, nosqlprotocol will not use
the user and password settings and they can be removed.
Grants
When a NoSQL user is created using the MariaDB grants are obtained from the specified NoSQL roles as explained .
When implicitly creating a NoSQL user from an existing user in MariaDB, the inverse operation must be performed. There are many factors that affect what NoSQL roles the grants of a user are translated into:
whether the user is a regular or admin user,
whether the privileges are on *.* or some specific db.*, and
the privileges themselves, e.g. SELECT, DELETE, etc.
In NoSQL, every user resides in a specific database. Note that this does not mean that database would have to exist in MariaDB.
When it comes to users, the database effectively means a scope, which in the case of nosqlprotocol is handled by prefixing the corresponding MariaDB user name with the database/scope name.
When creating a user to be used from NoSQL, there are three options for the user's name:
The name can be of the format some_db.user_name wheresome_db can be anything (subject to the naming rules of
MariaDB), except admin or mariadb. In this case, the
user will be a regular user, who can access data in
databases that she has been granted access to.
The name can be of the format admin.user_name where admin
is exactly just that. In this case, the user will be an
admin user, who can access any database.
What database the privileges can be specified ON depends on
what kind of user is being created.
If it is a regular user, the privileges must be granted on a
specific database, such as \dbA``.*`. Note that there is no
dependency between this database and the (conceptual) database
the user resides in.
If it is an admin user, the privileges must be granted on
the *.* database.
In NoSQL, a role can be database specific or generic. However,
a generic role can only be assigned to a user in the admin
database. In practice this means that if the privileges are
on *.*, then the user must reside in the admin database
(e.g. admin.bob) or it is treated as an error.
The following table shows what privileges are required for a
role to be assigned. Note that ALL PRIVILEGES can be used as
well.
Only required if the user is an admin user.
The AnyDatabase version will be assigned, if the user is
an admin user.
If certain roles are assigned, then other roles will be assigned as well.
If the roles dbAdmin, readWrite and userAdmin are
assigned, then dbOwner will be assigned as well.
If the roles dbAdminAnyDatabase, readWriteAnyDatabase
and userAdminAnyDatabase are assigned, then root will
be assigned as well.
Once the user has been created and the desired privileges have been granted, the NoSQL listener should be configured as follows:
At MaxScale startup, the NoSQL user will then be created.
Examples
Admin User
We want the initial NoSQL user to be an administrator, with full rights.
As we want an admin user, the name is prefixed with admin,
which will have that effect. And since it is an admin user, the
privileges are granted ON *.*.
Thereafter, we specify the following in the configuration file,
and start MaxScale.
As the creation of the initial user can be made only after the monitor for the listener's service has marked one server as master, whether the creation succeeded or not must be checked from MaxScale' log file:
Under normal conditions, the bootstrapping will be almost instantaneous.
It is now possible to connect using any MongoDB® client application.
Note that when connecting the user is passed as nosql_admin and not
as admin.nosql_admin. The fact that we want to authenticate against
the admin database is expressed by passing the database as the last
argument.
As can be seen, the user has the any roles on the admin
database, which means that all databases can be accessed and
modified, and that new users can be created.
Test User
We want the initial NoSQL user to be a user with limited rights, intended to be used for testing.
As we want a user with limited rights, the name is not prefixed
with admin. The privileges are granted specifically on databasetest.*. Indeed, if *.* had been used, the creation of the initial
NoSQL user would have failed with an error. Here, the user is created
in the same database that the user is given access to, but it could
have been another one. Further, several GRANT statements could have
been used, had we wanted to give access to several databases.
Thereafter, we specify the following in the configuration file,
and start MaxScale.
As the creation of the initial user can be made only after the monitor for the listener's service has marked one server as master, whether the creation succeeded or not must be checked from MaxScale' log file:
Under normal conditions, the bootstrapping will be almost instantaneous.
It is now possible to connect using any MongoDB® client application.
Note that when connecting the user is passed as test_user and not
as test.test_user. The fact that we want to authenticate against
the test database is expressed by passing the database as the last
argument.
As can be seen, the user has the readWrite role on the test database,
which means that only the test database can be accessed and modified.
Since nosqlprotocol is a regular protocol module used in a listener,
the TLS/SSL support of listeners is available. Please see
for details.
So as to be able to connect to the MariaDB server on behalf of clients, nosqlprotocol must know their password. As the password is not transferred to nosqlprotocol during the authentication in a way that could be used when logging into MariaDB, the password must be stored when the user is created with or added with .
Note that the password is not stored in cleartext but as three
different hashes; hashed with sha1 for use with MariaDB, salted
and hashed with sha1 for use with the SCRAM-SHA-1 authentication
mechanism (if that is enabled for the user) and salted and hashed
with sha256 for use with the SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication mechanism
(if that is enabled for the user).
The account information can be stored privately, in which case it can be used only by a particular MaxScale instance, or in a_shared_ manner, in which case multiple MaxScale instances can share the information and a user created/added on one instance can be used on another.
In the private case, the account information of nosqlprotocol is
stored in an database
whose name is <libdir>/nosqlprotocol/<listener-name>-v1.db,
where <libdir> is the libdir of MaxScale, typically/var/lib/maxscale, <listener-name> is the name of the
listener section in the MaxScale configuration file, and -v1
a suffix for making schema evolution easier, should there be
a need for that.
For instance, given a configuration like
the account information will be stored in the file<libdir>/nosqlprotocol/NoSQL-Listener-v1.db.
Note that since the database name is derived from the listener name, changing the name of the listener in the configuration file will have the effect of making all accounts disappear. To retain the accounts, the database file should also be renamed.
At first startup, the nosqlprotocol directory and
the file NoSQL-Listener-v1.db will be created. They will
be created with file permissions that only allow MaxScale
access. At subsequent startups the permissions will be checked
and MaxScale will refuse to start if the permissions allow
access to others.
We strongly recommend that no manual modifications are made to the database.
Note that we make no guarantees that the way in which the
account information is stored by nosqlprotocol will remain the
same even between maintenance releases. We do guarantee,
however, that even if the way in which the account information is
stored changes, existing account information will automatically
be converted and no manual intervention, such as re-creation of
accounts, will be needed.
In the shared case, the account information of nosqlprotocol is stored in the cluster of the service in front of which the NoSQL listener resides. The master of the cluster will be used both for reading and writing data.
A table whose name is the same as the listener's name in the
MaxScale configuration will be created in the database
specified with the
parameter. If it is not specified explicitly, the default isnosqlprotocol. The name of the table will be the name of
the listener section in the MaxScale configuration file.
For instance, given a configuration like
the account information will be stored in the tablenosqlprotocol.NoSQL-Listener.
Note that since the table name is derived from the listener name, changing the name of the listener in the configuration file will have the effect of making all accounts disappear. To retain the accounts, the table should also be renamed.
nosqlprotocol will create the table when needed, so the
user specified with
must have sufficient grants to be able to do that.
nosqlprotocol will store in the table, data that allow
any MaxScale to authenticate a MongoDB® client, irrespective
of which MaxScale instance was used when the user was created.
nosqlprotocol also stores in the table the SHA1 of a user's
password, to be able to authenticate against the MariaDB server.
Therefore it is strongly suggested to enable encryption key
management in MaxScale and to provide an authentication
key ID with so
that the data will be encrypted.
If shared authentication has been enabled with then and must also be provided. With the database name can optionally be changed, and with an encryption key ID, using which the sensitive data is encrypted, can optionally be provided.
Note that we make no guarantees that the table in which the
account information is stored by nosqlprotocol will remain the
same even between maintenance releases. We do guarantee,
however, that even if the way in which the account information is
stored changes, existing account information will automatically
be converted and no manual intervention, such as re-creation of
accounts, will be needed.
Nosqlprotocol fully supports wire protocol version 6 and only provides rudimentary support for earlier wire protocol versions, but reports at startup that it would support versions 0 to 6. The reason is that some client libraries are buggy and use an old wire protocol version if the server claims to support only version 6. Consequently, one should use a client library version that at least supports wire protocol version 6.
As the goal of nosqlprotocol is to implement, to the extent that it is feasible, the wire protocol and the database commands the way MongoDB® implements them, it should be possible to use any language specific driver.
However, during the development of nosqlprotocol, the only client library that has been verified to work is version 3.6 of MongoDB Node.JS Driver.
Using the following parameters, the behavior of nosqlprotocol can be
adjusted. As they are not generic listener parameters, but specific tonosqlprotocol they must be qualified with the nosqlprotocol-prefix.
For instance:
userType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: ""
Specifies the user to be used when connecting to the backend, if the MongoDB® client is not authenticated.
passwordType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: ""
Specifies the password to be used when connecting to the backend, is the MongoDB® client is not authenticated. Note that the same user/password combination will be used for all unauthenticated MongoDB® clients connecting to the same listener port.
authentication_requiredType:
Mandatory: No
Default: false
Specifies whether the client always must authenticate. If authentication is required,
it does not matter whether user and password have been specified, the client must
authenticate.
Authentication should not be required before users have been created with or added with , with authentication being optional and authorization being disabled.
NOTE: All client activity is always subject to authorization performed by the MariaDB server.
authentication_sharedType:
Mandatory: No
Default: false
Specifies whether the NoSQL account information should be stored in a shared manner or privately.
authentication_dbType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: "NoSQL"
Specifies the database of the table where the NoSQL account information
is stored, if authentication_shared is true. If the database does not
exist, nosqlprotocol will attempt to create it, so either is should be
manually created or the used specified with authentication_user should
have the grants required to do so.
authentication_key_idType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: ""
The encryption key ID, using which the NoSQL account information should be encrypted with when stored in the MariaDB server. If an encryption key ID is given, the encryption key manager in MaxScale must also be enabled.
The encryption key must be a 256-bit key. Keys of shorter length are rejected as invalid encryption keys.
authentication_userType: string
Mandatory: Yes, if authentication_shared is true.
Specifies the user to be used when modifying and accessing the NoSQL account information stored in the MariaDB server.
authentication_passwordType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: ""
Specifies the password of authentication_user.
authorization_enabledType:
Mandatory: No
Default: false
Specifies whether nosqlprotocol itself should perform authorization in the context of the commands , and . Authorization should not be enabled before users have been created with or added with with authorization being disabled.
NOTE: All client activity is always subject to authorization performed by the MariaDB server.
hostType: string
Mandatory: No
Default: "%"
Specifies the host to be used when a MariaDB user is created via nosqlprotocol.
By default all users are created as ...@'%', which means that it is possible to
connect to the MariaDB server from any host using the credentials of the created
user. For tighter security, the IP-address of the MaxScale host can be specified.
NOTE: This value does not specify from which host it is allowed to connect to MaxScale.
on_unknown_commandType:
Mandatory: No
Values: return_error, return_empty
Default: return_error
Specifies what should happen in case a clients sends an unrecognized command.
Enumeration values:
return_error: An error document is returned.
return_empty: An empty document is returned.
log_unknown_commandType:
Mandatory: No
Default: false
Specifies whether an unknown command should be logged. This is primarily for debugging purposes, to find out whether a client uses a command that currently is not supported.
auto_create_databasesType:
Mandatory: No
Default: true
Specifies whether databases should automatically be created, as needed.
Note that setting this parameter to true, without also settingauto_create_tables to true, has no effect at all.
auto_create_tablesType:
Mandatory: No
Default: true
Specifies whether tables should automatically be created, as needed.
Note that this applies only if the relevant database already exists.
If a database should also be created if needed, then auto_create_databases
must also be set to true.
id_lengthType: count
Mandatory: No
Range: [35, 2048]
*Default: 35
Specifies the length of the id column in tables that are automatically created.
ordered_insert_behaviorType:
Mandatory: No
Values: atomic, default
Default: default
Enumeration values:
default: Each document is inserted using a separate INSERT, either in a
multi-statement or in a compound statement. Whether an error causes the remaining
insertions to be aborted, depends on the value of ordered specified in the
insert command.
atomic: If the value of ordered in the insert command is true
(the default) then all documents are inserted using a single INSERT statement,
that is, either all insertions succeed or none will. If
What combination of ordered_insert_behavior and ordered (in the insert command
document) is used, has an impact on the performance. Please see the discussion at .
cursor_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Default: 60s
Specifies how long a cursor can be idle, that is, not accessed, before it is automatically closed.
debugType:
Mandatory: No
Values: none, in, out, back
Specifies what should be logged as notice messages.
Enumeration values:
none: Nothing is logged.
in: The incoming protocol command is logged.
out: The outgoing SQL sent to the backend is logged.
So, specify
to have the incoming command, the corresponding SQL sent to the backend and the resulting response sent to the client logged.
By default, nosqlprotocol automatically creates databases as needed.
The default behavior can be changed by setting auto_create_databases to
false. In that case, databases must manually be created.
Each MongoDB® collection corresponds to a MariaDB table with the same name. However, it is always possible to access a collection irrespective of whether the corresponding table exists or not; it will simply appear to be empty.
Inserting documents into a collection, whose corresponding table does not
exist, succeeds, provided auto_create_tables is true, as the table will
in that case be created.
When nosqlprotocol creates a table, it uses a statement like
where the length of the VARCHAR is specified by the value of id_length,
whose default and minimum is 35.
NOTE If the tables are created manually, then the CREATE statement_must_ contain a similar AS-clause as the one above and should contain
a similar constraint.
Note that nosqlprotocol does not in any way verify that the table
corresponding to a collection being accessed or modified does indeed
have the expected columns id and doc of the expected types, but it
simply uses the table, which will fail if the layout is not the expected
one.
To reduce the risk for confusion, the recommendation is to use a specific database for tables that contain documents.
The following operators are currently supported.
$eq
$gt
$gte
$in
$and
$not
$nor
$or
$exists
$type
$type
When $type is used, it will be converted into a condition involving one or more comparisons. The following subset
of types can be used in $type queries:
The "number" alias is supported and will match values whose MariaDB type isDOUBLE or INTEGER.
$mod
$regex
$all
$elemMatch
$size
$elemMatch
As arguments, only the operators $eq and $ne are supported.
$bit
$currentDate
$inc
$max
The following commands are supported. At each command is specified what fields are relevant for the command.
All non-listed fields are ignored; their presence or absence have no impact, unless otherwise explicitly specified.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
Each element of the deletes array contains the following fields:
The following fields are relevant.
All other fields are ignored.
Projection
The projection parameter determines which fields are returned in the matching documents.
The projection parameter takes a document of the following form:
If a projection document is not provided or if it is empty, the entire document
will be returned.
Embedded Field Specification
For fields in an embedded documents, the field can be specified using:
dot notation; e.g. "field.nestedfield": <value>
In particular, specifying fields in embedded documents using nested form is not supported.
_id Field Projection
The _id field is included in the returned documents by default unless you
explicitly specify _id: 0 in the projection to suppress the field.
Inclusion or Exclusion
A projection cannot contain both include and exclude specifications,
with the exception of the _id field:
In projections that explicitly include fields, the _id field is the only field that can be explicitly excluded.
In projections that explicitly excludes fields, the _id field is the only field that can be explicitly include; however, the _id field is included by default.
NOTE Currently _id is the only field that can be excluded, and only
if other fields are explicitly included.NOTE Currently exclusion of other fields but _id is not supported.
Filtering by _id
Note that there is a significant difference between
and
In the former case the generated WHERE clause will be
and in the latter
That is, in the former case the indexed column id will be used, in the
latter it will not.
The following fields are relevant.
All other fields are ignored.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The insert command inserts one or more documents into the table whose
name is the same as that of the collection. If the option auto_create_tables
is true, then the table is created if it does not already exist. If the
value is false, then the insert will fail unless the table already exists.
The following fields are relevant.
ordered
The impact of ordered is dependent upon the value of ordered_insert_behavior.
default
In this case ordered has the same impact as in MongoDB®. That is, if the value
is true, then when an insert of a document fails, return without inserting any
remaining documents listed in the inserts array. If false, then when an insert
of a document fails, continue to insert the remaining documents.
atomic
If ordered is true, then all documents will be inserted using a single
INSERT command. That is, if the insertion of any document fails, for instance,
due to a duplicate id, then no document will be inserted. If ordered is false,
then the behavior is identical with that of default.
Performance
What combination of ordered_insert_behavior and ordered is used, has an
impact on the performance.
Of these, atomic + true is the fastest and atomic|default + false the slowest,
being roughly twice as slow. The performance of 'default + true' is halfway between
the two.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
All other fields are ignored.
Update Statements
Each element of the updates array is an update statement document. Each document contains the following fields:
Note that currently it is possible to set multi to true in conjunction
with a replacement-style update, even though MongoDB® rejects that.
All other fields are ignored, with the exception of upsert that if present
with the value of true will cause the command to fail.
Behavior
Currently only updating using update operator expressions or with a_replacement document_ is supported. In particular, updating using anaggregation pipeline is not supported.
Update with an Update Operator Expressions document
The update statement field u can accept a document that only contains expressions. For example:
In this case, the update command updates only the corresponding fields in the document.
Update with a Replacement Document
The update statement field u field can accept a replacement document,
i.e. the document contains only field:value expressions. For example:
In this case, the update command replaces the matching document with the update document. The update command can only replace a single matching document; i.e. the multi field cannot be true.
Note If the replacement document contains an _id field, it will be ignored and the
document id will remain non-changed while the document otherwise is replaced. This is
different from MongoDB® where the presence of the _id field in the replacement document
causes an error, if the value is not the same as it is in the document being replaced.
The following fields are relevant.
If you are not logged in and using authentication, logout has no effect.
Note that in order to be logged out, the logging out must be done while using the same database that was used when you logged on.
Always returns
Creates a new MariaDB user and adds an entry to the local nosqlprotocol account database.
The following fields are relevant.
The MariaDB user will be created as '<db>.<user>'@'%' where <db> is
the name of the NoSQL database in whose context the user is created, and<user> the value of the createUser field. For instance, with the
following command
the MariaDB user 'myDatabase.user1'@'%' will be created.
The elements of the roles array are converted into privileges
as explained in .
In practice the creation is performed as follows:First the MariaDB user is created. Then the privileges are granted.
Finally the local nosqlprotocol account database is updated.
If the granting of privileges fails, an attempt will be made to drop the user.
Drops all users from the local nosqlprotocol account database and the corresponding MariaDB users.
The following fields are relevant.
If no users can be dropped, e.g. due to an authorization error, then an error will be returned. If even a single user can be dropped the returned document tells how many were dropped, which does not necessarily indicate that all users were dropped.
The following fields are relevant.
The user will first be dropped from the MariaDB server and if that succeeds also from the local nosqlprotocol account database.
This command adds more roles to a NoSQL user, which may imply that additional privileges are granted to the corresponding MariaDB user.
Note that roles assigned to different databases will result in separate GRANT statements, which means that it is possible that some succeed and others do not.
This command removes roles from an NoSQL user, which may imply that privileges are revoked from the corresponding MariaDB user.
Note that roles to be removed from different databases will result in separate REVOKE statements, which means that it is possible that some succeed and others do not.
This command updates the information about a particular user.
Changes to customData or mechanisism are made only to the local
nosqlprotocol database, but changes to pwd or roles require
the MariaDB server to be updated.
This command returns information about one or more users.
The following fields are relevant.
The returned information depends the valie of usersInfo:
Note that users may always view their own information. Otherwise the user must
have the userAdmin or userAdminAnyDatabase role.
If showCredentials is true, the returned object(s) will contain amariadb: { password: "*..."} field, where password is theSHA1(SHA1()) value of the password used when logging to MariaDB.
That is, the same string that is found in the password column in
the mysql.user table.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
All other fields are ignored.
This command will always return the document
The following fields are relevant.
The following document will always be returned:
The following fields are relevant.
Currently, capped collections and views are not supported. Consequently, specifying that the collection should be capped or that it should be a view on another collection, will cause the command to fail.
The following fields are relevant.
NOTE Currently it is not possible to create indexes, but the command will nonetheless return success, provide the index specification passes some rudimentary sanity checks. Note also that the collection will be created if it does not exist.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
NOTE Currently it is not possible to create indexes and thus there
will never be any indexes that could be dropped. However, provided the
specfied collection exists, dropping indexes will always succeed except
for an attempt to drop the built-in _id_ index.
The following fields are relevant.
The response will always be
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
Note that the command lists all collections (that is, tables) that are found in the current database. The listed collections may or may not be suitable for being accessed using nosqlprotocol.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
NOTE As it currently is not possible to actually create indexes,
although an attempt to do so using createIndexes will succeed, the
result will always only contain information about the built-in
index _id_.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
Any kind of parameter is accepted and the response will always be:
The following fields are relevant.
The command returns a document containing the stable fields. In addition, there is a field maxscale whose value is the MaxScale version, expressed as a string.
The following fields are relevant.
The command will return a document of the expected layout, but the content is only rudimentary.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The command returns a document of the correct format, but no actual log data will be returned.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The following fields are relevant.
The command does not actually perform any validation but for checking
that the collection exists. The response will contain in nrecords
the current number of documents/rows it contains.
The following fields are relevant.
This is an internal command, implemented only because the Mongo Shell uses it.
The following fields are relevant.
The following document will always be returned:
Definition
mxsAddUser
The mxsAddUser command adds an existing MariaDB user to the local
nosqlprotocol account database. Use if the
MariaDB user should be created as well.
Note that the mxsAddUser command does not check that the user exists
or that the specified roles are compatible with the grants of the user.
Syntax
The 'mxsAddUser' command has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command has the following fields:
The value of mxsAddUser should be the name (without the host part) of
an existing user in the MariaDB server and the value of pwd should be
that user's password in cleartext.
The roles array should contain roles that a compatible with the
grants of the user. Please check
for a discussion on how to map roles map to grants.
Returns
If the addition of the user succeeds, the command returns a document
with the single field ok whose value is 1.
If there is a failure of some kind, the command returns an error document
Definition
mxsCreateDatabase
The 'mxsCreateDatabase' command creates a new database and must be run
against the admin database.
Syntax
The 'mxsCreateDatabase' has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command takes the following fields:
Returns
If database creation succeeds, the command returns a document with the
single field ok whose value is 1.
If the database creation fails, the command returns an error document.
Definition
mxsDiagnose
The mxsDiagnose command provides diagnostics for any other command; that is, how
MaxScale will handle that command.
Syntax
The mxsDiagnose command has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command takes the following fields:
Returns
The command returns a document that contains diagnostics of the command provided as argument. For example:
kind specifies of what kind the command is; an immediate command is one for
which MaxScale autonomously can generate the response, a single command is one
where the command will cause a single SQL statement to be sent to the backend, and
a multi command is one where potentially multiple SQL statements will be sent to
the backend.
If the command is immediate then there will be a field response containing
the actual response of the command, if the command is single then there will be
a field sql containing the actual statement that would have been sent to the backend,
and if the command is multi then there will be a field sql containing an array
of statements that would have been sent to the backend.
If an error occurs while the command is being diagnosed, then there will be noresponse field but an error field whose value is an error document. Note that
the value of ok will always be 1.
Definition
mxsGetConfig
The mxsGetConfig command returns the current configuration of the session
and must be run against the 'admin' database.
Syntax
The mxsGetConfig has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command takes the following fields:
Returns
The command returns a document that contains the current configuration of the session. For example:
Definition
mxsRemoveUser
The mxsRemoveUser removes a user from the local nosqlprotocol account
database. Use if the MariaDB user should be dropped
as well.
Syntax
The 'mxsRemoveUser' command has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command has the following fields:
Returns
If the removal of the user succeeds, the command returns a document
with the single field ok whose value is 1.
If there is a failure of some kind, the command returns an error document
Definition
mxsSetConfig
The mxsSetConfig command changes the configuration of the session
and must be run against the 'admin' database.
Note that the changes only affect the current session and are not persisted.
Syntax
The mxsSetConfig has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command takes the following fields:
The document takes the following fields:
Returns
The command returns a document that contains the changed configuration of the session. For example:
Definition
mxsUpdateUser
The mxsUpdateUser command updates a user in the local nosqlprotocol
account database. Use to update MariaDB user
as well.
Note that the mxsUpdateUser command does not check that the changed
data is compatible e.g. with the grants of the corresponding MariaDB
user.
Syntax
The 'mxsUpdateUser' command has the following syntax:
Command Fields
The command has the following fields:
The roles array should contain roles that a compatible with the
grants of the user. Please check
for a discussion on how to map roles map to grants.
Returns
If the updating of the user succeeds, the command returns a document
with the single field ok whose value is 1.
If there is a failure of some kind, the command returns an error document
When a document is created, an id of type ObjectId will be autogenerated by
the MongoDB® client library. If the id is provided explicitly, by assigning a
value to the _id field, the value must be an ObjectId, a string or an
integer.
Currently 30% of the tests in the test-suite pass.
The following is a minimal setup for getting nosqlprotocol up and running. It is assumed the reader knows how to configure MaxScale for normal use. If not, please start with the . Note that as nosqlprotocol is the first component in the MaxScale routing chain, it can be used with all routers and filters.
In the following it is assumed that MaxScale already has been configured
for normal use and that there exists a service [TheService].
The values the_user and the_password must be replaced with the
actual credentials to be used for every MongoDB® client that connects.
If MaxScale is now started, the following entry should appear in the log file.
The mongo Shell is a powerful tool with which to access and manipulate a MongoDB database. It is part of the MongoDB® package. Having the native MongoDB database installed is convenient, as it makes it easy to ascertain whether a problem is due to nosqlprotocol not fully implementing something or due to the API not being used in the correct fashion.
With the mongo shell, all that is needed is to invoke it with the port_nosqlprotocol_ is listening on:
If the shell prompt appears, then a connection was successfully established and the shell can be used.
The db variable is implicitly available, and refers by default to
the test database.
The command inserted a document into the collection called collection.
The table corresponding to that collection is created implicitly because
the default value of auto_create_tables is true. Here, the object id
is specified explicitly, but there is no need for that, as one will be
created if needed.
To check whether the documents was inserted into the collection, thefind command can be issued:
As can be seen, the document was indeed inserted into the collection
With the mysql shell, the content of the actual table can be checked.
The collection collection is represented by a table collection with
the two colums id and doc. id is a virtual column whose content is
the value of the _id field of the document in the doc column.
All MongoDB® commands that mongdbprotocol support (but for the ones that
do not require database access), basically access or manipulate the
content in the doc column using the of MariaDB.
From within the mongo shell itself it is easy to find out just what SQL a particular MongoDB command is translated into.
For instance, the SQL that the insert command with which the document was added can be found out like:
Similarily, the SQL of the find command can be find out like:
The returned SQL can be directly pasted at the mysql prompt, which is
quite convenient in case the MongoDB® command does not behave as expected.
As all client libraries implement and depend on the MongoDB® wire protocol, all client libraries should work with nosqlprotocol. However, the only client library that has been used and that has been verified to work is version 3.6 of the MongoDB Node.JS Driver.
In principle, the only thing that needs to be altered in an existing program using the library is to change the uri string that typically is something like
to
with the assumption that the default nosqlprotocol port is used.
In practice, additional modifications may be needed since nosqlprotocol does not implement all commands and does not in all cases implement the full functionality of the commands that it supports.
Store the following into a file called insert.js.
Then, run the program like
As the id is not explicitly provided, it will not be the same.
Store the following into a file called find.js.
Then, run the program like
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
translate the privileges into the equivalent NoSQL roles, and
create a corresponding NoSQL user into the NoSQL account database.
The name can be of the format user_name. In this case, the
user will be a regular user that from the NoSQL side appears
to reside in the mariadb database. The primary purpose of
this alternative is to enable the use of existing users from
the NoSQL side.
X
X
dbAdmin[AnyDatabase]
X
read[AnyDatabase]
X
X
X
X
X
X
readWrite[AnyDatabase]
X
X
userAdmin[AnyDatabase]
ordereddefaultDefault: none
back: The response sent back to the client is logged.$lte
$ne
$nin
$alwaysTrue
Array
4
"array"
ARRAY
Boolean
5
"bool"
BOOLEAN
32-bit integer
16
"int"
INTEGER
$mul
$pop
$push
$rename
$set
$unset
skip
Positive integer
Optional. Number of documents to skip. Defaults to 0.
limit
Non-negative integer
Optional. The maximum number of documents to return. If unspecified, then defaults to no limit. A limit of 0 is equivalent to setting no limit.
batchSize
Non-negative integer
Optional. The number of documents to return in the first batch. Defaults to 101. A batchSize of 0 means that the cursor will be established, but no documents will be returned in the first batch.
singleBatch
boolean
Optional. Determines whether to close the cursor after the first batch. Defaults to false.
update
document
Mandatory, if remove is not specified. See for details.
new
boolean
Optional. If true the modified document and not the original document is returned. If remove is specified, then the original document is always returned.
fields
document
Optional. Specified which fields to return. See for details.
upsert
boolean
Optional. If true then a document will be created, if one is not found.
mechanisms
array
Optional. The specific supported SCRAM mechanisms for this user. Must be a subset of the supported mechanisms.
digestPassword
boolean
Optional. If specified, must be true.
mechanisms
array
Optional. The specific SCRAM mechanisms for user credentials. Note that if a new pwd is provided, then the array can contain all supported SCRAM mechanisms. If a new pwd is not provided, then the array must be a subset of the existing mechanisms of the user.
mechanisms
array
Optional. The specific supported SCRAM mechanisms for this user. Must be a subset of the supported mechanisms.
digestPassword
boolean
Optional. If specified, must be true.
mechanisms
array
Optional. The specific supported SCRAM mechanisms for this user. If a new password is not provided, the specified mechanisms must be a subset of the current mechanisms.
digestPassword
boolean
Optional. If specified, must be true.
dbAdmin
ALTER, CREATE, DROP, SHOW DATABASES, SELECT
read
SELECT
readWrite
CREATE, DELETE, INDEX, INSERT, SELECT, UPDATE
userAdmin
CREATE USER, GRANT OPTION
dbOwner
dbAdmin, readWrite, userAdmin
root
dbAdmin, readWrite, userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
userAdmin
X
X
Double
1
"double"
DOUBLE
String
2
"string"
STRING
object
3
"object"
count
string
The name of the collection to count.
query
document
Optional. A query that selects which documents to count in the collection
limit
integer
Optional. The maximum number of matching documents to return.
skip
integer
Optional. The number of matching documents to skip before returning results.
distinct
string
The name of the collection to query for distinct values.
key
string
The field for which to return distinct values.
query
document
Optional. A query that selects which documents to count in the collection
delete
string
The name of the target table.
deletes
array
An array of one or more delete statements to perform in the named collection.
ordered
boolean
Optional. If true, then when a delete statement fails, return without performing the remaining delete statements. If false, then when a delete statement fails, continue with the remaining delete statements, if any. Defaults to true.
q
document
The query that matches documents to delete.
limit
integer
The number of matching documents to delete. Specify either a 0 to delete all matching documents or 1 to delete a single document.
find
string
The name of the target table.
filter
document
Optional. The query predicate. If unspecified, then all documents in the collection will match the predicate.
sort
document
Optional. The sort specification for the ordering of the results.
projection
document
Optional. The projection specification to determine which fields to includein the returned documents.
: <1 or true>
Specifies the inclusion of a field.
: <0 or false>
Specifies the exclusion of a field.
findAndModify
string
The name of the target table.
query
document
Optional. The query predicate.
sort
document
Optional. The sort specification used when the document is selected.
remove
boolean
Mandatory, if update is not specified. If true, the document will be deleted.
getLastError
any
Ignored.
getMore
long
The cursor id.
collection
string
The name of the collection over which the cursor is operating.
batchSize
positive integer
Optional. The number of documents to return in the batch.
insert
string
The name of the target collection (i.e. table).
documents
array
An array of one or more documents to be inserted to the named collection.
ordered
boolean
Optional, with default being true. See below for description.
default
All documents are inserted within a compound statement, in a transaction containing as many INSERT statements as there are documents.
All documents are inserted in a single multi-statement transaction containing as many INSERT IGNORE statements as there are documents.
atomic
All documents are inserted using a single INSERT statement.
Same as above
resetError
any
Ignored.
update
string
The name of the target table.
updates
array
An array of documents that describe what to updated.
q
document
The query that matches documents to update.
u
document
The modifications to apply. See behavior below for details.
multi
boolean
Optional. If true, updates all documents that meet the query criteria. If false limit the update to one document that meets the query criteria. Defaults to false.
logout
any
Ignored.
createUser
string
The name of the user to be added.
pwd
string
The password in cleartext.
customData
document
Optional. Any arbitrary information.
roles
array
The roles granted to the user.
dropAllUsersFromDatabase
any
Ignored.
dropUser
string
The name of the user to be dropped.
grantRolesToUser
string
The name of the user to give additional roles.
roles
array
An array of additional roles.
revokeRolesFromUser
string
The name of the user to remove roles from.
roles
array
An array of roles to remove.
updateUser
string
The user whose information should be updated.
pwd
string
Optional. The new password in cleartext.
customData
document
Optional. Any arbitrary information.
roles
array
Optional. The roles granted to the user. Note that the existing ones are replaced and not amended with these roles.
usersInfo
various
Specifies what to return. See below.
showCredentials
boolean
Optional, default false. Specifies whether the credentials should be returned.
{ usersInfo: 1 }
Returns information of all users in the database where the command is run.
{ usersInfo: }
Returns information about a specific user in the database where the command is run.
{ usersInfo: { user: , db: }}
Returns information about the user specified by the name and database.
{ usersInfo: [{ user: , db: }, ...]}
Returns information about specified users.
{ usersInfo: [ , ... ]}
Returns information about specified users in the database where the command is run.
isMaster
any
Ignored.
replSetGetStatus
any
Ignored.
endSessions
array
Ignored.
create
string
The name of the collection to create.
capped
boolean
Optional. If specified, the value must be false as capped collections are not supported.
viewOn
string
Optional. If specified, the command will fail as views are not supported.
createIndexes
string
The collection for which to create indexes.
drop
string
The name of the collection to drop.
dropDatabase
any
Ignored.
dropIndexes
any
Ignored.
fsync
any
Ignored
killCursors
string
The name of the collection.
cursors
array
The ids of the cursors to kill.
listCollections
any
Ignored.
filter
document
The field name is honored, other fields are not but cause warnings to be logged.
nameOnly
boolean
Optional. A flag to indicate whether the command should return just the collection names and type or return both the name and other information.
listDatabases
any
Ignored.
nameOnly
boolean
Optional. A flag to indicate whether the command should return just the database names, or return both database names and size information.
listIndexes
string
The name of the collection.
renameCollection
string
The namespace of the collection to rename. The namespace is a combination of the database name and the name of the collection.
to
string
The new namespace of the collection. Moving a collection/table from one database to another succeeds provided the databases reside in the same filesystem.
dropTarget
boolean
Optional. If true, the target collection/table will be dropped before the renaming is made. The default value is false.
setParameter
any
Ignored.
buildInfo
any
Ignored.
explain
document
Document specifying the command to be explained. The commands are aggregate, count, delete, distinct, find, findAndModify, mapReduce and update.
verbosity
string
Either queryPlanner, executionStats or allPlansExecution.
getCmdLineOpts
any
Ignored.
getLog
string
*, global and startupWarnings
hostInfo
any
Ignored.
listCommands
any
Ignored.
ping
any
Ignored.
serverStatus
any
Ignored.
validate
string
The name of the collection to validate.
whatsmyri
any
Ignored.
getFreeMonitoringStatus
any
Ignored.
mxsAddUser
string
The name of the user to be added.
pwd
string
The password in cleartext.
customData
document
Optional. Any arbitrary information.
roles
array
The roles granted to the user.
mxsCreateDatabase
string
The name of the database to be created.
mxsDiagnose
document
A command as provided to db.runCommand(...).
mxsGetConfig
Ignored.
mxsRemoveUser
string
The name of the user to be removed.
mxsSetConfig
document
A document specifying the configuration.
on_unknown_command
string
Either "return_error" or "return_empty"
auto_create_tables
boolean
Whether tables should be created as needed.
id_length
integer
id column VARCHAR size in created tables.
mxsUpdateUser
string
The name of the user to be updated.
pwd
string
The password in cleartext.
customData
document
Optional. Any arbitrary information.
roles
array
The roles granted to the user.
X
OBJECT
admin:mariadbFor more information about the MaxScale REST API, refer to the REST API documentation and the Configuration Guide.
MaxCtrl does not work when used from a SystemD unit with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=true.
If the file ~/.maxctrl.cnf exists, maxctrl will use any values in the
section [maxctrl] as defaults for command line arguments. For instance,
to avoid having to specify the user and password on the command line,
create the file .maxctrl.cnf in your home directory, with the following
content:
Note that all access rights to the file must be removed from everybody else but the owner. MaxCtrl refuses to use the file unless the rights have been removed.
Another file from which to read the defaults can be specified with the -c
flag.
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
[TheService]
type=service
...
[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=TheService
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.user=the_user
nosqlprotocol.password=the_password
port=17017maxctrl create listener TheService MongoDB-Listener --protocol=nosqlprotocol 'nosqlprotocol={"user":"the_user", "password": "the_password"}'const uri = "mongodb://127.0.0.1:17017"$ mongo --host 127.0.0.1 --port 17017
MongoDB shell version v4.4.1
...
>MariaDB [(none)]> select user, host from mysql.user;
+-------------+-----------+
| User | Host |
+-------------+-----------+
| bob | % |
| mysql | localhost |
+-------------+-----------+
2 rows in set (0.001 sec)> use test;
switched to db test
> db.runCommand({createUser: "bob", pwd: "bobspwd", roles: []});
{ "ok" : 1 }MariaDB [(none)]> select user, host from mysql.user;
+-------------+-----------+
| User | Host |
+-------------+-----------+
| bob | % |
| test.bob | % |
| mysql | localhost |
+-------------+-----------+
3 rows in set (0.001 sec)> use mariadb
switched to db mariadb
> db.runCommand({createUser: "bob", pwd: "bobspwd", roles: []});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "User \"bob\" already exists",
"code" : 51003,
"codeName" : "Location51003"
}> db.runCommand({createUser: "alice", pwd: "alicespwd", roles: []});
{ "ok" : 1 }MariaDB [(none)]> select user, host from mysql.user;
+-------------+-----------+
| User | Host |
+-------------+-----------+
| alice | % |
| bob | % |
| test.bob | % |
| mysql | localhost |
+-------------+-----------+
4 rows in set (0.001 sec)...
nosqlprotocol.user=theuser
nosqlprotocol.password=thepasswordnosqlprotocol.authentication_required=truenosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled=truenosqlprotocol.user = user_with_privileges_for_creating_a_user
nosqlprotocol.password = the_users_password$ mongo --port 17017
...
>> use admin;
switched to db admin
> db.runCommand({createUser: "nosql_admin", pwd: "nosql_pwd", roles: ["userAdmin"]});
{ "ok" : 1 }> use mariadb;
switched to db admin
> db.runCommand({mxsAddUser: "bob", pwd: "bob_pwd", roles: ["userAdmin"]});
{ "ok" : 1 }nosqlprotocol.authentication_required=true
nosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled=true> use test;
switched to db test
> db.runCommand({createUser: "alice", pwd: "alices_pwd", roles: []});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "command createUser requires authentication",
"code" : 13,
"codeName" : "Unauthorized"
}[NoSQL-Listener]
...
nosqlprotocol.user=db.the_user
nosqlprotocol.password=the_password
nosqlprotocol.authentication_required=true
nosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled=true
...CREATE USER 'admin.nosql_admin'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'nosql_password';
GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON *.* TO 'admin.nosql_admin'@'%' WITH GRANT OPTION;[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=...
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.user=admin.nosql_admin
nosqlprotocol.password=nosql_password
nosqlprotocol.authentication_required=true
nosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled=true... notice : [nosqlprotocol] Created initial NoSQL user 'admin.nosql_admin'.$ mongo --quiet --port 17017 -u nosql_admin -p nosql_password admin
>> db.runCommand({usersInfo: 1});
{
"users" : [
{
"_id" : "admin.nosql_admin",
"userId" : UUID("7d921459-3099-42a7-ad06-ed37ac002161"),
"user" : "nosql_admin",
"db" : "admin",
"roles" : [
{
"db" : "admin",
"role" : "dbAdminAnyDatabase"
},
{
"db" : "admin",
"role" : "readWriteAnyDatabase"
},
{
"db" : "admin",
"role" : "userAdminAnyDatabase"
},
{
"db" : "admin",
"role" : "root"
}
],
"mechanisms" : [
"SCRAM-SHA-256"
]
}
],
"ok" : 1
}CREATE USER 'test.test_user'@'%' IDENTIFIED BY 'test_password';
GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, INDEX ON `test`.* TO 'test.test_user'@'%';[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=...
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.user=test.test_user
nosqlprotocol.password=test_password
nosqlprotocol.authentication_required=true
nosqlprotocol.authorization_enabled=true... notice : [nosqlprotocol] Created initial NoSQL user 'test.test_user'.$ mongo --quiet --port 17017 -u test_user -p test_password test
>> db.runCommand({usersInfo: 1});
{
"users" : [
{
"_id" : "test.test_user",
"userId" : UUID("714f35e7-4276-45af-863c-0be4d1f5dd74"),
"user" : "test_user",
"db" : "test",
"roles" : [
{
"db" : "test",
"role" : "readWrite"
}
],
"mechanisms" : [
"SCRAM-SHA-256"
]
}
],
"ok" : 1
}[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=TheService
protocol=nosqlprotocol
...[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=TheService
protocol=nosqlprotocol
...[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=TheService
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.user=the_user
nosqlprotocol.password=the_password
nosqlprotocol.on_unknown_command=return_error
...nosqlprotocol.debug=in,out,backCREATE TABLE name (id VARCHAR(35) AS (JSON_COMPACT(JSON_EXTRACT(doc, "$._id"))) UNIQUE KEY,
doc JSON,
CONSTRAINT id_not_null CHECK(id IS NOT NULL));{ <field1>: <value>, <field2>: <value> ... }> db.runCommand({find: "collection", filter: { _id: 4711 }});> db.runCommand({find: "collection", filter: { _id: { $eq: 4711 }}});... WHERE (id = '4711')... WHERE (JSON_EXTRACT(doc, '$._id') = 4711)updates: [
{
q: <query>,
u: { $set: { status: "D" } },
...
},
...
]updates: [
{
q: <query>,
u: { status: "D", quantity: 4 },
...
},
...
]{ ok: 1 }> use myDatabase;
> db.runCommand({createUser: "user1", pwd: "pwd1", roles: []});{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "not running with --replSet",
"code" : 76,
"codeName" : "NoReplicationEnabled"
}{ "ok" : 1 }{
"errmsg" : "fsync not supported by MaxScale:nosqlprotocol",
"code" : 115,
"codeName" : "CommandNotSupported",
"ok" : 0
}{ "ok" : 1 }{ "state" : "undecided", "ok" : 1 }db.runCommand(
{
mxsAddUser: "<name>",
pwd: passwordPrompt(), // Or "<cleartext password>"
customData: { <any information> },
roles: [
{ role: "<role>", db: "<database>" } | "<role>",
...
],
mechanisms: [ "<scram-mechanism>", ...],
digestPassword: <boolean>
}
)> db.runCommand({mxsAddUser: "user", pwd: "pwd", roles: ["readWrite"]});
{ "ok" : 1 }> db.runCommand({mxsAddUser: "user2", pwd: "pwd2", roles: ["redWrite"]});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "No role named redWrite@test",
"code" : 31,
"codeName" : "RoleNotFound"
}db.adminCommand(
{
mxsCreateDatabase: <name>
}
)> db.adminCommand({mxsCreateDatabase: "db"});
{ "ok" : 1 }> db.adminCommand({mxsCreateDatabase: "db"});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "The database 'db' exists already.",
"code" : 48,
"codeName" : "NamespaceExists"
}db.runCommand(
{
mxsDiagnose: <command>
}
)> db.runCommand({mxsDiagnose: {ping:1}});
{ "kind" : "immediate", "response" : { "ok" : 1 }, "ok" : 1 }
> db.runCommand({mxsDiagnose: {find:"person", filter: { name: "Bob"}}});
{
"kind" : "single",
"sql" : "SELECT doc FROM `test`.`person` WHERE ( JSON_EXTRACT(doc, '$.name') = 'Bob') ",
"ok" : 1
}
> db.runCommand({mxsDiagnose: {delete:"person", deletes: [{q: { name: "Bob"}, limit:0}, {q: {name: "Alice"}, limit:0}]}});
{
"kind" : "single",
"sql" : [
"DELETE FROM `test`.`person` WHERE ( JSON_EXTRACT(doc, '$.name') = 'Bob') ",
"DELETE FROM `test`.`person` WHERE ( JSON_EXTRACT(doc, '$.name') = 'Alice') "
],
"ok" : 1
}db.runCommand(
{
mxsGetConfig: <any>
});> db.runCommand({mxsGetConfig: 1});
{
"config" : {
"on_unknown_command" : "return_error",
"auto_create_tables" : true,
"id_length" : 35
...
},
"ok" : 1
}db.runCommand(
{
mxsRemoveUser: "<name>"
}
)> db.runCommand({mxsRemoveUser: "user"});
{ "ok" : 1 }> db.runCommand({mxsRemoveUser: "user"});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "User 'user@test' not found",
"code" : 11,
"codeName" : "UserNotFound"
}db.runCommand(
{
mxsSetConfig: document
});> db.runCommand({mxsGetConfig: 1});
{
"config" : {
"on_unknown_command" : "return_error",
"auto_create_tables" : true,
"id_length" : 35
...
},
"ok" : 1
}
> db.runCommand({mxsSetConfig: { auto_create_tables: false}});
{
"config" : {
"on_unknown_command" : "return_error",
"auto_create_tables" : false,
"id_length" : 35
...
},
"ok" : 1
}db.runCommand(
{
mxsUpdateUser: "<name>",
pwd: passwordPrompt(), // Or "<cleartext password>"
customData: { <any information> },
roles: [
{ role: "<role>", db: "<database>" } | "<role>",
...
],
mechanisms: [ "<scram-mechanism>", ...],
digestPassword: <boolean>
}
)> db.runCommand({mxsUpdateUser: "user", pwd: "pwd", roles: ["readWrite"]});
{ "ok" : 1 }> db.runCommand({mxsUpdateUser: "user", roles: ["redWrite"]});
{
"ok" : 0,
"errmsg" : "No role named redWrite@test",
"code" : 31,
"codeName" : "RoleNotFound"
}[TheService]
type=service
...
[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=TheService
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.user=the_user
nosqlprotocol.password=the_password
port=17017... notice : (NoSQL-Listener); Listening for connections at [127.0.0.1]:17017$ mongo --port 17017
MongoDB shell version v4.4.1
connecting to: mongodb://127.0.0.1:17017/?compressors=disabled&gssapiServiceName=mongodb
Implicit session: session { "id" : UUID("694f3eed-329f-487a-8d73-9a2d4cf82d62") }
MongoDB server version: 4.4.1
---
...
---
>> db.runCommand({insert: "collection", documents: [{_id: 1, "hello": "world"}]});
{ "n" : 1, "ok" : 1 }> db.runCommand({find: "collection"});
{
"cursor" : {
"firstBatch" : [
{
"_id" : 1,
"hello" : "world"
}
],
"id" : NumberLong(0),
"ns" : "test.collection"
},
"ok" : 1
}MariaDB [(none)]> select * from test.collection;
+------+------------------------------------+
| id | doc |
+------+------------------------------------+
| 1.0 | { "_id" : 1.0, "hello" : "world" } |
+------+------------------------------------+> db.runCommand({mxsDiagnose: {insert: "collection", documents: [{_id: 1, "hello": "world"}]}});
{
"kind" : "multi",
"sql" : [
"INSERT INTO `test`.`collection` (doc) VALUES ('{ \"_id\" : 1.0, \"hello\" : \"world\" }')"
],
"ok" : 1
}> db.runCommand({mxsDiagnose: {find: "collection"}});
{
"kind" : "single",
"sql" : "SELECT doc FROM `test`.`collection` ",
"ok" : 1
}const uri = "mongodb+srv://<user>:<password>@<cluster-url>?writeConcern=majority";const uri = "mongodb://<maxscale-ip>:17017";const { MongoClient } = require("mongodb");
const uri = "mongodb://127.0.0.1:17017";
const client = new MongoClient(uri, { useUnifiedTopology: true });
async function run() {
try {
await client.connect();
const database = client.db("mydb");
const movies = database.collection("movies");
// create a document to be inserted
const movie = { title: "Apocalypse Now", director: "Francis Ford Coppola" };
const result = await movies.insertOne(movie);
console.log(
`${result.insertedCount} documents were inserted with the _id: ${result.insertedId}`,
);
} finally {
await client.close();
}
}
run().catch(console.dir);$ nodejs insert.js
1 documents were inserted with the _id: 60afca73bf486114e3fb48b8const { MongoClient } = require("mongodb");
const uri = "mongodb://127.0.0.1:17017";
const client = new MongoClient(uri, { useUnifiedTopology: true });
async function run() {
try {
await client.connect();
const database = client.db("mydb");
const movies = database.collection("movies");
// Query for a movie that has the title 'Apocalypse Now'
const query = { title: "Apocalypse Now" };
const options = {
// Include only the 'director' field in the returned document
projection: { _id: 0, director: 1 },
};
const movie = await movies.findOne(query, options);
// Returns a document and not a cursor, so print directly.
console.log(movie);
} finally {
await client.close();
}
}
run().catch(console.dir);$ nodejs find.js
{ director: 'Francis Ford Coppola' }[maxctrl]
u = my-name
p = my-passwordUsage: list servers
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all servers in MaxScale.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Server | Server name
Address | Address where the server listens
Port | The port on which the server listens
Connections | Current connection count
State | Server state
GTID | Current value of @@gtid_current_posUsage: list services
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all services and the servers they use.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Service | Service name
Router | Router used by the service
Connections | Current connection count
Total Connections | Total connection count
Targets | Targets that the service usesUsage: list listeners [service]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List listeners of all services. If a service is given, only listeners for that service are listed.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Name | Listener name
Port | The port where the listener listens
Host | The address or socket where the listener listens
State | Listener state
Service | Service that this listener points toUsage: list monitors
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all monitors in MaxScale.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Monitor | Monitor name
State | Monitor state
Servers | The servers that this monitor monitorsUsage: list sessions
Options:
--rdns Perform a reverse DNS lookup on client IPs [boolean] [default: false]
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
List all client sessions.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Session ID
User | Username
Host | Client host address
Connected | Time when the session started
Idle | How long the session has been idle, in seconds
Service | The service where the session connected
Memory | Memory usage (not exhaustive)Usage: list filters
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all filters in MaxScale.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Filter | Filter name
Service | Services that use the filter
Module | The module that the filter usesUsage: list modules
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all currently loaded modules.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Module | Module name
Type | Module type
Version | Module versionUsage: list threads
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all worker threads.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Thread ID
Current FDs | Current number of managed file descriptors
Total FDs | Total number of managed file descriptors
Load (1s) | Load percentage over the last second
Load (1m) | Load percentage over the last minute
Load (1h) | Load percentage over the last hourUsage: list users
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List network the users that can be used to connect to the MaxScale REST API.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Name | User name
Type | User type
Privileges | User privileges
Created | When the user was created
Last Updated | The last time the account password was updated
Last Login | The last time the user logged inUsage: list commands
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all available module commands.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Module | Module name
Commands | Available commandsUsage: list queries
List queries options:
-l, --max-length Maximum SQL length to display. Use --max-length=0 for no limit. [number] [default: 120]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
List all active queries being executed through MaxScale. In order for this command to work, MaxScale must be configured with 'retain_last_statements' set to a value greater than 0.Usage: show server <server>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about a server. The `Parameters` field contains the currently configured parameters for this server. See `--help alter server` for more details about altering server parameters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Server | Server name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Address | Address where the server listens
Port | The port on which the server listens
State | Server state
Version | Server version
Uptime | Server uptime in seconds
Last Event | The type of the latest event
Triggered At | Time when the latest event was triggered at
Services | Services that use this server
Monitors | Monitors that monitor this server
Master ID | The server ID of the master
Node ID | The node ID of this server
Slave Server IDs | List of slave server IDs
Current Connections | Current connection count
Total Connections | Total cumulative connection count
Max Connections | Maximum number of concurrent connections ever seen
Statistics | Server statistics
Parameters | Server parametersUsage: show servers
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about all servers.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Server | Server name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Address | Address where the server listens
Port | The port on which the server listens
State | Server state
Version | Server version
Uptime | Server uptime in seconds
Last Event | The type of the latest event
Triggered At | Time when the latest event was triggered at
Services | Services that use this server
Monitors | Monitors that monitor this server
Master ID | The server ID of the master
Node ID | The node ID of this server
Slave Server IDs | List of slave server IDs
Current Connections | Current connection count
Total Connections | Total cumulative connection count
Max Connections | Maximum number of concurrent connections ever seen
Statistics | Server statistics
Parameters | Server parametersUsage: show service <service>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about a service. The `Parameters` field contains the currently configured parameters for this service. See `--help alter service` for more details about altering service parameters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Service | Service name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Router | Router that the service uses
State | Service state
Started At | When the service was started
Current Connections | Current connection count
Total Connections | Total connection count
Max Connections | Historical maximum connection count
Cluster | The cluster that the service uses
Servers | Servers that the service uses
Services | Services that the service uses
Filters | Filters that the service uses
Parameters | Service parameter
Router Diagnostics | Diagnostics provided by the router moduleUsage: show services
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about all services.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Service | Service name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Router | Router that the service uses
State | Service state
Started At | When the service was started
Current Connections | Current connection count
Total Connections | Total connection count
Max Connections | Historical maximum connection count
Cluster | The cluster that the service uses
Servers | Servers that the service uses
Services | Services that the service uses
Filters | Filters that the service uses
Parameters | Service parameter
Router Diagnostics | Diagnostics provided by the router moduleUsage: show monitor <monitor>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about a monitor. The `Parameters` field contains the currently configured parameters for this monitor. See `--help alter monitor` for more details about altering monitor parameters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Monitor | Monitor name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Module | Monitor module
State | Monitor state
Servers | The servers that this monitor monitors
Parameters | Monitor parameters
Monitor Diagnostics | Diagnostics provided by the monitor moduleUsage: show monitors
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about all monitors.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Monitor | Monitor name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Module | Monitor module
State | Monitor state
Servers | The servers that this monitor monitors
Parameters | Monitor parameters
Monitor Diagnostics | Diagnostics provided by the monitor moduleUsage: show session <session>
Options:
--rdns Perform a reverse DNS lookup on client IPs [boolean] [default: false]
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Show detailed information about a single session. The list of sessions can be retrieved with the `list sessions` command. The <session> is the session ID of a particular session.
The `Connections` field lists the servers to which the session is connected and the `Connection IDs` field lists the IDs for those connections.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Session ID
Service | The service where the session connected
State | Session state
User | Username
Host | Client host address
Port | Client network port
Database | Current default database of the connection
Connected | Time when the session started
Idle | How long the session has been idle, in seconds
Parameters | Session parameters
Client TLS Cipher | Client TLS cipher
Connections | Ordered list of backend connections
Connection IDs | Thread IDs for the backend connections
Queries | Query history
Log | Per-session log messages
Memory | Memory usage (not exhaustive)Usage: show sessions
Options:
--rdns Perform a reverse DNS lookup on client IPs [boolean] [default: false]
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Show detailed information about all sessions. See `--help show session` for more details.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Session ID
Service | The service where the session connected
State | Session state
User | Username
Host | Client host address
Port | Client network port
Database | Current default database of the connection
Connected | Time when the session started
Idle | How long the session has been idle, in seconds
Parameters | Session parameters
Client TLS Cipher | Client TLS cipher
Connections | Ordered list of backend connections
Connection IDs | Thread IDs for the backend connections
Queries | Query history
Log | Per-session log messages
Memory | Memory usage (not exhaustive)Usage: show filter <filter>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The list of services that use this filter is show in the `Services` field.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Filter | Filter name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Module | The module that the filter uses
Services | Services that use the filter
Parameters | Filter parameters
Diagnostics | Filter diagnosticsUsage: show filters
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information of all filters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Filter | Filter name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Module | The module that the filter uses
Services | Services that use the filter
Parameters | Filter parameters
Diagnostics | Filter diagnosticsUsage: show listener <listener>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Name | Listener name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Service | Services that the listener points to
Parameters | Listener parametersUsage: show filters
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information of all filters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Filter | Filter name
Source | File where the object is stored in
Module | The module that the filter uses
Services | Services that use the filter
Parameters | Filter parameters
Diagnostics | Filter diagnosticsUsage: show module <module>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command shows all available parameters as well as detailed version information of a loaded module.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Module | Module name
Type | Module type
Version | Module version
Maturity | Module maturity
Description | Short description about the module
Parameters | All the parameters that the module accepts
Commands | Commands that the module providesUsage: show modules
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Displays detailed information about all modules.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Module | Module name
Type | Module type
Version | Module version
Maturity | Module maturity
Description | Short description about the module
Parameters | All the parameters that the module accepts
Commands | Commands that the module providesUsage: show maxscale
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
See `--help alter maxscale` for more details about altering MaxScale parameters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Version | MaxScale version
Commit | MaxScale commit ID
Started At | Time when MaxScale was started
Activated At | Time when MaxScale left passive mode
Uptime | Time MaxScale has been running
Config Sync | MaxScale configuration synchronization
Parameters | Global MaxScale parametersUsage: show thread <thread>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about a worker thread.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Thread ID
Accepts | Number of TCP accepts done by this thread
Reads | Number of EPOLLIN events
Writes | Number of EPOLLOUT events
Hangups | Number of EPOLLHUP and EPOLLRDUP events
Errors | Number of EPOLLERR events
Avg event queue length | Average number of events returned by one epoll_wait call
Max event queue length | Maximum number of events returned by one epoll_wait call
Max exec time | The longest time spent processing events returned by a epoll_wait call
Max queue time | The longest time an event had to wait before it was processed
Current FDs | Current number of managed file descriptors
Total FDs | Total number of managed file descriptors
Load (1s) | Load percentage over the last second
Load (1m) | Load percentage over the last minute
Load (1h) | Load percentage over the last hour
QC cache size | Query classifier size
QC cache inserts | Number of times a new query was added into the query classification cache
QC cache hits | How many times a query classification was found in the query classification cache
QC cache misses | How many times a query classification was not found in the query classification cache
QC cache evictions | How many times a query classification result was evicted from the query classification cacheUsage: show threads
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show detailed information about all worker threads.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Id | Thread ID
Accepts | Number of TCP accepts done by this thread
Reads | Number of EPOLLIN events
Writes | Number of EPOLLOUT events
Hangups | Number of EPOLLHUP and EPOLLRDUP events
Errors | Number of EPOLLERR events
Avg event queue length | Average number of events returned by one epoll_wait call
Max event queue length | Maximum number of events returned by one epoll_wait call
Max exec time | The longest time spent processing events returned by a epoll_wait call
Max queue time | The longest time an event had to wait before it was processed
Current FDs | Current number of managed file descriptors
Total FDs | Total number of managed file descriptors
Load (1s) | Load percentage over the last second
Load (1m) | Load percentage over the last minute
Load (1h) | Load percentage over the last hour
QC cache size | Query classifier size
QC cache inserts | Number of times a new query was added into the query classification cache
QC cache hits | How many times a query classification was found in the query classification cache
QC cache misses | How many times a query classification was not found in the query classification cache
QC cache evictions | How many times a query classification result was evicted from the query classification cacheUsage: show logging
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
See `--help alter logging` for more details about altering logging parameters.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Current Log File | The current log file MaxScale is logging into
Enabled Log Levels | List of log levels enabled in MaxScale
Parameters | Logging parametersUsage: show commands <module>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command shows the parameters the command expects with the parameter descriptions.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
Command | Command name
Parameters | Parameters the command supports
Descriptions | Parameter descriptionsUsage: show qc_cache
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show contents (statement and hits) of query classifier cache.Usage: show dbusers <service>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Show information about the database users of the service.
Field | Description
----- | -----------
User | The user name of the account
Host | The host of the account
Plugin | Authentication plugin
TLS | Whether TLS is required from this user
Super | Does the user have a SUPER grant
Global | Does the user have global database access
Proxy | Whether this is a proxy user
Role | The default role for this userUsage: set server <server> <state>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Set options:
--force If combined with the `maintenance` state, this forcefully closes all connections to the target server [boolean] [default: false]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
If <server> is monitored by a monitor, this command should only be used to set the server into the `maintenance` or the `drain` state. Any other states will be overridden by the monitor on the next monitoring interval. To manually control server states, use the `stop monitor <name>` command to stop the monitor before setting the server states manually.
When a server is set into the `drain` state, no new connections to it are allowed but existing connections are allowed to gracefully close. Servers with the `Master` status cannot be drained or set into maintenance mode. To clear a state set by this command, use the `clear server` command.
To forcefully close all connections to a server, use `set server <name> maintenance --force`Usage: clear server <server> <state>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command clears a server state set by the `set server <server> <state>` commandUsage: drain server <server>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Drain options:
--drain-timeout Timeout for the drain operation in seconds. If exceeded, the server is added back to all services without putting it into maintenance mode. [number] [default: 90]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command drains the server of connections by first removing it from all services after which it waits until all connections are closed. When all connections are closed, the server is put into the `maintenance` state and added back to all the services where it was removed from. To take the server back into use, execute `clear server <server> maintenance`.
Warning: This command is not safe to interrupt. If interrupted, the servers might not be added back to the service. For a better alternative, use `set server <server> drain`. This command has been deprecated in MaxScale 6.0.Usage: enable log-priority <log>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The `debug` log priority is only available for debug builds of MaxScale.Usage: disable log-priority <log>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The `debug` log priority is only available for debug builds of MaxScale.Usage: create server <name> <host|socket> [port] [params...]
Create server options:
--services Link the created server to these services [array]
--monitors Link the created server to these monitors [array]
--protocol Protocol module name [string] [default: "mariadbbackend"]
--authenticator Authenticator module name (deprecated) [string]
--authenticator-options Option string for the authenticator (deprecated) [string]
--tls Enable TLS [boolean]
--tls-key Path to TLS key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
--tls-version TLS version to use [string]
--tls-cert-verify-depth TLS certificate verification depth [number]
--tls-verify-peer-certificate Enable TLS peer certificate verification [boolean]
--tls-verify-peer-host Enable TLS peer host verification [boolean]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The created server will not be used by any services or monitors unless the --services or --monitors options are given. The list of servers a service or a monitor uses can be altered with the `link` and `unlink` commands. If the <host|socket> argument is an absolute path, the server will use a local UNIX domain socket connection. In this case the [port] argument is ignored.
The recommended way of declaring parameters is with the new `key=value` syntax added in MaxScale 6.2.0. Note that for some parameters (e.g. `extra_port` and `proxy_protocol`) this is the only way to pass them.Usage: create monitor <name> <module> [params...]
Create monitor options:
--servers Link the created monitor to these servers. All non-option arguments after --servers are interpreted as server names e.g. `--servers srv1 srv2 srv3`. [array]
--monitor-user Username for the monitor user [string]
--monitor-password Password for the monitor user [string]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The list of servers given with the --servers option should not contain any servers that are already monitored by another monitor. The last argument to this command is a list of key=value parameters given as the monitor parameters.Usage: service <name> <router> <params...>
Create service options:
--servers Link the created service to these servers. All non-option arguments after --servers are interpreted as server names e.g. `--servers srv1 srv2 srv3`. [array]
--filters Link the created service to these filters. All non-option arguments after --filters are interpreted as filter names e.g. `--filters f1 f2 f3`. [array]
--services Link the created service to these services. All non-option arguments after --services are interpreted as service names e.g. `--services svc1 svc2 svc3`. [array]
--cluster Link the created service to this cluster (i.e. a monitor) [string]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The last argument to this command is a list of key=value parameters given as the service parameters. If the --servers, --services or --filters options are used, they must be defined after the service parameters. The --cluster option is mutually exclusive with the --servers and --services options.
Note that the `user` and `password` parameters must be defined.Usage: filter <name> <module> [params...]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The last argument to this command is a list of key=value parameters given as the filter parameters.Usage: create listener <service> <name> <port> [params...]
Create listener options:
--interface Interface to listen on [string] [default: "::"]
--protocol Protocol module name [string] [default: "mariadbclient"]
--authenticator Authenticator module name [string]
--authenticator-options Option string for the authenticator [string]
--tls-key Path to TLS key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
--tls-version TLS version to use [string]
--tls-crl TLS CRL to use [string]
--tls-cert-verify-depth TLS certificate verification depth [number]
--tls-verify-peer-certificate Enable TLS peer certificate verification [boolean]
--tls-verify-peer-host Enable TLS peer host verification [boolean]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The new listener will be taken into use immediately. The last argument to this command is a list of key=value parameters given as the listener parameters. These parameters override any parameters set via command line options: e.g. using `protocol=mariadb` will override the `--protocol=cdc` option.Usage: create user <name> <password>
Create user options:
--type Type of user to create [string] [choices: "admin", "basic"] [default: "basic"]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
By default the created user will have read-only privileges. To make the user an administrative user, use the `--type=admin` option. Basic users can only perform `list` and `show` commands.Usage: create report <file>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The generated report contains the state of all the objects in MaxScale as well as all other required information needed to diagnose problems.Usage: destroy server <name>
Destroy options:
--force Remove the server from monitors and services before destroying it [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The server must be unlinked from all services and monitor before it can be destroyed.Usage: destroy monitor <name>
Destroy options:
--force Remove monitored servers from the monitor before destroying it [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The monitor must be unlinked from all servers before it can be destroyed.Usage: destroy listener { <listener> | <service> <listener> }
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Destroying a listener closes the listening socket, opening it up for immediate reuse. If only one argument is given and it is the name of a listener, it is unconditionally destroyed. If two arguments are given and they are a service and a listener, the listener is only destroyed if it is for the given service.Usage: destroy service <name>
Destroy options:
--force Remove filters, listeners and servers from service before destroying it [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The service must be unlinked from all servers and filters. All listeners for the service must be destroyed before the service itself can be destroyed.Usage: destroy filter <name>
Destroy options:
--force Automatically remove the filter from all services before destroying it [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The filter must not be used by any service when it is destroyed.Usage: destroy user <name>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The last remaining administrative user cannot be removed. Create a replacement administrative user before attempting to remove the last administrative user.Usage: destroy session <id>
Destroy options:
--ttl Give session this many seconds to gracefully close [number] [default: 0]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This causes the client session with the given ID to be closed. If the --ttl option is used, the session is given that many seconds to gracefully stop. If no TTL value is given, the session is closed immediately.Usage: link service <name> <target...>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command links targets to a service, making them available for any connections that use the service. A target can be a server, another service or a cluster (i.e. a monitor). Before a server is linked to a service, it should be linked to a monitor so that the server state is up to date. Newly linked targets are only available to new connections, existing connections will use the old list of targets. If a monitor (a cluster of servers) is linked to a service, the service must not have any other targets linked to it.Usage: link monitor <name> <server...>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Linking a server to a monitor will add it to the list of servers that are monitored by that monitor. A server can be monitored by only one monitor at a time.Usage: unlink service <name> <target...>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command unlinks targets from a service, removing them from the list of available targets for that service. New connections to the service will not use the unlinked targets but existing connections can still use the targets. A target can be a server, another service or a cluster (a monitor).Usage: unlink monitor <name> <server...>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command unlinks servers from a monitor, removing them from the list of monitored servers. The servers will be left in their current state when they are unlinked from a monitor.Usage: start service <name>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This starts a service stopped by `stop service <name>`Usage: start listener <name>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This starts a listener stopped by `stop listener <name>`Usage: start monitor <name>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This starts a monitor stopped by `stop monitor <name>`Usage: start [services|maxscale]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command will execute the `start service` command for all services in MaxScale.Usage: stop service <name>
Stop options:
--force Close existing connections after stopping the service [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Stopping a service will prevent all the listeners for that service from accepting new connections. Existing connections will still be handled normally until they are closed.Usage: stop listener <name>
Stop options:
--force Close existing connections after stopping the listener [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Stopping a listener will prevent it from accepting new connections. Existing connections will still be handled normally until they are closed.Usage: stop monitor <name>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Stopping a monitor will pause the monitoring of the servers. This can be used to manually control server states with the `set server` command.Usage: stop [services|maxscale]
Stop options:
--force Close existing connections after stopping all services [boolean] [default: false]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command will execute the `stop service` command for all services in MaxScale.Usage: alter server <server> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the server parameters, execute `show server <server>`.
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter monitor <monitor> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the monitor parameters, execute `show monitor <monitor>`
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter service <service> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the service parameters, execute `show service <service>`. Some routers support runtime configuration changes to all parameters. Currently all readconnroute, readwritesplit and schemarouter parameters can be changed at runtime. In addition to module specific parameters, the following list of common service parameters can be altered at runtime:
[
"user",
"passwd",
"enable_root_user",
"max_connections",
"connection_timeout",
"auth_all_servers",
"optimize_wildcard",
"strip_db_esc",
"max_slave_connections",
"max_slave_replication_lag",
"retain_last_statements"
]
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter service-filters <service> [filters...]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The order of the filters given as the second parameter will also be the order in which queries pass through the filter chain. If no filters are given, all existing filters are removed from the service.
For example, the command `maxctrl alter service filters my-service A B C` will set the filter chain for the service `my-service` so that A gets the query first after which it is passed to B and finally to C. This behavior is the same as if the `filters=A|B|C` parameter was defined for the service.
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter filter <filter> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the filter parameters, execute `show filter <filter>`. Some filters support runtime configuration changes to all parameters. Refer to the filter documentation for details on whether it supports runtime configuration changes and which parameters can be altered.
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.
Note: To pass options with dashes in them, surround them in both single and double quotes:
maxctrl alter filter my-namedserverfilter target01 '"->master"'Usage: alter listener <listener> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the listener parameters, execute `show listener <listener>`
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter logging <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the logging parameters, execute `show logging`
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter maxscale <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To display the MaxScale parameters, execute `show maxscale`. The following list of parameters can be altered at runtime:
[
"auth_connect_timeout",
"auth_read_timeout",
"auth_write_timeout",
"admin_auth",
"admin_log_auth_failures",
"passive",
"ms_timestamp",
"skip_permission_checks",
"query_retries",
"query_retry_timeout",
"retain_last_statements",
"dump_last_statements"
]
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter user <name> <password>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Changes the password for a user. To change the user type, destroy the user and then create it again.Usage: alter session <session> <key=value> ...
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Alter parameters of a session. To get the list of modifiable parameters, use `show session <session>`
The parameters should be given in the `key=value` format. This command also supports the legacy method
of passing parameters as `key value` pairs but the use of this is not recommended.Usage: alter session-filters <session> [filters...]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The order of the filters given as the second parameter will also be the order in which queries pass through the filter chain. If no filters are given, all existing filters are removed from the session. The syntax is similar to `alter service-filters`.Usage: rotate logs
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command is intended to be used with the `logrotate` command.Usage: reload service <service>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]Usage: reload service <service>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command reloads the TLS certificates for all listeners and servers as well as the REST API in MaxScale. The REST API JWT signature keys are also rotated by this command.Usage: reload session <id>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command reloads the configuration of a session. When a session is reloaded, it internally restarts the MaxScale session. This means that new connections are created and taken into use before the old connections are discarded. The session will use the latest configuration of the service the listener it used pointed to. This means that the behavior of the session can change as a result of a reload if the configuration has changed. If the reloading fails, the old configuration will remain in use. The external session ID of the connection will remain the same as well as any statistics or session level alterations that were done before the reload.Usage: reload sessions
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command reloads the configuration of all sessions. When a session is reloaded, it internally restarts the MaxScale session. This means that new connections are created and taken into use before the old connections are discarded. The session will use the latest configuration of the service the listener it used pointed to. This means that the behavior of the session can change as a result of a reload if the configuration has changed. If the reloading fails, the old configuration will remain in use. The external session ID of the connection will remain the same as well as any statistics or session level alterations that were done before the reload.Usage: call command <module> <command> [params...]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
To inspect the list of module commands, execute `list commands`Usage: cluster diff <target>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
The list of host servers is controlled with the --hosts option. The target server should not be in the host list. Value of <target> must be in HOST:PORT formatUsage: cluster sync <target>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
This command will alter all MaxScale instances given in the --hosts option to represent the <target> MaxScale. Value of <target> must be in HOST:PORT format. Synchronization can be attempted again if a previous attempt failed due to a network failure or some other ephemeral error. Any other errors require manual synchronization of the MaxScale configuration files and a restart of the failed Maxscale.
Note: New objects created by `cluster sync` will have a placeholder value and must be manually updated. Passwords for existing objects will not be updated by `cluster sync` and must also be manually updated.Usage: get <resource> [path]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
API options:
--sum Calculate sum of API result. Only works for arrays of numbers e.g. `api get --sum servers data[].attributes.statistics.connections`. [boolean] [default: false]
--pretty Pretty-print output. [boolean] [default: false]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Perform a raw REST API call. The path definition uses JavaScript syntax to extract values. For example, the following command extracts all server states as an array of JSON values: maxctrl api get servers data[].attributes.stateUsage: post <resource> <value>
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
API options:
--sum Calculate sum of API result. Only works for arrays of numbers e.g. `api get --sum servers data[].attributes.statistics.connections`. [boolean] [default: false]
--pretty Pretty-print output. [boolean] [default: false]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Perform a raw REST API call. The provided value is passed as-is to the REST API after building it with JSON.parseUsage: patch <resource> [path]
Global Options:
-c, --config MaxCtrl configuration file [string] [default: "~/.maxctrl.cnf"]
-u, --user Username to use [string] [default: "admin"]
-p, --password Password for the user. To input the password manually, use -p '' or --password='' [string] [default: "mariadb"]
-h, --hosts List of MaxScale hosts. The hosts must be in HOST:PORT format and each value must be separated by a comma. [string] [default: "127.0.0.1:8989"]
-t, --timeout Request timeout in plain milliseconds, e.g '-t 1000', or as duration with suffix [h|m|s|ms], e.g. '-t 10s' [string] [default: "10000"]
-q, --quiet Silence all output. Ignored while in interactive mode. [boolean] [default: false]
--tsv Print tab separated output [boolean] [default: false]
--skip-sync Disable configuration synchronization for this command [boolean] [default: false]
HTTPS/TLS Options:
-s, --secure Enable HTTPS requests [boolean] [default: false]
--tls-key Path to TLS private key [string]
--tls-passphrase Password for the TLS private key [string]
--tls-cert Path to TLS public certificate [string]
--tls-ca-cert Path to TLS CA certificate [string]
-n, --tls-verify-server-cert Whether to verify server TLS certificates [boolean] [default: true]
API options:
--sum Calculate sum of API result. Only works for arrays of numbers e.g. `api get --sum servers data[].attributes.statistics.connections`. [boolean] [default: false]
--pretty Pretty-print output. [boolean] [default: false]
Options:
--version Show version number [boolean]
--help Show help [boolean]
Perform a raw REST API call. The provided value is passed as-is to the REST API after building it with JSON.parseThe MaxScale resource represents a MaxScale instance and it is the core on top of which the modules build upon.
Retrieve global information about a MaxScale instance. This includes various file locations, configuration options and version information.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Update MaxScale parameters. The request body must define updated values for the data.attributes.parameters object. The parameters that can be modified are listed in the /v1/maxscale/modules/maxscale endpoint and have the modifiable value set to true.
Response
Parameters modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Get the information and statistics of a particular thread. The :id in the URI must map to a valid thread number between 0 and the configured value of threads.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get the information for all threads. Returns a collection of threads resources.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get information about the current state of logging, enabled log files and the location where the log files are stored.
Note: The parameters in this endpoint are a subset of the parameters in the /v1/maxscale endpoint. Because of this, the parameters in this endpoint are deprecated as of MaxScale 6.0.
Note: In MaxScale 2.5 the log_throttling and ms_timestamp parameters were incorrectly named as throttling and highprecision. In MaxScale 6, the parameter names are now correct which means the parameters declared here aren't fully backwards compatible.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Get the contents of the MaxScale logs. This endpoint was added in MaxScale 6.
To navigate the log, use the prev link to move backwards to older log entries. The latest log entries can be read with the last link.
The entries are sorted in ascending order by the time they were logged. This means that with the default parameters, the latest logged event is the last element in the returned array.
Parameters
This endpoint supports the following parameters:
page[size]
Set number of rows of data to read. By default, 50 rows of data are read from the log.
page[cursor]
Set position from where the log data is retrieved. The default position to retrieve the log data is the end of the log. This value should not be modified by the user and the values returned in the
Response
Status: 200 OK
Stream the contents of the MaxScale logs. This endpoint was added in MaxScale 6.
This endpoint opens a connection and streams the contents of the log to it. Each WebSocket message will contain the JSON representation of the log message. The JSON is formatted in the same way as the values in the log array of the /v1/maxscale/logs/data endpoint:
If the client writes any data to the open socket, it will be treated as an error and the stream is closed.
The WebSocket ping and close commands are not yet supported and will be treated as errors.
When maxlog is used as source of log data, any log messages logged after log rotation will not be sent if the file was moved or truncated. To fetch new events after log rotation, reopen the WebSocket connection.
Parameters
This endpoint supports the following parameters:
page[cursor]
Set position from where the log data is retrieved. The default position to retrieve the log data is the end of the log. To stream data from a known point, first read the data via the /v1/maxscale/logs/data endpoint and then use the id value of the newest log message (i.e. the first value in the log array) to start the stream.
priority
Response
Upgrade started:
Status: 101 Switching Protocols
Client didn't request a WebSocket upgrade:
Status: 426 Upgrade Required
Note: The modification of logging parameters via this endpoint has deprecated in MaxScale 6.0. The parameters should be modified with the /v1/maxscale endpoint instead.
Any PATCH requests done to this endpoint will be redirected to the /v1/maxscale endpoint. Due to the mispelling of the ms_timestamp and log_throttling parameters, this is not fully backwards compatible.
Update logging parameters. The request body must define updated values for the data.attributes.parameters object. All logging parameters can be altered at runtime.
Response
Parameters modified:
Status: 204 No Content
Invalid JSON body:
Status: 400 Bad Request
Flushes any pending messages to disk and reopens the log files. The body of the message is ignored.
Response
Status: 204 No Content
Reloads all TLS certificates for listeners and servers as well as the REST API itself. If the reloading fails, the old certificates will remain in use for the objects that failed to reload. This also causes the JWT signature keys to be reloaded if one of the asymmetric key algorithms is being used. If JWTs are being signed with a random symmetric keys, a new random key is created.
The reloading is not transactional: if a single listener or server fails to reload its certificates, the remaining ones are not reloaded. This means that a failed reload can partially reload certificates. The REST API certificates are only reloaded if all other certificate reloads were successful.
Response
Status: 204 No Content
Retrieve information about a loaded module. The :name must be the name of a valid loaded module or either maxscale or servers.
The maxscale module will display the global configuration options (i.e. everything under the [maxscale] section) as a module.
The servers module displays the server object type and the configuration parameters it accepts as a module.
Any parameter with the modifiable value set to true can be modified at runtime using a PATCH command on the corresponding object endpoint.
Response
Status: 200 OK
Retrieve information about all loaded modules.
This endpoint supports the load=all parameter. When defined, all modules located in the MaxScale module directory (libdir) will be loaded. This allows one to see the parameters of a module before the object is created.
Response
Status: 200 OK
For read-only commands:
For commands that can modify data:
Modules can expose commands that can be called via the REST API. The module resource lists all commands in the data.attributes.commands list. Each value is a command sub-resource identified by its id field and the HTTP method the command uses is defined by the attributes.method field.
The :module in the URI must be a valid name of a loaded module and :command must be a valid command identifier that is exposed by that module. All parameters to the module commands are passed as HTTP request parameters.
Here is an example POST requests to the mariadbmon module command reset-replication with two parameters, the name of the monitor instance and the server name:
Response
Command with output:
Status: 200 OK
The contents of the meta field will contain the output of the module command. This output depends on the command that is being executed. It can contain any valid JSON value.
Command with no output:
Status: 204 No Content
Classify provided statement and return the result.
Response
Status: 200 OK
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
linksidpriority
Include messages only from these log levels. The default is to include all messages. The value given should be a comma-separated list of log priorities. The priorities are alert, error, warning, notice, info and debug. Note that the debug log level is only used in debug builds of MaxScale.
Include messages only from these log levels. The default is to include all messages. The value given should be a comma-separated list of log priorities. The priorities are alert, error, warning, notice, info and debug. Note that the debug log level is only used in debug builds of MaxScale.
GET /v1/maxscale{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"activated_at": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"commit": "d6acc9ed4310d328677803c4dc96e82b2a7afe14",
"config_sync": null,
"parameters": {
"admin_auth": true,
"admin_enabled": true,
"admin_gui": true,
"admin_host": "127.0.0.1",
"admin_jwt_algorithm": "auto",
"admin_jwt_key": null,
"admin_log_auth_failures": true,
"admin_oidc_url": null,
"admin_pam_readonly_service": null,
"admin_pam_readwrite_service": null,
"admin_port": 8989,
"admin_secure_gui": true,
"admin_ssl_ca": null,
"admin_ssl_cert": null,
"admin_ssl_key": null,
"admin_ssl_version": "MAX",
"admin_verify_url": null,
"auth_connect_timeout": "10000ms",
"auth_read_timeout": "10000ms",
"auth_write_timeout": "10000ms",
"auto_tune": [],
"cachedir": "/var/cache/maxscale",
"config_sync_cluster": null,
"config_sync_db": "mysql",
"config_sync_interval": "5000ms",
"config_sync_password": null,
"config_sync_timeout": "10000ms",
"config_sync_user": null,
"connector_plugindir": "/usr/lib64/maxscale/plugin",
"datadir": "/var/lib/maxscale",
"debug": null,
"dump_last_statements": "never",
"execdir": "/usr/bin",
"key_manager": "none",
"language": "/var/lib/maxscale",
"libdir": "/usr/lib64/maxscale",
"load_persisted_configs": true,
"local_address": null,
"log_debug": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": true,
"log_throttling": {
"count": 10,
"suppress": 10000,
"window": 1000
},
"log_warn_super_user": false,
"log_warning": true,
"logdir": "/var/log/maxscale",
"max_auth_errors_until_block": 10,
"max_read_amount": 0,
"maxlog": true,
"module_configdir": "/etc/maxscale.modules.d",
"ms_timestamp": false,
"passive": false,
"persist_runtime_changes": true,
"persistdir": "/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d",
"piddir": "/var/run/maxscale",
"query_classifier": "qc_sqlite",
"query_classifier_args": null,
"query_classifier_cache_size": 5001955123,
"query_retries": 1,
"query_retry_timeout": "5000ms",
"rebalance_period": "0ms",
"rebalance_threshold": 20,
"rebalance_window": 10,
"retain_last_statements": 0,
"session_trace": 0,
"skip_name_resolve": false,
"skip_permission_checks": false,
"sql_mode": "default",
"syslog": false,
"threads": 3,
"users_refresh_interval": "0ms",
"users_refresh_time": "0ms",
"writeq_high_water": 65536,
"writeq_low_water": 1024
},
"process_datadir": "/var/lib/maxscale/data19",
"started_at": "Thu, 20 Jul 2023 15:29:02 GMT",
"system": {
"machine": {
"cores_available": 8,
"cores_physical": 8,
"cores_virtual": 8.0,
"memory_available": 33346367488,
"memory_physical": 33346367488
},
"maxscale": {
"query_classifier_cache_size": 5001955123,
"threads": 3
},
"os": {
"machine": "x86_64",
"nodename": "monolith",
"release": "6.3.12-100.fc37.x86_64",
"sysname": "Linux",
"version": "#1 SMP PREEMPT_DYNAMIC Wed Jul 5 20:09:58 UTC 2023"
}
},
"uptime": 10,
"version": "22.08.6"
},
"id": "maxscale",
"type": "maxscale"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/"
}
}PATCH /v1/maxscaleGET /v1/maxscale/threads/:id{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"stats": {
"accepts": 0,
"avg_event_queue_length": 1,
"current_descriptors": 5,
"errors": 0,
"hangups": 0,
"load": {
"last_hour": 0,
"last_minute": 0,
"last_second": 0
},
"max_event_queue_length": 1,
"max_exec_time": 0,
"max_queue_time": 0,
"memory": {
"query_classifier": 0,
"sessions": 0,
"total": 0,
"zombies": 0
},
"query_classifier_cache": {
"evictions": 0,
"hits": 0,
"inserts": 0,
"misses": 0,
"size": 0
},
"reads": 34,
"sessions": 0,
"total_descriptors": 5,
"writes": 0,
"zombies": 0
}
},
"id": "0",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/threads/0/"
},
"type": "threads"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/threads/0/"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/threads{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"stats": {
"accepts": 0,
"avg_event_queue_length": 1,
"current_descriptors": 5,
"errors": 0,
"hangups": 0,
"load": {
"last_hour": 0,
"last_minute": 0,
"last_second": 0
},
"max_event_queue_length": 1,
"max_exec_time": 0,
"max_queue_time": 0,
"memory": {
"query_classifier": 0,
"sessions": 0,
"total": 0,
"zombies": 0
},
"query_classifier_cache": {
"evictions": 0,
"hits": 0,
"inserts": 0,
"misses": 0,
"size": 0
},
"reads": 35,
"sessions": 0,
"total_descriptors": 5,
"writes": 0,
"zombies": 0
}
},
"id": "0",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/threads/0/"
},
"type": "threads"
},
{
"attributes": {
"stats": {
"accepts": 1,
"avg_event_queue_length": 1,
"current_descriptors": 8,
"errors": 0,
"hangups": 0,
"load": {
"last_hour": 0,
"last_minute": 0,
"last_second": 0
},
"max_event_queue_length": 3,
"max_exec_time": 0,
"max_queue_time": 0,
"memory": {
"query_classifier": 448,
"sessions": 69671,
"total": 70119,
"zombies": 0
},
"query_classifier_cache": {
"evictions": 0,
"hits": 0,
"inserts": 1,
"misses": 2,
"size": 448
},
"reads": 47,
"sessions": 1,
"total_descriptors": 8,
"writes": 10,
"zombies": 0
}
},
"id": "1",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/threads/1/"
},
"type": "threads"
},
{
"attributes": {
"stats": {
"accepts": 0,
"avg_event_queue_length": 1,
"current_descriptors": 5,
"errors": 0,
"hangups": 0,
"load": {
"last_hour": 0,
"last_minute": 0,
"last_second": 0
},
"max_event_queue_length": 1,
"max_exec_time": 0,
"max_queue_time": 0,
"memory": {
"query_classifier": 0,
"sessions": 0,
"total": 0,
"zombies": 0
},
"query_classifier_cache": {
"evictions": 0,
"hits": 0,
"inserts": 0,
"misses": 0,
"size": 0
},
"reads": 34,
"sessions": 0,
"total_descriptors": 5,
"writes": 0,
"zombies": 0
}
},
"id": "2",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/threads/2/"
},
"type": "threads"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/threads/"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/logs{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"log_file": "/var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log",
"log_priorities": [
"alert",
"error",
"warning",
"notice"
],
"parameters": {
"log_debug": false,
"log_info": false,
"log_notice": true,
"log_throttling": {
"count": 10,
"suppress": 10000,
"window": 1000
},
"log_warning": true,
"maxlog": true,
"ms_timestamp": false,
"syslog": false
}
},
"id": "logs",
"type": "logs"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/logs/"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/logs/data{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"log": [
{
"id": "37",
"message": "Service 'Read-Connection-Router' started (2/2)",
"priority": "notice",
"timestamp": "2023-07-20 15:29:02"
},
{
"id": "38",
"message": "Read 5 user@host entries from 'server1' for service 'Read-Connection-Router'.",
"priority": "notice",
"timestamp": "2023-07-20 15:29:03"
},
{
"id": "39",
"message": "Read 5 user@host entries from 'server1' for service 'RW-Split-Router'.",
"priority": "notice",
"timestamp": "2023-07-20 15:29:03"
}
],
"log_source": "maxlog"
},
"id": "log_data",
"type": "log_data"
},
"links": {
"last": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/logs/data/?page%5Bsize%5D=3",
"prev": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/logs/data/?page%5Bcursor%5D=34&page%5Bsize%5D=3",
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/logs/data/?page%5Bcursor%5D=40&page%5Bsize%5D=3"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/logs/stream{
"id": "572",
"message": "MaxScale started with 8 worker threads, each with a stack size of 8388608 bytes.",
"priority": "notice",
"timestamp": "2020-09-25 10:01:29"
}PATCH /v1/maxscale/logsPOST /v1/maxscale/logs/flushPOST /v1/maxscale/tls/reloadGET /v1/maxscale/modules/:name{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"api": "router",
"commands": [],
"description": "A Read/Write splitting router for enhancement read scalability",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Router",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": "false",
"description": "Causal reads mode",
"enum_values": [
"false",
"off",
"0",
"true",
"on",
"1",
"none",
"local",
"global",
"fast_global",
"fast",
"universal"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "causal_reads",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Timeout for the slave synchronization",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "causal_reads_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry failed writes outside of transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "delayed_retry",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Timeout for delayed_retry",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "delayed_retry_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Create connections only when needed",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "lazy_connect",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Use master for reads",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_accept_reads",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "fail_instantly",
"description": "Master failure mode behavior",
"enum_values": [
"fail_instantly",
"fail_on_write",
"error_on_write"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_failure_mode",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Reconnect to master",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_reconnection",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 255,
"description": "Maximum number of slave connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_slave_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Maximum allowed slave replication lag",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_slave_replication_lag",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Optimistically offload transactions to slaves",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "optimistic_trx",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Automatically retry failed reads outside of transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retry_failed_reads",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Reuse identical prepared statements inside the same connection",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "reuse_prepared_statements",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 255,
"description": "Starting number of slave connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "slave_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS",
"description": "Slave selection criteria",
"enum_values": [
"LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS",
"LEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONS",
"LEAST_BEHIND_MASTER",
"LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS",
"ADAPTIVE_ROUTING"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "slave_selection_criteria",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Lock connection to master after multi-statement query",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strict_multi_stmt",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Lock connection to master after a stored procedure is executed",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strict_sp_calls",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry failed transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 5,
"description": "Maximum number of times to retry a transaction",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_attempts",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "full",
"description": "Type of checksum to calculate for results",
"enum_values": [
"full",
"result_only",
"no_insert_id"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_checksum",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": 1048576,
"description": "Maximum size of transaction to retry",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_max_size",
"type": "size"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry transaction on deadlock",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_retry_on_deadlock",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry transaction on checksum mismatch",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_retry_on_mismatch",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Timeout for transaction replay",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "all",
"description": "Whether to route SQL variable modifications to all servers or only to the master",
"enum_values": [
"all",
"master"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "use_sql_variables_in",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Retrieve users from all backend servers instead of only one",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_all_servers",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "300000ms",
"description": "How ofted idle connections are pinged",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_keepalive",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Connection idle timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Disable session command history",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disable_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Allow the root user to connect to this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enable_root_user",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "-1ms",
"description": "Put connections into pool after session has been idle for this long",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "idle_session_pool_time",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Match localhost to wildcard host",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "localhost_match_wildcard_host",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Log a warning when client authentication fails",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_auth_warnings",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log debug messages for this service (debug builds only)",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_debug",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log info messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_info",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log notice messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_notice",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log warning messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_warning",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum number of connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 50,
"description": "Session command history size",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_sescmd_history",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "60000ms",
"description": "How long a session can wait for a connection to become available",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "multiplex_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Network write timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "net_write_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Prune old session command history if the limit is exceeded",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "prune_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "primary",
"description": "Service rank",
"enum_values": [
"primary",
"secondary"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rank",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": -1,
"description": "Number of statements kept in memory",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retain_last_statements",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable session tracing for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_trace",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Track session state using server responses",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_track_trx_state",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Strip escape characters from database names",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strip_db_esc",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Username used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Load additional users from a file",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": "add_when_load_ok",
"description": "When and how the user accounts file is used",
"enum_values": [
"add_when_load_ok",
"file_only_always"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file_usage",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Custom version string to use",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "version_string",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "V1.1.0"
},
"id": "readwritesplit",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/readwritesplit/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/modules{
"data": [
{
"attributes": {
"commands": [],
"description": "maxscale",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "maxscale",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Admin interface authentication.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_auth",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Admin interface is enabled.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_enabled",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Enable admin GUI.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_gui",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "127.0.0.1",
"description": "Admin interface host.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_host",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "auto",
"description": "JWT signature algorithm",
"enum_values": [
"auto",
"HS256",
"HS384",
"HS512",
"RS256",
"RS384",
"RS512",
"ES256",
"ES384",
"ES512",
"PS256",
"PS384",
"PS512",
"ED25519",
"ED448"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_jwt_algorithm",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Encryption key ID for symmetric signature algorithms. If left empty, MaxScale will generate a random key that is used to sign the JWT.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_jwt_key",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Log admin interface authentication failures.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "admin_log_auth_failures",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Extra public certificates used to validate externally signed JWTs",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "admin_oidc_url",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "PAM service for read-only users.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_pam_readonly_service",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "PAM service for read-write users.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_pam_readwrite_service",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": 8989,
"description": "Admin interface port.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_port",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": "*",
"description": "Allowed hosts for read-only rest-api users.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_readonly_hosts",
"type": "host pattern list"
},
{
"default_value": "*",
"description": "Allowed hosts for read-only rest-api users.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_readwrite_hosts",
"type": "host pattern list"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Only serve GUI over HTTPS.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_secure_gui",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Admin SSL CA cert",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_ssl_ca",
"type": "path"
},
{
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Alias for 'admin_ssl_ca'",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_ssl_ca_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"description": "Admin SSL cert",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "admin_ssl_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"description": "Admin SSL key",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "admin_ssl_key",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": "MAX",
"description": "Minimum required TLS protocol version for the REST API",
"enum_values": [
"MAX",
"TLSv10",
"TLSv11",
"TLSv12",
"TLSv13"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_ssl_version",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "URL for third-party verification of client tokens",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "admin_verify_url",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Connection timeout for fetching user accounts.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_connect_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Read timeout for fetching user accounts (deprecated).",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_read_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Write timeout for fetching user accounts (deprecated).",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_write_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": [],
"description": "Specifies whether a MaxScale parameter whose value depends on a specific global server variable, should automatically be updated to match the variable's current value.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "auto_tune",
"type": "stringlist"
},
{
"description": "Cluster used for configuration synchronization. If left empty (i.e. value is \"\"), synchronization is not done.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "config_sync_cluster",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "mysql",
"description": "Database where the 'maxscale_config' table is created.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "config_sync_db",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "5000ms",
"description": "How often to synchronize the configuration.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "config_sync_interval",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user used for configuration synchronization.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "config_sync_password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Timeout for the configuration synchronization operations.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "config_sync_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "User account used for configuration synchronization.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "config_sync_user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Debug options",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "debug",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "never",
"description": "In what circumstances should the last statements that a client sent be dumped.",
"enum_values": [
"on_close",
"on_error",
"never"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "dump_last_statements",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": "none",
"description": "Key manager type",
"enum_values": [
"none",
"file",
"kmip",
"vault"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "key_manager",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Specifies whether persisted configuration files should be loaded on startup.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "load_persisted_configs",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Local address to use when connecting.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "local_address",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Specifies whether debug messages should be logged (meaningful only with debug builds).",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_debug",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Specifies whether info messages should be logged.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_info",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Specifies whether notice messages should be logged.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_notice",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": {
"count": 10,
"suppress": 10000,
"window": 1000
},
"description": "Limit the amount of identical log messages than can be logged during a certain time period.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_throttling",
"type": "throttling"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log a warning when a user with super privilege logs in.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "log_warn_super_user",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Specifies whether warning messages should be logged.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_warning",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 10,
"description": "The maximum number of authentication failures that are tolerated before a host is temporarily blocked.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_auth_errors_until_block",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum amount of data read before return to epoll_wait.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "max_read_amount",
"type": "size"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Log to MaxScale's own log.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "maxlog",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable or disable high precision timestamps.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ms_timestamp",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "True if MaxScale is in passive mode.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "passive",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Persist configurations changes done at runtime.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "persist_runtime_changes",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "qc_sqlite",
"description": "The name of the query classifier to load.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "query_classifier",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Arguments for the query classifier.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "query_classifier_args",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": 5001955123,
"description": "Maximum amount of memory used by query classifier cache.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "query_classifier_cache_size",
"type": "size"
},
{
"default_value": 1,
"description": "Number of times an interrupted query is retried.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "query_retries",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": "5000ms",
"description": "The total timeout in seconds for any retried queries.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "query_retry_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "How often should the load of the worker threads be checked and rebalancing be made.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rebalance_period",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": 20,
"description": "If the difference in load between the thread with the maximum load and the thread with the minimum load is larger than the value of this parameter, then work will be moved from the former to the latter.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rebalance_threshold",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": 10,
"description": "The load of how many seconds should be taken into account when rebalancing.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rebalance_window",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "How many statements should be retained for each session for debugging purposes.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retain_last_statements",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "How many log entries are stored in the session specific trace log.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_trace",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Do not resolve client IP addresses to hostnames during authentication",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "skip_name_resolve",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Skip service and monitor permission checks.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "skip_permission_checks",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "default",
"description": "The query classifier sql mode.",
"enum_values": [
"default",
"oracle"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "sql_mode",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log to syslog.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "syslog",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 8,
"description": "This parameter specifies how many threads will be used for handling the routing.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "threads",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "How often the users will be refreshed.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "users_refresh_interval",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "30000ms",
"description": "How often the users can be refreshed.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "users_refresh_time",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": 65536,
"description": "High water mark of dcb write queue.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "writeq_high_water",
"type": "size"
},
{
"default_value": 1024,
"description": "Low water mark of dcb write queue.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "writeq_low_water",
"type": "size"
}
],
"version": "22.08.6"
},
"id": "maxscale",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/maxscale/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"commands": [],
"description": "servers",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "servers",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Server address",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "address",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Server authenticator (deprecated)",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "authenticator",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Server disk space threshold",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disk_space_threshold",
"type": "disk_space_limits"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Server extra port",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "extra_port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum routing connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_routing_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"description": "Monitor password",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "monitorpw",
"type": "password"
},
{
"description": "Monitor user",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "monitoruser",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Maximum time that a connection can be in the pool",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "persistmaxtime",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum size of the persistent connection pool",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "persistpoolmax",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 3306,
"description": "Server port",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Server priority",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "priority",
"type": "int"
},
{
"description": "Server protocol (deprecated)",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "protocol",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable proxy protocol",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "proxy_protocol",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "primary",
"description": "Server rank",
"enum_values": [
"primary",
"secondary"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rank",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Server UNIX socket",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "socket",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable TLS for server",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "TLS certificate authority",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_ca",
"type": "path"
},
{
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Alias for 'ssl_ca'",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_ca_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"description": "TLS public certificate",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": 9,
"description": "TLS certificate verification depth",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cert_verify_depth",
"type": "count"
},
{
"description": "TLS cipher list",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cipher",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "TLS private key",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_key",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Verify TLS peer certificate",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_verify_peer_certificate",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Verify TLS peer host",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_verify_peer_host",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "MAX",
"description": "Minimum TLS protocol version",
"enum_values": [
"MAX",
"TLSv10",
"TLSv11",
"TLSv12",
"TLSv13"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_version",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": "server",
"description": "Object type",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "type",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "22.08.6"
},
"id": "servers",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/servers/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "filter",
"commands": [],
"description": "A hint parsing filter",
"maturity": "Alpha",
"module_type": "Filter",
"parameters": [],
"version": "V1.0.0"
},
"id": "hintfilter",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/hintfilter/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "authenticator",
"commands": [],
"description": "Standard MySQL/MariaDB authentication (mysql_native_password)",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Authenticator",
"parameters": null,
"version": "V2.1.0"
},
"id": "MariaDBAuth",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/MariaDBAuth/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "monitor",
"commands": [
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Rebuild a server with mariadb-backup. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Target server",
"required": true,
"type": "SERVER"
},
{
"description": "Source server (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
}
]
},
"id": "async-rebuild-server",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-rebuild-server/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Set ColumnStore cluster readwrite. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-set-readwrite",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-set-readwrite/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Set ColumnStore cluster read-only. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-set-readonly",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-set-readonly/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Stop ColumnStore cluster. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-stop-cluster",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-stop-cluster/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Start ColumnStore cluster. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-start-cluster",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-start-cluster/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Get ColumnStore cluster status. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-get-status",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-get-status/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Get ColumnStore cluster status.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "cs-get-status",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/cs-get-status/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 3,
"description": "Remove a node from a ColumnStore cluster. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Hostname/IP of node to remove from ColumnStore cluster",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-remove-node",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-remove-node/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 3,
"description": "Add a node to a ColumnStore cluster. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Hostname/IP of node to add to ColumnStore cluster",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
},
{
"description": "Timeout",
"required": true,
"type": "STRING"
}
]
},
"id": "async-cs-add-node",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-cs-add-node/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Cancel the last scheduled command.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "cancel-cmd",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/cancel-cmd/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Fetch result of the last scheduled command.",
"method": "GET",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "fetch-cmd-result",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/fetch-cmd-result/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Release any held server locks for 1 minute. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "async-release-locks",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-release-locks/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Release any held server locks for 1 minute.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "release-locks",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/release-locks/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Delete slave connections, delete binary logs and set up replication (dangerous). Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Master server (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
},
{
"description": "Target data directory (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[STRING]"
}
]
},
"id": "async-reset-replication",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-reset-replication/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Delete slave connections, delete binary logs and set up replication (dangerous)",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Master server (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
}
]
},
"id": "reset-replication",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/reset-replication/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Rejoin server to a cluster. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Joining server",
"required": true,
"type": "SERVER"
}
]
},
"id": "async-rejoin",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-rejoin/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 2,
"arg_min": 2,
"description": "Rejoin server to a cluster",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "Joining server",
"required": true,
"type": "SERVER"
}
]
},
"id": "rejoin",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/rejoin/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Schedule master failover. Does not wait for completion.",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "async-failover",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-failover/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 1,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Perform master failover",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
}
]
},
"id": "failover",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/failover/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Schedule master switchover. Does not wait for completion",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "New master (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
},
{
"description": "Current master (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
}
]
},
"id": "async-switchover",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/async-switchover/"
},
"type": "module_command"
},
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Perform master switchover",
"method": "POST",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Monitor name",
"required": true,
"type": "MONITOR"
},
{
"description": "New master (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
},
{
"description": "Current master (optional)",
"required": false,
"type": "[SERVER]"
}
]
},
"id": "switchover",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/switchover/"
},
"type": "module_command"
}
],
"description": "A MariaDB Master/Slave replication monitor",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Monitor",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Assume that hostnames are unique",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "assume_unique_hostnames",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable automatic server failover",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auto_failover",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable automatic server rejoin",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auto_rejoin",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "none",
"description": "Cooperative monitoring type",
"enum_values": [
"none",
"majority_of_running",
"majority_of_all"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "cooperative_monitoring_locks",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "The API key used in communication with the ColumnStore admin daemon.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "cs_admin_api_key",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "/cmapi/0.4.0",
"description": "The base path to be used when accessing the ColumnStore administrative daemon. If, for instance, a daemon URL is https://localhost:8640/cmapi/0.4.0/node/start then the admin_base_path is \"/cmapi/0.4.0\".",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "cs_admin_base_path",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": 8640,
"description": "Port of the ColumnStore administrative daemon.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "cs_admin_port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"description": "Path to SQL file that is executed during node demotion",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "demotion_sql_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable read_only on all slave servers",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enforce_read_only_slaves",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enforce a simple topology",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enforce_simple_topology",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Disable read_only on the current master server",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enforce_writable_master",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 5,
"description": "Number of failures to tolerate before failover occurs",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "failcount",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "90000ms",
"description": "Timeout for failover",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "failover_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Manage server-side events",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "handle_events",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Put the server into maintenance mode when it runs out of disk space",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "maintenance_on_low_disk_space",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 1,
"description": "mariadb-backup thread count.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "mariadb-backup_parallel",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": "1G",
"description": "mariadb-backup buffer pool size.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "mariadb-backup_use_memory",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "primary_monitor_master",
"description": "Conditions that the master servers must meet",
"enum_values": [
"none",
"connecting_slave",
"connected_slave",
"running_slave",
"primary_monitor_master"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_conditions",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Master failure timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_failure_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Path to SQL file that is executed during node promotion",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "promotion_sql_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": 4444,
"description": "Listen port used for transferring server backup.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rebuild_port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable SSL when configuring replication",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "replication_master_ssl",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user that is used for replication",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "replication_password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"description": "User used for replication",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "replication_user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": -1,
"description": "Replication lag limit at which the script is run",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "script_max_replication_lag",
"type": "int"
},
{
"description": "List of servers that are never promoted",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "servers_no_promotion",
"type": "serverlist"
},
{
"default_value": "",
"description": "Conditions that the slave servers must meet",
"enum_values": [
"linked_master",
"running_master",
"writable_master",
"primary_monitor_master",
"none"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "slave_conditions",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Is SSH host key check enabled.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssh_check_host_key",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "SSH keyfile. Used for running remote commands on servers.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "ssh_keyfile",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": 22,
"description": "SSH port. Used for running remote commands on servers.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssh_port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "SSH connection and command timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssh_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "SSH username. Used for running remote commands on servers.",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "ssh_user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Perform a switchover when a server runs out of disk space",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "switchover_on_low_disk_space",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "90000ms",
"description": "Timeout for switchover",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "switchover_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Verify master failure",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "verify_master_failure",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 1,
"description": "Number of connection attempts to make to a server",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "backend_connect_attempts",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "3000ms",
"description": "Connection timeout for monitor connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "backend_connect_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "3000ms",
"description": "Read timeout for monitor connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "backend_read_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "3000ms",
"description": "Write timeout for monitor connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "backend_write_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "How often the disk space is checked",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disk_space_check_interval",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Disk space threshold",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disk_space_threshold",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "all,master_down,master_up,slave_down,slave_up,server_down,server_up,synced_down,synced_up,donor_down,donor_up,lost_master,lost_slave,lost_synced,lost_donor,new_master,new_slave,new_synced,new_donor",
"description": "Events that cause the script to be called",
"enum_values": [
"all",
"master_down",
"master_up",
"slave_down",
"slave_up",
"server_down",
"server_up",
"synced_down",
"synced_up",
"donor_down",
"donor_up",
"lost_master",
"lost_slave",
"lost_synced",
"lost_donor",
"new_master",
"new_slave",
"new_synced",
"new_donor"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "events",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": "28800000ms",
"description": "The time the on-disk cached server states are valid for",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "journal_max_age",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "2000ms",
"description": "How often the servers are monitored",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "monitor_interval",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user used to monitor the servers",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"description": "Script to run whenever an event occurs",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "script",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "90000ms",
"description": "Timeout for the script",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "script_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "List of servers to use",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "servers",
"type": "serverlist"
},
{
"description": "Username used to monitor the servers",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "V1.5.0"
},
"id": "mariadbmon",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/mariadbmon/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "protocol",
"commands": [],
"description": "The client to MaxScale MySQL protocol implementation",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Protocol",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": "::",
"description": "Listener address",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "address",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Listener authenticator",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "authenticator",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Authenticator options",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "authenticator_options",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Path to connection initialization SQL",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_init_sql_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Listener port",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "port",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "MariaDBProtocol",
"description": "Listener protocol to use",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "protocol",
"type": "module"
},
{
"description": "Service to which the listener connects to",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "service",
"type": "service"
},
{
"description": "Listener UNIX socket",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "socket",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "default",
"description": "SQL parsing mode",
"enum_values": [
"default",
"oracle"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "sql_mode",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable TLS for server",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "TLS certificate authority",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_ca",
"type": "path"
},
{
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Alias for 'ssl_ca'",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_ca_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"description": "TLS public certificate",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cert",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": 9,
"description": "TLS certificate verification depth",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cert_verify_depth",
"type": "count"
},
{
"description": "TLS cipher list",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_cipher",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "TLS certificate revocation list",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_crl",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "TLS private key",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_key",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Verify TLS peer certificate",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_verify_peer_certificate",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Verify TLS peer host",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_verify_peer_host",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "MAX",
"description": "Minimum TLS protocol version",
"enum_values": [
"MAX",
"TLSv10",
"TLSv11",
"TLSv12",
"TLSv13"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "ssl_version",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Path to user and group mapping file",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user_mapping_file",
"type": "path"
}
],
"version": "V1.1.0"
},
"id": "MariaDBProtocol",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/MariaDBProtocol/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "query_classifier",
"commands": [],
"description": "Query classifier using sqlite.",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "QueryClassifier",
"parameters": null,
"version": "V1.0.0"
},
"id": "qc_sqlite",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/qc_sqlite/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "filter",
"commands": [
{
"attributes": {
"arg_max": 3,
"arg_min": 1,
"description": "Show unified log file as a JSON array",
"method": "GET",
"parameters": [
{
"description": "Filter to read logs from",
"required": true,
"type": "FILTER"
},
{
"description": "Start reading from this line",
"required": false,
"type": "[STRING]"
},
{
"description": "Stop reading at this line (exclusive)",
"required": false,
"type": "[STRING]"
}
]
},
"id": "log",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/qlafilter/log/"
},
"type": "module_command"
}
],
"description": "A simple query logging filter",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Filter",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Append new entries to log files instead of overwriting them",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "append",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "ms",
"description": "Duration in milliseconds (ms) or microseconds (us)",
"enum_values": [
"ms",
"milliseconds",
"us",
"microseconds"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "duration_unit",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Exclude queries matching this pattern from the log",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "exclude",
"type": "regex"
},
{
"description": "The basename of the output file",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "filebase",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Flush log files after every write",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "flush",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "date,user,query",
"description": "Type of data to log in the log files",
"enum_values": [
"service",
"session",
"date",
"user",
"query",
"reply_time",
"total_reply_time",
"default_db",
"num_rows",
"reply_size",
"transaction",
"transaction_time",
"num_warnings",
"error_msg",
"server",
"command"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_data",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": "session",
"description": "The type of log file to use",
"enum_values": [
"session",
"unified",
"stdout"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_type",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"description": "Only log queries matching this pattern",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "match",
"type": "regex"
},
{
"default_value": " ",
"description": "Value used to replace newlines",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "newline_replacement",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": "",
"description": "Regular expression options",
"enum_values": [
"case",
"ignorecase",
"extended"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "options",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": ",",
"description": "Defines the separator between elements of a log entry",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "separator",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Log queries only from this network address",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "source",
"type": "string"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Write queries in canonical form",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "use_canonical_form",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Log queries only from this user",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "V1.1.1"
},
"id": "qlafilter",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/qlafilter/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "router",
"commands": [],
"description": "A connection based router to load balance based on connections",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Router",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Use master for reads",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_accept_reads",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Maximum acceptable replication lag",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_replication_lag",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "running",
"description": "A comma separated list of server roles",
"enum_values": [
"master",
"slave",
"running",
"synced"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "router_options",
"type": "enum_mask"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Retrieve users from all backend servers instead of only one",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_all_servers",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "300000ms",
"description": "How ofted idle connections are pinged",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_keepalive",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Connection idle timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Disable session command history",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disable_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Allow the root user to connect to this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enable_root_user",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "-1ms",
"description": "Put connections into pool after session has been idle for this long",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "idle_session_pool_time",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Match localhost to wildcard host",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "localhost_match_wildcard_host",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Log a warning when client authentication fails",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_auth_warnings",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log debug messages for this service (debug builds only)",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_debug",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log info messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_info",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log notice messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_notice",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log warning messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_warning",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum number of connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 50,
"description": "Session command history size",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_sescmd_history",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "60000ms",
"description": "How long a session can wait for a connection to become available",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "multiplex_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Network write timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "net_write_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Prune old session command history if the limit is exceeded",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "prune_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "primary",
"description": "Service rank",
"enum_values": [
"primary",
"secondary"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rank",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": -1,
"description": "Number of statements kept in memory",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retain_last_statements",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable session tracing for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_trace",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Track session state using server responses",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_track_trx_state",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Strip escape characters from database names",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strip_db_esc",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Username used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Load additional users from a file",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": "add_when_load_ok",
"description": "When and how the user accounts file is used",
"enum_values": [
"add_when_load_ok",
"file_only_always"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file_usage",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Custom version string to use",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "version_string",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "V2.0.0"
},
"id": "readconnroute",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/readconnroute/"
},
"type": "modules"
},
{
"attributes": {
"api": "router",
"commands": [],
"description": "A Read/Write splitting router for enhancement read scalability",
"maturity": "GA",
"module_type": "Router",
"parameters": [
{
"default_value": "false",
"description": "Causal reads mode",
"enum_values": [
"false",
"off",
"0",
"true",
"on",
"1",
"none",
"local",
"global",
"fast_global",
"fast",
"universal"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "causal_reads",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Timeout for the slave synchronization",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "causal_reads_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry failed writes outside of transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "delayed_retry",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "10000ms",
"description": "Timeout for delayed_retry",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "delayed_retry_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Create connections only when needed",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "lazy_connect",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Use master for reads",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_accept_reads",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "fail_instantly",
"description": "Master failure mode behavior",
"enum_values": [
"fail_instantly",
"fail_on_write",
"error_on_write"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_failure_mode",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Reconnect to master",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "master_reconnection",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 255,
"description": "Maximum number of slave connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_slave_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Maximum allowed slave replication lag",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_slave_replication_lag",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Optimistically offload transactions to slaves",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "optimistic_trx",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Automatically retry failed reads outside of transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retry_failed_reads",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Reuse identical prepared statements inside the same connection",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "reuse_prepared_statements",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 255,
"description": "Starting number of slave connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "slave_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS",
"description": "Slave selection criteria",
"enum_values": [
"LEAST_GLOBAL_CONNECTIONS",
"LEAST_ROUTER_CONNECTIONS",
"LEAST_BEHIND_MASTER",
"LEAST_CURRENT_OPERATIONS",
"ADAPTIVE_ROUTING"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "slave_selection_criteria",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Lock connection to master after multi-statement query",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strict_multi_stmt",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Lock connection to master after a stored procedure is executed",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strict_sp_calls",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry failed transactions",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 5,
"description": "Maximum number of times to retry a transaction",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_attempts",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "full",
"description": "Type of checksum to calculate for results",
"enum_values": [
"full",
"result_only",
"no_insert_id"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_checksum",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": 1048576,
"description": "Maximum size of transaction to retry",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_max_size",
"type": "size"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry transaction on deadlock",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_retry_on_deadlock",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Retry transaction on checksum mismatch",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_retry_on_mismatch",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Timeout for transaction replay",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "transaction_replay_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "all",
"description": "Whether to route SQL variable modifications to all servers or only to the master",
"enum_values": [
"all",
"master"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "use_sql_variables_in",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"deprecated": true,
"description": "Retrieve users from all backend servers instead of only one",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "auth_all_servers",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "300000ms",
"description": "How ofted idle connections are pinged",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_keepalive",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Connection idle timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "connection_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Disable session command history",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "disable_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Allow the root user to connect to this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "enable_root_user",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "-1ms",
"description": "Put connections into pool after session has been idle for this long",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "idle_session_pool_time",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Match localhost to wildcard host",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "localhost_match_wildcard_host",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Log a warning when client authentication fails",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_auth_warnings",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log debug messages for this service (debug builds only)",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_debug",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log info messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_info",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log notice messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_notice",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Log warning messages for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "log_warning",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": 0,
"description": "Maximum number of connections",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_connections",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": 50,
"description": "Session command history size",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "max_sescmd_history",
"type": "count"
},
{
"default_value": "60000ms",
"description": "How long a session can wait for a connection to become available",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "multiplex_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"default_value": "0ms",
"description": "Network write timeout",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "net_write_timeout",
"type": "duration",
"unit": "ms"
},
{
"description": "Password for the user used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "password",
"type": "password"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Prune old session command history if the limit is exceeded",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "prune_sescmd_history",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": "primary",
"description": "Service rank",
"enum_values": [
"primary",
"secondary"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "rank",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"default_value": -1,
"description": "Number of statements kept in memory",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "retain_last_statements",
"type": "int"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Enable session tracing for this service",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_trace",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": false,
"description": "Track session state using server responses",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "session_track_trx_state",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"default_value": true,
"description": "Strip escape characters from database names",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "strip_db_esc",
"type": "bool"
},
{
"description": "Username used to retrieve database users",
"mandatory": true,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "user",
"type": "string"
},
{
"description": "Load additional users from a file",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file",
"type": "path"
},
{
"default_value": "add_when_load_ok",
"description": "When and how the user accounts file is used",
"enum_values": [
"add_when_load_ok",
"file_only_always"
],
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": false,
"name": "user_accounts_file_usage",
"type": "enum"
},
{
"description": "Custom version string to use",
"mandatory": false,
"modifiable": true,
"name": "version_string",
"type": "string"
}
],
"version": "V1.1.0"
},
"id": "readwritesplit",
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/modules/readwritesplit/"
},
"type": "modules"
}
],
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/"
}
}GET /v1/maxscale/modules/:module/:commandPOST /v1/maxscale/modules/:module/:commandPOST /v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/reset-replication?MariaDB-Monitor&server1{
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/modules/mariadbmon/reset-replication"
},
"meta": [ // Output of module command (module dependent)
{
"name": "value"
}
]
}GET /v1/maxscale/query_classifier/classify?sql=<statement>GET /v1/maxscale/query_classifier/classify?sql=SELECT+1{
"data": {
"attributes": {
"canonical": "SELECT ?",
"fields": [],
"functions": [],
"has_where_clause": false,
"operation": "QUERY_OP_SELECT",
"parse_result": "QC_QUERY_PARSED",
"type_mask": "QUERY_TYPE_READ"
},
"id": "classify",
"type": "classify"
},
"links": {
"self": "http://localhost:8989/v1/maxscale/query_classifier/classify/"
}
}This document describes how to configure MariaDB MaxScale and presents some possible usage scenarios. MariaDB MaxScale is designed with flexibility in mind, and consists of an event processing core with various support functions and plugin modules that tailor the behavior of the program.
A server represents an individual database server to which a client can be connected via MariaDB MaxScale. The status of a server varies during the lifetime of the server and typically the status is updated by some monitor. However, it is also possible to update the status of a server manually.
For more information on how to manually set these states via MaxCtrl, read the .
A monitor module is capable of monitoring the state of a particular kind of cluster and making that state available to the routers of MaxScale.
Examples of monitor modules are mariadbmon that is capable of monitoring
a regular master-slave cluster and in addition of performing both switchover
and failover, galeramon that is capable of monitoring a Galera cluster,
and csmon that is capable of monitoring a Columnstore cluster.
Monitor modules have sections of their own in the MaxScale configuration file.
A filter module resides in front of routers in the request processing chain of MaxScale. That is, a filter will see a request before it reaches the router and before a response is sent back to the client. This allows filters to reject, handle, alter or log information about a request.
Examples of filters cache that provides query caching according to rules,regexfilter that can rewrite requests according to regular expressions, andqlafilter that logs information about requests.
Filters have sections of their own in the MaxScale configuration file that are referred to from services.
A router module is capable of routing requests to backend servers according to
the characteristics of a request and/or the algorithm the router
implements. Examples of routers are readconnroute that provides connection
&#xNAN;routing, that is, the server is chosen according to specified rules when the
session is created and all requests are subsequently routed to that server,
and readwritesplit that provides statement routing, that is, each
individual request is routed to the most appropriate server.
Routers do not have sections of their own in the MaxScale configuration file, but are referred to from services.
A service abstracts a set of databases and makes them appear as a single one
to the client. Depending on what router (e.g. readconnroute orreadwritesplit) the service uses, the servers are used in some particular
way. If the service uses filters, then all requests will be pre-processed in
some way before they reach the router.
Services have sections of their own in the MaxScale configuration file.
A listener defines a port MaxScale listens on. Connection requests arriving on that port will be forwarded to the service the listener is associated with. A listener may be associated with a single service, but several listeners may be associated with the same service.
Listeners have sections of their own in the MaxScale configuration file.
The administation of MaxScale can be divided in two parts:
Writing the MaxScale configuration file, which is described in the following .
Performing runtime modifications using
For detailed information about MaxCtrl please refer to the specific documentation referred to above. In the following it will only be explained how MaxCtrl relate to each other, as far as user credentials go.
Note: By default all runtime configuration changes are saved on disk and loaded on startup. Refer to the section for more details on how it works and how to disable it.
MaxCtrl can connect using TCP/IP sockets. When connecting with MaxCtrl using
TCP/IP sockets, the user and password must be provided and are checked against a
separate user credentials database. By default, that database contains the useradmin whose password is mariadb.
Note that if MaxCtrl is invoked without explicitly providing a user and password
then it will by default use admin and mariadb. That means that when the
default user is removed, the credentials must always be provded.
The following list of global configuration parameters can NOT be changed at runtime and can only be defined in a configuration file:
admin_auth
admin_enabled
admin_gui
admin_host
All other parameters that relate to objects can be altered at runtime or can be changed by destroying and recreating the object in question.
MaxScale by default reads configuration from the file /etc/maxscale.cnf. If
the command line argument --configdir=<path> is given, maxscale.cnf is
searched for in <path> instead. If the argument --config=<file> is given,
configuration is read from the file <file>.
MaxScale also looks for a directory with the same name as the configuration
file, followed by ".d" (for example /etc/maxscale.cnf.d). If found, MaxScale
recursively reads all files with the ".cnf" suffix in the directory hierarchy.
Other files are ignored.
After loading normal configuration files, MaxScale reads runtime-generated configuration files, if any, from the .
Different configuration sections can be arranged with little restrictions.
Global path settings such as logdir, piddir and datadir are only read from
the main configuration file. Other global settings are also best left in the
main file to ensure they are read before other configuration sections are
parsed.
The configuration file format used is , similar to the MariaDB Server. The files contain sections and each section can contain multiple key-value pairs.
Comments are defined by prefixing a row with a hash (#). Trailing comments are not supported.
A parameter can be defined on multiple lines as shown below. A value spread over multiple lines is simply concatenated. The additional lines of the value definition need to have at least one whitespace character in the beginning.
Section names may not contain whitespace and must not start with the characters@@.
As the object names are used to form URLs in the MaxScale REST API, they must be
safe for use in URLs. This means that only alphanumeric characters (i.e. a-zA-Z and 0-9) and the special characters _.~- can be used.
By default all changes done at runtime via the MaxScale GUI, MaxCtrl or the REST API will be saved on disk, inside the directory. The changes done at runtime will override the configuration found in the static configuration files for that particular object.
This means that if an object that is found in /etc/maxscale.cnf is modified at
runtime, all future changes to it must also be done at runtime. Any
modifications done to /etc/maxscale.cnf after a runtime change has been made
are ignored for that object.
To prevent the saving of runtime changes and to make all runtime changes
volatile, add and under the [maxscale]
section. This will make MaxScale behave like the MariaDB server does: any
changes done with SET GLOBAL statements are lost if the process is restarted.
Boolean type parameters interpret the values true, yes, on and 1 as_true_ values and false, no, off and 0 as false values. The REST API
only accepts JSON boolean values for boolean type parameters.
Where specifically noted, a number denoting a size can be suffixed by a subset
of the IEC binary prefixes or the SI prefixes. In the former case the number
will be interpreted as a certain multiple of 1024 and in the latter case as a
certain multiple of 1000. The supported IEC binary suffixes are Ki, Mi, Gi
and Ti and the supported SI suffixes are k, M, G and T. In both cases,
the matching is case insensitive.
For instance, the following entries
are equivalent, as are the following
A number denoting a duration can be suffixed by one of the case-insensitive
suffixes h, m or min, s and ms, for specifying durations in hours,
minutes, seconds and milliseconds, respectively.
For instance, the following entries
are equivalent.
Note that if an explicit unit is not specified, then it is specific to the configuration parameter whether the duration is interpreted as seconds or milliseconds.
Not providing an explicit unit has been deprecated in MaxScale 2.4.
Many modules have settings which accept a regular expression. In most cases, these settings are named either match or exclude, and are used to filter users or queries. MaxScale uses the for matching regular expressions.
When writing a regular expression (regex) type parameter to a MaxScale configuration file,
the pattern string should be enclosed in slashes e.g. ^select -> match=/^select/. This
clarifies where the pattern begins and ends, even if it includes whitespace. Without
slashes the configuration loader trims the pattern from the ends. The slashes are removed
before compiling the pattern. For backwards compatibility, the slashes are not yet
mandatory. Omitting them is, however, deprecated and will be rejected in a future release
of MaxScale. Currently, binlogfilter, ccrfilter, qlafilter, tee and avrorouter
accept parameters in this type of regular expression form. Some other modules may not
handle the slashes yet correctly.
PCRE2 supports a complicated regular expression . MaxScale typically uses
regular expressions simply, only checking whether the pattern and subject match at some
point. For example, using the QLAFilter and setting match=/SELECT/ causes the filter to
accept any query with the text "SELECT" somewhere within. To force the pattern to only
match at the beginning of the query, set match=/^SELECT/. To only match the end, setmatch=/SELECT$/.
Modules which accept regular expression parameters also often accept options which affect
how the patterns are compiled. Typically, this setting is called options and accepts
values such as ignorecase, case and extended.
ignorecase: Causes the regular expression matcher to ignore letter case, and
is often on by default. When enabled, /SELECT/ would match both SELECT andselect.
extended: Ignores whitespace and # comments in the pattern. Note that this
is not the same as the extended regular expression syntax that for examplegrep -E uses.
These settings can also be defined in the pattern itself, so they can be
used even in modules without pattern compilation settings. The pattern
settings are (?i) for ignorecase and (?x) for extended. See the
for more information.
Standard regular expression settings for filters
Many filters use the settings match, exclude and options. Since these settings are used in a similar way across these filters, the settings are explained here. The documentation of the filters link here and describe any exceptions to this generalized explanation.
These settings typically limit the queries the filter module acts on. match and_exclude_ define PCRE2 regular expression patterns while options affects how both of the
patterns are compiled. options works as explained above, accepting the valuesignorecase, case and extended, with ignorecase being the default.
The queries are matched as they arrive to the filter on their way to a routing module. If_match_ is defined, the filter only acts on queries matching that pattern. If match is not defined, all queries are considered to match.
If exclude is defined, the filter only acts on queries not matching that pattern. If_exclude_ is not defined, nothing is excluded.
If both are defined, the query needs to match match but not match exclude.
Even if a filter does not act on a query, the query is not lost. The query is simply passed on to the next module in the processing chain as if the filter was not there.
Enumeration type parameters have a pre-defined set of accepted values. For types
declared as enum, only one value is accepted. For enum_mask types, multiple
values can be defined by separating them with commas. All enumeration values in
MaxScale are case-sensitive.
For example the router_options parameter in the readconnroute router is a
mask type enumeration:
A pathlist type parameter expects one or more filesystem paths separated by
colons. The value must not include space between the separators.
Here is an example path list parameter that points to /tmp/something.log and/var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log:
The global settings, in a section named [MaxScale], allow various parameters
that affect MariaDB MaxScale as a whole to be tuned. This section must be
defined in the root configuration file which by default is /etc/maxscale.cnf.
auto_tuneType: string list
Values: all or list of auto tunable parameters, separated by ,
Default: No
Mandatory: No
An auto tunable parameter is a parameter whose value can be derived from a
particular server variable. With this parameter it can be specified whetherall or a specific set of parameters should automatically be set.
The current auto tunable parameters are:
The values of the server variables are collected by monitors, which means that if the servers of a service are not monitored by a monitor, then the parameters of that service will not be auto tuned.
Note that even if auto_tune is set to all, the auto tunable parameters
can still be set in the configuration file and modified with maxctrl.
However, the specified value will be overwritten at the next auto tuning
round, but only if the servers of the service are monitored by a monitor.
threadsType: number or auto
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: auto
This parameter controls the number of worker threads that are handling the
events coming from the kernel. The default is auto which uses as many threads
as there are CPU cores. MaxScale versions older than 6 used one thread by
default.
You can explicitly enable automatic configuration of this value by setting the
value to auto. This way MariaDB MaxScale will detect the number of available
processors and set the amount of threads to be equal to that number.
Note that if MaxScale is running in a container where the CPU resources
have been limited, the use of auto may cause MaxScale to use more resources
than what is available. In such a situation auto should not be used, but instead
an explicit number that corresponds to the amount of CPU resources available in
the container. As a rule of thumb, an approiate value for threads is the_vCPU_ of the container rounded up to the nearest integer. For instance, if
the vCPU of the container is 0.5 then 1 is an appropriate value forthreads, if the vCPU is 2.3 then 3 is.
The maximum value for threads is 256.
Additional threads will be created to execute other internal services within MariaDB MaxScale. This setting is used to configure the number of threads that will be used to manage the user connections.
rebalance_periodType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
This duration parameter controls how often the load of the worker threads should be checked. The default value is 0, which means that no checks and no rebalancing will be performed.
Note that the value of rebalance_period should not be smaller than the
value of rebalance_window whose default value is 10.
If the value of rebalance_period is significantly shorter than that
of rebalance_window, it may lead to oscillation where work is constantly
moved from one thread to another.
rebalance_thresholdType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 20
This integer parameter controls at which point MaxScale should start moving work from one worker thread to another.
If the difference in load between the thread with the maximum load and the thread with the minimum load is larger than the value of this parameter, then work will be moved from the former to the latter.
Although the load of a thread can vary between 0 and 100, the value of this parameter must be between 5 and 100.
Note that rebalancing will not be performed unless rebalance_period
has been specified.
rebalance_windowType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10
This integer parameter controls how many seconds of load should be taken into account when deciding whether work should be moved from one thread to another.
The default value is 10, which means that the load during the last 10 seconds is considered when deciding whether work should be moved.
The minimum value is 1 and the maximum 60.
skip_name_resolveType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This parameter controls whether reverse domain name lookups are made to convert client IP addresses to hostnames. If enabled, client IP addresses will not be resolved to hostnames during authentication or for the REST API even if requested.
If you have database users that use a hostname in the host part of the user
(i.e. 'user'@'my-hostname.org'), a reverse lookup on the client IP address is
done to see if it matches the host. Reverse DNS lookups can be very slow which
is why it is recommended that they are disabled and that users are defined using
an IP address.
auth_connect_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
Duration, default 10s. This setting defines the connection timeout when attempting to fetch MariaDB/MySQL/Clustrix users from a backend server. The same value is also used for read and write timeouts. Increasing this value causes MaxScale to wait longer for a response from a server before user fetching fails. Other servers may then be attempted.
The value is given as . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected even if the given value is longer than a second.
auth_read_timeoutDeprecated and ignored as of MaxScale 2.5.0. See auth_connect_timeout above.
auth_write_timeoutDeprecated and ignored as of MaxScale 2.5.0. See auth_connect_timeout above.
query_retriesType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 1
The number of times an interrupted internal query will be retried. The default is to retry the query once. This feature was added in MaxScale 2.1.10 and was disabled by default until MaxScale 2.3.0.
An interrupted query is any query that is interrupted by a network
error. Connection timeouts are included in network errors and thus is it
advisable to make sure that the value of query_retry_timeout is set to an
adequate value. Internal queries are only used to retrieve authentication data
and monitor the servers.
query_retry_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
The total timeout in seconds for any retried queries. The default value is 5 seconds.
An interrupted query is retried for either the configured amount of attempts or until the configured timeout is reached.
The value is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
passiveType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Controls whether MaxScale is a passive node in a cluster of multiple MaxScale instances.
This parameter is intended to be used with multiple MaxScale instances that use failover functionality to manipulate the cluster in some form. Passive nodes only observe the clusters being monitored and take no direct actions.
The following functionality is disabled when passive mode is enabled:
Automatic failover in the mariadbmon module
Automatic rejoin in the mariadbmon module
Launching of monitor scripts
NOTE: Even if MaxScale is in passive mode, it will still accept clients and route any traffic sent to it. The only operations affected by the passive mode are the ones listed above.
ms_timestampType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable or disable the high precision timestamps in logfiles. Enabling this adds millisecond precision to all logfile timestamps.
skip_permission_checksType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Skip service and monitor user permission checks. This is useful when you know the permissions are OK and you want to speed up the startup process.
It is recommended to not disable the permission checks so that any missing privileges are detected when maxscale is starting up. If you are experiencing a slow startup of MaxScale due to large amounts of connection timeouts when permissions are checked, disabling the permission checks could speed up the startup process.
syslogType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Log messages to the system journal. This logs messages using the native SystemD
journal interface. The logs can be viewed with journalctl.
MaxScale 22.08 changed the default value of syslog from true tofalse. This was done to remove the redundant logging that it caused as bothsyslog and maxlog were enabled by default. This caused each message to be
logged twice: once into the system journal and once into MaxScale's own logfile.
maxlogType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Log messages to MariaDB MaxScale's log file. The name of the log file ismaxscale.log and it is located in the directory pointed by .
log_warningType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Log messages whose syslog priority is warning.
MaxScale logs warning level messages whenever a condition is encountered that the user should be notified of but does not require immediate action or it indicates a minor problem.
log_noticeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Log messages whose syslog priority is notice.
These messages contain information that is helpful for the user and they usually do not indicate a problem. These are logged whenever something worth nothing happens in either MaxScale or in the servers it monitors.
log_infoType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Log messages whose syslog priority is info.
These messages provide detailed information about the internal workings of MariaDB MaxScale. These messages should only be enabled when there is a need to inspect the internal logic of MaxScale. A common use-case is to see why a particular query was handled in a certain way. Almost all modules log some messages on the info level and this can be very helpful when trying to solve routing related problems.
log_debugType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Log messages whose syslog priority is debug.
These messages are intended for development purposes and are disabled by default. These are rarely useful outside of debugging core MaxScale issues.
Note: If MariaDB MaxScale has been built in release mode, then debug messages are excluded from the build and this setting will not have any effect. If an attempt to enable these is made, a warning is logged.
log_warn_super_userType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
When enabled, a warning is logged whenever a client with SUPER-privilege successfully authenticates. This also applies to COM_CHANGE_USER-commands. The setting is intended for diagnosing situations where a client interferes with a master server switchover. Super-users bypass the read_only-flag which switchover uses to block writes to the master.
log_augmentationType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
Enable or disable the augmentation of messages. If this is enabled, then each logged message is appended with the name of the function where the message was logged. This is primarily for development purposes and hence is disabled by default.
To disable the augmentation use the value 0 and to enable it use the value 1.
log_throttlingType: number, ,
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10, 1000ms, 10000ms
It is possible that a particular error (or warning) is logged over and over again, if the cause for the error persistently remains. To prevent the log from flooding, it is possible to specify how many times a particular error may be logged within a time period, before the logging of that error is suppressed for a while.
In the example above, the logging of a particular error will be suppressed for 15 seconds if the error has been logged 8 times in 2 seconds.
The default is 10, 1000ms, 10000ms, which means that if the same error is
logged 10 times in one second, the logging of that error is suppressed for the
following 10 seconds.
Whenever an error message that is being throttled is logged within the triggering window (the second argument), the suppression window is extended. This continues until there is a pause in the messages that is longer than the triggering window.
For example, with the default configuration the messages must pause for at least one second in order for the throttling to eventually stop. This mechanism prevents long-lasting error conditions from slowly filling up the log with short bursts of messages.
To disable log throttling, add an entry with an empty value
or one where any of the integers is 0.
The durations can be specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as milliseconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected.
Note that notice, info and debug messages are never throttled.
logdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/log/maxscale
Set the directory where the logfiles are stored. The folder needs to be both readable and writable by the user running MariaDB MaxScale.
datadirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale
Set the directory where the data files used by MariaDB MaxScale are stored. Modules can write to this directory and for example the binlogrouter uses this folder as the default location for storing binary logs.
This is also the directory where the password encryption key is read from that
is generated by maxkeys.
secretsdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The location where the .secrets file is read from. If secretsdir is not
defined, the file is read from .
This parameter was added in MaxScale 6.4.16, 22.08.13, 23.02.10, 23.08.6 and 24.02.2.
libdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: OS Dependent
Set the directory where MariaDB MaxScale looks for modules. The library directory is the only directory that MariaDB MaxScale uses when it searches for modules. If you have custom modules for MariaDB MaxScale, make sure you have them in this folder.
The default value depends on the operating system. For RHEL versions the value
is /usr/lib64/maxscale/. For Debian and Ubuntu it is/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/maxscale/
sharedirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /usr/share/maxscale
Sets the directory where static data assets are loaded.
The MaxScale GUI static files are located in the gui/ subdirectory. If the GUI
files have been manually moved somewhere else, this path must be configured to
point to the parent directory of the gui/ subdirectory.
The MaxScale REST API only serves files for the GUI that are located in thegui/ subdirectory of the configured sharedir. Any files whose real path
resolves to outside of this directory are not served by the MaxScale GUI: this
is done to prevent other files from being accessible via the MaxScale REST
API. This means that path to the GUI source directory can contain symbolic links
but all parts after the /gui/ directory must reside inside it.
cachedirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/cache/maxscale
Configure the directory MariaDB MaxScale uses to store cached data.
piddirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/run/maxscale
Configure the directory for the PID file for MariaDB MaxScale. This file contains the Process ID for the running MariaDB MaxScale process.
execdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /usr/bin
Configure the directory where the executable files reside. All internal processes which are launched will use this directory to look for executable files.
connector_plugindirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: OS Dependent
Location of the MariaDB Connector-C plugin directory. The MariaDB Connector-C used in MaxScale can use this directory to load authentication plugins. The versions of the plugins must be binary compatible with the connector version that MaxScale was built with.
Starting with version 6.2.0, the plugins are bundled with MaxScale and the
default value now points to the bundled plugins. The location where the plugins
are stored depends on the operating system. For RHEL versions the value is/usr/lib64/maxscale/plugin/. For Debian and Ubuntu it is/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/maxscale/plugin/.
Older versions of MaxScale used /usr/lib/mysql/plugin/ as the default value.
persistdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/
Configure the directory where persisted configurations are stored. When a new object is created via MaxCtrl, it will be stored in this directory. Do not use this directory for normal configuration files, use /etc/maxscale.cnf.d/ instead. The user MaxScale is running as must be able to write into this directory.
module_configdirType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /etc/maxscale.modules.d/
Configure the directory where module configurations are stored. Path arguments are resolved relative to this directory. This directory should be used to store module specific configurations.
Any configuration parameter that is not an absolute path will be interpreted as a relative path. The relative paths use the module configuration directory as the working directory.
For example, the configuration parameter file=my_file.txt would be interpreted
as /etc/maxscale.modules.d/my_file.txt whereas file=/home/user/my_file.txt would
be interpreted as /home/user/my_file.txt.
languageType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: /var/lib/maxscale/
Set the folder where the errmsg.sys file is located in. MariaDB MaxScale will look for the errmsg.sys file installed with MariaDB MaxScale from this folder.
query_classifierType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: qc_sqlite
The module used by MariaDB MaxScale for query classification. The information provided by this module is used by MariaDB MaxScale when deciding where a particular statement should be sent. The default query classifier is_qc_sqlite_.
query_classifier_cache_sizeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: System Dependent
Specifies the maximum size of the query classifier cache. The default limit is 15% of total system memory starting with MaxScale 2.3.7. In older versions the default limit was 40% of total system memory. This feature was added in MaxScale 2.3.0.
When the query classifier cache has been enabled, MaxScale will, after a statement has been parsed, store the classification result using the canonicalized version of the statement as the key.
If the classification result for a statement is needed, MaxScale will first canonicalize the statement and check whether the result can be found in the cache. If it can, the statement will not be parsed at all but the cached result is used.
The configuration parameter takes one integer that specifies the maximum size of the cache. The size of the cache can be specifed as explained .
Note that MaxScale uses a separate cache for each worker thread. To obtain the
amount of memory available for each thread, divide the cache size with the value
of threads. If statements are evicted from the cache (visible in the
diagnostic output), consider increasing the cache size.
Note also that limit is not a hard limit, but an approximate one. Namely, although the memory needed for storing the canonicalized statement and the classification result is correctly accounted for, there is additional overhead whose size is not exactly known and over which we do not have direct control.
Using maxctrl show threads it is possible to check what the actual size of
the cache is and to see performance statistics.
query_classifier_argsType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Arguments for the query classifier. What arguments are accepted depends on the particular query classifier being used. The default query classifier -qc_sqlite - supports the following arguments:
log_unrecognized_statements
An integer argument taking the following values:
0: Nothing is logged. This is the default.
1: Statements that cannot be parsed completely are logged. They may have been partially parsed, or classified based on keyword matching.
2: Statements that cannot even be partially parsed are logged. They may have been classified based on keyword matching.
3: Statements that cannot even be classified by keyword matching are logged.
This will log all statements that cannot be parsed completely. This may be useful if you suspect that MariaDB MaxScale routes statements to the wrong server (e.g. to a slave instead of to a master).
substitute_variablesType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: false
Enable or disable the substitution of environment variables in the MaxScale configuration file. If the substitution of variables is enabled and a configuration line like
is encountered, then $SOME_VALUE will be replaced with the actual value
of the environment variable SOME_VALUE. Note:Variable substitution will be made only if '$' is the first character
&#xNAN;of the value. Everything following '$' is interpreted as the name of the environment
variable.
Referring to a non-existing environment variable is a fatal error.
The setting of substitute_variables will have an effect on all parameters
in the all other sections, irrespective of where the [maxscale] section
is placed in the configuration file. However, in the [maxscale] section,
to ensure that substitution will take place, place thesubstitute_variables=true line first.
sql_modeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: default, oracle
Specifies whether the query classifier parser should initially expect MariaDB or PL/SQL kind of SQL.
The allowed values are:default: The parser expects regular MariaDB SQL.oracle : The parser expects PL/SQL.
NOTE If sql_mode is set to oracle, then MaxScale will also assume
that autocommit initially is off.
At runtime, MariaDB MaxScale will recognize statements like
and
and change mode accordingly.
NOTE If set sql_mode=oracle; is encountered, then MaxScale will also
behave as if autocommit had been turned off and conversely, ifset sql_mode=default; is encountered, then MaxScale will also behave
as if autocommit had been turned on.
Note that MariaDB MaxScale is not explicitly aware of the sql mode of
the server, so the value of sql_mode should reflect the sql mode used
when the server is started.
local_addressType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
What specific local address/interface to use when connecting to servers.
This can be used for ensuring that MaxScale uses a particular interface when connecting to servers, in case the computer MaxScale is running on has multiple interfaces.
users_refresh_timeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 30s
How often, in seconds, MaxScale at most may refresh the users from the backend server.
MaxScale will at startup load the users from the backend server, but if the authentication of a user fails, MaxScale assumes it is because a new user has been created and will thus refresh the users. By default, MaxScale will do that at most once per 30 seconds and with this configuration option that can be changed. A value of 0 allows infinite refreshes and a negative value disables the refreshing entirely.
The value is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
In MaxScale 2.3.9 and older versions, the minimum allowed value was 10 seconds but, due to a bug, the default value was 0 which allowed infinite refreshes.
users_refresh_intervalType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
How often, in seconds, MaxScale will automatically refresh the users from the backend server.
This configuration is used to periodically refresh the backend users, making sure
they are up to date. The default value for this setting is 0, meaning the users
are not periodically refreshed. However, they can still be refreshed in case of
failed authentication depending on users_refresh_time.
retain_last_statementsType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
How many statements MaxScale should store for each session. This is for debugging purposes, as in case of problems it is often of value to be able to find out exactly what statements were sent before a particular problem turned up.
Note: See also dump_last_statements using which the actual dumping
of the statements is enabled. Unless both of the parameters are defined,
the statement dumping mechanism doesn't work.
dump_last_statementsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: on_close, on_error, never
With this configuration item it is specified in what circumstances MaxScale
should dump the last statements that a client sent. The allowed values arenever, on_error and on_close. With never the statements are never
logged, with on_error they are logged if the client closes the connection
improperly, and with on_close they are always logged when a client session
is closed.
Note that you need to specify with retain_last_statements how many statements
MaxScale should retain for each session. Unless it has been set to another value
than 0, this configuration setting will not have an effect.
session_traceType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
How many log entries are stored in the session specific trace log. This log is written to disk when a session ends abnormally and can be used for debugging purposes. Currently the session trace log is written to the log in the following situations:
When MaxScale receives a fatal signal and is about to crash.
Whenever an unexpected response is read from a server
If the session is not closed gracefully (i.e. client doesn't send a COM_QUIT packet)
Whenever readwritesplit receives a responce that is was not expecting.
It would be good to enable this if a session is disconnected and the log is not detailed enough. In this case the info log might reveal the true cause of why the connection was closed.
Default is 0.
The session trace log is also exposed by REST API and is shown withmaxctrl show sessions.
The order in which the session trace messages are logged into the log changed in MaxScale 6.4.9 (MXS-4716). Newer versions will log the messages in the "normal log order" of older events coming first and newer events appearing later in the file. Older versions of MaxScale logged the trace dump in the reverse order with the newest messages first and oldest ones last.
session_trace_matchType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
If both session_trace and session_trace_match are defined, and a trace log
entry of a session matches the regular expression, the trace log is written to
disk. The check for the match is done when the session is stopping.
The most effective way to debug MaxScale related issues is to turn on log_info
and observe the events written into the MaxScale log. The only problem with this
approach is that it can cause a severe performance bottleneck and can easily
fill up the disk as the amount of data written to it is significant. Withsession_trace and session_trace_match, the content that actually gets logged
can be filtered to only what is needed.
For example, the following configuration would only log the trace log messages from sessions that execute SQL queries with syntax errors:
This could be used to easily identify which applications execute the queries without having to gather the info level log output from all the sessions that connect to MaxScale. For every session that ends up logging a syntax error message, the last 1000 lines of log output done by that session is written into the MaxScale log.
writeq_high_waterType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 65536
High water mark for network write buffer. When the size of the outbound network buffer in MaxScale for a single connection exceeds this value, network traffic throtting for that connection is started. The parameter accepts . The default value was 16777216 bytes before 22.08.4.
More specifically, if the client side write queue is above this value, it will block traffic coming from backend servers. If the backend side write queue is above this value, it will block traffic from client.
The buffer that this parameter controls is the buffer internal to MaxScale and
is not the kernel TCP send buffer. This means that the total amount of buffered
data is determined by both the kernel TCP buffers and the value ofwriteq_high_water.
Network throttling is only enabled when both writeq_high_water andwriteq_low_water have a non-zero value. To disable throttling, set the value
to 0.
writeq_low_waterType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 1024
Low water mark for network write buffer. Once the traffic throttling is enabled,
it will only be disabled when the network write buffer is belowwriteq_low_water bytes. The parameter accepts . The
default value was 8192 bytes before 22.08.4.
The value of writeq_high_water must always be greater than the value ofwriteq_low_water.
Network throttling is only enabled when both writeq_high_water andwriteq_low_water have a non-zero value. To disable throttling, set the value
to 0.
persist_runtime_changesType:
Default: true
Dynamic: No
Persist changes done at runtime. This parameter was added in MaxScale 22.08.0.
When persist_runtime_changes is enabled, runtime configuration changes done
with the GUI, MaxCtrl or via the REST API cause a new configuration file to be
saved in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/. If load_persisted_configs is
enabled, these files will be applied on top of any existing values found in
static configuration files whenever MaxScale is starting up.
load_persisted_configsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Load persisted runtime changes on startup. This parameter was added in MaxScale 2.3.6.
All runtime configuration changes are persisted in generated configuration files
located by default in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/ and are loaded on
startup after main configuration files have been read. To make runtime
configurations volatile (i.e. they are lost when maxscale is restarted), useload_persisted_configs=false. All changes are still persisted since it stores
the current runtime state of MaxScale. This makes problem analysis easier if an
unexpected outage happens.
max_auth_errors_until_blockType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10
The maximum number of authentication failures that are tolerated before a host is temporarily blocked. The default value is 10 failures. After a host is blocked, connections from it are rejected for 60 seconds. To disable this feature, set the value to 0.
Note that the configured value is not a hard limit. The number of tolerated
failures is between max_auth_errors_until_block and threads * max_auth_errors_until_block where max_auth_errors_until_block is the
configured value of this parameter and threads is the number of configured
threads.
debugType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Define debug options from the --debug command line option. Either the command line option or the parameter should be used, not both. The debug options are only for testing purposes and are not to be used in production.
The MaxScale REST API is an HTTP interface that provides JSON format data intended to be consumed by monitoring appllications and visualization tools.
The following options must be defined under the [maxscale] section in the
configuration file.
admin_hostType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: "127.0.0.1"
The network interface where the REST API listens on. The default value is the
IPv4 address 127.0.0.1 which only listens for local connections.
admin_portType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: 8989
The port where the REST API listens on. The default value is port 8989.
admin_authType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Enable REST API authentication using HTTP Basic Access authentication. This is not a secure method of authentication without HTTPS but it does add a small layer of security.
For more information, read the .
admin_ssl_keyType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The path to the TLS private key in PEM format for the admin interface.
If the admin_ssl_key and admin_ssl_cert options are all defined, the admin
interface will use encrypted HTTPS instead of plain HTTP.
The REST-API only supports PKCS#8 PEM private keys and using a PKCS#1 PEM private key will result in an error. If your private key is in PKCS#1 PEM format, convert it to PKCS#8 PEM format first before starting up MaxScale.
admin_ssl_certType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The path to the TLS public certificate in PEM format. See admin_ssl_key
documentation for more details.
admin_ssl_ca_certDeprecated since MariaDB MaxScale 22.08. See admin_ssl_ca.
admin_ssl_caType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The path to the TLS CA certificate in PEM format. If defined, the client certificate, if provided, will be validated against it. This parameter is optional starting with MaxScale 2.3.19.
NOTE Up until MariaDB MaxScale 6, the parameter was called admin_ssl_ca_cert,
which is still accepted as an alias for admin_ssl_ca.
admin_ssl_versionType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: MAX, TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1
This parameter controls the enabled TLS versions in the REST API. Accepted values are:
TLSv10
TLSv11
TLSv12
TLSv13
MaxScale versions 6.4.16, 22.08.13, 23.02.10, 23.08.6, 24.02.2 and all newer releases accept also the following alias values:
TLSv1.0
TLSv1.1
TLSv1.2
TLSv1.3
The default value is MAX which negotiates the highest level of encryption that
both the client and server support. The list of supported TLS versions depends
on the operating system and what TLS versions the GnuTLS library supports.
For example, to enable only TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.3, useadmin_ssl_version=TLSv1.1,TLSv1.3.
This parameter was added in MaxScale 2.5.7.
Older versions of MaxScale interpreted admin_ssl_version as the minimum
allowed TLS version. In those versions, admin_ssl_version=TLSv1.2 allowed both
TLSv1.2 and TLSv1.3. In MaxScale 6.4.16, 22.08.13, 23.02.10, 23.08.6, 24.02.2
and all newer versions, the value is a enumeration of accepted TLS protocol
versions. In these versions, admin_ssl_version=TLSv1.2 only allows TLSv1.2. To
retain the old behavior, specify all the accepted values withadmin_ssl_version=TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3
admin_enabledType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Enable or disable the admin interface. This allows the admin interface to be completely disabled to prevent access to it.
admin_guiType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Enable or disable the admin graphical user interface.
MaxScale provides a GUI for administrative operations via the REST API. When the
GUI is enabled, the root REST API resource (i.e. http://localhost:8989/) will
serve the GUI. When disabled, the REST API will respond with a 200 OK to the
request. By disabling the GUI, the root resource can be used as a low overhead
health check.
admin_secure_guiType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: true
Whether to serve the GUI only over secure HTTPS connections.
To be secure by default, the GUI is only served over HTTPS connections as
it uses a token authentication scheme. This also controls whether the/auth endpoint requires an encrypted connection.
To allow use of the GUI without having to configure TLS certificates for the MaxScale REST API, set this parameter to false.
admin_log_auth_failuresType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Log authentication failures for the admin interface.
admin_pam_readwrite_service/admin_pam_readonly_serviceType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Use Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) for REST API authentication. The settings
accept a PAM service name which is used during authentication if normal authentication
fails. admin_pam_readwrite_service should accept users who can do any
MaxCtrl/REST-API-operation. admin_pam_readonly_service should accept users who can only
do read operations. Because REST-API does not support back and forth communication between
the client and MaxScale, the PAM services must be simple. They should only ask for the
password and nothing else.
If only admin_pam_readwrite_service is configured, both read and write operations can be
authenticated by PAM. If only admin_pam_readonly_service is configured, only read
operations can be authenticated by PAM. If both are set, the service used is determined by
the requested operation. Leave or set both empty to disable PAM for REST-API.
admin_jwt_algorithmType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: auto, HS256, HS384
The signature algorithm used by the MaxScale REST API when generating JSON Web Tokens.
For more information about the tokens and how they work, refer to .
If a symmetric algorithm is used (i.e. HS256, HS384 or HS512), MaxScale
will generate a random encryption key on startup and use that to sign the
messages. The symmetric key can also be retrieved from an if the admin_jwt_key parameter is defined.
If an asymmetric algorithm (i.e. public key authentication) is used, both theadmin_ssl_cert and admin_ssl_key parameters must be defined and they must
contain a private key and a public certificate of the correct type. If the wrong
key type, key length or elliptic curve is used, MaxScale will refuse to start.
Asymmetric key algorithms make it possible for the clients of the REST API to validate that the token was indeed generated by the correct entity.
Symmetric algorithms make it easy to share the same tokens between multiple MaxScale instaces as the shared secret can be stored in a key management system.
The possible values for this parameter are:
auto
MaxScale will attempt to detect the best algorithm to use for
signatures. The algorithm used depends on the private key type: RSA keys usePS256, EC keys use the ES256, ES384 or ES512 depending on the curve,
Ed25519 keys use ED25519 and Ed448 keys uses ED448. If MaxScale cannot
auto-detect the key type, it falls back to HS256
admin_jwt_keyType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The ID for the encryption key used to sign the JSON Web Tokens. If configured, an must also be configured and it must contain the key with the given ID. If no key is defined, MaxScale will use a random encryption key whenever a symmetric signature algorithm is used.
Currently, the encryption key is only read on startup. This means that the tokens will be signed by the latest key version that is available on startup: rotating the encryption key in the key management system will not cause the JWTs to be signed with newer versions of the key.
admin_oidc_urlType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
The URL to a OpenID Connect server that is used for JWT validation.
If defined, any tokens signed by this server are accepted as valid bearer tokens
for the MaxScale REST API. The "sub" field of the token is assumed to be the
username of an administrative user in MaxScale and the "account" claim is
assumed to be the type of the user: "admin" for administrative users with full
access to the REST-API and "basic" for users with read-only access to the
REST-API. This means that all users must be first created with maxctrl create user before the tokens are accepted if the OIDC provider is not able to add the"account" claim.
Modifying admin_oidc_url will cause the certificates to be fetched
again. They are also fetched when the maxctrl reload tls command is
executed or when the admin_ssl_cert and admin_ssl_key settings are
modified.
MaxScale versions 22.08.16 and earlier only fetched the new certificates when
the maxctrl reload tls command was executed.
admin_verify_urlType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
URL to a server to which the REST API token verification is delegated.
If the URL is defined, any tokens passed to the REST API will be validated by
doing a GET request to the URL with the client's token as a bearer token. TheReferer header of the request is set to the URL being requested by the client
and the custom X-Referrer-Method header is set to the HTTP method being used
(PUT, GET etc.).
Note: When admin_verify_url is used and the remote server cannot
be accessed, all REST API access that uses tokens will be disabled. The
only way to use the REST API with tokens is to remove admin_verify_url
from the configuration which requires restarting MaxScale. The REST API
still accepts HTTP Basic Access authentication even if the remote server
cannot be reached.
By delegating the authentication and authorization of the REST API to an external server, users can implement custom access control systems for the MaxScale REST API.
config_sync_clusterType: monitor
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This parameter controls which cluster (i.e. monitor) is used to synchronize
configuration changes between MaxScale instances. The first server labeledMaster will be used for the synchronization.
By default configuration synchronization is not enabled and it must be
explicitly enabled by defining a monitor name for config_sync_cluster.
When config_sync_cluster is defined, config_sync_user andconfig_sync_password must also be defined.
For a detailed description of this feature, refer to the section.
config_sync_userType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The username for the account that is used to synchronize configuration changes
across MaxScale instances. Both this parameter and config_sync_password are
required if config_sync_cluster is configured.
This account must have the following grants:
The mysql.maxscale_config table can be pre-created in which case the CREATE
grant is not needed by the user configured in config_sync_user. The following
SQL is used to create the table.
If the database where the table is created is changed with config_sync_db, the
grants must be adjusted to target that database instead.
config_sync_passwordType: password
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The password for config_sync_user. Both this parameter and config_sync_user
are required if config_sync_cluster is configured. This password can
optionally be encrypted using maxpasswd.
config_sync_dbType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: mysql
The database where the maxscale_config table is created. By default the table
is created in the mysql database. This parameter was added in MaxScale
versions 6.4.6 and 22.08.5.
As tables in the mysql database cannot have triggers on them, the database
must be changed to a user-created one in order to create triggers on the table.
An example use-case for triggers on this table is to track all configuration
changes done to MaxScale by inserting them into a separate table.
config_sync_intervalType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 5s
How often to synchronize the configuration with the cluster.
As the synchronization involves selecting the configuration version from the database, this value should not be set to an unreasonably low value. The default value of 5 second should provide a good compromise between responsiveness and how much load it places on the database.
config_sync_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 10s
Timeout for all SQL operations done during the configuration synchronization. If an operation exceeds this timeout, the configuration change is treated as failed and an error is reported to the client that did the change.
key_managerType:
Dynamic: Yes
Values: none, file, kmip, vault
The encryption key manager to use. The available encryption key managers are:
none - No key manager, encryption keys are not available.
file -
kmip -
Refer to the section for more information on how to configure the key managers. The key managers each have their configuration in their own namespace and must have their name as a prefix.
For example to configure the file key manager, the following must be used:
MaxScale logs warnings and errors for various reasons and often it is self- evident and generally applicable whether some occurence should warrant a warning or an error, or perhaps just an info-level message.
However, there are events whose seriousness is not self-evident. For instance, in some environments an authentication failure may simply indicate that someone has made a typo, while in some other environment that can only happen in case there has been a security breech.
To handle events like these, MaxScale defines events whose logging
facility and level can be controlled by the administrator. Given an eventX, its facility and level are controlled in the following manner:
The above means that if event X occurs, then that is logged using the
facility LOG_LOCAL0 and the level LOG_ERR.
The valid values of facilityare the facility values reported byman
syslog, e.g.LOG_AUTH,LOG_LOCAL0andLOG_USER. Likewise, the valid values forlevelare the ones also reported byman syslog, e.g.LOG_WARNING,LOG_ERRandLOG_CRIT`.
Note that MaxScale does not act upon the level, that is, even if the level
of a particular event is defined to be LOG_EMERG, MaxScale will not shut
down if that event occurs.
The default facility is LOG_USER and the default level is LOG_WARNING.
Note that you may also have to configure rsyslog to ensure that the
event can be logged to the intended log file. For instance, if the facility
is chosen to be LOG_AUTH, then /etc/rsyslog.conf should contain a line
like
for the logged events to end up in /var/log/auth.log, where the initialauth is the relevant entry.
The available events are:
This event occurs when there is an authentication failure.
A service represents the database service that MariaDB MaxScale offers to the clients. In general a service consists of a set of backend database servers and a routing algorithm that determines how MariaDB MaxScale decides to send statements or route connections to those backend servers.
A service may be considered as a virtual database server that MariaDB MaxScale makes available to its clients.
Several different services may be defined using the same set of backend servers. For example a connection based routing service might be used by clients that already performed internal read/write splitting, whilst a different statement based router may be used by clients that are not written with this functionality in place. Both sets of applications could access the same data in the same databases.
A service is identified by a service name, which is the name of the configuration file section and a type parameter of service.
In order for MariaDB MaxScale to forward any requests it must have at least one service defined within the configuration file. The definition of a service alone is not enough to allow MariaDB MaxScale to forward requests however, the service is merely present to link together the other configuration elements.
routerType: router
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The router parameter of a service defines the name of the router module that will be used to implement the routing algorithm between the client of MariaDB MaxScale and the backend databases. Additionally routers may also be passed a comma separated list of options that are used to control the behavior of the routing algorithm. The two parameters that control the routing choice are router and router_options. The router options are specific to a particular router and are used to modify the behavior of the router. The read connection router can be passed options of master, slave or synced, an example of configuring a service to use this router and limiting the choice of servers to those in slave state would be as follows.
To change the router to connect on to servers in the master state as well as slave servers, the router options can be modified to include the master state.
A more complete description of router options and what is available for a given router is included with the documentation of the router itself.
filtersType: filter list
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The filters option allow a set of filters to be defined for a service; requests from the client are passed through these filters before being sent to the router for dispatch to the backend server. The filters parameter takes one or more filter names, as defined within the filter definition section of the configuration file. Multiple filters are separated using the | character.
The requests pass through the filters from left to right in the order defined in the configuration parameter.
targetsType: target list
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The targets parameter is a comma separated list of server and/or service names
that comprise the routing targets of the service. This parameter was added in
MaxScale 2.5.0.
This parameter allows nested service configurations to be defined without having to configure listeners for all services. For example, one use-case is to use multiple readwritesplit services behind a schemarouter service to have both the sharding of schemarouter with the high-availability of readwritesplit.
NOTE: The targets parameter is mutually exclusive with the cluster andservers parameters.
serversType: server list
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The servers parameter in a service definition provides a comma separated list of the backend servers that comprise the service. The server names are those used in the name section of a block with a type parameter of server (see below).
NOTE: The servers parameter is mutually exclusive with the cluster andtargets parameters.
clusterType: monitor
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
The servers the service uses are defined by the monitor specified as value of this configuration parameter.
NOTE: The cluster parameter is mutually exclusive with the servers andtargets parameters.
userType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
This setting defines the user the service uses to fetch user account information from backends. A password is specified using .
See for more information (such as required grants) and troubleshooting tips regarding user account management and client authentication.
passwordType: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
This settings defines the password the service uses to fetch user account information from backends. The password may be either a plain text password or an . The user is specified using .
See for more information (such as required grants) and troubleshooting tips regarding user account management and client authentication.
enable_root_userType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This parameter controls the ability of the root user to connect to MariaDB MaxScale and hence onwards to the backend servers via MariaDB MaxScale.
localhost_match_wildcard_hostDeprecated and ignored.
version_stringType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: None
This parameter sets a custom version string that is sent in the MySQL Handshake from MariaDB MaxScale to clients.
Example:
If not set, MaxScale will attempt to use a version string from the
backend databases by selecting the version string of the database with
the lowest version number. If the selected version is from the MariaDB
10 series, a 5.5.5- prefix will be added to it similarly to how the
MariaDB 10 series versions added it.
If MaxScale has not been able to connect to a single database and the
versions are unknown, the default value of 5.5.5-10.4.32 <MaxScale version>-maxscale is used where <MaxScale version> is the version of
MaxScale.
auth_all_serversType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This parameter controls whether only a single server or all of the servers are used when loading the users from the backend servers.
By default MaxScale uses the first server labeled as Master as the source of
the authentication data. When this option is enabled, the authentication data is
loaded from all the servers and combined into one big data set.
strip_db_escType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This setting controls whether escape characters (\) are removed from database
names when loading user grants from a backend server. When enabled, a grant
such as grant select on test_.* to 'user'@'%'; is read as grant select on test_.* to 'user'@'%';
This setting has no effect on database-level grants fetched from a MariaDB Server. The database names of a MariaDB Server are compared using the LIKE operator to properly handle wildcards and escaped wildcards. This setting may affect database names in table and column level grants, although these typically do not contain backlashes.
Some visual database management tools automatically escape some characters and this might cause conflicts when MaxScale tries to authenticate users.
log_auth_warningsType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
Enable or disable the logging of authentication failures and warnings. If enabled, messages about failed authentication attempts will be logged with details about who tried to connect to MariaDB MaxScale and from where.
log_warningType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
When enabled, this allows a service to log warning messages even if the global log level configuration disables them.
Note that disabling the service level logging does not override the global
logging configuration: with log_warning=false in the service andlog_warning=true globally, warnings will still be logged for all services.
log_noticeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
When enabled, this allows a service to log notice messages even if the global log level configuration disables them.
log_infoType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
When enabled, this allows a service to log info messages even if the global log level configuration disables them.
log_debugType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
When enabled, this allows a service to log debug messages even if the global log level configuration disables them.
Debug messages are only enabled for debug builds. Enabling log_debug in a
release build does nothing.
connection_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
The connection_timeout parameter is used to disconnect sessions to MariaDB MaxScale that have been idle for too long. The session timeouts are disabled by default. To enable them, define the timeout in seconds in the service's configuration section. A value of zero is interpreted as no timeout, the same as if the parameter is not defined.
The value is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
This parameter only takes effect in top-level services. A top-level service is
the service where the listener that the client connected to points (i.e. the
value of service in the listener). If a service defines other services in itstargets parameter, the connection_timeout for those is not used.
The value of connection_timeout should be lower than the lowest wait_timeout
value on the backend servers. This way idle clients are disconnected by MaxScale
before the backend servers have to close them. Any client-side idle timeouts
(e.g. maximum lifetime for connection pools) should be lower than bothconnection_timeout and wait_timeout. This way the client application will
end up closing the connection itself which most of the time results in better
and more helpful error messages.
Warning: If a connection is idle for longer than the configured connection timeout, it will be forcefully disconnected and a warning will be logged in the MaxScale log file.
In MaxScale versions 6.2.0 and older, if long-running operations (e.g. ALTER TABLE) were performed, MaxScale would close the connections if they look longer
than connection_timeout seconds to execute
(). In MaxScale 6.2.1 this
has been fixed and the active operations are now correctly tracked.
Example:
max_connectionsType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
The maximum number of simultaneous connections MaxScale should permit to this service. If the parameter is zero or is omitted, there is no limit. Any attempt to make more connections after the limit is reached will result in a "Too many connections" error being returned.
Warning: In MaxScale 2.5, it is possible that the number of concurrent
connections temporarily exceeds the value of max_connections. This has been
fixed in MaxScale 6.
Example:
session_track_trx_stateType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Enable transaction state tracking by offloading it to the backend servers. Getting the transaction state from the server will be more accurate for stored procedures or multi-statement SQL that modifies the transaction state non-atomically.
In general, it is better to avoid using this type of SQL as tracking the
transaction state via the server responses is not compatible with features such
as transaction_replay in readwritesplit. session_track_trx_state should only
be enabled if the default transaction tracking done by MaxScale does not produce
the desired outcome.
This is only supported by MariaDB versions 10.3 or newer. The following must be configured in the MariaDB server in order for this feature to work. Not configuring the MariaDB server with it can result in the transaction state being wrong in MaxScale which can result in data inconsistency.
retain_last_statementsType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: -1
How many statements MaxScale should store for each session of this service.
This overrides the value of the global setting with the same name. Ifretain_last_statements has been specified in the global section of the
MaxScale configuration file, then if it has not been explicitly specified
for the service, the global value holds, otherwise the service specific
value rules. That is, it is possible to enable the setting globally and
turn it off for a specific service, or just enable it for specific services.
The value of this parameter can be changed at runtime using maxctrl and the
new value will take effect for sessions created thereafter.
connection_keepaliveType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 300s
Keep idle connections alive by sending pings to backend servers. This feature was introduced in MaxScale 2.5.0 where it was changed from a readwritesplit-specific feature to a generic service feature. The default value for this parameter is 300 seconds. To disable this feature, set the value to 0.
The keepalive interval is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.5. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the keepalive is seconds, a keepalive specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
The parameter value is the interval in seconds between each keepalive ping. A keepalive ping will be sent to a backend server if the connection has been idle for longer than the configured keepalive interval.
Starting with MaxScale 2.5.21 and 6.4.0, the keepalive pings are not sent if the client
has been idle for longer than the configured value ofconnection_keepalive. Older versions of MaxScale sent the keepalive pings
regardless of the client state.
This parameter only takes effect in top-level services. A top-level service is
the service where the listener that the client connected to points (i.e. the
value of service in the listener). If a service defines other services in itstargets parameter, the connection_keepalive for those is not used.
If the value of connection_keepalive is changed at runtime, the change in the
value takes effect immediately.
As the connection keepalive pings must be done only when there's no ongoing
query, all requests and responses must be tracked by MaxScale. In the case ofreadconnroute, this will incur a small drop in performance. For routers that
rely on result tracking (e.g. readwritesplit and schemarouter), the
performance will be the same with or without connection_keepalive.
If you want to avoid the performance cost and you don't need the connection
keepalive feature, you can disable it with connection_keepalive=0s.
force_connection_keepaliveType: boolean
Mandatory No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
By default, connection keepalive pings are only sent if the client is either
executing a query or has been idle for less than the duration configured inconnection_keepalive. When this parameter is enabled, keepalive pings are
unconditionally sent to any backends that have been idle for longer thanconnection_keepalive seconds. This option was added in MaxScale 6.4.9 and can
be used to emulate the pre-2.5.21 behavior if long-lived application connections
rely on the old unconditional keepalive pings.
Note: if force_connection_keepalive is enabled and connection_keepalive in
MaxScale is set to a lower value than the wait_timeout on the database, the
client idle timeouts that wait_timeout control are no longer effective. This
happens because MaxScale unconditionally sends the pings which make the client
behave like it is not idle and thus the connections will never be killed due towait_timeout.
net_write_timeoutType:
Mandatory No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
This parameter controls how long a network write to the client can stay buffered. This feature is disabled by default.
When net_write_timeout is configured and data is buffered on the client
network connection, if the time since the last successful network write exceeds
the configured limit, the client connection will be disconnected.
The value is specified as documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the timeout is seconds, a timeout specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the duration is longer than a second.
max_sescmd_historyType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 50
max_sescmd_history sets a limit on how many distinct session commands are
stored in the session command history. When the history limit is exceeded, the
history is either pruned to the last max_sescmd_history command (whenprune_sescmd_history is enabled) or the history is disabled and server
reconnections are no longer possible.
The required history size can be estimated by counting the total number of
session state modifying commands (e.g SET NAMES) that are used by a
client. Note that connectors usually add some commands that aren't visible to
the application developer which means a safety margin should be added. A good
rule of thumb is to count the expected number of statements and double that
number. The default value of 50 is a value that'll work for most applications
that do not rely heavily on user variables.
Starting with MaxScale versions 21.06.18, 22.08.15, 23.02.12, 23.08.8, 24.02.4
and 24.08.1, binary protocol prepared statements do not count towards themax_sescmd_history limit. In practice this means that all binary protocol
prepared statements opened by the client are also kept open by MaxScale and are
restored whenever a reconnection to a server happens. The limits imposed bymax_sescmd_history apply to other text protocol commands e.g. SET NAMES.
Note that text protocol prepared statements count as text protocol commands and
are thus potentially pruned when history pruning happens. If an application uses
a lot of PREPARE stmt FROM <sql> commands, it is recommended that the value ofmax_sescmd_history is increased accordingly.
In older versions of MaxScale, binary protocol prepared statements were limited
by max_sescmd_history and were also pruned by prune_sescmd_history but this
caused problems when the binary protocol prepared statment were pruned while
they were still open from the client's point of view. In older versions, the
recommended value of max_sescmd_history is the number of state modifying
commands plus the maximum number of open prepared statments that any application
may use.
This parameter was moved into the MaxScale core in MaxScale 6.0. The parameter
can be configured for all routers that support the session command
history. Currently only readwritesplit and schemarouter support it.
In addition to limiting the number of commands to store, it also acts as a hard
limit on the number of packets that may be queued up on a backend before it is
closed. Packets are queued while the TCP socket is being opened and when
prepared statements are being prepared. In certain rare cases, a slow server may
fall behind and not catch up to the rest of the cluster and a backlog of packets
forms. In these cases, if more than max_sescmd_history packets are queued, the
connection to the server is closed.
prune_sescmd_historyType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: true
This option enables pruning of the session command history when it exceeds the
value configured in max_sescmd_history. When this option is enabled, only a
set number of statements are stored in the history. This limits the per-session
memory use while still allowing safe reconnections.
This parameter is intended to be used with pooled connections that remain in use for a very long time. Most connection pool implementations do not reset the session state and instead re-initialize it with new values. This causes the session command history to grow at roughly a constant rate for the lifetime of the pooled connection.
Each client-side session that uses a pooled connection only executes a finite amount of session commands. By retaining a shorter history that encompasses all session commands the individual clients execute, the session state of a pooled connection can be accurately recreated on another server.
When the session command history pruning is enabled, there is a theoretical possibility that upon server reconnection the session states of the connections are inconsistent. This can only happen if the length of the stored history is shorter than the list of relevant statements that affect the session state. In practice the default value of 50 session commands is a fairly reasonable value and the risk of inconsistent session state is relatively low.
In case the default history length is too short for safe pruning, set the value
of max_sescmd_history to the total number of commands that affect the session
state plus a safety margin of 10. The safety margin reserves some extra space
for new commands that might be executed due to changes in the client side
application.
This parameter was moved into the MaxScale core in MaxScale 6.0. The parameter
can be configured for all routers that support the session command
history. Currently only readwritesplit and schemarouter support it.
disable_sescmd_historyType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This option disables the session command history. This way no history is stored and if a slave server fails, the router will not try to replace the failed slave. Disabling session command history will allow long-lived connections without causing a constant growth in the memory consumption.
This parameter should only be used when either the memory footprint must be as small as possible or when the pruning of the session command history is not acceptable.
This parameter was moved into the MaxScale core in MaxScale 6.0. The parameter
can be configured for all routers that support the session command
history. Currently only readwritesplit and schemarouter support it.
user_accounts_fileType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
Defines path to a file with additional user accounts for incoming clients. Default value is empty, which disables the feature.
In addition to querying the backends, MaxScale can read users from a file. This feature is useful when backends have limitations on the type of users that can be created, or if MaxScale needs to allow users to log in even when backends are down (e.g. binlog router). The users read from the file are only present on MaxScale, so logging into backends can still fail. The format of the file is protocol-specific. The following only applies to MariaDB-protocol, which is also the only protocol supporting this feature.
The file contains json text. Three objects are read from it: user, db and_roles_mapping_, none of which are mandatory. These objects must be arrays which contain user information similar to the mysql.user, mysql.db and_mysql.roles_mapping_ tables on the server. Each array element must define at least the string fields user and host, which define the user account to add or modify.
The elements in the user-array may contain the following additional fields. If a field is not defined, it is assumed either empty (string) or false (boolean).
password: String. Password hash, similar to the equivalent column on server.
plugin: String. Authentication plugin used by client, similar to server.
authentication_string: String. Additional authentication info, similar to server.
default_role: String. Default role of user, similar to server.
The elements in the db-array must contain the following additional field:
db: String. Database which the user can access. Can contain % and _ wildcards.
The elements in the roles_mapping-array must contain the following additional field:
role: String. Role the user can access.
When users are read from both servers and the file, the server takes priority.
That is, if user 'joe'@'%' is defined on both, the file-version is discarded.
The file can still affect the database grants and roles of 'joe'@'%', as the_db_ and roles_mapping-arrays are read separately and added to existing grant
and role lists.
An example users file is below.
user_accounts_file_usageType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: add_when_load_ok, file_only_always
Defines when user_accounts_file is read. The value is an enum, either "add_when_load_ok" (default) or "file_only_always".
"add_when_load_ok" means that the file is only read when users are successfully read from a server. The file contents are then added to the server-based data. If reading from server fails (e.g. servers are down), the file is ignored.
"file_only_always" means that users are not read from the servers at all and the file contents is all that matters. The state of the servers is ignored. This mode can be useful with the binlog router, as it allows clients to log in and fetch binary logs from MaxScale even when backend servers are down.
idle_session_pool_timeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: -1s
Normally, MaxScale only pools backend connections when a session is closed (controlled by server settings persistpoolmax and_persistmaxtime_). Other sessions can use the pooled connections instead of creating new connections to backends. If connection sharing is enabled, MaxScale can pool backend connections also from running sessions, and re-attach a pooled connection when a session is doing a query. This effectively allows multiple sessions to share backend connections.
idle_session_pool_time defines the amount of time a session must be idle before its backend connections may be pooled. To enable connection sharing, set_idle_session_pool_time_ to zero or greater. The value can be given in seconds or milliseconds.
This feature has a significant drawback: when a backend connection is reused, it needs to be restored to the correct state. This means reauthenticating and replaying session commands. This can add a significant delay before the connection is actually ready for a query. If the session command history size exceeds the value of max_sescmd_history, connection sharing is disabled for the session.
This feature should only be used when limiting the backend connection count is a priority, even at the cost of query delay and throughput. This feature only works when the following server settings are also set in MaxScale configuration:
Since reusing a backend connection is an expensive operation, MaxScale only
pools connections when another session requires them. idle_session_pool_time
thus effectively limits the frequency at which a connection can be moved from
one session to another. Setting idle_session_pool_time=0ms causes MaxScale to
move connections as soon as possible.
See below for more information on configuring connection sharing.
Details, limitations and suggestions for connection sharing
As noted above, when a connection is pooled and reused its state is lost. Although session variables and prepared statements are restored by replaying session commands, some state information cannot be transferred.
The most common such state is a transaction. When a transaction is on, connection sharing is disabled for that session until the transaction completes. Other similar situations may not be properly detected, and it's the responsibility of the user to avoid introducing such state to the session when using connection sharing. This means that the following should not be used:
Statements such as LOCK TABLES and GET LOCK or any other statement that
introduces state into the connection.
Temporary tables and some problematic user or session variables such asLAST_INSERT_ID(). For LAST_INSERT_ID(), the value returned by the connector
must be used instead of the variable.
Stored procedures that cause session level side-effects.
Several settings affect connection sharing and its effectiveness. Reusing a connection is an expensive operation so its frequency should be minimized. The important configuration settings in addition to idle_session_pool_time are MaxScale server settings , and . The service settings , and also have an effect. These settings should be tuned according to the use case.
persistpoolmax limits how many connections can be kept in a pool for a given server. If the pool is full, no more connections are detached from sessions even if they are idle and required. The pool size should be large enough to contain any connections being transferred between sessions, but not be greater thanmax_routing_connections. Using the value of max_routing_connections is a reasonable starting point.
persistmaxtime limits the time a connection may stay in the pool. This should
be high enough so that pooled connections are not unnecessarily closed. Cleaning
up clearly unneeded connections from the pool may be useful whenmax_routing_connections is restrictively tuned. Because each MaxScale routing
thread has its own connection pool, one thread can monopolize access to a
server. For example, if the pool of thread 1 has 100 connections to ServerA
with max_routing_connections=100, other threads can no longer connect to the
server. In such a situation, reducing persistmaxtime of ServerA may help as
it would cause unneeded connections in the pool to be closed faster. Such
connection slots then become available to other routing threads. Reducing the
number of may also help, as it reduces pool
fragmentation. This may reduce overall throughput, though. When using connection
sharing, backend connections are only in the pool momentarily. Consequently,persistmaxtime can be set quite low, e.g. 10s.
If a client session exceeds max_sescmd_history (default 50), pooling is disabled for that session. If many sessions do this and_max_routing_connections_ is set, other sessions will stall as they cannot find a backend connection. This can be avoided with prune_sescmd_history. However, pruning means that old session commands will not be replayed when a pooled connection is reused. If the pruned commands are important (e.g. statement preparations), the session may fail later on.
If the number of clients actively running queries is greater thanmax_routing_connections, query throughput will suffer as clients will need to take turns. In this situation, it's imperative to minimize the number of backend connections a single session uses. The settings to achieve this depend on the router. For ReadWriteSplit the following should be used:
The above settings mean that MaxScale can process roughly (number of slave servers X max_routing_connections) read queries simultaneously. Write queries will still need to take turns as there is only one master server.
The following configuration snippet shows example server and service configurations for connection sharing with ReadWriteSplit.
multiplex_timeoutType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 60s
When connection sharing (as described above) is on, clients may have to wait for their turn to use a backend connection. If too much time passes without a connection becoming available, MaxScale returns an error to the client, usually also ending the session. multiplex_timeout sets this timeout. Increase it if queries are failing with "Timed out when waiting for a connection". Decrease it if failing early is preferable to stalling.
Server sections define the backend database servers MaxScale uses. A server is identified by its section name in the configuration file. The only mandatory parameter of a server is type, but address and port are also usually defined. A server may be a member of one or more services. A server may only be monitored by at most one monitor.
addressType: string
Mandatory: Yes, if socket is not provided.
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
The IP-address or hostname of the machine running the database server. MaxScale uses this address to connect to the server.
Either address or socket must be defined, but not both.
portType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 3306
The port the backend server listens on for incoming connections. MaxScale uses this port to connect to the server.
socketType: string
Mandatory: Yes, if address is not provided.
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
The absolute path to a UNIX domain socket the MariaDB server is listening on.
Either address or socket must be defined, but not both.
monitoruserType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This setting together with define server-specific credentials for monitoring the server. Monitors typically use the credentials in their own configuration sections to connect to all servers. If server-specific settings are given, the monitor uses those instead.
monitorpwType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: None
This setting together with define server-specific credentials for monitoring the server. Monitors typically use the credentials in their own configuration sections to connect to all servers. If server-specific settings are given, the monitor uses those instead.
monitorpw may be either a plain text password or an encrypted password. See
the section for more information.
extra_portType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
An alternative port used for administrative connections to the server. If this setting is defined, MaxScale uses it for monitoring the server and to fetch user accounts. Client sessions will still use the normal port.
Defining extra_port allows MaxScale to connect even when max_connections on the backend server has been reached. Extra-port connections have their own connection limit, which is one by default. This needs to be increased to allow both monitor and user account manager to connect.
If the connection to the extra-port fails due to connection number limit or if the port is not open on the server, normal port is used.
For more information, see and .
persistpoolmaxType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
Sets the size of the server connection pool. Disabled by default. When enabled, MaxScale places unused connections to the server to a pool and reuses them later. Connections typically become unused when a session closes. If the size of the pool reaches persistpoolmax, unused connections are closed instead.
Every routing thread has its own pool. As of version 6.3.0, MaxScale will round up persistpoolmax so that every thread has an equal size pool.
When a MariaDB-protocol connection is taken from the pool to be used in a new session, the state of the connection is dependent on the router. ReadWriteSplit restores the connection to match the session state. Other routers do not.
persistmaxtimeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0s
The persistmaxtime parameter defaults to zero but can be set to a duration as
documented . If no explicit unit is provided, the value is
interpreted as seconds in MaxScale 2.4. In subsequent versions a value without a
unit may be rejected. Note that since the granularity of the parameter is
seconds, a value specified in milliseconds will be rejected, even if the
duration is longer than a second.
A DCB placed in the persistent pool for a server will only be reused if the elapsed time since it joined the pool is less than the given value. Otherwise, the DCB will be discarded and the connection closed.
max_routing_connectionsType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
Maximum number of routing connections to this server. Connections held in a pool also count towards this maximum. Does not limit monitor connections or user account fetching. A value of 0 (default) means no limit.
Since every client session can generate a connection to a server, the server may run out of memory when the number of clients is high enough. This setting limits server memory use caused by MaxScale. The effect depends on if the service setting , i.e. connection sharing, is enabled or not.
If connection sharing is not on, max_routing_connections simply sets a limit. Any sessions attempting to exceed this limit will fail to connect to the backend. The client can still connect to MaxScale, but queries will fail.
If connection sharing is on, sessions exceeding the limit will be put on hold until a connection is available. Such sessions will appear unresponsive, as queries will hang, possibly for a long time. The timeout is controlled by .
proxy_protocolType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
If proxy_protocol is enabled, MaxScale will send a
header when connecting client sessions to the server. The header contains the
original client IP address and port, as seen by MaxScale. The server will then
read the header and perform authentication as if the connection originated from
this address instead of MaxScale's IP address. With this feature, the user
accounts on the backend server can be simplified to only contain the actual
client hosts and not the MaxScale host.
PROXY protocol will be supported by MariaDB 10.3, which this feature has been tested with. To use it, enable the PROXY protocol in MaxScale for every compatible server and configure the MariaDB servers themselves to accept the protocol headers from MaxScale's IP address. On the server side, the protocol should be enabled only for trusted IPs, as it allows the sender to spoof the connection origin. If a proxy header is sent to a server not expecting it, the connection will fail. Usually PROXY protocol should be enabled for every server in a cluster, as they typically have similar grants.
Other SQL-servers may support PROXY protocol as well, but the implementation may
be highly restricting. Strict adherence to the protocol requires that the
backend server does not allow mixing of un-proxied and proxied connections from
a given IP. MaxScale requires normal connections to backends for monitoring and
authentication data queries, which would be blocked. To bypass this restriction,
the server monitor needs to be disabled and the service listener needs to be
configured to disregard authentication errors (skip_authentication=true).
Server states also need to be set manually in MaxCtrl. These steps are not
required for MariaDB 10.3, since its implementation is more flexible and allows
both PROXY-headered and headerless connections from a proxy-enabled IP.
disk_space_thresholdType: Custom
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: None
This parameter specifies how full a disk may be, before MaxScale should start
logging warnings or take other actions (e.g. perform a switchover). This
functionality will only work with MariaDB server versions 10.1.32, 10.2.14 and
10.3.6 onwards, if the DISKS information schema plugin has been installed.
NOTE: Since MariaDB 10.4.7, MariaDB 10.3.17 and MariaDB 10.2.26, the
information will be available only if the monitor user has the FILE
privilege.
A limit is specified as a path followed by a colon and a percentage specifying how full the corresponding disk may be, before action is taken. E.g. an entry like
specifies that the disk that has been mounted on /data may be used until 80%
of the total space has been consumed. Multiple entries can be specified by
separating them by a comma. If the path is specified using *, then the limit
applies to all disks. However, the value of * is only applied if there is not
an exact match.
Note that if a particular disk has been mounted on several paths, only one path need to be specified. If several are specified, then the one with the smallest percentage will be applied.
Examples:
The last line means that the disk mounted at /data1 may be used up to
80%, the disk mounted at /data2 may be used up to 60% and all other disks
mounted at any paths may be used up until 90% of maximum capacity, before
MaxScale starts to warn to take action.
Note that the path to be used, is one of the paths returned by:
There is no default value, but this parameter must be explicitly specified if the disk space situation should be monitored.
rankType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: primary, secondary
This parameter controls the order in which servers are used. Valid values for
this parameter are primary and secondary. The default value isprimary.
This behavior depends on the router implementation but the general rule of thumb is that primary servers will be used before secondary servers.
Readconnroute will always use primary servers before secondary servers as long as they match the configured server type.
Readwritesplit will pick servers that have the same rank as the current master. Read the for a detailed description of the behavior.
The following example server configuration demonstrates how rank can be used
to exclude DR-site servers from routing.
The main-site-master and main-site-slave servers will be used as long as
they are available. When they are no longer available, the DR-site-master andDR-site-slave will be used.
priorityType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 0
Server priority. Currently only used by galeramon to choose the order in which nodes are selected as the current master server. Refer to the section of the galeramon documentation for more information on how to use it.
Starting with MaxScale 2.5.21, this parameter also accepts negative values. In older versions, the parameter only accepted non-negative values.
Monitor sections are used to define the monitoring module that watches a set of servers. Each server can only be monitored by one monitor.
Common monitor parameters .
A listener defines a port MaxScale listens on for incoming connections. Accepted connections are linked with a MaxScale service. Multiple listeners can feed the same service. Mandatory parameters are type, service and protocol.address is optional, it limits connections to a certain network interface only. socket is also optional and is used for Unix socket connections.
The network socket where the listener listens may have a backlog of connections. The size of this backlog is controlled by the_net.ipv4.tcp_max_syn_backlog_ and net.core.somaxconn kernel parameters.
Increasing the size of the backlog by modifying the kernel parameters helps with sudden connection spikes and rejected connections. For more information see .
serviceType: service
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: No
The service to which the listener is associated. This is the name of a service that is defined elsewhere in the configuration file.
protocolType: protocol
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: mariadb
The name of the protocol module used for communication between the client and MaxScale. The same protocol is also used for backend communication.
Usually this does not need to be defined as the default protocol is the MariaDB network protocol that is used by SQL connections.
For NoSQL client connections, the protocol must be set toprotocol=nosqlprotocol. For more details on how to configure the NoSQL
protocol, refer to the module
documentation.
addressType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: "::"
This sets the address the listening socket is bound to. The address may be specified as an IP address in 'dot notation' or as a hostname. If left undefined the listener will bind to all network interfaces.
portType: number
Mandatory: Yes, if socket is not provided.
Dynamic: No
Default: 0
The port the listener listens on. If left undefined a default port for the protocol is used.
socketType: string
Mandatory: Yes, if port is not provided.
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
If defined, the listener uses Unix domain sockets to listen for incoming connections. The parameter value is the name of the socket to use.
If you want to use both network ports and UNIX domain sockets with a service, define two separate listeners that connect to the same service.
authenticatorType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
The authenticator module to use. Each protocol module defines a default
authentication module, which is used if the setting is left undefined.MariaDBClient-protocol supports multiple authenticators and they can be used
simultaneously by giving a comma-separated list e.g.authenticator=PAMAuth,mariadbauth,gssapiauth
authenticator_optionsType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Default: ""
This defines additional options for authentication. As of MaxScale 2.5.0, only_MariaDBClient_ and its authenticators support additional options. The value of this parameter should be a comma-separated list of key-value pairs. See authenticator specific documentation for more details.
sql_modeType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Values: default, oracle
Specify the sql mode for the listener similarly to global sql_mode setting.
If both are used this setting will override the global setting for this listener.
connection_init_sql_fileType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Path to a text file with sql queries. Any sessions created from the listener will send the contents of the file to backends after authentication. Each non-empty line in the file is interpreted as a query. Each query must succeed for the backend connection to be usable for client queries. The queries should not return any data.
Example query file:
user_mapping_fileType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Path to a json-text file with user and group mapping, as well as server credentials. Only affects MariaDB-protocol based listeners. Default value is empty, which disables the feature.
Should not be used together with
settings pam_backend_mapping or pam_mapped_pw_file, as these may overwrite
the mapped credentials. Is most powerful when combined with service settinguser_accounts_file, as then MaxScale can accept users that do not exist on
backends and map them to backend users.
This file functions very similar to . Both user-to-user and group-to-user mappings can be defined. Also, the password and authentication plugin for the mapped users can be added. The file is only read during listener creation (typically MaxScale start) or when a listener is modified during runtime. When a client logs into MaxScale, their username is searched from the mapping data. If the name matches either a name mapping or a Linux group mapping, the username is replaced by the mapped name. The mapped name is then used when logging into backends. If the file also contains credentials for the mapped user, then those are used. Otherwise, MaxScale tries to log in with an empty password and default MariaDB authentication.
Three arrays are read from the file: user_map, group_map and_server_credentials_, none of which are mandatory.
Each array element in the user_map-array must define the following fields:
original_user: String. Incoming client username.
mapped_user: String. Username the client is mapped to.
Each array element in the group_map-array must define the following fields:
original_group: String. Incoming client Linux group.
mapped_user: String. Username the client is mapped to.
Each array element in the server_credentials-array can define the following fields:
mapped_user: String. The mapped username this password is for.
password: String. Backend server password. Can be encrypted with maxpasswd.
plugin: String, optional. Authentication plugin to use. Must be enabled on the listener. Defaults to empty, which results in standard MariaDB authentication.
When a client successfully logs into MaxScale, MaxScale first searches for name-based mapping. The incoming client does not need to be a Linux user for name-based mapping to take place. If the name is not found, MaxScale checks if the client is a Linux user with a group membership matching an element in the group mapping array. If the client is a member of more than 100 groups, this check may fail.
If a mapping is found, MaxScale searches the credentials array for a matching username, and uses the password and plugin listed. The plugin need not be the same as the one the original user used. Currently, "mysql_native_password" and "pam" are supported as mapped plugins.
An example mapping file is below.
The protocols supported by MariaDB MaxScale are implemented as external modules that are loaded dynamically into the MariaDB MaxScale core. They allow MariaDB MaxScale to communicate in various protocols both on the client side and the backend side. Each of the protocols can be either a client protocol or a backend protocol. Client protocols are used for client-MariaDB MaxScale communication and backend protocols are for MariaDB MaxScale-database communication.
MariaDBClientThis is the implementation of the MySQL-protocol. When defined for a listener, the listener will accept MySQL-connections from clients, assign them to a MaxScale service and route the queries from the client to backend servers. Any backends used by the service should be MariaDB/MySQL-servers or compatible.
CDCSee for more information.
This section describes configuration parameters for both servers and listeners that control the TLS/SSL encryption method and the various certificate files involved in it.
To enable TLS/SSL for a listener, you must set the ssl parameter totrue and provide at least the ssl_cert and ssl_key parameters.
To enable TLS/SSL for a server, you must set the ssl parameter totrue. If the backend database server has certificate verification
enabled, the ssl_cert and ssl_key parameters must also be defined.
Custom CA certificates can be defined with the ssl_ca parameter.
After this, MaxScale connections between the server and/or the client will be encrypted. Note that the database must also be configured to use TLS/SSL connections if backend connection encryption is used.
Note: MaxScale does not allow mixed use of TLS/SSL and normal connections on the same port.
If TLS encryption is enabled for a listener, any unencrypted connections to it will be rejected. MaxScale does this to improve security by preventing accidental creation of unencrypted connections.
The separation of secure and insecure connections differs from the MariaDB server which allows both secure and insecure connections on the same port. As MaxScale is the gateway through which all connections go, in order to guarantee a more secure system MaxScale enforces a stricter security policy than what the server does.
TLS encryption must be enabled for listeners when they are created. For servers, the TLS can be enabled after creation but it cannot be disabled or altered.
Starting with MaxScale 2.5.20, if the TLS certificate given to MaxScale has the X509v3 extended key usage information, MaxScale will check it and refuse to use a certificate with the wrong usage. This means that a certificate with only clientAuth can only be used with servers and a certificate with only serverAuth can only be used with listeners. In order to use the same certificate for both listeners and servers, it must have both the clientAuth and serverAuth usages.
sslType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
This enables SSL connections when set to true. The legacy values required anddisabled were removed in MaxScale 6.0.
If enabled, the certificate files mentioned above must also be supplied. MaxScale connections to will then be encrypted with TLS/SSL.
Starting with MaxScale 21.06.18, 22.08.15, 23.02.12, 23.08.8, 24.02.4 and
24.08.1, if ssl is disabled for a listener, MariaDB user accounts that require
ssl cannot log in through that listener. Any user account with a non-empty_ssl_type_-field in mysql.user-table is blocked. This includes users created
with REQUIRE SSL or REQUIRE X509.
ssl_keyType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
A string giving a file path that identifies an existing readable file. The file must be the SSL client private key MaxScale should use. This is a required parameter for listeners but an optional parameter for servers.
ssl_certType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
A string giving a file path that identifies an existing readable file. The file
must be the SSL client certificate MaxScale should use with the server. The
certificate must match the key defined in ssl_key. This is a required
parameter for listeners but an optional parameter for servers.
ssl_ca_certDeprecated since MariaDB MaxScale 22.08. See ssl_ca.
ssl_caType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
A string giving a file path that identifies an existing readable file. The file must be the Certificate Authority (CA) certificate for the CA that signed the certificate referred to in the previous parameter. It will be used to verify that the certificate is valid. This is a required parameter for both listeners and servers. The CA certificate can consist of a certificate chain.
NOTE Up until MariaDB MaxScale 6, the parameter was called ssl_ca_cert,
which is still accepted as an alias for ssl_ca.
ssl_versionType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: No
Values: MAX, TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1
This parameter controls the allowed TLS version. Accepted values are:
TLSv10
TLSv11
TLSv12
TLSv13
MaxScale versions 6.4.16, 22.08.13, 23.02.10, 23.08.6, 24.02.2 and all newer releases accept also the following alias values:
TLSv1.0
TLSv1.1
TLSv1.2
TLSv1.3
The default setting (MAX) allows all supported versions. MaxScale supports
TLSv1.0, TLSv1.1, TLSv1.2 and TLSv1.3 depending on the OpenSSL library version.
TLSv1.0 and TLSv1.1 are considered deprecated and should not be used, so settingssl_version=TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3 or ssl_version=TLSv1.3 is recommended.
In MaxScale versions 6.4.13, 22.08.11, 23.02.7, 23.08.3 and earlier, this
setting defined the only allowed TLS version, e.g. ssl_version=TLSv12 would
only enable TLSv12. The interpretation changed in MaxScale versions 6.4.14,
22.08.12, 23.02.8, 23.08.4 to enable the user to disable old versions while
allowing multiple recent TLS versions. In these versions, ssl_version=TLSv1.2
enabled both TLSv1.2 and TLSv1.3.
The interpretation changed again in MaxScale versions 6.4.16, 22.08.13,
23.02.10, 23.08.6, 24.02.2. In these versions the value of ssl_version is an
enumeration of accepted TLS protocol versions. This means thatadmin_ssl_version=TLSv1.2 again only allows TLSv1.2. To retain the behavior
from the previous releases where the newer versions were automatically enabled,
the protocol versions must be explicitly listed, for exampleadmin_ssl_version=TLSv1.2,TLSv1.3. The change was done to make thessl_version behave identically to how the MariaDB
parameter works.
ssl_cipherType: string
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
Set the list of TLS ciphers. By default, no explicit ciphers are defined and the system defaults are used. Note that this parameter does not modify TLSv1.3 ciphers.
ssl_cert_verify_depthType: number
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: 9
The maximum length of the certificate authority chain that will be accepted. The default value is 9, same as the OpenSSL default. The configured value must be larger than 0.
ssl_verify_peer_certificateType:
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Peer certificate verification. This functionality is disabled by default. In versions prior to 2.3.17 the feature was enabled by default.
When this feature is enabled, the peer must send a certificate. The certificate
sent by the peer is verified against the configured Certificate Authority to
make sure the peer is who they claim to be. For listeners, this behaves as ifREQUIRE X509 was defined for all users. For servers, this behaves like the--ssl-verify-server-cert command line option for the mysql client.
ssl_verify_peer_hostType:
Mandatory No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: false
Peer host verification.
When this feature is enabled, the peer hostname or IP is verified against the
certificate that is sent by the peer. If the IP address or the hostname does not
match the one in the certificate returned by the peer, the connection will be
closed. If the peer does not provide a certificate, the host verification is not
done. To require peer certificates, use ssl_verify_peer_certificate.
ssl_crlType: path
Mandatory: No
Dynamic: Yes
Default: ""
A string giving a file path that identifies an existing readable file. The file must be a Certificate Revocation List in the PEM format that defines the revoked certificates. This parameter is only accepted by listeners.
Example SSL enabled server configuration
This example configuration requires all connections to this server to be encrypted with SSL. The paths to the certificate files and the Certificate Authority file are also provided.
Example SSL enabled listener configuration
This example configuration requires all connections to be encrypted with SSL. The paths to the certificate files and the Certificate Authority file are also provided.
The main task of MariaDB MaxScale is to accept database connections from client applications and route the connections or the statements sent over those connections to the various services supported by MariaDB MaxScale.
Currently a number of routing modules are available, these are designed for a range of different needs.
Connection based load balancing:
Read/Write aware statement based router:
Simple sharding on database level:
Binary log server:
Monitor modules are used by MariaDB MaxScale to internally monitor the state of the backend databases in order to set the server flags for each of those servers. The router modules then use these flags to determine if the particular server is a suitable destination for routing connections for particular query classifications. The monitors are run within separate threads of MariaDB MaxScale and do not affect MariaDB MaxScale's routing performance.
The use of monitors in MaxScale is not absolutely mandatory: it is possible to run MariaDB MaxScale without a monitor module. In this case an external monitoring system must the status of each server via MaxCtrl or the REST API. Only do this if you know what you are doing.
Filters provide a means to manipulate or process requests as they pass through MariaDB MaxScale between the client side protocol and the query router. A full explanation of each filter's functionality can be found in its documentation.
The document shows how you can add a filter to a service and combine multiple filters in one service.
Passwords stored in the maxscale.cnf file may optionally be encrypted for added security.
This is done by creation of an encryption key on installation of MariaDB MaxScale.
Encryption keys may be created manually by executing the maxkeys utility with the argument
of the filename to store the key. The default location MariaDB MaxScale stores
the keys is /var/lib/maxscale. The passwords are encrypted using 256-bit AES CBC encryption.
Changing the encryption key for MariaDB MaxScale will invalidate any currently encrypted keys stored in the maxscale.cnf file.
Note: The password encryption format changed in MaxScale 2.5. All encrypted passwords created with MaxScale 2.4 or older need to be re-encrypted.
Encrypted passwords are created by executing the maxpasswd command with the location of the .secrets file and the password you require to encrypt as an argument.
The output of the maxpasswd command is a hexadecimal string, this should be inserted into the maxscale.cnf file in place of the ordinary, plain text, password. MariaDB MaxScale will determine this as an encrypted password and automatically decrypt it before sending it the database server.
Read the following documents for different methods of altering the MaxScale configuration at runtime.
MaxCtrl
All changes to the configuration done via MaxCtrl are persisted as individual
configuration files in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/. The content of these
files will override any configurations found in the main configuration file or
any auxiliary configuration files.
Refer to the section for more details on how this mechanism works and how to disable it.
The configuration synchronization mechanism is intended for synchronizing configuration changes done on one MaxScale to all other MaxScales. This is done by propagating the changes via the database cluster used by Maxscale.
When configuring configuration synchronization for the first time, the same
static configuration files should be used on all MaxScale instances that use the
same cluster: the value of config_sync_cluster must be the same on all
MaxScale instances and the cluster (i.e. the monitor) pointed by it and its
servers must be the same in every configuration.
Whenever the MaxScale configuration is modified at runtime, the latest
configuration is stored in the database cluster in the mysql.maxscale_config
table. The table is created when the first modification to the configuration is
done. A local copy of the configuration is stored in the data directory to allow
MaxScale to function even if a connection to the cluster cannot be made. By
default this file is stored at /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale-config.json.
Whenever MaxScale starts up, it checks if a local version of this configuration
exists. If it does and it is a valid cached configuration, the static
configuration file as well as any other generated configuration files are
ignored. The exception is the [maxscale] section of the main static
configuration file which is always read.
Each configuration has a version number with the initial configuration being version 0. Each time the configuration is modified, the version number is incremented. This version number is used to detect when MaxScale needs to update its configuration.
When doing a configuration change on the local MaxScale, if the configuration change completes on MaxScale but fails to be committed to the database, MaxScale will attempt to revert the local configuration change. If this attempt fails, MaxScale will discard the cached configuration and abort the process.
When synchronizing with the cluster, if MaxScale fails to apply a configuration retrieved from the cluster, it attempts to revert the configuration to the previous version. If successful, the failed configuration update is ignored. If the configuration update that fails cannot be reverted, the MaxScale configuration will be in an indeterminate state. When this happens, MaxScale will discard the cached configuration and abort the process.
When loading a locally cached configuration during startup, if any errors are found in the cached configuration, it is discarded and the MaxScale process will attempt to restart by exiting with code 75 from the main process. If MaxScale is being used as a SystemD service, this will automatically trigger a restart of MaxScale and no further actions are needed.
The most common reason for a failed configuration update is missing files. For example, if a configuration update adds encrypted connections to a server and the TLS certificates it uses were not copied over to all MaxScale nodes before the change was done, the operation will fail on all nodes that do not have these files.
If the synchronization of the configuration change fails at the step when the database transaction is being committed, the new configuration can be momentarily visible to the local MaxScale. This means the changes are not guaranteed to be atomic on the local MaxScale but are atomic from the cluster's point of view.
Starting with MaxScale 6.4.9, any passwords that are transmitted by the
configuration synchronization are encrypted if password encryption has been
enabled in MaxScale. This means that all MaxScale nodes in the same
configuration cluster must be configured to use password encryption and they
need to all use the same encryption keys that were created with maxkeys.
The output of maxctrl show maxscale contains the Config Sync field with
information about the current configuration state of the local Maxscale as well
as the state of any other nodes using this cluster.
The version field is the logical configuration version and the origin is the
node that originates the latest configuration change. The checksum field is
the checksum of the logical configuration and can be used to compare whether two
Maxscale instances are in the same configuration state. The nodes field
contains the status of each MaxScale instance mapped to the hostname of the
server. This field is updated whenever MaxScale reads the configuration from the
cluster and can thus be used to detect which MaxScales have updated their
configuration.
The mysql.maxscale_config table where the configuration changes are stored
must not be modified manually. The only case when the table should be modified
is when resetting the configuration synchronization.
To reset the configuration synchronization:
Stop all MaxScale instances
Remove the cached configuration file stored at/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale-config.json on all MaxScale instances
Drop the mysql.maxscale_config table
Start all MaxScale instances
To disable configuration synchronization, remove config_sync_cluster from the
configuration file or set it to an empty string: config_sync_cluster="". This
can be done at runtime with MaxCtrl by passing an empty string toconfig_sync_cluster:
If MaxScale cannot create a connection to the database cluster, configuration
changes are not possible until communication with the database is possible. To
override this behavior and force the changes to be done, use the --skip-sync
option for maxctrl or the sync=false HTTP parameter for the REST API. Any
updates done with --skip-sync will overwritten by changes coming from the
cluster.
Only the MaxScale configuration is synchronized. Any external files (TLS certificates, configuration files for modules or data generated by MaxScale) are not synchronized. For example, the rule files for the cache filter must be synchronized separately if the filter itself is modified.
Starting with MaxScale 22.08, the Maintenance and Draining states of servers
and modifications to the administrative users will be synchronized. In older
versions servers had to be put into maintenance mode and users had to be
modified separately on each MaxScale.
() External files are not synchronized.
() The --export-config
option will not export the cluster configuration and instead exports only the
static configuration files. To start a new MaxScale based off of a clustered
configuration, copy the static configuration files as well as the JSON
configuration in /var/lib/maxscale/maxscale-config.json to the new MaxScale
instance.
The combination of configuration files can be done either manually
(e.g. rsync) or with the maxscale --export-config=FILE command line
option. See maxscale --help for more information about how to use the--export-config flag.
For example, to export the current runtime configuration, run the following command.
This will create the /tmp/maxscale.cnf.combined file and write the current
configuration into the it. This allows new MaxScale instances to be easily set
up without requiring copying of all runtime configuration files. The user
executing the command must be able to read all MaxScale configuration files as
well as create and write the provided filename.
The encryption key managers are how MaxScale retrieves symmetric encryption keys
from a key management system. Some parts of MaxScale require the key_manager
to be configured in order to work. The key manager that is used is selected with
the parameter and the key manager itself is
configured by placing the parameters in the [maxscale] section.
The encryption key managers can be enabled at runtime using maxctrl alter maxscale but cannot be disabled once enabled. To disable the encryption key
management, stop Maxscale, remove any persisted configuration files and removekey_manager as well as any key manager options from the static configuration
files.
The encryption keys are stored in a text file stored on a local filesystem.
The file uses the same format as the MariaDB server : a file consisting of an encryption key ID number and the hex-encoded encryption key separated by a semicolon. Read for more details on how to create the file.
For example, to configure encryption for the nosqlprotocol shared credentials
using the file-based encryption key:
Create the key file with (echo -n '1;' ; openssl rand -hex 32) | cat > /var/lib/maxscale/encryption.key
Give MaxScale read permissions on it with chown maxscale:maxscale /var/lib/maxscale/encryption.key
Configure MaxScale with the following:
Start MaxScale
Key versioning is not supported
file.keyfile
Type: path
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
Path to the file that contains the encryption keys. The user MaxScale runs as
(almost always maxscale) must be able to read this file. Encryption keys are
read from disk only during startup or when any global MaxScale parameter is
modified at runtime.
Encryption keys are read from a KMIP server.
The KMIP key manager has been verified to work with the PyKMIP server.
Key versioning is not supported
Encryption keys are not cached locally: whenever MaxScale needs an encryption key, it retrieves it from the KMIP server.
kmip.host
Type: string
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The host where the KMIP server is.
kmip.port
Type: integer
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The port on which the KMIP server listens on.
kmip.cert
Type: path
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The client public certificate used when connecting to the KMIP server.
kmip.key
Type: path
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The client private key used when connecting to the KMIP server.
kmip.ca
Type: path
Default: ""
Dynamic: Yes
The CA certificate to use. By default the system default certificates are used.
Encryption keys are read from a local or remote Vault server using the secret engine included in the Vault. This key manager supports versioned keys. Only version 2 key-value stores are supported.
The encryption keys use the same format as the MariaDB :
The key-value secret for each encryption key ID must contain the field data
which must contain a hex-encoded string that is either 32, 48 or 64 characters
long.
An easy way to generate a correct encryption key is to use the vault andopenssl command line clients. The following command creates a 256-bit
encryption key using openssl and stores it using the key ID 1:
Encryption keys are not cached locally: whenever MaxScale needs an encryption key, it retrieves it from the Vault server.
vault.token
Type: password
Mandatory: Yes
Dynamic: Yes
The authentication token used to connect to the Vault server. This can be
encrypted using maxpasswd, similar to how other passwords are encrypted.
vault.host
Type: string
Default: localhost
Dynamic: Yes
The host where the Vault server is.
vault.port
Type: integer
Default: 8200
Dynamic: Yes
The port on which the Vault server listens on.
vault.ca
Type: path
Default: ""
Dynamic: Yes
The CA certificate to use. By default the system default certificates are used.
vault.tls
Type:
Default: true
Dynamic: Yes
Whether to use encrypted connections (i.e. HTTPS or HTTP) when communicating with the Vault server.
vault.mount
Type: string
Default: secret
Dynamic: Yes
The Key-Value mount where the secret is stored. By default the secret mount is
used which is present by default in most Vault installations.
vault.timeout
Type:
Default: 30s
Dynamic: Yes
The connection and request timeout used with the Vault server.
MariaDB MaxScale is designed to be executed as a service, therefore all error
reports, including configuration errors, are written to the MariaDB MaxScale
error log file. By default, MariaDB MaxScale will log to a file in/var/log/maxscale and the system log.
The current limitations of MaxScale are listed in the document.
Tune query_classifier_cache_size to allow maximal use of the query
classifier cache. Increase the value and/or system memory until the set of
unique SQL patterns fits into memory. By default at most 15% of the system
memory is used for this cache. To detect if the SQL statements fit into
memory, monitor the QC cache evictions value in maxctrl show threads to
see how many evictions take place. If it keeps increasing, increase the size
of the query classifier cache. Using the query classifier cache with a CPU
bound workload gives a roughly 20% improvement in performance compared to when
it is turned off.
A faster CPU with more CPU cores is better. This is true for most applications
but especially for MaxScale as it is mostly limited by the speed of the
CPU. Using threads=auto is recommended (the default starting with MaxScale
6).
From 22.08.2 onwards, maxctrl show maxscale shows a System object with
information about the system MaxScale is running on. The fields are:
In addition there is an os object that contains what the Linux command uname displays.
threads
If threads has not been specified at all in the MaxScale configuration file,
or if its value is auto, then MaxScale will use as many routing threads as
there are physical cores on the machine. This is the right choice, if MaxScale
is running on a dedicated machine or in a container that has not been restriced
in any way.
However, if the number of cores available to MaxScale have been restricted or if MaxScale is running in a container whose CPU quota and period have been limited, then it will lead to MaxScale using more routing threads than what is appropriate in the environment where it is running.
If machine.cores_virtual is less than machine.cores_physical, then threads
should be specified explicitly in the MaxScale configuration file and its value
should be that of machine.cores_virtual rounded up to the nearest integer. If
that value is 1 it may be beneficial to check whether 2 gives better performance.
query_classifier_cache_size
If query_classifier_cache_size has not been specified in the MaxScale
configuration file, then MaxScale will use at most 15% of the amount of physical
memory in the machine for the cache. This is a good starting point, if MaxScale
is running on a dedicated machine or in a container that has not been restriced
in any way. Note that the amount specifies how much memory the cache at maximum
is allowed to use, not what would immediately be allocated for the cache.
However, if the amount of memory available to MaxScale has been restricted, which may be the case if MaxScale is running in a container, this may cause the cache to grow beyond what is available, which will lead to a crash or MaxScale being killed.
If the value of machine.memory_available is less than that ofmachine.memory_physical, then query_classifier_cache_size should be explicitly
set to 15% of maxscale.memory_available. The value can be larger, but must not
be a bigger share of machine.memory_available than what is reasonable.
As can be seen, maxscale.threads is larger than machine.cores_virtual and thus,threads=4 should explicitly be specified in the MaxScale configuration file.
maxscale.query_classifier_cache_size is the default 15% of machine.memory_physical
but as machine.memory_available is just half of that, something likequery_classifier_cache_size=3100000000 (~15% of machine.memory_available) should be
added to the configuration file.
For a list of common problems and their solutions, read the article on the MariaDB documentation.
If MaxScale is running as a systemd service, the systemd Watchdog will be
enabled by default. To configure it, change the WatchdogSec option in the
Service section of the maxscale systemd configuration file located in/lib/systemd/system/maxscale.service:
It is not recommended to use a watchdog timeout less than 30 seconds. When enabled MaxScale will check that all threads are running and notify systemd with a "keep-alive ping".
Systemd reference:
CC BY-SA / Gnu FDL
Maintenance
The server is under maintenance. Typically this status bit is turned on manually using maxctrl, but it will also be turned on for a server that for some reason is blocking connections from MaxScale. When a server is in maintenace mode, no connections will be created to it and existing connections will be closed.
Slave of External Master
The server is a slave of a master that is not being monitored.
Master Stickiness
The server is monitored by a galeramon with disable_master_failback=true. See for more information.
admin_pam_readonly_service
admin_pam_readwrite_service
admin_port
admin_secure_gui
admin_ssl_ca
admin_ssl_version
admin_jwt_algorithm
admin_jwt_key
auto_tune
cachedir
connector_plugindir
datadir
debug
execdir
language
libdir
load_persisted_configs
persist_runtime_changes
local_address
log_augmentation
log_warn_super_user
logdir
module_configdir
persistdir
piddir
query_classifier_args
query_classifier
query_retries
secretsdir
sharedir
sql_mode
substitute_variables
threads
case: Turns on case-sensitive matching. This means that /SELECT/ will not
match select.
Dynamic: No
Default: default
Default: never
TLSv1.2TLSv1.3TLSv10TLSv11TLSv12TLSv13Default: MAX
MAX
HS512RS256RS384RS512PS256PS384PS512ES256ES384ES512ED25519ED448Default: auto
HS256, HS384 or HS512
HMAC with SHA-2
Functions. Ifadmin_jwt_key is not defined, uses a random encryption key of the correct
size.
RS256, RS384 or RS512
Digital Signature with RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5. Requires at least a 2048-bit RSA key.
PS256, PS384 or PS512
Digital Signature with RSASSA-PSS. Requires at least a 2048-bit RSA key.
ES256, ES384 or ES512
Digital Signature with
ECDSA. Requires
an EC key with the correct curve: P-256 for ES256, P-384 for ES384 and
P-512 for ES512.
ED25519 or ED448
Edwards-curve Digital Signature Algorithm
(EdDSA). Requires a
Ed25519 key for ED25519 or a Ed448 key for ED448.
Default: none
vault - HashiCorp Vault key manager. This
key manager is only included on systems with GCC 9 or newer which
means it cannot be used on Ubuntu 18.04.Auto tune: Yes
Auto tune: Yes
super_priv: Boolean. True if user has SUPER grant.
global_db_priv: Boolean. True if user can access any database on login.
proxy_priv: Boolean. True if user has a PROXY grant.
is_role: Boolean. True if user is a role.
Default: add_when_load_ok
Default: primary
Default: default
TLSv1.2TLSv1.3TLSv10TLSv11TLSv12TLSv13Default: MAX
MAX
REST API documentation
Network throughput between the client, MaxScale and the database nodes governs how much traffic can be handled. The client-to-MaxScale network is likely to be saturated first: having multiple MaxScales in front of the cluster is an easy way of solving this problem.
Certain MaxScale modules store data on disk. A faster disk improves their
performance but depending on the module, this might not be a big enough of a
problem to worry about. Filters like the qlafilter that write information to
disk for every SQL query can cause performance bottlenecks.
The number of routing threads used by MaxScale.
connection routing
Connection routing is a method of handling requests in which MariaDB MaxScale will accept connections from a client and route data on that connection to a single database using a single connection. Connection based routing will not examine individual requests on a connection and it will not move that connection once it is established.
statement routing
Statement routing is a method of handling requests in which each request within a connection will be handled individually. Requests may be sent to one or more servers and connections may be dynamically added or removed from the session.
module
A module is a separate code entity that may be loaded dynamically into MariaDB MaxScale to increase the available functionality. Modules are implemented as run-time loadable shared objects.
connection failover
When a connection currently being used between MariaDB MaxScale and the database server fails a replacement will be automatically created to another server by MariaDB MaxScale without client intervention
backend database
A term used to refer to a database that sits behind MariaDB MaxScale and is accessed by applications via MariaDB MaxScale.
REST API
HTTP administrative interface
Running
The server is running.
Master
The server is the master.
Slave
The server is a slave.
Draining
The server is being drained. Existing connections can continue to be used, but no new connections will be created to the server. Typically this status bit is turned on manually using maxctrl, but a monitor may also turn it on.
Drained
The server has been drained. The server was being drained and now the number of connections to the server has dropped to 0.
Auth Error
The monitor cannot login and query the server due to insufficient privileges.
80% of the smallest wait_timeout value of the servers used by the service
The smallest wait_timeout value of the servers used by the service
QC cache size
The current size of the cache (bytes).
QC cache inserts
How many entries have been inserted into the cache.
QC cache hits
How many times the classification result has been found from the cache.
QC cache misses
How many times the classification result has not been found from the cache, but the classification had to be performed.
QC cache evictions
How many times a cache entry has had to be removed from the cache, in order to make place for another.
machine.cores_physical
The number of physical CPU cores on the machine.
machine.cores_available
The number of CPU cores available to MaxScale. This number may be smaller than machine.cores_physical, if CPU affinities are used and only a subset of the physical cores are available to MaxScale.
machine.cores_virtual
The number of virtual CPU cores available to MaxScale. This number may be a decimal and smaller than machine.cores_available, if MaxScale is running in a container whose CPU quota and period has been restricted. Note that if MaxScale is not, or fails to detect it is running in a container, the value shown will be identical with machine.cores_available.
machine.memory_physical
The amount of physical memory on the machine.
machine.memory_available
The amount of memory available to MaxScale. This number may be smaller than machine.memory_physical, if MaxScale is running in a container whose memory has been restricted. Note that if MaxScale is not, or fails to detect it is running in a container, the value shown will be identical with machine.memory_physical. Note also that the amount is available to all processes running in the same container, not just to MaxScale.
maxscale.query_classifier_cache_size
The maximum size of the MaxScale query classifier cache.
maxscale.threads
# This is a comment before a parameter
some_parameter=123[MyService]
type=service
router=readconnroute
servers=server1,
server2,
server3max_size=1099511628000
max_size=1073741824Ki
max_size=1048576Mi
max_size=1024Gi
max_size=1Timax_size=1000000000000
max_size=1000000000k
max_size=1000000M
max_size=1000G
max_size=1Tsoft_ttl=1h
soft_ttl=60m
soft_ttl=60min
soft_ttl=3600s
soft_ttl=3600000msrouter_options=master,slavepath_list_parameter=/tmp/something.log:/var/log/maxscale/maxscale.log# Valid options are:
# threads=[<number of threads> | auto ]
[MaxScale]
threads=autorebalance_period=10srebalance_threshold=15auth_connect_timeout=10sskip_permission_checks=true# Valid options are:
# log_augmentation=<0|1>
log_augmentation=1# A valid value looks like
# log_throttling = X, Y, Z
#
# where the first value X is a positive integer and means the number of times
# a specific error may be logged within a duration of Y, before the logging
# of that error is suppressed for a duration of Z.
log_throttling=8, 2s, 15000mslog_throttling=log_throttling=0, 0, 0logdir=/var/log/maxscale/datadir=/var/lib/maxscale/libdir=/usr/lib64/maxscale/cachedir=/var/cache/maxscale/piddir=/var/run/maxscale/execdir=/usr/bin/connector_plugindir=/usr/lib64/maxscale/plugin/persistdir=/var/lib/maxscale/maxscale.cnf.d/module_configdir=/etc/maxscale.modules.d/language=/var/lib/maxscale/# 1MB query classifier cache
query_classifier_cache_size=1MBquery_classifier=qc_sqlite
query_classifier_args=log_unrecognized_statements=1some_parameter=$SOME_VALUEsubstitute_variables=truesql_mode=oracleset sql_mode=oracle;set sql_mode=default;local_address=192.168.1.254users_refresh_time=120susers_refresh_interval=2hretain_last_statements=20dump_last_statements=on_errorsession_trace=20session_trace=1000
session_trace_match=/You have an error in your SQL syntax/GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, CREATE ON `mysql`.`maxscale_config`CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS mysql.maxscale_config(
cluster VARCHAR(256) PRIMARY KEY,
version BIGINT NOT NULL,
config JSON NOT NULL,
origin VARCHAR(254) NOT NULL,
nodes JSON NOT NULL
) ENGINE=InnoDB;key_manager=file
file.keyfile=/path/to/keyfileevent.X.facility=LOG_LOCAL0
event.X.level=LOG_ERRauth,authpriv.* /var/log/auth.logevent.authentication_failure.facility=LOG_AUTH
event.authentication_failure.level=LOG_CRIT[Test-Service]
type=servicerouter=readconnroute
router_options=slaverouter=readconnroute
router_options=master,slavefilters=counter | QLAtargets=My-Service,server2servers=server1,server2,server3cluster=TheMonitoruser=maxscale
password=Mhu87p2Duser=maxscale
password=Mhu87p2Dversion_string=10.11.2-MariaDB-RWsplit[Test-Service]
connection_timeout=300s[Test-Service]
max_connections=100session_track_state_change = ON
session_track_transaction_info = CHARACTERISTICSmaxctrl alter service MyService retain_last_statements 5user_accounts_file=/home/root/users.json{
"user": [
{
"user": "test1",
"host": "%",
"global_db_priv": true
},
{
"user": "test2",
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"password": "*032169CDF0B90AF8C00992D43D354E29A2EACB42",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password",
"default_role": "role2"
},
{
"user": "",
"host": "%",
"plugin": "pam",
"proxy_priv": true
}
],
"db": [
{
"user": "test2",
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"db": "test"
}
],
"roles_mapping": [
{
"user": "test2",
"host": "127.0.0.1",
"role": "role2"
}
]
}user_accounts_file_usage=file_only_alwaysidle_session_pool_time=900msmax_slave_connections=1
lazy_connect=1
transaction_replay=true[server1]
type=server
max_routing_connections=1000 #this should be based on MariaDB Server capacity
persistpoolmax=1000 #same as above
persistmaxtime=10
#other server settings...
[myservice]
type=service
max_slave_connections=1
transaction_replay=true
idle_session_pool_time=500ms
lazy_connect=1
#other service settings...multiplex_timeout=33s[MyMariaDBServer1]
type=server
address=127.0.0.1
port=3000monitoruser=mymonitoruser
monitorpw=mymonitorpasswdmonitoruser=mymonitoruser
monitorpw=mymonitorpasswdmax_routing_connections=1234/data:80disk_space_threshold=*:80
disk_space_threshold=/data:80
disk_space_threshold=/data1:80,/data2:60,*:90> use information_schema;
> select * from disks;
+-----------+----------------------+-----------+----------+-----------+
| Disk | Path | Total | Used | Available |
+-----------+----------------------+-----------+----------+-----------+
| /dev/sda3 | / | 47929956 | 34332348 | 11139820 |
| /dev/sdb1 | /data | 961301832 | 83764 | 912363644 |
...[main-site-master]
type=server
address=192.168.0.11
rank=primary
[main-site-slave]
type=server
address=192.168.0.12
rank=primary
[DR-site-master]
type=server
address=192.168.0.21
rank=secondary
[DR-site-slave]
type=server
address=192.168.0.22
rank=secondary[MyListener1]
type=listener
service=MyService1
port=3006connection_init_sql_file=/home/dba/init_queries.txtset @myvar = 'mytext';
set @myvar2 = 4;user_mapping_file=/home/root/mapping.json{
"user_map": [
{
"original_user": "bob",
"mapped_user": "janet"
},
{
"original_user": "karen",
"mapped_user": "janet"
}
],
"group_map": [
{
"original_group": "visitors",
"mapped_user": "db_user"
}
],
"server_credentials": [
{
"mapped_user": "janet",
"password": "secret_pw",
"plugin": "mysql_native_password"
},
{
"mapped_user": "db_user",
"password": "secret_pw2",
"plugin": "pam"
}
]
}[server1]
type=server
address=10.131.24.62
port=3306
ssl=true
ssl_cert=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/crt.max-client.pem
ssl_key=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/key.max-client.pem
ssl_ca_cert=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/crt.ca.maxscale.pem[RW-Split-Listener]
type=listener
service=RW-Split-Router
port=3306
ssl=true
ssl_cert=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/crt.maxscale.pem
ssl_key=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/key.csr.maxscale.pem
ssl_ca_cert=/usr/local/mariadb/maxscale/ssl/crt.ca.maxscale.pem# Usage: maxkeys [PATH]
maxkeys /var/lib/maxscale/# Usage: maxpasswd PATH PASSWORD
maxpasswd /var/lib/maxscale/ MaxScalePw001
61DD955512C39A4A8BC4BB1E5F116705[Split-Service]
type=service
router=readwritesplit
servers=server1,server2,server3,server4
user=maxscale
password=61DD955512C39A4A8BC4BB1E5F116705├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ Config Sync │ { │
│ │ "checksum": "3dd6b467760d1d2023f2bc3871a60dd903a3341e", │
│ │ "nodes": { │
│ │ "maxscale": "OK", │
│ │ "maxscale2": "OK" │
│ │ }, │
│ │ "origin": "maxscale", │
│ │ "status": "OK", │
│ │ "version": 2 │
│ │ } │
├──────────────┼─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤maxctrl alter maxscale config_sync_cluster ""maxscale --export-config=/tmp/maxscale.cnf.combined[maxscale]
key_manager=file
file.keyfile=/var/lib/maxscale/encryption.key
[NoSQL-Listener]
type=listener
service=My-Service
protocol=nosqlprotocol
nosqlprotocol.authentication_key_id=1
nosqlprotocol.authentication_user=my_user
nosqlprotocol.authentication_password=my_password
# Add services, servers, monitors etc.$ openssl rand -hex 32|vault kv put secret/1 data=-
== Secret Path ==
secret/data/1
======= Metadata =======
Key Value
--- -----
created_time 2022-06-23T06:50:55.29063873Z
custom_metadata <nil>
deletion_time n/a
destroyed false
version 1$ maxctrl show maxscale
...
├──────────────┼────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┤
│ System │ { │
│ │ "machine": { │
│ │ "cores_available": 8, │
│ │ "cores_physical": 8, │
│ │ "cores_virtual": 4, │
│ │ "memory_available": 20858544128, │
│ │ "memory_physical": 41717088256 │
│ │ }, │
│ │ "maxscale": { │
│ │ "query_classifier_cache_size": 6257563238, │
│ │ "threads": 8 │
│ │ }, │
│ │ "os": { │
│ │ "machine": "x86_64", │
│ │ "nodename": "johan-P53s", │
│ │ "release": "5.4.0-125-generic", │
│ │ "sysname": "Linux", │
│ │ "version": "#141~18.04.1-Ubuntu SMP Thu Aug 11 20:15:56 UTC 2022" │
│ │ } │
│ │ } │
└──────────────┴────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘[maxscale]
threads=4
query_classifier_cache_size=3100000000
...WatchdogSec=30s